Você está na página 1de 742

Catalogue and technical manual

2013/2014
Moving solutions for furniture

www.blum.com

limited
9
.
2
G
O
DYNAL

DYNALOG 2.9 limited

Free:
0 days
ns for 6
io
t
c
n
try all fu

Software for planning cabinets and ordering fittings


Our DYNALOG 2.9 software enables you to plan cabinets, order fittings along with
many other useful functions. Profit from its full functionality for 60 days free.
See the Assembly devices section for more information about DYNALOG.

After your 60 days are up, you will still have


unlimited access to the electronic product
catalogue (DYNACAT) and the shopping
basket (DYNASHOP) applications. In order to
continue to use the cabinet planning function
(DYNAPLAN), please order the DYNALOG 2.9
full version from your fittings supplier or direct
from Blum via the following e-mail address:
dynalog@blum.com
Attention: Please do not install the included
DYNALOG 2.9 limited version if you have already installed the DYNALOG full version. You
will be informed of available updates when you
start the program.

Minimum requirements (recommended)


Operating system: MS Windows XP or
higher
Processor 2.0 GHz or higher
At least 2 GB of free hard drive space
1 GB (2 GB) RAM
DVD drive
Screen resolution 1024 x 768 pixels with
256 colours (with 32767 colours)

Catalogue 2013/2014

Lift systems

Lift systems

Overview

27

AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system

Standard/SERVO-DRIVE

28

AVENTOS HS up and over lift system

Standard/SERVO-DRIVE

44

AVENTOS HL lift up

Standard/SERVO-DRIVE

54

AVENTOS HK stay lift

Standard/SERVO-DRIVE/TIP-ON

64

AVENTOS HK-S stay lift

Standard/TIP-ON

78

CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges

Tool-free CLIP assembly

98

MODUL hinges

Slide-on assembly

204

TANDEMBOX intivo

Individual with design elements

222

TANDEMBOX antaro

Minimalist with a rectangular gallery

262

TANDEMBOX plus

Versatile with a round gallery

314

SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX

Electrical opening support system

366

TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX

Mechanical opening support system

406

METABOX

Single-wall drawer side

412

Hinge systems

Hinge systems

Overview

97

Box systems

Box systems

Overview

221

Runner systems

Runner systems

Overview

457

MOVENTO

Easy running and easy adjustment

TANDEM

Versatility with smooth running action

472

SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM

Electrical opening support system

504

STANDARD

Visible runner system

546

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX

Flexible organisation for Box systems

560

ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM

Flexible organisation for runner systems

582

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools

Dispenser, plate holder,...

592

458

Inner dividing systems

Inner dividing systems


559

Overview

Further products

Further products

Overview

597

Wall hanging bracket

598

Connectors

599

Assembly devices
Assembly devices

Overview
CD product catalogue and planning aid

605
DYNALOG

Templates, jigs and assembly devices


Drilling and insertion machines

606
608

PRO-CENTER/MINIPRESS

648

Information

Information

Overview

685

General Information

686

Information about lift systems

690

Information about hinge systems

692

Information about Box and runner systems

698

Perfecting motion

Blums fittings solutions are designed to make opening and closing furniture a
mesmerising experience. Thats why we make every effort to perfect the motion of our
lift, hinge, box and runner systems.

Catalogue 2013/2014

Blum in Austria and around the world

Plant 1

Plant 2 (headquarters)

Plant 3

Plant 4

Plant 5

Plant 6

Plant 7

USA plant

Brazil plant

Poland plant

Over 5000 employees support our efforts of perfecting motion. Our fittings are
manufactured at ten locations: seven are in Austria, the remaining are in the USA, Brazil
and Poland. Thanks to international subsidiaries and sales agencies, Blum is on site to
serve its customers all over the world.

Catalogue 2013/2014

Decades of commitment to environmental protection

We have been using energy management solutions such


as waste heat recovery, building insulation, control systems,
ground water cooling, illumination optimisation, and many
others, for decades now

We rely on materials with a good environmental rating


throughout our entire production process chain. We make
sure that the materials used are utilised as efficiently as possible. Even production waste goes through material-specific
recycling

From the plant directly to the rails: Many of our products are
transported via the environmentally-friendly rail system

Blum strives to minimise its environmental impact. We use environmentally-friendly


production processes, use raw materials intelligently and save energy wherever we can.

Catalogue 2013/2014

Quality for the lifetime of the furniture

Blum has developed its own testing procedures based on the


results of our practical observations. Our products undergo
comprehensive motion and load bearing testing procedures

Everyone should profit from the advantages of Blum products from the furniture manufacturer to the user. We have
incorporated this idea into the principle of global customer
benefits

To us, quality also means being there for our customers and
partners, addressing their questions and concerns

Blum products are designed for the requirements of the everyday kitchen and should
provide enjoyment for the lifetime of the furniture.

Catalogue 2013/2014

Innovation today, the standard tomorrow

We study kitchen use worldwide to get ideas for product


development and innovations

Safety during the planning phase: Before our products go


into production, we test them rigorously using 3D simulations

The test with the AGE EXPLORER confirms: Our products


are easy to use under difficult conditions such as you might
experience as you age. This scientifically designed suit simulates restricted body movements

We want our fittings solutions to be innovative and make everyday kitchen use easier.
Thats why our developments are based on findings from our own research and input
from our customers.

Catalogue 2013/2014

DYNAMIC SPACE

Ideas for practical kitchens

Furniture should be both beautiful as well as functional. Blum has been researching the
needs of kitchen users for many years. This is how we develop new ideas with which
we can design modern kitchens to be even more practical. We are happy to pass on
our findings to you. Important features of a practical kitchen include: simple workflows,
optimal room utilisation and high comfort of motion.

Catalogue 2013/2014

Workflow optimisation workflows


A practical interior and well-thought-out solutions ensure
that workflows are smooth and ergonomic. Proper access is
assured through full extensions as well as our ORGA-LINE
inner dividing system, as an example

Space Gaining valuable storage space


When there is a lack of valuable space, practical solutions
help to ensure that the available space is utilised to its fullest
potential. Added storage space can be gained from pull-outs
with closed side panels, for example

Motion Experience quality of motion


Easy opening, smooth running action as well as silent and
effortless closing ensure a fascinating quality of motion. Our
innovative motion technologies support the furniture user
with high comfort of motion for the lifetime of the furniture

Catalogue 2013/2014

Practical solutions

Making everyday kitchen tasks easier

Our practical solutions are designed to make kitchen work easier. Cooking items that are
used on a regular basis should be kept near the oven and hob. With ORGA-LINE, you
can organise the pots & pan pull-out so that the right lid is always right where you need
it.

Catalogue 2013/2014

Sink pull-out
Reclaiming storage space from previously unused areas:
Replace the blank panel with a pull-out for cleaning utensils.
This puts everything needed for cleaning close at hand

SPACE CORNER
The SPACE CORNER corner cabinet offers the ergonomic
advantages of pull-outs for the corner space. Very practical:
Cutlery, knives and cooking utensils can be neatly organised
in drawers

ORGA-LINE for cutlery


High-quality ORGA-LNE sets with dishwasher-proof, stainless steel trays provide proper organisation for your cutlery

Catalogue 2013/2014

Lift systems

Integration of variety and ease of use

The AVENTOS lift system brings ease of use of motion to the wall cabinet. Even heavy
or wide fronts can be opened effortlessly. With SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening
support system, lift systems open with just a light touch and close with just the touch of
an easily accessible switch. Our lift systems require no effort on behalf of the end user.

10

Catalogue 2013/2014

AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system

AVENTOS HS up & over lift system

The bi-fold lift system is well-suited for the high wall cabinet

AVENTOS HS swings out of the way of the users area of

because its handle is always within easy reach. This lift

motion and allows space for beautiful details such as cornice

system requires hardly any space at the top even with large

moulding or crown moulding

cabinet heights

AVENTOS HL lift up

AVENTOS HK stay lift

Access to the cabinet interior remains easy, even in special

AVENTOS HK-S small stay lift

installation situations such as the integration of appliances

Stay lifts are the optimal solution for low cabinet heights. The

into the high cabinet. AVENTOS HL is thus the ideal solution

space requirement at the top is low. AVENTOS HK-S is ideal

for recesses

for applications at the top of an appliance housing

Catalogue 2013/2014

11

Hinge systems

Fascinating technology concentrated into the smallest space

High quality, well engineered motion and an elegant design: CLIP top BLUMOTION
integrates it all into the smallest space. For optimal quality of motion for small or light
doors, the integrated dampening function can be easily deactivated via a switch on the
hinge boss.

12

Catalogue 2013/2014

CLIP top BLUMOTION: Everything inside


CLIP top BLUMOTION impresses with not only fascinating
technology, but high design quality as well because the
BLUMOTION function is already integrated into the hinge
boss. It ensures that every door has an elegant motion. Silent
and effortless

CLIP top: Proven


This proven classic in the Blum hinge programme makes a
lasting impact with its reliable function, perfect motion as well
as easy adjustment and assembly. The uniform programme
also makes CLIP top flexible to use

MODUL: Economical
The MODUL furniture hinge is an economical solution for
many applications. The systems combination slide-on and
screw-on technology has proven itself over many years

Catalogue 2013/2014

13

Box systems

Personalised distinctive design

Square or round? Universal or individual? With TANDEMBOX, your customers can


choose from any design option. One example is TANDEMBOX antaro: Whether open
pull-outs with a characteristic gallery or a closed box with a side design element
TANDEMBOX antaro always remains sleek and minimalist.

14

Catalogue 2013/2014

TANDEMBOX intivo: Individual


Always different, always unique. With TANDEMBOX intivo,
pull-outs can be customised. The harmonious design integrates creative materials and colours into a unique appearance

TANDEMBOX antaro: Minimalist


TANDEMBOX antaro has a clear style whether its with a
gallery or as a closed bin with a design element. All components are colour-coordinated to each other. Pure design
meets proven technology

TANDEMBOX plus: Versatile


Programme versatility that persuades: whether its a round
gallery or a closed box, an extra wide pull-out or a narrow
drawer, steel or stainless steel. TANDEMBOX plus gives you
wide-ranging design freedom

Catalogue 2013/2014

15

Runner systems

Overwhelming function and quality

The MOVENTO runner system offers not only quality of motion, a high carrying capacity
and excellent sag values, but also a new, easy-to-use 4-dimensional adjustment feature.
With MOVENTO the front can now be adjusted via the side and depth along with the
height and tilt. The result is an exact gap design fast, easy and tool-free.

16

Catalogue 2013/2014

MOVENTO: The evolution of motion


We have taken another step forward in this direction with
MOVENTO: via synchronised smooth running action, new
adjustment options and a high carrying capacity

TANDEM: Smooth. Practical. Versatile.


The comprehensive TANDEM programme has the right solution for any piece of furniture. TANDEM also shows impressive sag values even for heavy loads

STANDARD: Simple. Proven. Economical.


This proven roller runner only requires a few parts to cover a
comprehensive programme

Catalogue 2013/2014

17

Motion technologies

A new experience

Both hands full and the waste bin pull-out is closed? No problem: For
SERVO-DRIVE uno, all you need is a light touch on the front with your hip, knee or foot.
The pull-out remains clean and everything goes where it belongs. The result: Clean
fronts and floors. Very practical: This comfortable solution is available as an individual
set and can also be retrofitted for existing kitchens!

18

Catalogue 2013/2014

SERVO-DRIVE
With SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical motion support system,
pull-outs and lift systems open as if by themselves: A light
touch on the front is all thats required. A special feature of
SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS is the ergonomic, easily accessible switch for automatic closing

BLUMOTION
Whether its pull-outs, doors or lift systems the
BLUMOTION function is integrated into nearly all of our fitting
solutions. This ensures that closing is always silent and effortless and independent of the force used or the weight of
the lift system, door or pull-out

TIP-ON
TIP-ON, the mechanical opening support system, provides
functional opening comfort: A brief press on the front is
enough to open handle-less pull-outs, doors and lift systems.
And it is also easy to press close

Catalogue 2013/2014

19

Inner dividing systems

Provide overview and organisation

The practical kitchen tools from ORGA-LINE are now available in a complete set. With
minimal ordering effort, you get a spice holder, knife holder, plate holder as well as
film & foil dispensers. This enables you to offer your customers the entire spectrum of
ORGA-LINE kitchen tools. Easy set packaging and an easy retrofit option.

20

Catalogue 2013/2014

Organisation for any drawer


The high quality stainless steel tray from ORGA-LINE enables flexible arrangement, easy removal and easy cleaning
in the dishwasher. Together with utensil dividers, it provides
organisation and easy access

Overview in the pull-out


The inner dividing system also ensures organisation in the
pull-out and very easy access. Because the longside and
cross dividers can be adjusted to the size and quantity of the
storage items

Everyday use
Our five ORGA-LINE kitchen tools simplify many kitchen
tasks: Whether its dealing with plastic wrap or aluminium foil,
carrying plates or safely storing knives and spices

Catalogue 2013/2014

21

Assembly devices

Fast and precise

We would like you to be able to assemble Blum products as quickly and efficiently
as possible. Thats why we offer suitable assembly devices for each of our products.
Achieving optimal performance requires precise assembly: for ease of use that will
inspire your customers.

22

Catalogue 2013/2014

DYNALOG

Templates and assembly devices

Our planning and ordering software supports the planning of

Use our templates and assembly devices to ensure a precise

cabinets and the ordering of the required fittings

transfer of measurements for Blum product assembly

Assembly devices

Drilling and insertion machines

You can now optimise Blum box system assembly (including

Our wide range of drilling and insertion machines are well

smaller production runs and specials) using practical assem-

equipped to deal with any assembly situation

bly devices customised to your requirements

Catalogue 2013/2014

23

E-SERVICES

Support around the clock

Perfecting motion with services is our motto. Information about our products and
services can be accessed quickly online. Whether its brochures, technical data sheets
or installation instructions you can download them all directly from our media centre.
Even videos are easy to find and view there.
www.blum.com

24

Catalogue 2013/2014

E-SERVICES
Our online portal gives you access around the clock to our
item catalogue including CAD data, marketing and sales
documents as well as order and delivery information regarding your personal orders

Find out more about our E-SERVICES


www.blum.com/e-services

Selecting fittings online


We support you with online services and software for
selecting and ordering fittings. Along with parts lists for your
desired fitting solution, you also get marketing information as
well as manufacturing and assembly documentation

Learn more about our product selection


services
www.blum.com/productselection

Catalogue 2013/2014

25

Lift systems

AVENTOS fittings for lift systems provide ease


of use in the wall cabinet area. Even wide lift
systems open easily, remain in any desired
position and thanks to BLUMOTION close
silently and effortlessly.

SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical motion support system for bi-fold lift


systems, up and over lift systems,
lift ups and stay lifts

26

Silent and effortless closing thanks to the


integrated BLUMOTION
Quick, easy assembly and removal due to
CLIP technology
Easy, 3-dimensional front adjustment
Perfectly balanced fronts remain in any
desired position

TIP-ON, our mechanical opening


support system, is now also available for lift systems AVENTOS HK
and AVENTOS HK-S

Optimised ergonomic handle position


No protruding parts
With SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical motion
support system for wall cabinets
With TIP-ON, the mechanical opening support system for AVENTOS HK
New: TIP-ON, the mechanical opening support system for AVENTOS HK-S

Specifically for smaller stay lifts:


AVENTOS HK-S

Catalogue 2013/2014

Overview

AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system


AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system
28
29
Overview
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
30
38
Accessories
40
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE
90

AVENTOS HS up and over lift system


AVENTOS HS up and over lift system
Overview
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE
Symbol image

44
45
46
50
90

AVENTOS HL lift up

Symbol image

AVENTOS HL lift up
54
Overview
55
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
56
Assembly, removal and adjustment
60
Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE
90

AVENTOS HK stay lift

Symbol image

AVENTOS HK stay lift


Overview
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
TIP-ON
Accessories
Assembly, removal and adjustment

64 Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE


65
66
70
74
75

90

AVENTOS HK-S stay lift

Symbol image

Accessories

AVENTOS HK-S stay lift


Overview
Standard
TIP-ON
Accessories
Assembly, removal and adjustment

78
79
80
82
85
86

Screws
Centre bit
Door buffer
Screwdriver
Cross slot bit

88
88
88
89
89

Symbol image

Catalogue 2013/2014

27

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system

A bi-fold lift system has never been so smooth


The AVENTOS HF has a two-part front that
folds together in the centre when opening. The bi-fold lift system is ideal for higher
wall cabinets with large fronts because the
handle remains easy to reach in any position.
AVENTOS HF can also be used with fronts of
different heights.
Silent and effortless closing, thanks to
BLUMOTION
Easy to open
Stops at any opening position
Provides excellent access to the cabinet
interior
Small programme, huge application variety
Easy assembly and adjustment
Stability, even with wide fronts
Excellent durability
Free positioning of handles
No protruding parts
Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS, the
electrical motion support system for wall
cabinets

Opening and closing easy and comfortable

Lift systems open effortlessly with AVENTOS HF. Even heavy fronts
only require light operating forces. The variable stop ensures that fronts
always remain in the desired position

Thanks to the integrated BLUMOTION, both heavy and light fronts close
silently and effortlessly

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability
The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package.
The result: excellent durability

28

No protruding parts
Removable telescopic arm an
advantage for furniture manufacturing and kitchen installation

Includes a finger safety feature


The CLIP top centre hinge with innovative technology ensures finger
safety

Catalogue 2013/2014

Similar shelves possible


Depending on the height of the
cabinet, 2 identical shelves can be
used

AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system


Overview
AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
Narrow alu frames

Symbol image
Accessories

30
34

Opening angle stop


Hinge-set
Mounting plates
Hinge arm cover cap
Screws
Centre bit
Door buffer
Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Warning and safety information
Assembly
Removal
Adjustment
Opening angle stop
Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE
Symbol image

31 Screwdriver
38 Cross slot bit
172
179
88
88
88

89
89

40
40
42
41
43
90

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

Machine directive
Furniture with SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS is
subject to the Machine Directive 2006/42/EC
and is valid for putting on the market within the
European Economic Area (EEA) + Switzerland
+ Turkey.
For more information, please go to www.blum.
com

General Information
Accessories
AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system
Wooden front
Wide alu front
Narrow alu front
SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS
INSERTA boss
EXPANDO boss
Screw-on boss
Planning
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

29

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
- Ideal for wall cabinets with divided fronts
- Cabinet height 480 up to 1040 mm
- Cabinet width up to 1800 mm
- Silent and effortless closing, thanks to
BLUMOTION
- Light operating forces
- Variable stop
- Tool-free assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment of both fronts
- Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
- Centre hinge with finger safety feature

Power factor LF =
Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of
both fronts and handle (kg)
Theoret. cabinet height TKH =
Front height top FHo (mm) x 2 (incl. gaps)
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.
* Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for
wooden fronts. Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
Standard
SERVO-DRIVE

Order information
Lift mechanism set
1
Power factor LF
2600 - 5500 (1 pc 960 - 2650)
5350 - 10150
9000 - 17250 (3 pc 13500 - 25900)
Composed of:
1 Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
Chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
Telescopic arm set
Cabinet height KH **
480 - 570 mm
560 - 710 mm
700 - 900 mm
760 - 1040 mm
Composed of:
2 Telescopic arm (symmetrical)
2

Part no.
20F2200.05
20F2500.05
20F2800.05
2x
10 x

Cover cap set


Material
Nylon
Composed of:
3a Cover cap large left
3b Cover cap large right
3c Cover cap round
3

3a
3b
3c
3d
3e
4

30

Colour
HGR, SW, NI-L

Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE


Material
Colour
Nylon
HGR, SW, NI-L
Composed of:
SERVO-DRIVE cover plate left
Cover cap large right
Cover cap round
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Blum distance bumper, 5 mm
Mounting plate for telescopic arm
All horizontal mounting plates with 0 mm distance
Recommendation
Fixing
Spacing
Screw-on*
0 mm
EXPANDO
0 mm
Knock-in
0 mm

Mounting plate for CLIP top 120-hinge


Standard mounting plates, distance depends on the top gap

Recommendation
Fixing
Screw-on*
EXPANDO
Knock-in

Spacing
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm

Part no.
175H3100
177H3100E
177H3100

SERVO-DRIVE set
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Composed of:
6a Drive unit
6b Distribution cable, 1500 mm
6c Connecting node
6d Cable end protector
6

Part no.
20F3200.01
20F3500.01
20F3800.01
20F3900.01
2x

Part no.
20F8000
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
21FA000
1x
1x
1x
2x

We recommend two synchronised drive units for a power factor > 17250.

** Theoretical cabinet height TKH for asymmetrical fronts

Transformer unit housing


Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

Colour
HGR Light grey
SW
Silk white

Part no.
21F8000
1x
1x
2x
2x
6x

Part no.
175H3100
177H3100E
177H3100
Catalogue 2013/2014

NI-L

Part no.
Z10NG120

Nickel-lacquered

AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system


Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
Order information
Blum transformer
7
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H
Language descriptions as per ISO-639

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Europe
Z10M200E
US, CA
Z10M200U
Z10M200S
BR
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

CLIP top 120 hinge


Boss overlay TO (fixed dimension)
11 mm
CLIP top
Part no.
Boss
INSERTA
70T5590BTL
Unsprung
CLIP top
Boss
Screw-on*
Unsprung
70T5550.TL
3 hinges starting at cabinet width 1200 mm and/or 12 kg front weight
4 hinges starting at cabinet width 1800 mm and/or 20 kg front weight

10

CLIP top centre hinge


CLIP top
Part no.
Boss
EXPANDO
Unsprung
78Z553ET
CLIP top
Boss
Unsprung
Screw-on*
78Z5500T
3 hinges starting at cabinet width 1200 mm and/or 12 kg front weight
4 hinges starting at cabinet width 1800 mm and/or 20 kg front weight
11

Mounting plate for CLIP top-centre hinge


Standard mounting plates with 0 mm distance
Recommendation
Fixing
Spacing
Part no.
Screw-on*
0 mm
175H3100
EXPANDO
0 mm
177H3100E
Knock-in
0 mm
177H3100
Note regarding wide alu frames below 57 mm frame width
Only use cruciform mounting plates
12

Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
For cutting to size, 8 m
Can be used as a distribution cable
Composed of:
6b Distribution cable
6d Cable end protector
Connecting node and cable end protector
Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Tool-free assembly
Composed of:
6c Connecting node
6d Cable end protector

Part no.
Z10K800AE

1x
5x

Part no.
Z10V100E.01

1x
2x

Alternative to 10
CLIP top 120 special hinge for larger front overlay
10
Boss overlay TO (fixed dimension)
13 mm
CLIP top
Part no.
Boss
Unsprung
INSERTA
72T5590BTL
CLIP top
Boss
Screw-on*
Unsprung
72T5550.TL
3 hinges starting at cabinet width 1200 mm and/or 12 kg front weight
4 hinges starting at cabinet width 1800 mm and/or 20 kg front weight
Accessories
Opening angle stop
Opening angle
Colour
Dark grey
104
83
RAL 7037 light grey

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HF
Accessories hinge set
Mounting plates
Accessories general
Planning symmetrical

29
38
172
88
32

Part no.
20F7051
20F7011

Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable

Planning asymmetrical
Planning Blum distance bumper
Planning SERVO-DRIVE switch
Warning and safety information
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Catalogue 2013/2014

33
39
39
40
40

Assembly, removal and adjustment


SERVO-DRIVE
Overview assembly devices
Reference values for door weights
More technical details

Part no.
Z10K0009

90
605
690
684
31

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
Planning symmetrical
Drilling position
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling

Space requirement

FHo Upper front height


Opening angle stop Y

4 x chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable,
left only
Cabinet height KH
H
480 - 549 mm
KH x 0.3 - 28 mm
550 - 1040 mm
KH x 0.3 - 57 mm

KH

Front assembly

CLIP top 120 hinge

CLIP top centre hinge

SFA Front overlay of the side panel

F Gap
()
CLIP top 120 special hinge
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA

F
Min. gap = 1.5 mm
*
37 mm for cruciform mounting plates (37/32)
Drilling distance TB
Centre gap F

Cabinet height X
KH
177H3100, 177H3100E, 175H5400,
177H3100E10, 177H5100, 177H5400E
175H3100, 175H4100

Without
104
83

70 mm

68 mm

550 - 1040 mm 47 mm

45 mm

480 - 549 mm

Cabinet height

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
3
3

6
9

3
3

Mounting plate
Screw-on

32

INSERTA/EXPANDO

Catalogue 2013/2014

FHo x 0.44 + 38 mm
FHo x 0.24 + 34 mm
0 mm

3
6
9

Mounting plate
Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HF
29
Order specification wooden fronts and wide
alu frames
30
Planning Blum distance bumper
39
Planning SERVO-DRIVE switch
39
Warning and safety information
40
Assembly, removal and adjustment
40
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SERVO-DRIVE
90

AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system


Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
Planning asymmetrical
Drilling position
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling

Space requirement

4 x chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable,
left only
Theoret. cabinet height TKH H
480 - 549 mm
TKH x 0.3 - 28 mm
550 - 1040 mm
TKH x 0.3 - 57 mm

TKH = FHo (mm) x 2 (incl. gaps)


TKH Theoretical cabinet height
KH Cabinet height
FHo Upper front height
FHu Lower front height

FHo Upper front height


Opening angle stop Y

Front assembly

CLIP top 120 hinge

CLIP top centre hinge

FAu Bottom front overlay


SFA Front overlay of the side panel

F Gap
()
CLIP top 120 special hinge
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA

F
Min. gap = 1.5 mm
*
37 mm for cruciform mounting plates (37/32)
Drilling distance TB
Centre gap F

X
Theoret.
cabinet height 177H3100, 177H3100E, 175H5400,
TKH
177H3100E10, 177H5100, 177H5400E
175H3100, 175H4100

FHo / 2 + 70 mm

FHo / 2 + 68 mm

550 - 1040 mm FHo / 2 + 47 mm

FHo / 2 + 45 mm

480 - 549 mm

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
3
3

6
9

3
3

Mounting plate
Screw-on

Without
104
83

INSERTA/EXPANDO

Catalogue 2013/2014

FHo x 0.44 + 38 mm
FHo x 0.24 + 34 mm
0 mm

3
6
9

Mounting plate
Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HF
29
Order specification wooden fronts and wide
alu frames
30
Planning Blum distance bumper
39
Planning SERVO-DRIVE switch
39
Warning and safety information
40
Assembly, removal and adjustment
40
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SERVO-DRIVE
90
33

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Narrow alu frames
- Ideal for wall cabinets with divided fronts
- Cabinet height 480 up to 1040 mm
- Cabinet width up to 1800 mm
- Silent and effortless closing, thanks to
BLUMOTION
- Light operating forces
- Variable stop
- Tool-free assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment of both fronts
- Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
- Centre hinge with finger safety feature

Power factor LF =
Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of
both fronts and handle (kg)
Theoret. cabinet height TKH =
Front height top FHo (mm) x 2 (incl. gaps)
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.

Standard
SERVO-DRIVE
Order information
Lift mechanism set
1
Power factor LF
2600 - 5500 (1 pc 960 - 2650)
5350 - 10150
9000 - 17250 (3 pc 13500 - 25900)
Composed of:
1 Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
Chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
Telescopic arm set
Cabinet height KH **
480 - 570 mm
560 - 710 mm
700 - 900 mm
760 - 1040 mm
Composed of:
2 Telescopic arm (symmetrical)
2

Part no.
20F2200.05
20F2500.05
20F2800.05
2x
10 x

Cover cap set


Material
Nylon
Composed of:
3a Cover cap large left
3b Cover cap large right
3c Cover cap round
3

3a
3b
3c
3d
3e
4

34

Colour
HGR, SW, NI-L

Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE


Material
Colour
Nylon
HGR, SW, NI-L
Composed of:
SERVO-DRIVE cover plate left
Cover cap large right
Cover cap round
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Blum distance bumper, 5 mm
CLIP adapter plate for telescopic arms
Spacing
Design
0 mm
Left/right

Mounting plate for CLIP top 120-hinge


Standard mounting plates, distance depends on the top gap

Recommendation
Fixing
Screw-on
EXPANDO
Knock-in

Spacing
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm

Part no.
175H3100
177H3100E
177H3100

SERVO-DRIVE set
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Composed of:
6a Drive unit
6b Distribution cable, 1500 mm
6c Connecting node
6d Cable end protector
6

Part no.
20F3200.01
20F3500.01
20F3800.01
20F3900.01
2x

Part no.
20F8000
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
21FA000
1x
1x
1x
2x

We recommend two synchronised drive units for a power factor > 17250.

** Theoretical cabinet height TKH for asymmetrical fronts

Transformer unit housing


Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

Colour
HGR Light grey
SW
Silk white

Part no.
21F8000
1x
1x
2x
2x
6x

Part no.
175H5B00

Catalogue 2013/2014

NI-L

Part no.
Z10NG120

Nickel-lacquered

AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system


Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Narrow alu frames
Order information
Blum transformer
7
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H
Language descriptions as per ISO-639

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Europe
Z10M200E
US, CA
Z10M200U
Z10M200S
BR
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
For cutting to size, 8 m
Can be used as a distribution cable
Composed of:
6b Distribution cable
6d Cable end protector
Connecting node and cable end protector
Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Tool-free assembly
Composed of:
6c Connecting node
6d Cable end protector

Part no.
Z10K800AE

1x
5x

Part no.
Z10V100E.01

1x
2x

CLIP top 120 aluminium frame door hinge


CLIP top
Part no.
Boss
Screw-on
Unsprung
72T550A.TL
3 hinges starting at cabinet width 1200 mm and/or 12 kg front weight
4 hinges starting at cabinet width 1800 mm and/or 20 kg front weight

10

CLIP top aluminium centre hinge


CLIP top
Part no.
Boss
Screw-on
Unsprung
78Z550AT
3 hinges starting at cabinet width 1200 mm and/or 12 kg front weight
4 hinges starting at cabinet width 1800 mm and/or 20 kg front weight
11

12

CLIP adapter plate for centre hinges


Spacing
Design
0 mm
Symmetrical

Part no.
175H5A00

Accessories
Opening angle stop
Opening angle
Colour
Dark grey
104
83
RAL 7037 light grey

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HF
Accessories hinge set
Mounting plates
Accessories general
Planning symmetrical

29
38
172
88
36

Part no.
20F7051
20F7011

Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable

Planning asymmetrical
Planning Blum distance bumper
Planning SERVO-DRIVE switch
Warning and safety information
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Catalogue 2013/2014

37
39
39
40
40

Assembly, removal and adjustment


SERVO-DRIVE
Overview assembly devices
Reference values for door weights
More technical details

Part no.
Z10K0009

90
605
690
684
35

Lift systems

Lift systems

AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system


Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Narrow alu frames
Planning symmetrical
Drilling position
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling

Space requirement

4 x chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable,
left only
Cabinet height KH
H
480 - 549 mm
KH x 0.3 - 28 mm
550 - 1040 mm
KH x 0.3 - 57 mm

KH

Cabinet height

Front assembly

CLIP top 120 aluminium frame door hinge

FHo Upper front height


Opening angle stop Y
Without
104
83

FHo x 0.44 + 38 mm
FHo x 0.24 + 34 mm
0 mm

CLIP top aluminium centre hinge

F
Min. gap = 1.5 mm
An adjustment has to be made for frame thicknesses over 20.5 mm
Cabinet height KH
480 - 549 mm
550 - 1040 mm

X
54 mm
31 mm

Screw-on (hinge/adapter plate)

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HF
Order specification narrow alu frames
Planning Blum distance bumper
Planning SERVO-DRIVE switch
Warning and safety information
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SERVO-DRIVE

38

Lift systems

Lift systems

R4
6
*

36

1.4

When changing material thickness, adjust


the assembly dimensions accordingly
Catalogue 2013/2014

29
34
39
39
40
40
90

AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system


Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Narrow alu frames
Planning asymmetrical
Drilling position
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling

Space requirement

4 x chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable,
left only
Theoret. cabinet height TKH H
480 - 549 mm
TKH x 0.3 - 28 mm
550 - 1040 mm
TKH x 0.3 - 57 mm

TKH = FHo (mm) x 2 (incl. gaps)


TKH Theoretical cabinet height
KH Cabinet height
FHo Upper front height
FHu Lower front height

FHo Upper front height


Opening angle stop Y

Front assembly

CLIP top 120 aluminium frame door hinge

CLIP top aluminium centre hinge

FAu Bottom front overlay

FHo x 0.44 + 38 mm
FHo x 0.24 + 34 mm
0 mm

F
Min. gap = 1.5 mm
An adjustment has to be made for frame thicknesses over 20.5 mm
Screw-on (hinge/adapter plate)

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HF
Order specification narrow alu frames
Planning Blum distance bumper
Planning SERVO-DRIVE switch
Warning and safety information
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SERVO-DRIVE

R4
6
*

29
34
39
39
40
40
90

38

Theoret. cabinet height TKH X


480 - 549 mm
FHo / 2 + 54 mm
550 - 1040 mm
FHo / 2 + 31 mm

Without
104
83

1.4

When changing material thickness, adjust


the assembly dimensions accordingly
Catalogue 2013/2014

37

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system
Accessories
Wooden fronts
Hinge-set
Fixing
INSERTA/knock-in/EXPANDO
Composed of:
a CLIP top 120 hinge unsprung
b CLIP top centre hinge without spring
c Horizontal cam mounting plate
d EXPANDO cruciform mounting plate

Part no.
78Z5530T10
2x
2x
6x
2x

70T5590BTL
78Z5530T
177H5100
174E6100.01

Wooden fronts and wide alu frames


Hinge-set
Fixing
Part no.
Screw-on*
78Z5500T11
Composed of:
2x
70T5550.TL
a CLIP top 120 hinge unsprung
2x
78Z5500T
b CLIP top centre hinge without spring
6x
175H5400
c Horizontal cam mounting plate
2x
173H7100
d Cruciform cam mounting plate
* Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts. Use counter sunk
self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

Narrow alu frames


Hinge-set
Fixing
Screw-on
Composed of:
a CLIP top 120 aluminium frame hinge without spring
b CLIP top alu centre hinge without spring
c Horizontal cam mounting plate
e CLIP adapter plate symmetric
f CLIP adapter plate left/right

38

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
78Z550AT11
2x
2x
2x
2x
2x

72T550A.TL
78Z550AT
175H5400
175H5A00
175H5B00

AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system


Planning
Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)
* From cabinet front edge for fronts that protrude below

Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue)

Recommendation for aluminium frames:


Consider drilling for the Blum distance bumper
in the cabinet side. A trial application must be
carried out when fixing to the front

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HF
29
Order specification wooden fronts and wide
alu frames
30
Order specification narrow alu frames
34
Assembly, removal and adjustment
40
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SERVO-DRIVE
90
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

39

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Lift mechanism

Assembly

Lift mechanism

WARNING
Telescopic arm could spring up
and cause injury.

Special warning and safety information must be added for North


America

Telescopic arm could spring up and Remove the telescopic arm rather
cause injury
than pushing it down

Top front

Bottom front

$MJDL

$MJDL

Assembly

Assembly

Bottom front
1

Assembly

40

Catalogue 2013/2014

$MJDL

$MJDL

AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Lift mechanism

Setting

Lift mechanism

Note
Perform the reference run for
SERVO-DRIVE after setting the lift
mechanism!

Setting

Front

Top hinge

Front

1
Centre hinge

Catalogue 2013/2014

41

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Front

Shorten the telescopic arm

Lengthen the telescopic arm

Telescopic arm

Removal

Removal

42

Catalogue 2013/2014

AVENTOS HF bi-fold lift system


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Removal

WARNING
Telescopic arm could spring up
and cause injury.

Special warning and safety information must be added for North


America

Telescopic arm could spring up and Remove the telescopic arm rather
cause injury
than pushing it down

Opening angle stop 20F70x1

Assembly

Additional 5th chipboard screw 4


x 35 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

43

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HS up and over lift system

Can an up & over lift system close more smoothly?


With AVENTOS HS, the single front swings
over the cabinet and is ideal for large-area,
single fronts. The up and over lift system
is also the perfect choice for cabinets with
cornice or crown moulding.
Silent and effortless closing, thanks to
BLUMOTION
Easy to open
Stops at any opening position
Provides excellent access to the cabinet
interior
Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or
crown moulding
Small programme, huge application variety
Easy assembly and adjustment
Stability, even with wide fronts
Excellent durability
No protruding parts
Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS, the
electrical motion support system for wall
cabinets

Opening and closing easy and comfortable

AVENTOS HS provides ease of use that inspires. Even heavy fronts


are easy to open thanks to the light operating forces. The variable stop
ensures that the front always remains in the desired position

Thanks to the integrated BLUMOTION, both heavy and light fronts close
silently and effortlessly

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability
The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package.
The result: excellent durability

44

No protruding parts
Cornice and crown moulding
Removable lever arm an advanYou can easily combine cabinets with cornice or crown moulding with
tage for furniture manufacturing and AVENTOS HS. This provides more design freedom for kitchen planning
kitchen installation

Catalogue 2013/2014

AVENTOS HS up and over lift system


Overview
AVENTOS HS up and over lift system

Symbol image
Accessories

Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

46

Screws
Centre bit
Door buffer
Screwdriver
Cross slot bit

88
88
88
89
89

Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Warning and safety information
Assembly
Adjustment
Removal
Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE
Symbol image

50
50
51
52
90

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

Machine directive
Furniture with SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS is
subject to the Machine Directive 2006/42/EC
and is valid for putting on the market within the
European Economic Area (EEA) + Switzerland
+ Turkey.
For more information, please go to www.blum.
com

General Information
Accessories
AVENTOS HS up and over lift system
Wooden front
Wide alu front
Narrow alu front
SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS
Planning
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

45

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HS up and over lift system
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
- Ideal for large-area, single fronts
- Cabinet height 350 up to 800 mm
- Cabinet width up to 1800 mm
- Silent and effortless closing, thanks to
BLUMOTION
- Light operating forces
- Perfect motion with a variable stop
- Tool-free assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism

Order information
Lift mechanism set
1
Cabinet height KH
Part no.
350 - 525 mm
20S2A00.05 20S2B00.05 20S2C00.05
526 - 675 mm
20S2D00.05 20S2E00.05 20S2F00.05
20S2G00.05 20S2H00.05 20S2I00.05
676 - 800 mm
Composed of:
2x
1 Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
Chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
10 x
Weight of front incl. handle (kg)
KH (mm)
800
795
790
785
780
775
770
765
760
755
750
745
740
735
730
725
720
715
710
705
700
695
690
685
680
676

20S2G00.05
4.007.00
4.007.00
4.007.00
4.007.00
4.007.00
3.757.00
3.757.00
3.757.25
3.757.25
3.757.25
3.507.25
3.507.25
3.507.25
3.507.50
3.507.50
3.507.50
3.507.50
3.507.50
3.507.75
3.507.75
3.507.75
3.507.75
3.507.75
3.508.00
3.508.00
3.508.00

20S2H00.05
20S2I00.05
6.0012.25
10.5020.00
6.0012.25
10.5020.00
6.0012.25
10.7520.00
6.2512.50
10.7520.00
6.2512.50
10.7520.25
6.2512.50
11.0020.25
6.2512.50
11.0020.25
6.5012.50
11.0020.25
6.5012.75
11.2520.25
6.5012.75
11.2520.50
6.5012.75
11.5020.50
6.5012.75
11.5020.50
6.5012.75
11.7520.75
6.5013.00
11.7520.75
6.7513.00
11.7521.00
6.7513.00
12.0021.00
6.7513.00
12.0021.25
6.7513.00
12.0021.25
6.7513.25
12.2521.25
6.7513.25
12.2521.50
6.7513.25
12.5021.50
6.7513.25
12.5021.50
6.7513.25
12.7521.50
7.0013.25
12.7521.50
7.0013.50
13.0021.50
7.0013.50
13.0021.50

KH (mm)
675
670
665
660
655
650
645
640
635
630
625
620
615
610
605
600
595
590
585
580
575

20S2D00.05
3.005.25
3.005.25
3.005.25
3.005.50
3.005.50
3.005.50
3.005.50
3.005.50
3.005.50
3.005.75
3.005.75
3.005.75
3.005.75
3.006.00
3.006.00
3.006.00
3.006.00
3.006.00
3.006.25
3.006.25
3.006.25

20S2E00.05
5.0011.00
5.0011.00
5.0011.00
5.2511.25
5.2511.25
5.2511.25
5.2511.25
5.2511.25
5.2511.50
5.5011.50
5.5011.50
5.5011.50
5.5011.50
5.5011.75
5.5011.75
5.5011.75
5.5011.75
5.5012.00
5.7512.00
5.7512.00
5.7512.00

46

In order to select the correct lift mechanism, it is


necessary to establish both the cabinet height
and the weight of the front (including the handle)
Example
Cabinet height KH = 600 mm, weight of front = 10 kg, lift
mechanism selection = 20S2E00.05
KH = 602 mm -> 600 mm, KH = 603 mm -> 605 mm

We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.


* Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side
for wooden fronts. Use 4 counter sunk self
tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide
alu frames
Standard
SERVO-DRIVE

Lever arm set


Material
Colour
Steel
Nickel plated
Composed of:
2a Lever arm left
2b Lever arm right
2c Cross stabiliser cover cap
2

Lever arm set for SERVO-DRIVE


Material
Colour
Steel
Nickel plated
Composed of:
2a SERVO-DRIVE lever arm left
2b SERVO-DRIVE lever arm right
2c Cross stabiliser cover cap
2

20S2D00.05
3.006.25
3.006.25
3.006.50
3.006.50
3.006.50
3.006.50
3.006.50
3.006.75
3.006.75
3.006.75

20S2E00.05
5.7512.25
5.7512.25
6.0012.25
6.0012.50
6.0012.50
6.0012.50
6.0012.75
6.2512.75
6.2512.75
6.2513.00

20S2F00.05
11.2517.75
11.2517.75
11.2517.50
11.5017.50
11.5017.25
11.5017.25
11.7517.00
11.7516.75
11.7516.75
12.0016.50

KH (mm) 20S2A00.05
525
2.504.00
520
2.504.00
515
2.504.00
510
2.504.00
505
2.504.00
500
2.504.25
495
2.504.25
490
2.504.25
485
2.504.25
480
2.504.25
475
2.504.25
470
2.504.25
465
2.254.25
460
2.254.25
455
2.254.25
2.254.25
20S2F00.05 450
445
2.254.50
09.7519.00
440
2.254.50
09.7519.00
435
2.254.50
09.7519.00
430
2.254.50
10.0019.00
425
2.254.50
10.0019.00
420
2.254.50
10.0019.00
415
2.254.50
10.0018.75
410
2.254.50
10.0018.75
405
2.254.50
10.2518.75
400
2.004.75
10.2518.75
395
2.004.75
10.2518.75
390
2.004.75
10.2518.75
385
2.004.75
10.2518.75
380
2.004.75
10.5018.50
375
2.004.75
10.5018.50
370
2.004.75
10.5018.50
365
2.004.75
10.5018.50
360
2.004.75
10.7518.25
355
2.004.75
10.7518.25
350
2.005.00
11.0018.00
11.0018.00 Cabinet height KH (mm)

20S2B00.05
3.257.50
3.507.50
3.507.50
3.507.75
3.507.75
3.507.75
3.757.75
3.758.00
3.758.00
3.758.00
3.758.00
4.008.25
4.008.25
4.008.25
4.008.50
4.008.50
4.258.50
4.258.50
4.258.75
4.258.75
4.258.75
4.258.75
4.258.75
4.259.00
4.259.00
4.259.00
4.509.00
4.509.00
4.509.25
4.509.25
4.509.25
4.509.25
4.509.25
4.509.50
4.509.50
4.509.50

20S2C00.05
7.2515.00
7.2515.00
7.2514.75
7.5014.75
7.5014.75
7.5014.75
7.5014.50
7.7514.50
7.7514.25
7.7514.25
7.7514.00
8.0014.00
8.0013.75
8.0013.75
8.2513.50
8.2513.50
8.2513.25
8.2513.00
8.5013.00
8.5012.75
8.5012.75
8.5012.50
8.5012.50
8.7512.25
8.7512.00
8.7512.00
8.7511.75
8.7511.50
9.0011.50
9.0011.25
9.0011.25
9.0011.00
9.0011.00
9.2510.75
9.2510.50
9.2510.50

KH (mm)
570
565
560
555
550
545
540
535
530
526

Cover cap set


Material
Nylon
Composed of:
3a Cover cap large left
3b Cover cap large right
3c Cover cap round
3

Catalogue 2013/2014

Colour
HGR, SW, NI-L

Part no.
20S3500.06
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
21S3500.01
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
20S8000
1x
1x
2x

AVENTOS HS up and over lift system


Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Order information
Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE
3
Material
Colour
Nylon
HGR, SW, NI-L
Composed of:
3a SERVO-DRIVE cover plate left
3b Cover cap large right
3c Cover cap round
3d SERVO-DRIVE switch
3e Blum distance bumper, 5 mm
Colour
HGR Light grey
SW
Silk white

NI-L

Part no.
21S8000

1x
1x
2x
2x
4x

Nickel-lacquered

Blum transformer
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H

Language descriptions as per ISO-639

Front fixing bracket set


Version
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames*
Narrow alu frames

Part no.
20S4200
20S4200A

Cross stabiliser rod round


Material
Diameter
Part no.
Aluminium
16 mm
20Q1061UN
For cutting to size, 1061 mm
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 129 mm**
** SERVO-DRIVE: inner cabinet width LW - 164 mm
Connecting piece set for cross stabiliser
Material
Diameter
Part no.
Aluminium
16 mm
20Q153ZN
Inner cabinet width LW 1190 mm and higher
Cutting for 5 Internal cabinet width LW / 2 - 147 mm**
Composed of:
1x
Connecting piece
Fixing
1x
2x
Cross stabiliser cover cap
** SERVO-DRIVE: inner cabinet width LW / 2 - 165 mm
SERVO-DRIVE set
6
Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
21FA000
Composed of:
1x
6a Drive unit
1x
6b Distribution cable, 1500 mm
1x
6c Connecting node
2x
6d Cable end protector
5

We recommend one SERVO-DRIVE drive unit per set for connected fronts!

Accessories
Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HS
Accessories general
Planning
Planning Blum distance bumper
Planning SERVO-DRIVE switch

45
88
48
49
49

Transformer unit housing


Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Europe
Z10M200E
US, CA
Z10M200U
BR
Z10M200S
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
For cutting to size, 8 m
Can be used as a distribution cable
Composed of:
6b Distribution cable
6d Cable end protector
Connecting node and cable end protector
Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Tool-free assembly
Composed of:
6c Connecting node
6d Cable end protector

Part no.
Z10NG120

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Part no.
Z10K800AE

1x
5x

Part no.
Z10V100E.01

1x
2x

Part no.
Z10K0009

Warning and safety information


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SERVO-DRIVE
Overview assembly devices
Catalogue 2013/2014

50 Reference values for door weights


50 More technical details

690
684

90
605
47

Lift systems

Lift systems

AVENTOS HS up and over lift system


Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Planning
Drilling position
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling

min 276

min 225

135

Front setting

180

Space requirement

15

Lift systems

Lift systems

22

38
76

Dimensions depend on tilt adjustment

SOB Top panel thickness


5 x chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable,
left only
Front assembly wooden fronts and wide
alu frames

Front assembly narrow alu frames

Planning narrow alu frames

Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden


fronts. Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws
(660.0950) for wide alu frames

FAo Upper front overlay


SFA Front overlay of the side panel
Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm

When changing material thickness, adjust


the assembly dimensions accordingly
For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA
of 11 - 18 mm is possible

Cornice/crown moulding clearance

Connecting piece

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HS
45
Order specification wooden fronts, wide and
narrow alu frames
46
Warning and safety information
50
Assembly, removal and adjustment
50
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SERVO-DRIVE
90
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

Gap F (mm)
3.0
2.0
1.5
48

X max. (mm)
35
31
28

Y max. (mm)
101
101
101
Catalogue 2013/2014

AVENTOS HS up and over lift system


Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Planning
Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)
* From cabinet front edge for fronts that protrude below

Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue)

Recommendation for aluminium frames:


Consider drilling for the Blum distance bumper
in the cabinet side. A trial application must be
carried out when fixing to the front

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Catalogue 2013/2014

49

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HS up and over lift system
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Lift mechanism

Assembly

Lever arm

Assembly

Lever arm

WARNING
Lever arm could spring up and
cause injury.

Special warning and safety information must be added for North


America

Lever arm could spring up and


cause injury

Cross stabiliser

50

Catalogue 2013/2014

Remove the lever arm rather than


pushing it down

AVENTOS HS up and over lift system


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Front

DMJDL

Assembly

Lift mechanism

Setting

Lift mechanism

Note
Perform the reference run for
SERVO-DRIVE after setting the lift
mechanism!

Setting

Front

Setting

Catalogue 2013/2014

51

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HS up and over lift system
Assembly, removal and adjustment
AVENTOS-cover caps

Removal

Assembly

Removal

WARNING
Lever arm could spring up and
cause injury.

Special warning and safety information must be added for North


America

Lever arm could spring up and


cause injury

Remove the lever arm rather than


pushing it down

Removal

Removal

52

Catalogue 2013/2014

AVENTOS HS up and over lift system

Catalogue 2013/2014

53

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HL lift up

Smooth motion for the lift up


With AVENTOS HL, the one-part front lifts up
parallel to the cabinet front. This lift system is
ideal for applications in high and wall cabinets
with fronts above or in larder unit installations
as well as recessed cabinets, e.g. to conceal
electrical appliances.
Silent and effortless closing, thanks to
BLUMOTION
Easy to open
Stops at any opening position
Provides excellent access to the cabinet
interior
Suitable for cabinets with cabinets above,
as well as cornice and crown moulding
Small programme, huge application variety
Easy assembly and adjustment
Stability, even with wide fronts
Excellent durability
No protruding parts
Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS, the
electrical motion support system for wall
cabinets

Opening and closing easy and comfortable

Regardless of the weight and size, AVENTOS HL only requires light


operating forces for easy opening and closing. The variable stop ensures
that the front always remains in the desired position

Thanks to the integrated BLUMOTION, both heavy and light fronts close
silently and effortlessly

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability
The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package.
The result: excellent durability

54

No protruding parts
Cornice and crown moulding
Removable lever arm an advanAVENTOS HL is suitable for cabinets with cabinets above, as well as
tage for furniture manufacturing and those with cornice and crown moulding
kitchen installation

Catalogue 2013/2014

AVENTOS HL lift up
Overview
AVENTOS HL lift up

Symbol image
Accessories

Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

56

Screws
Centre bit
Door buffer
Screwdriver
Cross slot bit

88
88
88
89
89

Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Warning and safety information
Assembly
Adjustment
Removal
Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE
Symbol image

60
60
61
62
90

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

Machine directive
Furniture with SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS is
subject to the Machine Directive 2006/42/EC
and is valid for putting on the market within the
European Economic Area (EEA) + Switzerland
+ Turkey.
For more information, please go to www.blum.
com

General Information
Accessories
AVENTOS HL lift up
Wooden front
Wide alu front
Narrow alu front
SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS
Planning
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

55

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HL lift up
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
- Well-suited to small-area, single fronts
- Cabinet height 300 up to 580 mm
- Cabinet width up to 1800 mm
- Silent and effortless closing, thanks to
BLUMOTION
- Light operating forces
- Perfect motion with a variable stop
- Tool-free assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism

Order information
Lift mechanism set
1

Part no.
20L2100.05 20L2300.05 20L2500.05
20L2700.05 20L2900.05

Composed of:
1 Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
Chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm

2x
10 x

Weight of front incl. handle (kg)


Cabinet height KH (mm)
Lift mecha- 300 - 349
350 - 399
400 - 550
450 - 580
nism set
Lever arm set
20L3200.06 20L3500.06 20L3800.06 20L3900.06
21L3200.01 21L3500.01 21L3800.01 21L3900.01
20L2100.05 1.25 - 4.25
1.25 - 2.50
20L2300.05 3.50 - 7.25
1.75 - 5.00
1.75 - 3.50
20L2500.05 6.50 - 12.00 4.25 - 9.00
2.75 - 6.75
2.00 - 5.25
20L2700.05 11.00 - 20.00 8.00 - 14.75 5.75 - 11.75
4.25 - 9.25
20L2900.05
13.50 - 20.00 10.50 - 20.00 8.25 - 16.50
Lever arm set
Cabinet height KH (mm)
300 - 349
350 - 399
400 - 550
450 - 580
Composed of:
2a Lever arm left
2b Lever arm right
2c Cross stabiliser cover cap oval
2

Cover cap set


Material
Nylon
Composed of:
3a Cover cap large left
3b Cover cap large right
3c Cover cap round
3

56

Colour
HGR, SW, NI-L

Part no.
20L3200.06
20L3500.06
20L3800.06
20L3900.06

In order to select the correct lift mechanism, it is


necessary to establish both the cabinet height
and the weight of the front (including the handle)

We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.


* Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side
for wooden fronts. Use 4 counter sunk self
tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide
alu frames
Standard
SERVO-DRIVE

Lever arm set for SERVO-DRIVE


Cabinet height KH (mm)
300 - 349
350 - 399
400 - 550
450 - 580
Composed of:
2a SERVO-DRIVE lever arm left
2b Lever arm right
2c Cross stabiliser cover cap oval
2

3a
3b
3c
3d
3e

Part no.
21L3200.01
21L3500.01
21L3800.01
21L3900.01

Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE


Material
Colour
Nylon
HGR, SW, NI-L
Composed of:
SERVO-DRIVE cover plate left
Cover cap large right
Cover cap round
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Blum distance bumper, 5 mm

Colour
HGR Light grey
SW
Silk white

1x
1x
2x

Part no.
20L8000.01
1x
1x
2x

Catalogue 2013/2014

NI-L

Nickel-lacquered

1x
1x
2x

Part no.
21L8000
1x
1x
2x
2x
4x

AVENTOS HL lift up
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Order information
Front fixing bracket set
4
Version
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames*
Narrow alu frames

Part no.
20S4200
20S4200A

Cross stabiliser rod oval


Material
Design
Part no.
Aluminium
Oval
20Q1061UA
For cutting to size, 1061 mm
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 129 mm**
** SERVO-DRIVE: inner cabinet width LW - 164 mm
Connecting piece set for cross stabiliser
Diameter
Material
Part no.
Aluminium
16 mm
20Q153ZA
Inner cabinet width LW 1190 mm and higher
Cutting for 5 Internal cabinet width LW / 2 - 147 mm**
Composed of:
1x
Connecting piece
Fixing
1x
2x
Cross stabiliser cover cap
** SERVO-DRIVE: inner cabinet width LW / 2 - 165 mm
SERVO-DRIVE set
6
Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
21FA000
Composed of:
1x
6a Drive unit
1x
6b Distribution cable, 1500 mm
1x
6c Connecting node
2x
6d Cable end protector
5

We recommend one SERVO-DRIVE drive unit per set for connected fronts!

Blum transformer
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H

Transformer unit housing


Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Europe
Z10M200E
US, CA
Z10M200U
BR
Z10M200S
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
For cutting to size, 8 m
Can be used as a distribution cable
Composed of:
6b Distribution cable
6d Cable end protector
Connecting node and cable end protector
Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Tool-free assembly
Composed of:
6c Connecting node
6d Cable end protector

Part no.
Z10NG120

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Part no.
Z10K800AE

1x
5x

Part no.
Z10V100E.01

1x
2x

Language descriptions as per ISO-639

Accessories
Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HL
Accessories general
Planning
Planning Blum distance bumper
Planning SERVO-DRIVE switch

55
88
58
59
59

Part no.
Z10K0009

Warning and safety information


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SERVO-DRIVE
Overview assembly devices
Catalogue 2013/2014

60 Reference values for door weights


60 More technical details

690
684

90
605
57

Lift systems

Lift systems

AVENTOS HL lift up
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Planning
Drilling position
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling

Space requirement

10**

45

min 278

Front assembly wooden fronts and wide


alu frames

FAo Upper front overlay


SFA Front overlay of the side panel
Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm

Cornice/crown moulding clearance

Cabinet height
Internal cabinet height

Lever arm set

SOB Top panel thickness


5 x chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable,
left only

Top panel thickness


SOB (mm)
16
18
19

KH
LH

36
74

min 174
min LH
KH

192

56

52

10
15

5*

37

58

Front setting

SOB
H
88

Lift systems

Lift systems

Min. LH (mm)* Y (mm)*

Lever arm set


Standard

SERVO-DRIVE

21L3200.01

262.0

264.0

20L3200.06

21L3500.01

312.0

352.0

20L3500.06

20L3800.06

21L3800.01

362.0

440.0

20L3900.06

21L3900.01

412.0

529.0

Standard

SERVO-DRIVE

20L3200.06
20L3500.06

a (mm)

b (mm)*

c max.
(mm)

21L3200.01

114.0

257.0

159.0

21L3500.01

146.0

345.0

209.0

20L3800.06

21L3800.01

178.0

433.0

259.0

20L3900.06

21L3900.01

210.0

522.0

309.5

* Dimensions apply to lower gap = 0 mm

* Dimensions apply to lower gap = 0 mm

Front assembly narrow alu frames

Planning narrow alu frames

Lever arm set

X (mm)

Standard

SERVO-DRIVE

20L3200.06

21L3200.01

153

20L3500.06

21L3500.01

203

20L3800.06

21L3800.01

253

20L3900.06

21L3900.01

303

Connecting piece

X (mm)
28
30
31
Catalogue 2013/2014

When changing material thickness, adjust


the assembly dimensions accordingly
For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA
of 11 - 18 mm is possible
Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HL
55
Order specification wooden fronts, wide and
narrow alu frames
56
Warning and safety information
60
Assembly, removal and adjustment
60
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SERVO-DRIVE
90
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

AVENTOS HL lift up
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Planning
Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)
* From cabinet front edge for fronts that protrude below

Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue)

Recommendation for aluminium frames:


Consider drilling for the Blum distance bumper
in the cabinet side. A trial application must be
carried out when fixing to the front

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Catalogue 2013/2014

59

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HL lift up
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Lift mechanism

Assembly

Lever arm

Assembly

Lever arm

WARNING
Lever arm could spring up and
cause injury.

Special warning and safety information must be added for North


America

Lever arm could spring up and


cause injury

Cross stabiliser

60

Catalogue 2013/2014

Remove the lever arm rather than


pushing it down

AVENTOS HL lift up
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Front
DMJDL

Assembly

Lift mechanism

Setting

Lift mechanism

Note
Perform the reference run for
SERVO-DRIVE after setting the lift
mechanism!

Setting

Front

Setting

Catalogue 2013/2014

61

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HL lift up
Assembly, removal and adjustment
AVENTOS-cover caps

Removal

Assembly

Removal

WARNING
Lever arm could spring up and
cause injury.

Special warning and safety information must be added for North


America

Lever arm could spring up and


cause injury

Remove the lever arm rather than


pushing it down

Removal

Removal

62

Catalogue 2013/2014

AVENTOS HL lift up

Catalogue 2013/2014

63

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HK stay lift

Experience unprecedented ease of use


AVENTOS HK lifts the single front upwards
making it well-suited for lift systems in wall
cabinets with low lift system heights, applications in high cabinets as well as over the
refrigerator. Cornice and crown mouldings
can also be used.
Silent and effortless closing, thanks to
BLUMOTION
Easy to open
Stops at any opening position
Provides excellent access to the cabinet
interior
Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or
crown moulding
Small programme, huge application variety
Easy assembly and adjustment
Stability, even with wide fronts
Excellent durability
No protruding parts
Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS
Optional: TIP-ON for AVENTOS

Opening and closing easy and comfortable

Stay lifts with AVENTOS HK open and close in a smooth motion with
hardly any effort at all. The variable stop ensures that the front always
remains in the desired position

Thanks to the integrated BLUMOTION, both heavy and light fronts close
silently and effortlessly

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability
The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package.
The result: excellent durability

64

No protruding parts
Delivered with closed lever an
advantage for furniture manufacturing and kitchen installation

Cornice and crown moulding


When developing AVENTOS HK, we also took into account cabinets with
cornices and crown moulding. This provides more design freedom for
kitchen planning

Catalogue 2013/2014

AVENTOS HK stay lift


Overview
AVENTOS HK stay lift
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

TIP-ON
66 Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames TIP-ON
TIP-ON 955. standard version
TIP-ON 955A long version

Symbol image
Accessories

Opening angle stop


Adapter plates
Screws
Centre bit
Door buffer
Screwdriver
Cross slot bit
Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Warning and safety information
Assembly
Adjustment
Removal
Opening angle stop
Assembly, removal and adjustment TIP-ON
Symbol image

70
72
73

67
74
88
88
88
89
89
75 Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE
75
76
76
76

90

77

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

Machine directive
Furniture with SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS is
subject to the Machine Directive 2006/42/EC
and is valid for putting on the market within the
European Economic Area (EEA) + Switzerland
+ Turkey.
For more information, please go to www.blum.
com

General Information
Accessories
AVENTOS HK stay lift
Wooden front
Wide alu front
Narrow alu front
SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS
TIP-ON for AVENTOS HK stay lift
Planning
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

65

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HK stay lift
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
- Well-suited for low frontal heights in the wall
cabinet, the high cabinet and over the refrigerator
- Cabinet height 205 up to 600 mm
- Cabinet width up to 1800 mm
- Silent and effortless closing, thanks to
BLUMOTION
- Light operating forces
- Perfect motion with a variable stop
- Tool-free assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
- No hinges are necessary

Order information
Lift mechanism set
1
Power factor LF
Opening angle
Part no.
480 - 1500
107
20K2300.05
750 - 2500
107
20K2500.05
107
20K2700.05
1500 - 4900
100
*
20K2900.05
3200 - 9000
Composed of:
2x
1 Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
6x
Chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
* Pre-mounted opening angle stop
Note
Max. door weight 18 kg for two lift mechanisms.
The power factor LF and the door weight can be increased by 50 %
when a third lift mechanism is used.
We recommend a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets.
The reason for this is to prevent the middle of the front from sagging
when open.

Cover cap set


Material
Nylon
Composed of:
3a Cover cap large left
3b Cover cap large right
3c Cover cap small
3

3a
3b
3c
3d
3e
4

66

Colour
HGR, SW, NI-L

Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE


Material
Colour
Nylon
HGR, SW, NI-L
Composed of:
SERVO-DRIVE cover plate left
Cover cap large right
Cover cap small
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Blum distance bumper, 5 mm
Front fixing bracket set
Version
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames*
Narrow alu frames

Power factor LF =
Cabinet height KH (mm) x door weight incl.
double handle weight (kg)

We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.


* Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side
for wooden fronts. Use 4 counter sunk self
tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide
alu frames
Standard
SERVO-DRIVE

SERVO-DRIVE set
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Composed of:
6a Drive unit
6b Distribution cable, 1500 mm
6c Connecting node
6d Cable end protector
6

Part no.
21KA000
1x
1x
1x
2x

We recommend two synchronised drive units for a power factor > 9000.

Part no.
20K8000

Blum transformer
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H

Language descriptions as per ISO-639

1x
1x
2x

Part no.
21K8000
1x
1x
2x
2x
4x

Part no.
20S4200
20S4200A

Catalogue 2013/2014

AVENTOS HK stay lift


Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Order information
Transformer unit housing
8
Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W
9

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Europe
Z10M200E
US, CA
Z10M200U
BR
Z10M200S
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Part no.
Z10NG120

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
For cutting to size, 8 m
Can be used as a distribution cable
Composed of:
6b Distribution cable
6d Cable end protector
Connecting node and cable end protector
Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Tool-free assembly
Composed of:
6c Connecting node
6d Cable end protector
Colour
HGR Light grey
SW
Silk white

NI-L

Part no.
Z10K800AE

1x
5x

Part no.
Z10V100E.01

1x
2x

Nickel-lacquered

Accessories
Opening angle stop
Opening angle
Colour
Dark grey
100
75
RAL 7037 light grey

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HK
Accessories general
Planning
Planning Blum distance bumper
Planning SERVO-DRIVE switch

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

65
88
68
69
69

Part no.
20K7041
20K7011

Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable

Warning and safety information


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SERVO-DRIVE
Overview assembly devices
Catalogue 2013/2014

75 Reference values for door weights


75 More technical details

Part no.
Z10K0009

690
684

90
605
67

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HK stay lift
Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Planning
Drilling position
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling

min 261

Space requirement

4&370%3*7&

SOB Top panel thickness


3 x chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable,
left only

LH
*

Front assembly wooden fronts and wide


alu frames

Front assembly narrow alu frames

Planning narrow alu frames

Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden


fronts. Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws
(660.0950) for wide alu frames

SOB Top panel thickness


F Gap
SFA Front overlay of the side panel

When changing material thickness, adjust


the assembly dimensions accordingly
For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA
of 11 - 18 mm is possible

Cornice/crown moulding clearance

Minimum gap

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HK
65
Order specification wooden fronts, wide and
narrow alu frames
66
Warning and safety information
75
Assembly, removal and adjustment
75
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SERVO-DRIVE
90
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

D (mm) 16
19
X (mm) 70
59
Opening angle stop
Without
100
75
68

22
26
28
49
35
26
Space requirement
(mm)
Y = FH x 0.29 - 15 + D
Y = FH x 0.17 - 15 + D
A = FH x 0.26 + 15 - D

MF

Internal cabinet height


Min. 261 mm with visible wall hanging
bracket

Minimum gap 2 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

AVENTOS HK stay lift


Standard/SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Planning
Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)

Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue)


Do not put a bumper on the front upper edge

In general, we recommend installing 4 Blum


distance bumpers near to the switch.
For certain applications (high fronts, low weight),
2 Blum distance bumpers may sometimes be
sufficient.
A trial application is recommended.

Recommendation for aluminium frames:


Consider drilling for the Blum distance bumper
in the cabinet side. A trial application must be
carried out when fixing to the front

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Catalogue 2013/2014

69

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HK stay lift
TIP-ON
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames TIP-ON
- TIP-ON for handle-less lift systems
- Cabinet height 205 up to 600 mm
- Cabinet width up to 1800 mm
- For drilling or in combination with adapter
plates
- Incl. screw-on catch plate (glue-on catch plate
is not suitable)

Order information
Lift mechanism set
1
Power factor LF
Opening angle
Part no.
480 - 1500
107
20K2300T
750 - 2500
107
20K2500T
107
20K2700T
1500 - 4900
100
*
20K2900T
3200 - 9000
Composed of:
2x
1 Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
6x
Chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
* Pre-mounted opening angle stop
Note
Max. door weight 18 kg for two lift mechanisms!
When using a third lift mechanism (a power factor increase of up to
50 %), we recommend a trial application.

Cover cap set


Material
Nylon
Composed of:
3a Cover cap large left
3b Cover cap large right
3c Cover cap small
3

Colour
HGR, SW, NI-L

Colour
HGR Light grey
SW
Silk white
4

TIP-ON set
Design
Standard version
Extended version

Composed of:
6a TIP-ON
6b Screw-on catch plate
Chipboard screw 609.1500

70

Part no.
20K8000

Nickel-lacquered

Front fixing bracket set


Version
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames*
Narrow alu frames

Cabinet height
Up to 500 mm
Starting at 500 mm

We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.


* Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side
for wooden fronts. Use 4 counter sunk self
tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide
alu frames

Accessories
Opening angle stop
Opening angle
Colour
100
Dark grey
75
RAL 7037 light grey

1x
1x
2x

NI-L

Power factor LF =
Cabinet height KH (mm) x door weight incl.
double handle weight (kg)

Part no.
20S4200
20S4200A

Part no.
955.1004
955A1004

1x
1x
1x

Catalogue 2013/2014

Adapter plate
Design
Colour
Inline adapter plate RAL 7036 platinum grey
Cruciform adapter plate RAL 7036 platinum grey

Part no.
20K7041
20K7011

Part no.
955.1201
955.1501

AVENTOS HK stay lift


TIP-ON
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames TIP-ON
Planning
Peg position

Fixing position

Space requirement

SOB Top panel thickness


*
Drilling depth 5 mm

* Left
** Right
3 x chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm

Front assembly wooden fronts and wide


alu frames

Front assembly narrow alu frames

Planning narrow alu frames

Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden


fronts. Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws
(660.0950) for wide alu frames

SOB Top panel thickness


F Gap
SFA Front overlay of the side panel

When changing material thickness, adjust


the assembly dimensions accordingly
For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA
of 11 - 18 mm is possible

Cornice/crown moulding clearance

Minimum gap

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HK
TIP-ON 955x
Warning and safety information
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment TIP-ON

D (mm) 16
19
X (mm) 70
59
Opening angle stop
Without
100
75

22
26
28
49
35
26
Space requirement
(mm)
Y = FH x 0.29 - 15 + D
Y = FH x 0.17 - 15 + D
A = FH x 0.26 + 15 - D

Min. 261 mm with visible wall hanging


bracket

Overview assembly devices


More technical details

MF

65
72
75
75

77
605
684

Minimum gap 2 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

71

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HK stay lift
TIP-ON
TIP-ON 955. standard version
- TIP-ON easy to open with just a light touch
- For stay lifts up to a height of 500 mm
- TIP-ON output path 18 mm
- For drilling or in combination with adapter
plates
- Incl. screw-on catch plate (glue-on catch plate
is not suitable)

Catch plate

FAu Bottom front overlay


*
3 mm offset installation

Order information
For drilling

TIP-ON 955.
Material
Nylon

Colour
Grey

Planning

Part no.
955.1004

With adapter plate

TIP-ON 955.
Material
Nylon

72

Colour
Grey

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HK
65
Assembly, removal and adjustment TIP-ON
77
Assembly
Drilling template for BLUMOTION/TIP-ON
620
Positioning template for catch plate
623
PRO-CENTER
654

Front gap

Adapter plates

Part no.
955.1004

Front gap

Catalogue 2013/2014

Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment TIP-ON
77
Adapter plates
Inline adapter plates
74
Cruciform adapter plates
74
Assembly
618
Template
Drilling template for mounting plates
619
Positioning template for catch plate
623
PRO-CENTER
654
MINIPRESS PRO
658
MINIPRESS P
670
MINIPRESS M
674

AVENTOS HK stay lift


TIP-ON
TIP-ON 955A long version
- TIP-ON easy to open with just a light touch
- For stay lifts heights over 500 mm
- TIP-ON output path 38 mm
- For drilling or in combination with adapter
plates
- Incl. screw-on catch plate (glue-on catch plate
is not suitable)

Catch plate

FAu Bottom front overlay


*
3 mm offset installation

Order information
For drilling

TIP-ON 955A
Material
Nylon

Colour
Grey

Planning

Part no.
955A1004

With adapter plate

TIP-ON 955A
Material
Nylon

Colour
Grey

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HK
65
Assembly, removal and adjustment TIP-ON
77
Assembly
Drilling template for BLUMOTION/TIP-ON
620
Positioning template for catch plate
623
PRO-CENTER
654

Front gap

Adapter plates

Part no.
955A1004

Front gap

Catalogue 2013/2014

Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment TIP-ON
77
Adapter plates
Inline adapter plates
74
Cruciform adapter plates
74
Assembly
618
Template
Drilling template for mounting plates
619
Positioning template for catch plate
623
PRO-CENTER
654
MINIPRESS PRO
658
MINIPRESS P
670
MINIPRESS M
674

73

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HK stay lift
Accessories
Inline adapter plate

Material
Nylon
Zinc

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey
Nickel plated

20/32

Part no.
955.1201
955.5201

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- Factory setting 2 mm door
gap
- For standard and long version

Cruciform adapter plate

Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey

37/32

Part no.
955.1501

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- Factory setting 2 mm door
gap
- For standard and long version

Cruciform adapter plate

Material
Nylon

74

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey

37/32
- Fixing with pre-mounted
special screws with split
dowels (EXPANDO)
- Factory setting 2 mm door
gap
- For standard and long verPart no. sion
955.15E1

Catalogue 2013/2014

AVENTOS HK stay lift


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Lift mechanism

Assembly

Caution when opening lever

Lift mechanism

Front

WARNING
Lever could spring up and
cause injury.

Special warning and safety information must be added for North


America

Do not push down on lever

Assembly

Lift mechanism

Setting

Lift mechanism

Note
Perform the reference run for
SERVO-DRIVE after setting the lift
mechanism!

Setting

Catalogue 2013/2014

75

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HK stay lift
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Front

Setting

AVENTOS-cover caps

Removal

Assembly

Removal

WARNING
Lever could spring up and
cause injury.

Special warning and safety information must be added for North


America

Do not push down on lever

Opening angle stop 20K70x1

$MJDL

Assembly

76

Catalogue 2013/2014

AVENTOS HK stay lift


Assembly, removal and adjustment TIP-ON
TIP-ON 955x for drilling

Attention: TIP-ON do not glue

For hard surfaces and/or MDF


2.5 mm pre-drilling and countersinking

FAu Bottom front overlay


*
3 mm offset installation

TIP-ON 955x with horizontal adapter plate

Assembly

For hard surfaces and/or MDF


2.5 mm pre-drilling and countersinking

FAu Bottom front overlay


*
3 mm offset installation

TIP-ON 955x with cruciform adapter plate

Assembly

For hard surfaces and/or MDF


2.5 mm pre-drilling and countersinking

FAu Bottom front overlay


*
3 mm offset installation

Inline adapter plate

Cruciform adapter plate

Catch plate

Depth adjustment

Depth adjustment

Screw-on

Catalogue 2013/2014

77

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HK-S stay lift

Lift system for small stay lifts


AVENTOS HK-S is well-suited for small lift
systems, such as over the larder unit or
refrigerator. Due to its small installation size,
AVENTOS HK-S fits harmoniously into smaller
cabinets.
Special for small stay lifts
Silent and effortless closing, thanks to
BLUMOTION
Easy to open
Stops at any opening position
Provides excellent access to the cabinet
interior
Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or
crown mouldings
Small programme, huge application variety
Easy assembly and adjustment
Stability, even with wide fronts
Excellent durability
No protruding parts
Optional: TIP-ON for AVENTOS

Opening and closing easy and comfortable

AVENTOS HK-S opens and closes in a smooth motion with hardly any
Thanks to the integrated BLUMOTION, the front closes silently and efforteffort at all. The variable stop ensures that the front always remains in the lessly
desired position

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Compact design
Due to its minimal installation size,
AVENTOS HK-S fits easily into
smaller cabinets

78

Excellent durability
The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package.
The result: excellent durability

No protruding parts
Delivered with closed lever an
advantage for furniture manufacturing and kitchen installation

Catalogue 2013/2014

Cornice and crown moulding


When developing AVENTOS HK-S,
we also took into account cabinets
with cornices and crown moulding

AVENTOS HK-S stay lift


Overview
AVENTOS HK-S stay lift
Standard
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

TIP-ON
80 Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames TIP-ON
TIP-ON 955. standard version

Symbol image
Accessories

Opening angle stop


Adapter plates
Screws
Centre bit
Door buffer
Screwdriver
Cross slot bit
Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Warning and safety information
Assembly
Adjustment
Removal
Assembly, removal and adjustment TIP-ON
Symbol image

82
84

80
85
88
88
88
89
89
86
86
86
87
77

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request
General Information
Accessories
AVENTOS HK-S stay lift
Wooden front
Wide alu front
Narrow alu front
TIP-ON for AVENTOS HK-S stay lift
Planning
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

79

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HK-S stay lift
Standard
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
- Well-suited for low frontal heights in the wall
cabinet, the high cabinet and over the refrigerator
- Cabinet height max. 400 mm
- Silent and effortless closing, thanks to
BLUMOTION
- Light operating forces
- Perfect motion with a variable stop
- Tool-free assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
- No hinges are necessary

Order information
Lift mechanism set
1
Power factor LF
Spring
Part no.
Light
220 - 500
20K2B00.02
400 - 1000
Medium
20K2C00.02
960 - 2215
Strong
20K2E00.02
Opening angle
107
Composed of:
2x
1a Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
2x
1b Cover cap large left/right
Light grey, silk white
Chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
6x
Note
The power factor LF and the door weight can be increased by 50 %
when a third lift mechanism is used.

80

Front fixing bracket


Version
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames

2x

Part no.
175H3100

Front fixing bracket set


Version
Narrow alu frames

1x

Part no.
20K4A00A01

Power factor LF =
Cabinet height KH (mm) x door weight incl.
double handle weight (kg)

We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.


* Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side
for wooden fronts. Use 2 counter sunk self
tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide
alu frames

Accessories
Opening angle stop
Opening angle
Colour
100
Dark grey
75
RAL 7037 light grey

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
20K7A41
20K7A11

AVENTOS HK-S stay lift


Standard
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Planning
Peg position

Fixing position

Space requirement

SOB Top panel thickness

3 x chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm

Front assembly wooden fronts and wide


alu frames

Front assembly narrow alu frames

Planning narrow alu frames

Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden


fronts. Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws
(660.0950) for wide alu frames

SOB Top panel thickness


F Gap
SFA Front overlay of the side panel

Cornice/crown moulding clearance

Minimum gap

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HK-S
Warning and safety information
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

D (mm) 16
19
X (mm) 70
59
Opening angle stop
Without
100
75

22
26
49
35
Space requirement
(mm)
Y = FH x 0.29 - 15 + D
Y = FH x 0.17 - 15 + D
A = FH x 0.26 + 15 - D

MF

Min. 240 mm with visible wall hanging


bracket

When changing material thickness, adjust


the assembly dimensions accordingly

79
86
86
605
684

Minimum gap 2 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

81

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HK-S stay lift
TIP-ON
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames TIP-ON
- TIP-ON for handle-less lift systems
- Cabinet height max. 400 mm
- For drilling or in combination with adapter
plates
- Incl. screw-on catch plate (glue-on catch plate
is not suitable)

Order information
Lift mechanism set
1
Power factor LF
Spring
Part no.
Light
220 - 500
20K2B00T
400 - 1000
Medium
20K2C00T
960 - 2215
Strong
20K2E00T
Opening angle
107
Composed of:
2x
1a Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
2x
1b Cover cap large left/right
Light grey, silk white
Chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
6x
Note
The power factor LF and the door weight can be increased by 50 %
when a third lift mechanism is used.

Front fixing bracket


Version
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames

2x

Part no.
175H3100

Front fixing bracket set


Version
Narrow alu frames

1x

Part no.
20K4A00A01

TIP-ON set
Design
Standard version

Composed of:
6a TIP-ON
6b Screw-on catch plate
Chipboard screw 609.1500

82

Cabinet height
Up to 400 mm

Power factor LF =
Cabinet height KH (mm) x door weight incl.
double handle weight (kg)

We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.


* Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side
for wooden fronts. Use 2 counter sunk self
tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide
alu frames

Accessories
Opening angle stop
Opening angle
Colour
Dark grey
100
75
RAL 7037 light grey
7

Part no.
955.1004

1x
1x
1x

Catalogue 2013/2014

Adapter plate
Design
Colour
Inline adapter plate RAL 7036 platinum grey
Cruciform adapter plate RAL 7036 platinum grey

Part no.
20K7A41
20K7A11

Part no.
955.1201
955.1501

AVENTOS HK-S stay lift


TIP-ON
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames TIP-ON
Planning
Peg position

Fixing position

Space requirement

SOB Top panel thickness

3 x chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm

Front assembly wooden fronts and wide


alu frames

Front assembly narrow alu frames

Planning narrow alu frames

Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden


fronts. Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws
(660.0950) for wide alu frames

SOB Top panel thickness


F Gap
SFA Front overlay of the side panel

Cornice/crown moulding clearance

Minimum gap

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HK-S
Warning and safety information
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

D (mm) 16
19
X (mm) 70
59
Opening angle stop
Without
100
75

22
26
49
35
Space requirement
(mm)
Y = FH x 0.29 - 15 + D
Y = FH x 0.17 - 15 + D
A = FH x 0.26 + 15 - D

MF

Min. 240 mm with visible wall hanging


bracket

When changing material thickness, adjust


the assembly dimensions accordingly

79
86
86
605
684

Minimum gap 2 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

83

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HK-S stay lift
TIP-ON
TIP-ON 955. standard version
- TIP-ON easy to open with just a light touch
- For stay lifts up to a height of 400 mm
- TIP-ON output path 18 mm
- For drilling or in combination with adapter
plates
- Incl. screw-on catch plate (glue-on catch plate
is not suitable)

Catch plate

FAu Bottom front overlay


*
3 mm offset installation

Order information
For drilling

TIP-ON 955.
Material
Nylon

Colour
Grey

Planning

Part no.
955.1004

With adapter plate

TIP-ON 955.
Material
Nylon

84

Colour
Grey

Page instructions
Overview AVENTOS HK-S
79
Assembly, removal and adjustment TIP-ON
77
Assembly
Drilling template for BLUMOTION/TIP-ON
620
Positioning template for catch plate
623
PRO-CENTER
654

Front gap

Adapter plates

Part no.
955.1004

Front gap

Catalogue 2013/2014

Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment TIP-ON
77
Adapter plates
Inline adapter plates
85
Cruciform adapter plates
85
Assembly
618
Template
Drilling template for mounting plates
619
Positioning template for catch plate
623
PRO-CENTER
654
MINIPRESS PRO
658
MINIPRESS P
670
MINIPRESS M
674

AVENTOS HK-S stay lift


Accessories
Inline adapter plate

Material
Nylon
Zinc

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey
Nickel plated

20/32

Part no.
955.1201
955.5201

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- Factory setting 2 mm door
gap
- For standard and long version

Cruciform adapter plate

Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey

37/32

Part no.
955.1501

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- Factory setting 2 mm door
gap
- For standard and long version

Cruciform adapter plate

Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey

37/32
- Fixing with pre-mounted
special screws with split
dowels (EXPANDO)
- Factory setting 2 mm door
gap
- For standard and long verPart no. sion
955.15E1

Catalogue 2013/2014

85

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HK-S stay lift
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Lift mechanism

WARNING
Lever could spring up and
cause injury.

Assembly

Caution when opening lever

Special warning and safety information must be added for North


America

Front

$MJDL

Assembly

Lift mechanism

Setting

Lift mechanism

Setting

86

Catalogue 2013/2014

Do not push down on lever

AVENTOS HK-S stay lift


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Front

Setting

AVENTOS-cover caps

Removal

Assembly

Removal

WARNING
Lever could spring up and
cause injury.

Special warning and safety information must be added for North


America

Do not push down on lever

Opening angle stop 20K7Ax1

$MJDL

Assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

87

Lift systems

Lift systems

Accessories

Chipboard screws

3.5 mm
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
15 mm
17 mm

Part no.
609.1500
609.1700

3.5

Chipboard screws

4.0 mm
- For fixing lift mechanisms
- 4 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
35 mm

Counter sunk self tapping screws

Part no.
664.3500

3.5 mm
- For front fixing brackets on wide alu frames
- 3.5 mm
- Drilling diameter 2.6 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
9.5 mm

Part no.
660.0950



System screws

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Lift systems

Lift systems

Length (X)
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm

Part no.
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG

Centre bit
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened

Centre bit
Replacement bit

Part no.
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

88

Catalogue 2013/2014

Stick-on door buffer

Part no.
993.710

Accessories

Pozidrive screwdriver
- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no.
303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver

Part no.
314.928.1

Cross slot bit

Part no.
740.749.1

Slotted screwdriver
- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm
- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Cross slot bit


- Screw bit
- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Material: steel
- Suitable for adjusting lift mechanisms

Blum distance bumper


- For SERVO-DRIVE
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey

Catalogue 2013/2014

Diameter
5 mm
8 mm

Part no.
993.0530
993.0830.01

89

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HF, HS, HL
Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE
Drive unit AVENTOS HF, HS, HL

Before SERVO-DRIVE for


AVENTOS start-up, the lift mechanism must be set so that the
front remains open in different
positions

The lever must be in the completely


open position for drive unit installation. Attach the opening angle stop
only after drive unit installation and
before the reference run

Setting

Distribution cable AVENTOS HF, HS, HL

Assembly

Drive unit AVENTOS HF, HS, HL

Assembly

Drive unit AVENTOS HF, HS, HL

$MJDL

Locking mechanism

90

Catalogue 2013/2014

$MJDL

AVENTOS HK
Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE
Distribution cable AVENTOS HK

1
2

Assembly

Drive unit AVENTOS HK

Assembly

Drive unit AVENTOS HK

Locking mechanism

Catalogue 2013/2014

91

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HF, HS, HL, HK
Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE
SERVO-DRIVE switch

Assembly

Blum distance bumper

Installation in the front

Insert Blum distance bumper (do


not glue)

Aluminium frame: installation in the


cabinet side

Space requirement and safety distance


A safety distance of 30 mm must be
maintained for air circulation (see
graphic); otherwise, there is a risk
that the Blum transformer could
overheat

92

Catalogue 2013/2014

The Blum distance bumper may not


touch the SERVO-DRIVE-switch

AVENTOS HF, HS, HL, HK


Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE
Blum transformer 72 W

Do not damage piercing tips

Blum transformer 72 W

Cable diagram

Cabling

Back (recommended)

Cabinet front edge to centre of hole


drilling:
HF: 167 mm
HS: 69 and/or 167 mm
HL: 74.5 and/or 167 mm
HK: 167 mm

Top (optional)

Catalogue 2013/2014

93

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems

Lift systems
AVENTOS HF, HS, HL, HK
Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE
Start-up
Please see the installation instructions or go to www.blum.com for
more details about start-up

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Setting up the wireless connection


between the SERVO-DRIVE switch
and the drive unit. A SERVO-DRIVE
switch can only be assigned to one
unit. All switches must be activated
from the reference run

Activation

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Press the <Switch> button until the


LED flashes

Reference run

Press the SERVO-DRIVE switch


until the LED lights up continuously

The drive unit recognises the


required parameters using the
reference run

Note
The settings for the lift mechanism,
gaps or lever as well as the assembly of the opening angle stop must
take place before the reference
run.
If required reset the reference run =
Reset Motion

Operation

Min. 10 s

Reference run

Reference run is required: LED


flashes

94

Close the front manually

Press on front: the reference run


starts automatically

Catalogue 2013/2014

Front opens and closes 2 times


automatically the process should
not be interrupted or stopped

AVENTOS HF, HS, HL, HK


Assembly, removal and adjustment SERVO-DRIVE
Drive unit AVENTOS HF, HS, HL

$MJDL

Removal

Drive unit AVENTOS HF, HS, HL

Removal

Drive unit AVENTOS HK

Removal

Blum transformer 72 W

Removal

Catalogue 2013/2014

95

Lift systems

Lift systems

Hinge systems

There are many reasons to choose hinges from


Blum: High quality, durability, easy assembly,
comprehensive programme, variety of special
solutions and an attractive design.

BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing


of furniture doors
For CLIP top BLUMOTION integrated into
the hinge boss
Or as a BLUMOTION retrofit part for optional
use with CLIP top hinges

Easy assembly and removal thanks to the


proven CLIP mechanism
An extensive hinge programme that offers
the right solution for any application

CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges

CLIP top hinges

The CLIP top BLUMOTION hinge is


setting new benchmarks: It concentrates the most comfort of motion
into the smallest space. Thanks to
BLUMOTION integrated into the
hinge boss for an unchanged installation size

Simple slide-on door to cabinet


This proven classic in the Blum
assembly
hinge programme combines reliable function, easy adjustment and
assembly as well as an attractive
design. BLUMOTION or TIP-ON for
doors are also available as options

96

MODUL hinges

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
Overview

Symbol image

CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges


Overview
Overview hinges
Overview angled applications
Mounting plates
Angled spacers
Accessories

98 Accessories BLUMOTION for doors


99 Accessories TIP-ON for doors
100 Assembly, removal and adjustment
134
172
178
179

182
194
200

MODUL hinges
MODUL hinges
Overview
Accessories
Assembly, removal and adjustment

204
205
215
218

Symbol image

Catalogue 2013/2014

97

Hinge systems

CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges

CLIP top BLUMOTION is setting new benchmarks


Hinge systems

With CLIP top BLUMOTION you have everything inside: because BLUMOTION our
product with silent and effortless closing
action is integrated into the boss.
With integrated BLUMOTION
With deactivation switch
Infinitely variable 3-dimensional setting options
Compatible with all CLIP mounting plates
Tool-free assembly and removal
Combines proven CLIP-technology with the
INSERTA, screw-on or knock-in fixing
Special hinges available, e.g. for aluminium
frames, profile and angled doors

You have the option of deactivating


BLUMOTION if required

The proven CLIP mechanism


stands for simple, tool-free hinge
assembly

The INSERTA mechanism enables


tool-free fixing of the hinge

Handle-less furniture is becoming


CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top
BLUMOTION closes furniture
provides easy and infinitely variable doors, silently and effortlessly, even more and more popular in the living
area. With TIP-ON, we offer a me3-dimensional adjustment
when closed with force
chanical opening support system
for handle-less furniture doors

98

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinges for angled solutions from


-50 to +50

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Overview
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges

Symbol image
Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap


Hinge boss cover cap
Hinge boss spacing
Screws
Centre bit
Door buffer
Screwdriver
Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
CLIP
INSERTA
CLIP top BLUMOTION knock-in
Adjustment
CLIP top BLUMOTION deactivation
Opening angle stop 86 70T3553
Boss cover cap
Symbol image

Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

Hinge systems

100
134
172
178

Overview hinges
Overview angled applications
Mounting plates
Angled spacers

179 BLUMOTION for doors


181 TIP-ON for doors
181
180
180
180
181

182
194

200
200
200
200
200
201
201

201
201
202
202
203

BLUMOTION 973A clip on


BLUMOTION 971A in adapter plate for overlay application
BLUMOTION 970A for drilling, hinge side
BLUMOTION 970. for drilling, handle side
TIP-ON for doors

Corner cabinet with bi-fold door

CRISTALLO adhesion plate

Accessories

Angled application inset

Min. chipboard screw length

General Information

Angled application half overlay

Horizontal mounting plate

Opening angle

Angled application overlay

Cruciform mounting plate

BLUMOTION for doors

Angled application max. overlay

Angled spacers

TIP-ON for doors

Angled application mitered

Hinge arm cover cap

All 4 edges

Hinge with straight hinge arm

Planning

Side

Hinge with cranked hinge arm

Assembly, removal and adjustment

Overlay application

Hinge with double cranked hinge arm

Dual application

INSERTA boss

Inset application

Screw-on boss

Special application

Knock-in boss

Blind corner applications

Knock-in boss assembly with insertion


ram only
Catalogue 2013/2014

99

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Overview hinges

Hinge systems

Hinge applications
Standard application
110-hinge
110-special hinge
107-hinge
CLIP 100 hinge
Wide angled application
155-hinge
Nil protrusion hinge
170-hinge
Profile door application
Profile/thick door hinge
Blind corner applications
Blind corner hinge inset
application
Blind corner hinge overlay
application
Aluminium frame application
CLIP top BLUMOTION 95-aluminium frame door hinge
95-aluminium frame door
hinge
Glass door application
CRISTALLO hinge
Glass door hinge
Frame door application
Mini-hinge
Corner cabinet solution
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
Angled application standard
+45 I angled hinge half
overlay
+45 II angled hinge
overlay
+45 III angled hinge full
overlay
+30 II angled hinge
overlay
+30 III angled hinge full
overlay
+20 II angled hinge
overlay
+15 III angled hinge full
overlay
5 angled application
-15 III angled hinge full
overlay
-30 III angled hinge full
overlay
100

CLIP top
CLIP top
BLUMOTION With spring Unsprung

102
104

106
108

110
114

116

118
120

122

124

126

142
144
146
148
150
152
154

132

140

130

138

128

136

Catalogue 2013/2014

Application

Boss Fixing

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Overview hinges
CLIP top
CLIP top
BLUMOTION With spring Unsprung

Angled application standard


-45 III angled hinge full
overlay
Angled application glass door
CRISTALLO angled application
+45 angled hinge for glass
doors
+20 angled hinge for glass
doors
5 angled application for
glass doors
Angled application frame door
+45 angled hinge with
mini boss
+20 angled hinge with
mini boss
5 angled application with
mini boss

156

Boss Fixing

158

160

162

164

166

168

170

Angled application N 1 - 109


Overview angled applications

Application

Hinge systems

Hinge applications

134

Mounting plates
Mounting plate
Horizontal cam mounting plate
Horizontal cam mounting plate for dual application
Horizontal cam mounting plate
Horizontal cam mounting plate
INSERTA cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform cam mounting plate
Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate for twin application
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate
Angled spacer
Angled spacer

20/32
20/32
22/32
20/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
28/32
37/32
37/32
37/32

Material
Steel
Steel
Zinc
Zinc
Steel
Steel
Steel
Zinc
Steel
Steel
Steel
Steel
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc

Height adjustment
Cam
Cam
Cam
Cam
Cam
Cam
Cam
Screws (two-part)
Elongated hole
Elongated hole
Elongated hole
Elongated hole
Elongated hole

2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
+5
-5

172

172

174

174

174
175
176

175

175
175
176

178
178

173
173

173

174

176
176
177
177
177

177

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function

Door height (mm)

Number of Hinges

The number of hinges depends on the door weight and front height.
To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible.

* kg

Information on weight and height apply to a standard door width of 600 mm.

Catalogue 2013/2014

101

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Standard application

Hinge systems

110-hinge

Order information
Overlay application

- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated


BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top with or without closing mechanism
(spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 110 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
Part no.
With
71B3590
With
71T3590
Without
70T3590.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
Part no.
With
71B3690
With
71T3690
Without
70T3690.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
Part no.
With
71B3790
With
71T3790
Without
70T3790.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71B3550
With
71T3550
Without
70T3550.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71B3650
With
71T3650
Without
70T3650.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71B3750
With
71T3750
Without
70T3750.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With
With

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With
With

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With
With

Part no.
71B3780
71T3780

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
70.1663
70.1663.BP

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
71B3580
71T3580

Part no.
70.1503
70.1503.BP

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
71B3680
71T3680

Part no.
70.1663
70.1663.BP

Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to
300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider fronts!
Accessories general
Page instructions
Hinge boss cover cap
Hinge boss spacing
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
Boss
Screw-on
99
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504 CLIP top BLUMOTION 1.5 mm
70T3507.21 Mounting plates
172
CLIP top
70T3504 CLIP top
1.5 mm
70T3507.21 Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
TIP-ON for doors
Insertion ram
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
194
Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Boss
Knock-in
Accessories general
180
Standard version
955.1004 Nylon
MZM.0040 Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Extended version
955A1004
Overview assembly devices
605
Chipboard screws
More technical details
684
Opening angle stop
Boss
Screw-on
86
3.5 x 15 mm
609.1500
609.1700
Nylon
Black
70T3553 3.5 x 17 mm
102

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Standard application
110-hinge

F Gap

Set mounting plate back by door thickness


+ 1.5 mm

Drilling distance
Front overlay
-

Front overlay
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

0
3
6
9

Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application

Mounting plate

Front overlay

- -4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5
0
3
6
9

Mounting plate

-1

Mounting plate

Screw-on

Hinge boss dimensions

Drilling distance TB

-2

Adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

-3

Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FS
16
18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 30
3
0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.5 4.3
4
0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.5 3.1 3.8
In these
cases a
5
0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.9 3.4 trial is recommended
6
0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3 2.7 3.2
7
0.5 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.6 3.0
Additional for + 2 mm side adjustment
+ 0.2 + 0.4 + 0.4 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5

INSERTA/knock-in

-4

+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 2.0 mm

103

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Standard application
110-special hinge
Hinge systems

- Hinge with larger overlay capacity for thick


cabinet sides
- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top with or without closing mechanism
(spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 110 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Order information
Overlay application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
Part no.
With
73B3590
With
73T3590
Without
72T3590.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
73B3550
With
73T3550
Without
72T3550.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With
With

Part no.
73B3580
73T3580

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
70.1503
70.1503.BP

Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to
300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider fronts!
Accessories general
Page instructions
Hinge boss cover cap
Hinge boss spacing
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
Boss
Screw-on
99
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504 CLIP top BLUMOTION 1.5 mm
70T3507.21 Mounting plates
172
CLIP top
70T3504 CLIP top
1.5 mm
70T3507.21 Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
TIP-ON for doors
Insertion ram
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
194
Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Boss
Knock-in
Accessories general
180
Standard version
955.1004 Nylon
MZM.0040 Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Extended version
955A1004
Overview assembly devices
605
Chipboard screws
More technical details
684
Opening angle stop
Boss
Screw-on
86
3.5 x 15 mm
609.1500
609.1700
Nylon
Black
70T3553 3.5 x 17 mm
104

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Standard application
110-special hinge
Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application

F Gap

Drilling distance
Front overlay
-

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

0
3
6
9

Mounting plate

Adjustment

Screw-on

Hinge boss dimensions

Drilling distance TB

Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FS
16
18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 30
3
0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.5 4.3
4
0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.5 3.1 3.8
In these
cases a
5
0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.9 3.4 trial is recommended
6
0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3 2.7 3.2
7
0.5 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.6 3.0
Additional for + 2 mm side adjustment
+ 0.2 + 0.4 + 0.4 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5

INSERTA/knock-in

Catalogue 2013/2014

+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 2.0 mm

105

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Standard application

Hinge systems

107-hinge

Order information
Overlay application

- CLIP top with or without closing mechanism


(spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 107 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
Part no.
With
75T1590B
Without
74T1590BTL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
Part no.
With
75T1690B
Without
74T1690BTL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
Part no.
With
75T1790B
Without
74T1790BTL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
75T1550
Without
74T1550.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
75T1650
Without
74T1650.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
75T1750
Without
74T1750.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Steel
Nickel plated
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
75T1580

Part no.
973A0500.01

Part no.
70.1503
70.1503.BP

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Steel
Nickel plated
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top
70T1504

Nylon

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

Nylon

106

Opening angle stop


86
Black

Insertion ram
Boss
Knock-in

74.1103

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
75T1680

Part no.
973A0600

Part no.
70.1663
70.1663.BP

MZM.0040

609.1500
609.1700

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Steel
Nickel plated
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
75T1780

Part no.
973A0700

Part no.
70.1663
70.1663.BP

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
194
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Standard application
107-hinge

F Gap

Set mounting plate back by door thickness


+ 1.5 mm

Drilling distance
Front overlay
5

Front overlay
9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

6
9

3
3

Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application

Mounting plate

Front overlay

-4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5
0

6
9

3
3

Mounting plate

-1

Mounting plate

Screw-on

Hinge boss dimensions

Drilling distance TB

-2

Adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

-3

Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FS
16
18
19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 31 32
3
0.5 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.7 4.3
4
0.5 0.9 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.9
In these cases a trial is
5
0.5 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.8 2.3 3.6
recommended
6
0.5 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.7 2.2 3.3
Additional for + 2 mm side adjustment
+ 0.1 + 0.2 + 0.2 + 0.3 + 0.3 + 0.3 + 0.3

INSERTA/knock-in

-4

+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 2.0 mm

107

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Standard application

Hinge systems

CLIP 100 hinge

Order information
Overlay application

CLIP

CLIP
CLIP

CLIP
CLIP

Boss
Hinge

INSERTA
Spring
With

Boss
Hinge

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71M2550
Without
70M2550.TL

Boss
Hinge

Knock-in
Spring
Part no.
With
71M2580
Without
70M2580.TL

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Steel
Nickel plated

Part no.
71M2590B

Part no.
973A0500.01

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Part no.
Plain
90M2503
Stamped
Blum
90M2503.BP

- CLIP with or without closing mechanism


(spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 100 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Dual application

Inset application

CLIP

CLIP
CLIP

CLIP
CLIP

Boss
Hinge

INSERTA
Spring
With

Boss
Hinge

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71M2650
Without
70M2650.TL

Boss
Hinge

Knock-in
Spring
Part no.
With
71M2680
Without
70M2680.TL

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Steel
Nickel plated

Nylon

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm
108

Part no.
973A0600

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Part no.
Plain
94M3603
Stamped
Blum
94M3603.BP

Accessories general
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004
Insertion ram
Boss
Knock-in

Part no.
71M2690B

CLIP

CLIP
CLIP

CLIP
CLIP

Boss
Hinge

INSERTA
Spring
With

Boss
Hinge

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71M2750
Without
70M2750.TL

Boss
Hinge

Knock-in
Spring
Part no.
With
71M2780
Without
70M2780.TL

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Steel
Nickel plated

Part no.
71M2790B

Part no.
973A0700

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Part no.
Plain
94M3603
Stamped
Blum
94M3603.BP

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
194
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

MZM.0040

609.1500
609.1700
Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Standard application
CLIP 100 hinge

F Gap

Set mounting plate back by door thickness


+ 1.5 mm

Drilling distance
Front overlay
5

Front overlay
9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

6
9

3
3

Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application

Mounting plate

Front overlay

-4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5
0

6
9

3
3

Mounting plate

-1

Mounting plate

Screw-on

Hinge boss dimensions

Drilling distance TB

-2

Adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

-3

Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FS
16
18
19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 31 32
3
0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.6 3.3
4
0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.2 1.6 3.2
In these cases a trial is
5
0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.5 2.6
recommended
6
0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.4
Additional for + 2 mm side adjustment
+ 0.1 + 0.3 + 0.3 + 0.4 + 0.4 + 0.5 + 0.4

INSERTA/knock-in

-4

+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 1.0 mm

109

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Wide angled application

Hinge systems

155-hinge

Order information
Overlay application

- 0-protrusion for overlay application (for


cabinets with inner pull-outs or pull-out
surrounds)
- CLIP top with or without closing mechanism
(spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 155 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Nil protrusion hinge


Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
Part no.
With
71T7540N01
Without 70T7540NT1

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
Part no.
With
71T7640N01
Without 70T7640NT1

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71T7500N
Without 70T7500NTL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71T7600N
Without 70T7600NTL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Zinc
Nickel plated
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Accessories general
Opening angle stop
110
Nylon
RAL 7037

Nylon

Opening angle stop


92
Dark grey

Part no.
71T7530N

Part no.
973A7000

Part no.
70.7503
70.7503.BP

70T7503N

70T7503N09

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

110

For inset application use hinges for twin application and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Zinc
Nickel plated
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Nylon

Insertion ram
Boss
Knock-in

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
973A7000

Part no.
70.7503
70.7503.BP

MZM.0040

609.1500
609.1700

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
194
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Wide angled application
155-hinge
Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 or 9 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at 90 opening angle
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application
Nil protrusion hinge

F Gap

Set mounting plate back by door thickness


+ 1.5 mm

Drilling distance
Front overlay
5

Front overlay

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

0
3
6
9

Mounting plate

Front overlay

-4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5
0
3
6
9

Mounting plate

Drilling distance
TB

Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FS
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
3
0
0
0
0
0
0.5 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 3.0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 4.0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 3.5
6
0
0
0
0
0
1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0
7
0
0
0
0
0
1.0 1.5 2.5
8
0
0
0
0
0
1.0 1.5
110 Opening angle stop
92 Opening angle stop
We recommend a trial application for an overlay application against a wall

Screw-on

INSERTA/knock-in

Catalogue 2013/2014

-4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5


0
3
6
9

Mounting plate

Adjustment
31
4.5

+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 2.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

111

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Wide angled application

Planning special application


Mitred application all 4 edges

19 mm

22 mm

24 mm

19

22

24

R2.5

R3

45

34.8*
54.5

3.7
24

1.
4

2
16.5

45

1.9

7.2

R3

R2.5

2.9

2
15.6

45
45

37*
55.5

1.5

R1

22

45
45

1.
4

1.5

37*
54.6

R1

19

Hinge systems

155-hinge

2
17.8

7.2

4.7

7.2

Part no.
Mounting plate
0 mm
Mounting plate
0 mm
Hinge for dual applications
Hinge for dual applications
*
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Part no.

Mounting plate
0 mm
Hinge for dual applications

Part no.

Mitred application side

19 mm

22 mm

24 mm

Part no.
Mounting plate
0 mm
Mounting plate
0 mm
Hinge for dual applications
Hinge for dual applications
*
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

112

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.

Mounting plate
0 mm
Hinge for dual applications

Part no.

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Wide angled application

Planning special application


Mitred application side, with large overlay

16/19 mm

Hinge systems

155-hinge
Max. front overlay

19/19 mm

34 mm
19 19

45

37*
54.6

1.5

R1

R1

1.
4
2.9

19

45

110

7.5
25.1

1.9

2.3

Part no.
Mounting plate
0 mm
Mounting plate
0 mm
Opening angle stop
110
70T7503N Opening angle stop
110
Hinge for overlay applications
Hinge for overlay applications
*
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Part no.

Part no.
Mounting plate
0 mm
70T7503N Opening angle stop
110
70T7503N
Hinge for overlay applications
You can select any front thickness for a
free-standing cabinet. We recommend a trial
application for a neighbouring front or an overlay
application on the wall

Notched applications

16 mm

13 mm

Y
X

10 mm

Mounting plate
6 mm
Opening angle stop
110
Hinge for dual applications
Cabinet situation

X max. (mm)

Part no.
175H9160 Mounting plate
6 mm
70T7503N Opening angle stop
110
Hinge for dual applications
Y max. (mm)

Cabinet situation

X max. (mm)

Part no.
175H9160 Mounting plate
6 mm
70T7503N Hinge for dual applications
Y max. (mm)

Cabinet situation

X max. (mm)

Part no.
175H9160

Y max. (mm)

18

28

16

29

24

20

30

17

30

24

25

35

17

30

24

Catalogue 2013/2014

113

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Wide angled application

Hinge systems

170-hinge

Order information
Overlay application

- CLIP top with or without closing mechanism


(spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 170 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
Part no.
With
71T6540B
Without 70T6540BTL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
With
Without

Part no.
71T6640B
70T6640B

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With
Without

Part no.
71T6550
70T6550

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With
Without

Part no.
71T6650
70T6650

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With

Part no.
71T6580

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With

Part no.
71T6680

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Zinc
Nickel plated
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Accessories general
Opening angle stop
130
Nylon
Black

973A6000

Part no.
80.6507
80.6507.BP

70.6103

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Nylon

114

Insertion ram
Boss
Knock-in

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Zinc
Nickel plated
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

MZM.0040

Catalogue 2013/2014

973A6000

Part no.
80.6507
80.6507.BP

609.1500
609.1700

For inset application use hinges for twin application and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate

Safety information
If young children have access to furniture with
wide angle hinges then the 155 opening
0-protrusion hinges should be used.

Page instructions
687
Safety information
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
194
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Wide angled application
170-hinge

F Gap

Set mounting plate back by door thickness


+ 1.5 mm

Drilling distance
Front overlay
5

Front overlay

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

0
3
6
9

Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 or 9 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at 90 opening angle
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application

Mounting plate

Front overlay

-4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5
0
3
6
9

Mounting plate

Mitred application

-4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5


0
3
6
9

Mounting plate

Adjustment
+

6 mm
Mounting plate
Opening angle stop
130
Hinge for dual applications

Part no.
175H9160
70.6103

Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 2.0 mm

Mitred cut on the left and right cabinet side, not top and bottom
Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
For doors up to 21 mm thick no gap is required
For doors in excess of 22 mm thick a trial is recommended

Page instructions
Mitred application all 4 edges

Screw-on

Hinge boss dimensions

INSERTA/knock-in

Catalogue 2013/2014

112

115

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Profile door application

Hinge systems

Profile/thick door hinge

Order information
Overlay application

- Hinge for thick doors and doors with profile


- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top with or without closing mechanism
(spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
With
With

Part no.
71B9590
71T9590B

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
With
With

Part no.
71B9690
71T9690B

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
With
With

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71B9550
With
71T9550
Without
70T9550.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71B9650
With
71T9650
Without
70T9650.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71B9750
With
71T9750
Without
70T9750.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With
With

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With
With

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With
With

Part no.
71B9780
71T9780

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
70.1663
70.1663.BP

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
71B9580
71T9580

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
71B9680
71T9680

Part no.
70.1663
70.1663.BP

Part no.
71B9790
71T9790B

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a front.
Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504
CLIP top
70T1504
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004
Hinge boss spacing
Boss
Screw-on
CLIP top BLUMOTION 1.5 mm
116

Nylon

Insertion ram
Boss
Knock-in

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

70T3507.21
Catalogue 2013/2014

MZM.0040

609.1500
609.1700

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
194
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Profile door application
Profile/thick door hinge

F Gap

Set mounting plate back by door thickness


+ 1.5 mm

Drilling distance
Front overlay
-

Front overlay
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

0
3
6
9

Mounting plate

Front overlay

- -4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5
0
3
6
9

Mounting plate

Drilling distance TB

Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FS
16
18
19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31
3
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.9 2.8 3.6 4.5
4
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.5 3.1 4.0
5
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.7 3.5
6
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.5 3.2
7
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.4 3.0
Additional for + 2 mm side adjustment
+ 0.1 + 0.2 + 0.2 + 0.2 + 0.3 + 0.4 + 0.4 + 0.5 + 0.4 + 0.4 + 0.4

Screw-on

B
T

Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application

INSERTA/knock-in

-4

-3

-2

-1

3
6
9

Mounting plate

Adjustment
32
5.4
4.8
4.3
3.8
3.5

+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 2.0 mm

+ 0.3

Hinge boss dimensions

CLIP top BLUMOTION


CLIP top
Catalogue 2013/2014

117

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Blind corner applications
Blind corner hinge inset application
Hinge systems

- Hinge for blind corner applications


- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Order information
Inset application

Boss
INSERTA
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With
Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Part no.
79B9590

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
79B9550
Without
78T9550.TL

Boss
Knock-in
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B9580

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
70.1503
70.1503.BP

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a front.
Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504
CLIP top
70T1504

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Nylon
118

Insertion ram
Boss
Knock-in

MZM.0040
Catalogue 2013/2014

609.1500
609.1700

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
194
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Blind corner applications
Blind corner hinge inset application

Move standard mounting plate fixing positions 15.5 mm nearer the edge
of the muntin (i.e. set back by 21.5 mm)!

NJO


Use 3 mm spaced standard mounting plates only to ensure door and


muntin are flush on the inside!





Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Inset application






'

F Gap

Adjustment

Screw-on

Hinge boss dimensions

Drilling distance TB

Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FS
16
18
19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32
3
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.9
4
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 In these cases a trial is
5
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8
recommended
6
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8
7
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.7

B
T

INSERTA/knock-in

+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.5 mm

+
1.0 mm

CLIP top BLUMOTION


CLIP top
Catalogue 2013/2014

119

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Blind corner applications
Blind corner hinge overlay application
Hinge systems

- Hinge for blind corner overlay applications


- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Order information
Overlay application

Boss
INSERTA
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B9990

Boss
Screw-on
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B9950

Boss
Knock-in
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B9980

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
70.1503
70.1503.BP

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504

Nylon

Insertion ram
Boss
Knock-in

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

120

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

MZM.0040

609.1500
609.1700

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Blind corner applications
Blind corner hinge overlay application

Frame thickness RS

min. 86
67

19
(RS)

Mounting plate spacing


6 mm
3 mm
0 mm

37

16 mm
19 mm
22 mm

Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application

16.5

3-7

Adjustment

Screw-on

Hinge boss dimensions

Drilling distance TB

Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FS
16
18
19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32
3
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.9
4
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 In these cases a trial is
5
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8
recommended
6
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8
7
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.7

INSERTA/knock-in

Catalogue 2013/2014

+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.5 mm

+
1.0 mm

121

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Aluminium frame application

Hinge systems

CLIP top BLUMOTION 95-aluminium frame door hinge

Order information
Overlay application

Boss
Screw-on
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
71B950A

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

- Hinge for narrow alu frame doors


- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- Boss fixing screws are included

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss
Screw-on
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
71B960A

Part no.
70.1663
70.1663.BP

Boss
Screw-on
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
71B970A

Part no.
70.1663
70.1663.BP

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

122

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Aluminium frame application
CLIP top BLUMOTION 95-aluminium frame door hinge
Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application

Set mounting plate back by frame width


+ 2.5 mm

Minimum gap (F) for aluminium frame fronts (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Frame thickness RS
18
19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 30 32
18 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2
19 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2
In these cases a trial is recom20 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1
mended
21 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0
22 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1
Additional for + 2 mm side adjustment
+ 0.1 + 0.2 + 0.3 + 0.3 + 0.3 + 0.4

Adjustment

Side frame
width RB

F Gap

Screw-on

Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 2.0 mm

Assembly
14.1

RB

Side frame width

Catalogue 2013/2014

123

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Aluminium frame application

Hinge systems

95-aluminium frame door hinge


CLIP top for 973A

Order information
Overlay application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top for 973A
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71T950AB
With
71T950A
Without
70T950A.TL

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Steel
Nickel plated
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
973A0500.01

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

- Hinge for narrow alu frame doors


- CLIP top for 973A with closing mechanism
(spring)
- CLIP top with or without closing mechanism
(spring)
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- Boss fixing screws are included

CLIP top

Dual application

Inset application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top for 973A
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Steel
Nickel plated
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Accessories general
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

124

Screw-on
Spring
With
With

Part no.
71T960AB
71T960A

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top for 973A
CLIP top

Part no.
973A0600

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Steel
Nickel plated

Part no.
70.1663
70.1663.BP

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
71T970AB
71T970A

Part no.
973A0700

Part no.
70.1663
70.1663.BP

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
194
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Aluminium frame application
95-aluminium frame door hinge
Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application

Set mounting plate back by frame width


+ 1.5 mm

Minimum gap (F) for aluminium frame fronts (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Frame thickness RS
18
19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 30 32
18 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2
19 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2
In these cases a trial is recom20 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1
mended
21 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0
22 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1
Additional for + 2 mm side adjustment
+ 0.1 + 0.2 + 0.3 + 0.3 + 0.3 + 0.4

Adjustment

Side frame
width RB

F Gap

Screw-on

+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 2.0 mm

Assembly
19-22 RB
16.5

10

90
0.1

11 0.1

32.1

28

14

6.9
17.7

1.2

15.6

RB
A

Side frame width


The hinge boss should be able to support itself in the routing

Catalogue 2013/2014

125

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Glass door application
CRISTALLO hinge
Hinge systems

- Hinge for glass and mirror doors


- Adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no
glass drilling necessary)
- Tool-free hinge to adhesion plate assembly
- CLIP top with or without closing mechanism
(spring)
- 125 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Order information

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

Application

The different applications can be achieved through relevant adhesion positions.

CRISTALLO 125
Spring
Part no.
With
79C450BT
Without
78C450BT

CRISTALLO adhesion plate


Glue-on
Glass/mirror doors
Zinc
Matt-nickel plated
Mirror doors
Special nickel plated
Zinc

Limitation of liability
If the Blum CRISTALLO hinge is assembled according to its instructions and on suitable materials
then it will meet the requirements concerning the stability of the connection.
This is observed on an ongoing basis through internal and external testing.

78C4568

As the adhesive and/or the adhesive process are beyond our control, Blum cannot accept liability
for claims arising from the failure or malfunction of this/these process/es.

78C4568

It is recommended that the adhesive be applied by an experienced glass manufacturer.

Recommended mounting plates


Steel
Part no.
Spacing
0 mm
173L8300
Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Steel
Nickel plated
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
973A9000

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Accessories general
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

126

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
194
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Glass door application
CRISTALLO hinge

A = 37 mm with mpl A28


A = 46 mm with mpl A37

A = 37 mm with mpl A28


A = 46 mm with mpl A37

Adhesion distance
Front overlay FA
-2.5 -1 0.5

3.5

5
7.5

6.5

9.5 11 12.5 14

9 10.5 12 13.5 15 16.5

1.5

4.5

4.5

7.5

9 10.5 12 13.5 15 16.5

7.5

9 10.5 12 13.5 15 16.5

Mounting plate

Adhesion distance

A = 38.5 mm + door thickness with mpl A28


A = 47.5 mm + door thickness with mpl A37

Due to the risk of breakage to glass and mirror doors, sufficient surrounding gaps are required
(recommendation: min 2 mm).
FA
FE
K
A

Front overlay
Door protrusion
Adhesion distance
Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling

Front overlay FA is determined by the adhesion distance K.


Adhesion distance K (min. 0, max. 16.5) = FA + 2.5

Adjustment
+

Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
Assembly instructions:
Please contact your glass or door supplier concerning the right plates
adhesive and its use in fixing the adhesive plate onto glass and
mirror doors.

Assembly

Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application

2.0 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 2.0 mm

Removal

Catalogue 2013/2014

127

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Glass door application

Hinge systems

Glass door hinge

Order information
Overlay application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 971A
In adapter plate for overlay application

Zinc

Nickel plated

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Accessories general
Boss cover cap
Material
Nylon
Black
Gold plated
Chrome plated
Matt nickel
84.4120

128

Part no.
75T4100

Part no.
971Axxxx

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

- Glass door hinge


- For glass thicknesses from 4.5 to 7 mm
- CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
- 94 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- Boss fixing screws are included

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
75T4200

Part no.
970A1002

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
75T4300

Part no.
970A1002

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

84.4140

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Glass door application
Glass door hinge

F Gap

Set mounting plate back by glass thickness and


height of cover cap + 3 mm

Drilling distance
Front overlay
6

Front overlay
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

6
9

6
6

Mounting plate

Front overlay

-2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5
0

6
9

6
6

Mounting plate

Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
For glass thicknesses from 4.5 to 7 mm no gap is required

-2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5


0

5.5

Hinge boss dimensions

Catalogue 2013/2014

6.5

3
6
9

Mounting plate

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

Screw-on

Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application

+ 0.5 mm
- 3.5 mm

+
2.0 mm

Boss cover cap

129

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Frame door application

Hinge systems

Mini-hinge

Order information
Overlay application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 971A
In adapter plate for overlay application

Zinc

Nickel plated

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Accessories general
Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

130

Part no.
71T0550

Part no.
971Axxxx

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

- Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow frames


- CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 94 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
71T0650

Part no.
970A1002

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
71T0750

Part no.
970A1002

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

609.1500
609.1700

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Frame door application
Mini-hinge

F Gap

Set mounting plate back by door thickness


+ 1.5 mm

Drilling distance
Front overlay
4

Front overlay
8

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

6
9

3
3

Mounting plate

Front overlay

-5.5 -4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5
0

6
9

3
3

Mounting plate

Drilling distance TB

Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FS
16
18
19 20 22 23 24 26 28 30 31 32
3
1.1 2.2 3.0 3.8 5.5
4
1.1 2.0 2.7 3.5 5.0
5
1.1 1.8 2.4 3.0 4.6 In these cases a trial is recommended
-

Screw-on

Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application

-5

-4

-3

-2

3
6
9

Mounting plate

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

+ 0.5 mm
- 3.5 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 1.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

Catalogue 2013/2014

131

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Corner cabinet solution
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
Hinge systems

- Special hinge for corner cabinets with bifold doors


- For door thicknesses from 15 to 23 mm,
factory setting for 19 mm door thickness
- For use in combination with 155 or 170
hinge
- CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 60 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Easy gap and depth adjustment using the
spiral-tech feature
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Application

Order information
Basic applications

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With

Part no.
79T8500

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Knock-in
Spring
With

Part no.
79T8530

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970.
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum
Also requires
CLIP top 155 hinge
CLIP top 170 hinge

Accessories general
Insertion ram
Boss
Knock-in
Nylon
Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

132

Part no.
970.1002

Part no.
70.1503
70.1503.BP

110
114

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

MZM.0040

609.1500
609.1700

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Corner cabinet solution
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
Hinge systems

14

21

24

68

65

40

37

14

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)

60

Application for 19 mm door thickness for factory


setting

Application for 19 mm thick door in conjunction


with 3 mm spaced standard mounting plate

The hinge boss of the bi-fold hinge should be


fixed to the same front as the hinge boss of the
170 and 155 hinge

Adjustment

Height adjustment
Max. 3 mm
See mounting plates

Screw-on

Side adjustment
+ 3 mm
- 2 mm

Depth adjustment
2 mm

Knock-in

Gap adjustment
+ 7.2 mm
- 4.2 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

Catalogue 2013/2014

133

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges

Hinge systems

Overview angled applications


Angled application N
1 - 109
Angled application standard
50
N 25
45
N 24
40
N 23
35
N 22
30
N 21
25
N 20
20
N 19
15
N 18
10
N 17
5
N 16
-5
N 15
-10
N 14
-15
N 13
-20
N 12
-25
N 11
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
Angled application glass door
CRISTALLO angled application
15
N 105
10
N 104
5
N 103
-5
N 106
Angled hinge for glass doors
50
N 76
45
N 75
40
N 74
25
N 73
20
N 72
15
N 71
5
N 70
-5
N 69
Angled application frame door
Angled hinge with mini boss
50
N 99
45
N 98
40
N 97
25
N 96
20
N 95
15
N 94
5
N 93
-5
N 92

134

137
139
137
143
143
142
147
146
148
151
151
153
152
152
154

N 10
N 9
N 8
N 7
N 6
N 5
N 4
N 3
N 2
N 1

139
139
140
143
143
147
147
149
148
151

159
159
158
158

N 102
N 101
N 100
N 107

159
159
159
158

161
160
160
163
162
162
165
165

N 68
N 67

161
160

N 66
N 65
N 64
N 63
N 62

163
163
162
165
165

N 83
N 82

167
167

N 81
N 80
N 79
N 78
N 77

169
169
168
171
171

167
166
166
169
169
168
171
171

N 54
N 53
N 108
N 52
N 51
N 50
N 49
N 48
N 47
N 46

N 91
N 90
N 89
N 88
N 87
N 86
N 85
N 84

137
137
140
143
143
142
147
146
148
151

167
167
166
169
169
168
171
171

Catalogue 2013/2014

N 45
N 44
N 43
N 42
N 41
N 40
N 39
N 38
N 37
N 36
N 35
N 34
N 33
N 32
N 31
N 30
N 29
N 28
N 27
N 26

141
141
140
144
144
144
149
149
149
151
151
153
153
152
155
154
154
156
156
156

N 61
N 60
N 109
N 59
N 58
N 57
N 56
N 55

137
137
141
143
143
142
147
146

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Overview angled applications

Horizontal cam mounting plate


Horizontal cam mounting plate for dual application
Horizontal cam mounting plate
Horizontal cam mounting plate
INSERTA cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform cam mounting plate
Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate for twin application
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate
Angled spacer
Angled spacer

20/32
20/32
22/32
20/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
28/32
37/32
37/32
37/32

Material
Steel
Steel
Zinc
Zinc
Steel
Steel
Steel
Zinc
Steel
Steel
Steel
Steel
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc

Height adjustment
Cam
Cam
Cam
Cam
Cam
Cam
Cam
Screws (two-part)
Elongated hole
Elongated hole
Elongated hole
Elongated hole
Elongated hole

2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
+5
-5

172

172

174

174

174
175
176

175

175
175
176

178
178

173
173

Hinge systems

Mounting plates
Mounting plate

173

174

176
176
177
177
177

177

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function

Door height (mm)

Number of Hinges

The number of hinges depends on the door weight and front height.
To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible.

* kg

Information on weight and height apply to a standard door width of 600 mm.

Catalogue 2013/2014

135

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
+45 I angled hinge half overlay
Hinge systems

- For corner cabinets with set back fronts


- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- +45 I angled hinge
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Page instructions
40
N 23
137
N 108
140
N 8
140
N 43
140
N 109
141

45
N 24
139
N 53
137
N 9
139
N 44
141
N 60
137

50
N 25
137
N 54
137
N 10
139
N 45
141
N 61
137
134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
INSERTA
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B9698

Screw-on
Spring
With
Without

Part no.
79B9658
78A9658.T

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges
cannot be combined with each other on a front.

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

609.1500
609.1700

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504
CLIP top
70T1504

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Accessories general

179
194
180

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

5
3

37

37

64

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Corner cabinet
35

5.5
20
FB
LW

136

Front width
Inner cabinet width

Catalogue 2013/2014

200
605
684

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard

19

16

33

1.5

14.5

17.5
Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate
171A5070 Angled spacer

9 mm
+5

19

2.

5
0.

70 7
0

51

19

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

1.5

19

19

Part no.
173H7100

32

37

0.5

4.5

0 mm

32.5

37

76

N 61
50

19

63

48

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate

9.

N 54
50

19

0 mm

Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate
171A5500

9 mm
-5

64

19

19

20

9.
2. 5
5

34.5

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

67 6
8

37

80
49.5

N 25
50

5.5

19
32

1.8

34

64

49

N 60
45

19

37

N 53
45

19

64

Planning
N 23
40

Hinge systems

+45 I angled hinge half overlay

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5010 Angled spacer

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

1.8 mm

Screw-on

B
T

+
2.0 mm

INSERTA

Hinge boss dimensions

CLIP top BLUMOTION


CLIP top
Catalogue 2013/2014

137

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
+45 II angled hinge overlay
Hinge systems

- For corner cabinets with flush fronts


- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- +45 II angled hinge
- 110 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Page instructions
40
N 23
137
N 108
140
N 8
140
N 43
140
N 109
141

45
N 24
139
N 53
137
N 9
139
N 44
141
N 60
137

50
N 25
137
N 54
137
N 10
139
N 45
141
N 61
137
134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
INSERTA
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B3598

Screw-on
Spring
With
Without

Part no.
79B3558
78T5550

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges
cannot be combined with each other on a front.

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

609.1500
609.1700

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Part no.
70.1503
70.1503.BP

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504
CLIP top
70T1504

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Accessories general

179
194
180

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Corner cabinet

FB
LW

138

Front width
Inner cabinet width

Catalogue 2013/2014

200
605
684

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard

Planning
N 24
45

N 9
45

Mounting plate

18 mm

Hinge systems

+45 II angled hinge overlay


N 10
50

Part no.
175H7190.22 Mounting plate

0 mm

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
Angled spacer

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

1.8 mm

B
T

+
2.0 mm

INSERTA
#
5

Screw-on

Hinge boss dimensions

5NJO

CLIP top BLUMOTION


CLIP top
Catalogue 2013/2014

139

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
+45 III angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems

- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated


BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- +45 III angled hinge
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Page instructions
40
N 23
137
N 108
140
N 8
140
N 43
140
N 109
141

45
N 24
139
N 53
137
N 9
139
N 44
141
N 60
137

50
N 25
137
N 54
137
N 10
139
N 45
141
N 61
137
134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
INSERTA
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B9498

Screw-on
Spring
With
Without

Part no.
79B9458
78A9458.T

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges
cannot be combined with each other on a front.

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

609.1500
609.1700

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504
CLIP top
70T1504

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Accessories general

179
194
180

200
605
684

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
N 108
N 8
N 43
40
40
40

The angle wedge is installed rotated by 180


(arrow points to the cabinet)!
Part no.
Mounting plate
9 mm
175H7190 Mounting plate
Angled spacer
+5
171A5040 Angled spacer
140

6 mm
-5

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
175H9160 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

0 mm
-5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5500

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard

Planning
N 109
40

N 44
45

Hinge systems

+45 III angled hinge full overlay


N 45
50

The angle wedge is installed rotated by 180


(arrow points to the cabinet)!
Part no.
Mounting plate
9 mm
175H7190 Mounting plate
Angled spacer
+5
171A5010

6 mm

Part no.
175H9160 Mounting plate
Angled spacer

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5070

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

Screw-on

B
T

+
2.0 mm

INSERTA

Hinge boss dimensions

CLIP top BLUMOTION


CLIP top
Catalogue 2013/2014

141

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
+30 II angled hinge overlay
Hinge systems

- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated


BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- +30 II angled hinge
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Page instructions
25
N 20
142
N 50
142
N 5
147
N 40
144
N 57
142

30
N 21
143
N 51
143
N 6
143
N 41
144
N 58
143

35
N 22
143
N 52
143
N 7
143
N 42
144
N 59
143
134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
INSERTA
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B9596

Screw-on
Spring
With
Without

Part no.
79B9556
78A9556.T

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges
cannot be combined with each other on a front.

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

609.1500
609.1700

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504
CLIP top
70T1504

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Accessories general

179
194
180

200
605
684

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

1.5

65

70 4
5

36

1.5

37

84
54.5

11

1.4

67

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
N 20
N 50
N 57
19
16
19
25
25
25
38
47
35

142

9 mm
-5

19

19

19

36

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

26.5

Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

22.5

0 mm
-5

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

9.5
2.5

0 mm
-5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5500

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard

Planning
N 21
30

N 51
30

19

37

19

69

30

53

41

36

81

64

48

N 6
30

19

Hinge systems

+30 II angled hinge overlay

18 mm

25.5

Part no.
175H7190.22 Mounting plate

N 22
35

19

Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate

9 mm

N 52
35

19
48

19

50

70

18 mm
+5

+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

1.8 mm

+
2.0 mm

70 5
5

36
19

7.5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5070

0 mm
+5

19

Part no.
175H7190.22 Mounting plate
171A5010 Angled spacer

Adjustment

19
32

62

66

N 59
35

1.5

40.5

19

Part no.
173H7130 Mounting plate
Angled spacer

19

24

35

3 mm

30

19

19

Mounting plate

N 7
35

54

37

79

63
35
4

9.5
2.5

19.5

Part no.
173H7100

0 mm

36.5

63

33

18

1.6

Mounting plate

19

19

19

36

N 58
30

17

17.5

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5010 Angled spacer

0 mm
+5

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
173H7100 Page instructions
171A5040 Hinge boss fixing

145
143

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
+30 III angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems

- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated


BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- +30 III angled hinge
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Page instructions
25
N 20
142
N 50
142
N 5
147
N 40
144
N 57
142

30
N 21
143
N 51
143
N 6
143
N 41
144
N 58
143

35
N 22
143
N 52
143
N 7
143
N 42
144
N 59
143
134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
INSERTA
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B9496

Screw-on
Spring
With
Without

Part no.
79B9456
78A9456.T

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges
cannot be combined with each other on a front.

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

609.1500
609.1700

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504
CLIP top
70T1504

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Accessories general

179
194
180

200
605
684

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
N 40
N 41
N 42
25
30
35

Mounting plate
Angled spacer
144

0 mm
-5

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500

6 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
175H9160 Mounting plate
Angled spacer

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5070

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
+30 III angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems

Planning

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

Screw-on

B
T

+
2.0 mm

INSERTA

Hinge boss dimensions

CLIP top BLUMOTION


CLIP top
Catalogue 2013/2014

145

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
+20 II angled hinge overlay
Hinge systems

- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated


BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- +20 II angled hinge
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Page instructions
15
N 18
146
N 48
146
N 3
149
N 38
149
N 55
146

20
N 19
147
N 49
147
N 4
147
N 39
149
N 56
147

25
N 20
142
N 50
142
N 5
147
N 40
144
N 57
142
134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
INSERTA
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B9595

Screw-on
Spring
With
Without

Part no.
79B9555
78A9555.T

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges
cannot be combined with each other on a front.

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

609.1500
609.1700

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504
CLIP top
70T1504

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Accessories general

179
194
180

200
605
684

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

64
35.5

1.5

40

Mounting plate
Angled spacer
146

9 mm
-5

19

65

19

19

28.5
34.5

1.5

36.5

14

56

85

1.5

66

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
N 18
N 48
N 55
19
19
16
39
15
15
15
34
44

23

1
5

Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

3 mm
-5

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
173H7130 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

11
2

0 mm
-5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5500

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard

Planning
N 19
20

N 49
20

N 4
20

19

1.5

65

38

37.5

Hinge systems

+20 II angled hinge overlay

12.5

19

28

18 mm

Mounting plate

N 56
20

Part no.
175H7190.22 Mounting plate

N 5
25

19

0 mm

Part no.
173H7100

19

66

28

Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate

40

1.5

19

11.5
1.5

20

Mounting plate

19

62 4
8

33.5

1.8

61

32

9 mm

10

17

Part no.
175H9160 Mounting plate
Angled spacer

6 mm

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

1.8 mm

Screw-on

B
T

+
2.0 mm

INSERTA

Hinge boss dimensions

CLIP top BLUMOTION


CLIP top
Catalogue 2013/2014

147

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
+15 III angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems

- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated


BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- +15 III angled hinge
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Page instructions
10
N 17
148
N 47
148
N 2
148
N 37
149

15
N 18
146
N 48
146
N 3
149
N 38
149
N 55
146

20
N 19
147
N 49
147
N 4
147
N 39
149
N 56
147
134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
INSERTA
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B9494

Screw-on
Spring
With
Without

Part no.
79B9454
78A9454.T

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges
cannot be combined with each other on a front.

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

609.1500
609.1700

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504
CLIP top
70T1504

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Accessories general

179
194
180

200
605
684

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

64
2

15.5

19

19

54

85

32.5
1.9

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
N 17
N 47
N 2
19
40
10
10
10
19
42

33.5

Mounting plate
Angled spacer
148

29.5

1
5

18 mm
-5

Part no.
175H7190.22 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

18 mm
-5

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
175H7190.22 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

0 mm
-5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5500

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard

Planning
N 37
10

N 3
15

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

Hinge systems

+15 III angled hinge full overlay


N 38
15

0 mm
-5

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5070

9 mm

Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate

6 mm

Part no.
175H9160

N 39
20

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

Screw-on

B
T

+
2.0 mm

INSERTA

Hinge boss dimensions

CLIP top BLUMOTION


CLIP top
Catalogue 2013/2014

149

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
5 angled application
Hinge systems

- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated


BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top with or without closing mechanism
(spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 5 angled application
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Page instructions
-5
N 15
151

N 35
151

5
N 16
151
N 46
151
N 1
151
N 36
151

134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Overlay application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
With
With

Part no.
71B9590
71T9590B

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
With
With

Part no.
71B9690
71T9690B

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

INSERTA
Spring
With
With

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71B9550
With
71T9550
Without
70T9550.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71B9650
With
71T9650
Without
70T9650.TL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
Part no.
With
71B9750
With
71T9750
Without
70T9750.TL

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
70.1663
70.1663.BP

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Stamped
Blum

Part no.
71B9790
71T9790B

Part no.
70.1663
70.1663.BP

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a front.
Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504
CLIP top
70T1504

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

609.1500
609.1700

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
194
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Accessories general
180
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
150

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard

N 35
-5

19

N 16
5

16
27

19

19
10

N 1
5

22.5

64

19

19

19

15

30

15

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
0 mm
171A5070 Angled spacer
+5
Hinge with straight hinge arm

Mounting plate
0 mm
Angled spacer
+5
Hinge with cranked hinge arm

16
22.5

37

37

64
37.5

17

Part no.
Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
0 mm
173H7100
171A5500 Angled spacer
+5
171A5010
Hinge with double cranked hinge arm
N 36
5

19

1
5

64

19

0.6

37.5

33

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
0 mm
171A5500 Angled spacer
-5
Hinge with straight hinge arm

Mounting plate
0 mm
Angled spacer
-5
Hinge with cranked hinge arm
N 46
5

57.5

37

19

20.5

3.5

19

40

83

67

35.5

57.5

87.5

Planning
N 15
-5

Hinge systems

5 angled application

15

5
15

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
0 mm
171A5010 Angled spacer
+5
Hinge with straight hinge arm

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

Screw-on

B
T

+
2.0 mm

INSERTA

Hinge boss dimensions

CLIP top BLUMOTION


CLIP top
Catalogue 2013/2014

151

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
-15 III angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems

- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated


BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- -15 III angled hinge
- 110 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Page instructions
-20
N 12
152

-15
N 13
152

-10
N 14
153

N 32
152

N 33
153

N 34
153

134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
INSERTA
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B3493

Screw-on
Spring
With
Without

Part no.
79B3453
78A5453.T

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges
cannot be combined with each other on a front.

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

609.1500
609.1700

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504
CLIP top
70T1504

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Accessories general

179
194
180

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

200
605
684

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
N 12
N 32
N 13
-20
-20
-15

Mounting plate
Angled spacer
152

6 mm
-5

Part no.
175H9160 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

0 mm
-5

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500

18 mm

Part no.
175H7190.22

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard

Planning
N 33
-15

N 14
-10

Mounting plate

N 34
-10

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
Angled spacer

0 mm

Hinge systems

-15 III angled hinge full overlay

9 mm
+5

Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate
171A5070 Angled spacer

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

B
T

+
2.0 mm

INSERTA
#
5

Screw-on

Hinge boss dimensions

5NJO

CLIP top BLUMOTION


CLIP top
Catalogue 2013/2014

153

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
-30 III angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems

- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated


BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- -30 III angled hinge
- 110 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Page instructions
-35

N 29
154

-30

-25
N 11
154

N 30
154

N 31
155

134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
INSERTA
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B3491

Screw-on
Spring
With
Without

Part no.
79B3451
78A5451.T

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges
cannot be combined with each other on a front.

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

609.1500
609.1700

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504
CLIP top
70T1504

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Accessories general

179
194
180

200
605
684

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
N 29
N 30
N 11
-35
-30
-25

Mounting plate
Angled spacer
154

0 mm
-5

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500

3 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
173H7130 Mounting plate
Angled spacer

9 mm
+5

Part no.
175H7190
171A5070

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
-30 III angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems

Planning
N 31
-25

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

Part no.
173H7100
171A5040

0 mm
+5

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

B
T

+
2.0 mm

INSERTA
#
5

Screw-on

Hinge boss dimensions

5NJO

CLIP top BLUMOTION


CLIP top
Catalogue 2013/2014

155

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
-45 III angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems

- CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated


BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- -45 III angled hinge
- 110 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Page instructions
-50

N 26
156

-45

-40

N 27
156

N 28
156

134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
INSERTA
Hinge
Spring
CLIP top BLUMOTION With

Part no.
79B3490

Screw-on
Spring
With
Without

Part no.
79B3450
78A5450.T

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges
cannot be combined with each other on a front.

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

609.1500
609.1700

TIP-ON for doors


Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION
70T3504
CLIP top
70T1504

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Accessories general

179
194
180

200
605
684

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
N 26
N 27
N 28
-50
-45
-40

Mounting plate
Angled spacer
156

0 mm
-5

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500

3 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
173H7130 Mounting plate
Angled spacer

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5040

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application standard
-45 III angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems

Planning

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

B
T

+
2.0 mm

INSERTA
#
5

Screw-on

Hinge boss dimensions

5NJO

CLIP top BLUMOTION


CLIP top
Catalogue 2013/2014

157

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application glass door
CRISTALLO angled application
Hinge systems

- Hinge for glass and mirror doors


- Adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no
glass drilling necessary)
- Tool-free hinge to adhesion plate assembly
- CLIP top with or without closing mechanism
(spring)
- 125 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Page instructions
-5
N 106
158

N 107
158

5
10
15
N 103 N 104 N 105
158
159
159

N 100 N 101 N 102


159
159
159

134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
Hinge
CLIP top
CLIP top

CRISTALLO 125
Spring
Part no.
With
79C450BT
Without
78C450BT

CRISTALLO adhesion plate


Glue-on
Glass/mirror doors
Zinc
Matt-nickel plated
Mirror doors
Special nickel plated
Zinc

78C4568
78C4568

Page instructions
Limitation of liability
126
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99

Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Clip on
Steel
Nickel plated

Part no.
973A9000

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Accessories general
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge
CLIP top unsprung
Standard version
955.1004
Extended version
955A1004

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Adhesion distance
Mounting plates
Accessories hinge arm cover cap

127
172
179

Accessories BLUMOTION for doors


Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Assembly, removal and adjustment

182
194
200

82
52.5

46

53.5

84

76.5

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 16 mm thick cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 16 mm. In these cases a trial is
recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
N 106
37
N 107
37
N 103
33
16
16
16
-5
-5
5
29
25.5
29

15

2
10

Mounting plate
Angled spacer
158

0 mm
-5

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

7.5
16.5

0 mm
-5

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

2
3

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application glass door

N 104
10

16
24

33

N 101
10

16
29

33

16

73

29

46

46

53.5

74

80

Planning
N 100
33
5

7.5

33

1
4.5

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5010 Angled spacer

N 102
15

16
34

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5010 Angled spacer

0 mm
+5

33

14
16.5

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010

16
34

46

71

78
53.5

N 105
15

14
16.5

0 mm
+5

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

Hinge systems

CRISTALLO angled application

0.5
6

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5010 Angled spacer

0 mm
+5

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates
Assembly

14
16.5

6.5

2.0 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 2.0 mm

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010

Drilling distance for BLUMOTION 970A1002


N XX Angled application
XX Drilling distance BA (mm)
XX Angle of application ()
Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

202

Removal

Catalogue 2013/2014

159

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application glass door
+45 angled hinge for glass doors
Hinge systems

- Glass door hinge


- For glass thicknesses from 4.5 to 7 mm
- CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
- +45 angled hinge
- 94 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- Boss fixing screws are included

Page instructions
40
N 74
160

45
N 75
160

50
N 76
161

N 67
160

N 68
161

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Accessories general
Boss cover cap
Material
Nylon
Black
Gold plated
Chrome plated
Matt nickel
84.4120

Part no.
79A4108.T

Part no.
970A1002

134

84.4140

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
Accessories general

179
182
180

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

200
605
684

66

5.

39

20

Part no.
173H7130 Mounting plate
171A5500

3 mm
-5

21.5

2.

160

5.

2.

2.

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

8.5

43.5

40.5

71

70

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these cases a trial is
recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
N 74
48
N 75
48
N 67
45
19
19
19
40
45
45
24
34
33

9 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate

12.5

0 mm

Part no.
173H7100

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application glass door

N 68
50

19

45

19

24

11.5

2.

19

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

Screw-on

1.8 mm

11

Part no.
173H7130 Mounting plate
171A5070 Angled spacer

3 mm
+5

Adjustment

Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.
5
5.
5

2.

5.
5

41

38.5

70

65

Planning
N 76
48
50
34

Hinge systems

+45 angled hinge for glass doors

+
2.0 mm

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010

Drilling distance for BLUMOTION 970A1002


N XX Angled application
XX Drilling distance BA (mm)
XX Angle of application ()
Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Hinge boss dimensions

Catalogue 2013/2014

202

Boss cover cap

161

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application glass door
+20 angled hinge for glass doors
Hinge systems

- Glass door hinge


- For glass thicknesses from 4.5 to 7 mm
- CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
- +20 angled hinge
- 94 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- Boss fixing screws are included

Page instructions
15
N 71
162

20
N 72
162

25
N 73
163

N 64
162

N 65
163

N 66
163

134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Accessories general
Boss cover cap
Material
Nylon
Black
Gold plated
Chrome plated
Matt nickel
84.4120

Part no.
79A4105.T

Part no.
970A1002

84.4140

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
Accessories general

179
182
180

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

200
605
684

43
7

2.5

15

24

Mounting plate
Angled spacer
162

2.5
3
5.5

70

12.5
37.5

42

73

65

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these cases a trial is
recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
N 71
54
N 64
45
N 72
54
19
19
19
15
15
20
25
34
37

5.5
1

9 mm
-5

Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

0 mm
-5

Catalogue 2013/2014

26.5

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500

5.5

18 mm

Part no.
175H7190.22

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application glass door

19

N 66
25

19
36

37

19
22

6.5
39.5

42.5

39.5

72

5.5

48

65

N 73
25

19

66

Planning
N 65
37
20

Hinge systems

+20 angled hinge for glass doors

Mounting plate

8.5

23

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
Angled spacer

0 mm

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates
Screw-on

1.8 mm

+
2.0 mm

2
5.5

9 mm
+5

2.5

2.5

2.5

5.5
11

Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate
171A5070 Angled spacer

5.5
10

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010

Drilling distance for BLUMOTION 970A1002


N XX Angled application
XX Drilling distance BA (mm)
XX Angle of application ()
Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Hinge boss dimensions

Catalogue 2013/2014

202

Boss cover cap

163

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application glass door
5 angled application for glass doors
Hinge systems

- Glass door hinge


- For glass thicknesses from 4.5 to 7 mm
- CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
- 94 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
- Boss fixing screws are included

Page instructions
-5
N 69
165

5
N 70
165

N 62
165

N 63
165

Overview angled applications


Order information
Overlay application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Dual application

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Accessories general
Boss cover cap
Material
Nylon
Black
Gold plated
Chrome plated
Matt nickel
84.4120

Part no.
75T4100

Part no.
970A1002

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

134

Inset application

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
75T4200

Part no.
970A1002

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
75T4300

Part no.
970A1002

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
180
Accessories general
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

84.4140

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these cases a trial is
recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
164

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application glass door

48

64

1.4

82

2.5

37
N 70
5

5.5

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer
75T4100 Hinge

19
22

0 mm
-5

0 mm
-5

Mounting plate
Angled spacer
Hinge

33

5.5
10

N 63
5

2.5

19

29

53

22

48

37

N 69
-5

19

66

Planning
N 62
37
-5

Hinge systems

5 angled application for glass doors

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer
75T4200 Hinge

5.5
15

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010
75T4100

19

53

82

32

2
5.5
23

Mounting plate
Angled spacer
Hinge

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010
75T4300

0 mm
+5

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates
Screw-on

+ 0.5 mm
- 3.5 mm

+
2.0 mm

Drilling distance for BLUMOTION 970A1002


N XX Angled application
XX Drilling distance BA (mm)
XX Angle of application ()
Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Hinge boss dimensions

Catalogue 2013/2014

202

Boss cover cap

165

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application frame door
+45 angled hinge with mini boss
Hinge systems

- Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow frames


- CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- +45 angled hinge
- 94 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Page instructions
40
N 97
166
N 89
166

45
N 98
166
N 90
167
N 82
167

50
N 99
167
N 91
167
N 83
167

134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon

Accessories general
Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

Part no.
79A0558.T

609.1500
609.1700

Part no.
970A1002

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
Accessories general

179
182
180

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

200
605
684

29.5

9 mm
-5

19

166

16
19

19

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

1.
5
5

5
30

77.5

1.5

49

2.4

35

50

81

2.3

63

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
N 97
48
N 89
48
N 98
48
19
19
19
40
40
45
42
28
42

Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

0 mm
-5

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500

18 mm

Part no.
175H7190.22

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application frame door

N 82
45

N 99
50

19

37

Part no.
173H7130 Mounting plate

3 mm

48

N 83
50

19

48

0 mm

18 mm
+5

Part no.
175H7190.22
171A5010

19

1.5
19

2.

1.5

11

14

19

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

Part no.
173H7130 Mounting plate
171A5010 Angled spacer

3 mm
+5

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates
Screw-on

5
1.5

37

4.5

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
Angled spacer

29

24

63

61

27

35

2.
5
19

11.5

19

N 91
50

2.
5

5
2.

5
1.

14.5

Mounting plate

19
42

19

35.5

65

24

48

73

27

45

49

19

63

Planning
N 90
48
45

Hinge systems

+45 angled hinge with mini boss

1.8 mm

+
2.0 mm

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010

Drilling distance for BLUMOTION 970A1002


N XX Angled application
XX Drilling distance BA (mm)
XX Angle of application ()
Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

202

Hinge boss dimensions

Catalogue 2013/2014

167

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application frame door
+20 angled hinge with mini boss
Hinge systems

- Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow frames


- CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- +20 angled hinge
- 94 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Page instructions
15
N 94
168
N 86
168
N 79
168

20
N 95
169
N 87
169
N 80
169

25
N 96
169
N 88
169
N 81
169

134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Accessories general
Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

Part no.
79A0555.T

609.1500
609.1700

Part no.
970A1002

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172

Accessories hinge arm cover cap


Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
Accessories general

179
182
180

200
605
684

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Overview assembly devices
More technical details

66
14

19
168

2
5

9 mm
-5

19

19

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

1.5

27

9.5

38

65
36
1.5

max

55

86

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
N 94
48
N 86
48
N 79
45
19
19
19
15
15
15
36
25
29

15.5

Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

15.5

3 mm
-5

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
173H7130 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer

4.5
5

0 mm
-5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5500

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application frame door

N 80
20

19

12.5

37

Part no.
173H7100

19
21

65

35.5

0 mm

11

1.5

19

78
54.5

N 81
25

19
29

61

41

45

Part no.
175H7190 Mounting plate

40

N 88
25

19

9 mm

5
11

19.5

1.5

48

19

19

N 96
25

19

Part no.
175H7190.22 Mounting plate

18 mm

Mounting plate

19

1.5

19

1.5
5

27.5

37

66

29

63
36
1.5

37.5

48

40

N 87
20

19

55

81.5

Planning
N 95
48
20

Hinge systems

+20 angled hinge with mini boss

1.5

29.5

19

19

19

2.5

10

Mounting plate
Angled spacer

18 mm
+5

Part no.
175H7190.22 Mounting plate
171A5040 Angled spacer

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates
Screw-on

1.8 mm

+
2.0 mm

3 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7130 Mounting plate
171A5070 Angled spacer

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5010

Drilling distance for BLUMOTION 970A1002


N XX Angled application
XX Drilling distance BA (mm)
XX Angle of application ()
Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

202

Hinge boss dimensions

Catalogue 2013/2014

169

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application frame door
5 angled application with mini boss
Hinge systems

- Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow frames


- CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 94 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Page instructions
-5
N 92
171
N 84
171
N 77
171

5
N 93
171
N 85
171
N 78
171

134

Overview angled applications


Order information
Overlay application

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Dual application

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Accessories general
Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

Part no.
71T0550

Part no.
970A1002

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Inset application

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
71T0650

Part no.
970A1002

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Boss
Hinge
CLIP top

Screw-on
Spring
With

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
For drilling
Nylon
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Plain
Screen print
Blum

Part no.
71T0750

Part no.
970A1002

Part no.
70.1563
70.1563.BL

Page instructions
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top
hinges
99
Mounting plates
172
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
179
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
180
Accessories general
Assembly, removal and adjustment
200
Overview assembly devices
605
More technical details
684

609.1500
609.1700

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
170

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Angled application frame door

N 92
-5

28

37.5

19
31

19

19

37

0.5

66

48

57

19

67

22

48

N 84
-5

19

87

Planning
N 77
37
-5

Hinge systems

5 angled application with mini boss

9.5
5
9.5

29

48

19
33

57

1
19

19

19

0.5

37

2.5

N 93
5

19

64

64

21

48

Part no.
173H7130
171A5500
71T0650

3 mm
-5

N 85
5

19

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer
71T0650 Hinge

86

33

0 mm
-5

37.5

N 78
5

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5500 Angled spacer
71T0550 Hinge

0 mm
-5

Mounting plate
Angled spacer
Hinge

3.5

4.5
6

5
14.5

20

25

Mounting plate
Angled spacer
Hinge

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5010 Angled spacer
71T0550 Hinge

0 mm
+5

Adjustment
+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates
Screw-on

+ 0.5 mm
- 3.5 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 1.0 mm

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100 Mounting plate
171A5070 Angled spacer
71T0650 Hinge

0 mm
+5

Part no.
173H7100
171A5040
71T0750

Drilling distance for BLUMOTION 970A1002


N XX Angled application
XX Drilling distance BA (mm)
XX Angle of application ()
Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

202

Hinge boss dimensions

Catalogue 2013/2014

171

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Mounting plates

Mounting plate
Horizontal cam mounting plate
Horizontal cam mounting plate for dual application
Horizontal cam mounting plate
Horizontal cam mounting plate
INSERTA cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform cam mounting plate
Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate for twin application
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate
Angled spacer
Angled spacer
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

20/32
20/32
22/32
20/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
28/32
37/32
37/32
37/32

Material
Steel
Steel
Zinc
Zinc
Steel
Steel
Steel
Zinc
Steel
Steel
Steel
Steel
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc

Height adjustment
Cam
Cam
Cam
Cam
Cam
Cam
Cam
Screws (two-part)
Elongated hole
Elongated hole
Elongated hole
Elongated hole
Elongated hole

2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
+5
-5

172

172

174

174

174

175

175

175
175
176

176

178
178

173
173

173

174

176
176
177
177
177

177

Cruciform mounting plate

EXPANDO fixing

Accessories

Angled spacers

System screw fixing

General Information

Chipboard screw fixing

Horizontal mounting plate

INSERTA fixing

Knock-in dowel fixing assembly only


with the insertion ram
Knock-in dowel fixing

Horizontal cam mounting plate

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

20/32

* Fix with additional screw if
used with wide
angle hinges



- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 mm
- With cam height adjustment 2 mm
- Recommended screw
length 17 mm
Part no. - Material: steel, nickel plated
175H3100
175H3130

58

.3


H Height

Horizontal cam mounting plate

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

Part no.
177H3100E
177H3130E

20/32
- Fixing with pre-mounted
special screws with split
dowels (EXPANDO)
- With cam height adjustment 2 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

* Fix with additional screw if


used with wide
angle hinges



Hinge systems

Overview mounting plates

58

.3

H Height

172

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Mounting plates

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

Part no.
177H3100E10
177H3130E10

20/32

* Fix with additional screw if


used with wide
angle hinges



- Fixing with pre-mounted


special screws with split
dowels (EXPANDO)
- With cam height adjustment 2 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
58

.3

H Height

Horizontal cam mounting plate

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

Part no.
175H4100
175H4130

20/32

* Fix with additional screw if


used with wide
angle hinges



- Assembly using premounted system screws


6 x 12.9 mm (66B.129)
- With cam height adjustment 2 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
58

.3

H Height

Horizontal cam mounting plate for dual application

Spacing
0 mm

Height
8.5 mm

* Additional
screw required
as standard



- Assembly using premounted system screws


6 x 8.9 mm (66B.089)
- With cam height adjustment 2 mm
- For twin application
Part no. - Material: steel, nickel plated
175H410Z

20/32

58

.3

H Height

Horizontal cam mounting plate

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Nylon

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm
Accessories
Insertion ram

20/32

* Fix with additional screw if


used with wide
angle hinges



- Knock-in assembly with


pre-fixed dowels
- Assembly with knock-in
insertion ram or knock-in
tool with pressure directly
on the screw
Part no. - With cam height adjust177H3100 ment 2 mm
177H3130 - Material: steel, nickel plated

58

.3

MZM.0053

H Height

Catalogue 2013/2014

173

Hinge systems

Horizontal cam mounting plate

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Mounting plates

Hinge systems

Horizontal cam mounting plate

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

22/32

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 mm
- With cam height adjustment 2 mm
- Recommended screw
length 17 mm
Part no. - Material: zinc, nickel plated
175H5400
175H5430

H Height

Horizontal cam mounting plate

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

Part no.
177H5400E
177H5430E

22/32
- Fixing with pre-mounted
special screws with split
dowels (EXPANDO)
- With cam height adjustment 2 mm
- Material: zinc, nickel plated

H Height

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Nylon

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm
Accessories
Insertion ram

20/32

- Knock-in assembly with


pre-fixed dowels
- Assembly with insertion
ram or knock-in tool only
- With cam height adjustment 2 mm
Part no. - Material: zinc, nickel plated
177H5100
177H5130

19

Horizontal cam mounting plate

63

MZM.0053

.5

H Height

Cruciform cam mounting plate

37/32
- Fixing with chipboard
screws 3.5 and 4 mm
- With cam height adjustment 2 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

* Additional
screw for wide
angled hinges
(min. 20 mm)

Part no.
173H7100
173H7130

H Height

174

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Mounting plates

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

37/32

- Tool-free assembly
- With self anchoring feature
- With cam height adjustment 2 mm
- Material: steel, closing
Part no. lever, zinc die-cast, nickel
174H7100I plated
174H7130I

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

* Additional
screw for wide
angled hinges
(min. 20 mm)

H Height

Cruciform cam mounting plate

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

Part no.
174H7100E
174H7130E

37/32
- Fixing with pre-mounted
special screws with split
dowels (EXPANDO)
- With cam height adjustment 2 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

* Additional
screw for wide
angled hinges
(min. 20 mm)

H Height

Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

37/32

- Fixing with pre-mounted


special screws with split
dowels (EXPANDO)
- With cam height adjustment 2 mm
- For twin application
Part no. - Material: steel, nickel plated
174H710ZE
174H713ZE

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

* Additional
screw is generally required
(min. 20 mm)

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm
17.5 mm
26.5 mm

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 and 4 mm
- With height adjustment
2 mm
- Recommended screw
length 17 mm
Part no. - Material: zinc, nickel plated
175H7100
175H7130
175H7190
175H7190.22

* Fix with additional screw if


used with wide
angle hinges

44

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm
9 mm
18 mm

37/32

68

Catalogue 2013/2014

H Height

175

Hinge systems

INSERTA cruciform mounting plate

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Mounting plates
Cruciform mounting plate

37/32

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm
6 mm
9 mm
18 mm

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm
14.5 mm
17.5 mm
26.5 mm

* Fix with additional screw if


used with wide
angle hinges

44

Hinge systems

- Fixing with system screws


6 x 14.5 mm (661.1450)
- With height adjustment
2 mm
- Material: zinc, nickel plated
Part no.
175H9100
175H9130
175H9160
175H9190
175H9190.22

68

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

37/32
- Fixing with chipboard
screws 3.5 and 4 mm
- With height adjustment
3 mm
- Recommended screw
length 17 mm
Part no. - Material: steel, nickel plated
173L6100
173L6130

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

* Additional
screw for wide
angled hinges
(min. 20 mm)

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

37/32

Part no.
174E6100.01
174E6130.01

- Fixing with pre-mounted


special screws with split
dowels (EXPANDO)
- With height adjustment
2 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

* Additional
screw for wide
angled hinges
(min. 20 mm)

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate

37/32
- Fixing with pre-mounted
system screws 6 mm
- With height adjustment
3 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

* Additional
screw for wide
angled hinges
(min. 20 mm)

Part no.
173L8100
173L8130

H Height

176

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Mounting plates

Spacing
0 mm

Height
8.5 mm

37/32

- Fixing with pre-mounted


special system screws,
6 mm (668.1150)
- With height adjustment
3 mm
- For twin application
Part no. - Material: steel, nickel plated
173L8100.21

* Additional
screw is generally required
(min. 20 mm)

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate

37/32
- Knock-in assembly with
pre-fixed dowels
- With height adjustment
3 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Nylon

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm
Accessories
Insertion ram

1.
* Additional
screw for wide
angled hinges
(min. 20 mm)

Part no.
174L6100.05
174L6130.05

MZM.0061.01

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate

28/32
- Fixing with pre-mounted
system screws 6 mm
- With height adjustment
3 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

* Additional
screw for wide
angled hinges
(min. 20 mm)

Part no.
173L8300
173L8330

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate

37/32
- Fixing with pre-mounted
system screws 6 mm
- With height adjustment
3 mm
- Material: zinc, nickel plated

Height
8.5 mm
11.5 mm
17.5 mm
19.5 mm

Part no.
175L8100
175L8130
175L8190
175L8190.21

51

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm
9 mm
11 mm

* Fix with additional screw if


used with wide
angle hinges

56

H Height

Catalogue 2013/2014

177

Hinge systems

Cruciform mounting plate for twin application

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Mounting plates

Hinge systems

+5 obtuse angled spacer

Spacing
0.8 mm
3 mm
6 mm

37/32
- Fixing with chipboard
screws 3.5 and 4 mm
- Material: zinc, nickel plated
- Suitable for mounting
plates:
173H71X0
Part no. 175H71X0
171A5010 175H91X0
171A5040
171A5070
D Spacing

-5 acute angled spacer

Spacing
6 mm

37/32
- Fixing with chipboard
screws 3.5 and 4 mm
- Material: zinc, nickel plated
- Suitable for mounting
plates:
173H71X0
Part no. 175H71X0
171A5500 175H91X0

D Spacing

178

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Straight hinge arm

Cranked hinge arm


Double cranked arm

110-hinge
107-hinge

Steel
Plain
110-special hinge
Blind corner hinge inset application
Blind corner hinge overlay application
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
+45 II angled hinge overlay

Steel
Plain

CLIP 100 hinge

Steel
Plain
155-hinge

Steel
Plain
170-hinge

Steel
Plain
Profile/thick door hinge
95-aluminium frame door hinge
95-aluminium frame door hinge for BLUMOTION
CRISTALLO hinge
Glass door hinge
Mini-hinge
Steel
5 angled application
Plain
Remaining angled hinges
Remaining angled applications

Steel
Plain

70.1503

70.1503

90M2503

70.7503

80.6507

70.1563

70.1563
Cover caps: can be printed with customer logo minimums from 1000 pcs

Steel
Stamped

70.1503.BP

Steel
Stamped

Steel
Stamped

70.1663

Steel
Stamped

70.1663.BP

70.1503.BP

90M2503.BP

Steel
Stamped

Steel
Stamped

Steel
Screen print

Steel
Screen print

Catalogue 2013/2014

Steel
Plain

Hinge systems

Hinge applications

70.7503.BP

80.6507.BP

70.1563.BL

Steel
Plain

Steel
Plain

Steel
Plain

Steel
Plain

94M3603

70.7503

80.6507

70.1663

Steel
Stamped

Steel
Stamped

Steel
Stamped

Steel
Stamped

94M3603.BP

70.7503.BP

80.6507.BP

70.1663.BP

70.1563.BL

179

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories
Chipboard screws

3.5 mm
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
15 mm
17 mm

Part no.
609.1500
609.1700

Hinge systems

3.5

System screws

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm

Part no.
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG

Centre bit
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened

Centre bit
Replacement bit

Part no.
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Stick-on door buffer

Part no.
993.710

8 mm door buffer

Part no.
993.706

8 mm door buffer
- For noise reduction
- Gap 2 mm
- Two-part
- Material: nylon, RAL 9006 white aluminium

180

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories

- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no.
303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver

Part no.
314.928.1

Slotted screwdriver
- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm
- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Hinge boss cover cap


- Boss cover cap for screw-on/knock-in boss
- Tool-free assembly
- Suitable for the following hinges:
7XT3XXX, 7XB3XXX, 7XB9XXX
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Hinge boss cover cap

Part no.
70T3504

Hinge boss cover cap

Part no.
70T1504

Hinge boss cover cap


- Boss cover cap for screw-on/knock-in boss
- Tool-free assembly
- Suitable for the following hinges:
7XT1XXX, 7XT5XXX, 7XT9XXX, 7XA5XXX,
7XA9XXX
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Hinge boss spacing


- Boss cover cap spacing for screw-on boss
- Thickness 1.5 mm
- Suitable for the following hinges:
7XB3X5X, 71B9X5X, 7XT3X5X
- Material: nylon
- Upon request: CLIP top BLUMOTION blind
corner and wide angled hinges

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge boss spacing

Part no.
70T3507.21

181

Hinge systems

Pozidrive screwdriver

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
BLUMOTION 97xx
Hinge systems

BLUMOTION closes furniture doors, silently


and effortlessly, even when closed with force.
Whether its the kitchen, hall, living room,
bathroom or bedroom, BLUMOTION feels at
home everywhere. It provides perfect motion,
bringing comfort to all areas of life.
The adaptive system adjusts itself to the
closing speed and the weight of the door
Versions available for nearly all applications
Can be installed at any time during the
production and sales process
Its integrated overload safety feature
protects the system from damage due to
improper use

The adaptive system controlling perfect motion

Exceptional comfort through a


highly adaptive system

This is all thanks to the intelligent


technology of the BLUMOTION
adaptive system

It reacts to key factors such as door And brakes the motion of the door
accordingly. The result is always a
height, door weight and closing
perfect closing motion silent and
speed
effortless

This is how the adaptive system works

A look behind the scenes of the


BLUMOTION adaptive system

182

Slow closing speed


The braking element expands
slightly. The medium can flow by
without much resistance.
-> Weak effect

Fast closing speed


The braking element expands. The
medium can only flow by slowly.
-> Strong effect

Catalogue 2013/2014

Closing speed that is too fast


The overload safety feature kicks in.
-> Protects BLUMOTION and
hinges

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors

Hinge applications
Standard application
110-hinge
110-special hinge
107-hinge
CLIP 100 hinge
Wide angled application
155-hinge
170-hinge
Profile door application
Profile/thick door hinge

Application
973A0500.01
184
973A0500.01
184
973A0500.01
184
973A0500.01
184

973A0600
184

973A0700
184

973A0600
184
973A0600
184

973A0700
184
973A0700
184

114

973A7000
184
973A6000
185

973A7000
184
973A6000
185

116

973A0500.01
184

973A0600
184

973A0700
184

973A0500.01
184
970A1002
188

973A0600
184
970A1002
188

973A0700
184
970A1002
188

973A9000
185
971Axxxx
186

973A9000
185
970A1002
188

973A9000
185
970A1002
188

971Axxxx
186

970A1002
188

970A1002
188

973A0500.01
184

973A0600
184

973A0700
184

973A9000
185
970A1002
188
970A1002
188
970A1002
188

970A1002
188

970A1002
188

970A1002
188
970A1002
188
970A1002
188

970A1002
188

970A1002
188

102
104
106
108

110

Aluminium frame application


95-aluminium frame door hinge
CLIP top for 973A
124
95-aluminium frame door hinge
CLIP top
124
Glass door application
CRISTALLO hinge
126
Glass door hinge
128
Frame door application
Mini-hinge
130
Corner cabinet solution
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
132
Angled application standard
5 angled application
150
Angled application glass door
CRISTALLO angled application
158
+45 angled hinge for glass
doors
160
+20 angled hinge for glass
doors
162
5 angled application for
glass doors
164
Angled application frame door
+45 angled hinge with
mini boss
166
+20 angled hinge with
mini boss
168
5 angled application with
mini boss
170

970.1002
190

Catalogue 2013/2014

183

Hinge systems

BLUMOTION 97xx

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors

Hinge systems

BLUMOTION 973A hinge with straight hinge arm

Material
Steel

Colour
Nickel plated

Part no.
973A0500.01

CLIP top
- 110 hinge
- 110-special hinge
- 107 hinge
- Profile/thick door hinge
- 95-aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top for
973A
- 100 hinge

BLUMOTION 973A hinge with cranked hinge arm

Material
Steel

Colour
Nickel plated

Part no.
973A0600

CLIP top
- 110 hinge
- 107 hinge
- Profile/thick door hinge
- 95-aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top for
973A
- 100 hinge

BLUMOTION 973A hinge with double cranked hinge arm

Material
Steel

Colour
Nickel plated

Part no.
973A0700

CLIP top
- 110 hinge
- 107 hinge
- Profile/thick door hinge
- 95-aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top for
973A
- 100 hinge

BLUMOTION 973A 155-hinge


CLIP top
- 155 hinge inline (0-protrusion)
- 155 hinge cranked

Material
Zinc

184

Colour
Nickel plated

Part no.
973A7000

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
BLUMOTION 973A 170-hinge

Material
Zinc

Colour
Nickel plated

Hinge systems

CLIP top
- 170 hinge inline
- 170 hinge cranked

Part no.
973A6000

BLUMOTION 973A CRISTALLO-hinge


CLIP top
- CRISTALLO hinge

Material
Steel

Colour
Nickel plated

BLUMOTION quantity

Part no.
973A9000

For normal door sizes, one BLUMOTION 973A


per hinge is required for the perfect motion.
For smaller, lighter doors, the number can be
reduced accordingly.

Catalogue 2013/2014

185

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
BLUMOTION 971A in an inline adapter plate

20/32

Hinge systems

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- Material: zinc, nickel plated

Construction height
25 mm

Part no.
971A0200

BLUMOTION 971A in a cruciform adapter plate

37/32

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- Material: zinc, nickel plated

Construction height
25 mm
33 mm

Part no.
971A0500
971A2500

BLUMOTION 971A in a cruciform adapter plate

37/32

- Fixing with pre-mounted


special screws with split
dowels (EXPANDO)
- Material: zinc, nickel plated

Construction height
25 mm

Part no.
971A05E0

BLUMOTION 971A in a cruciform adapter plate


- Fixing with chipboard
screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- Material: zinc, nickel plated

Construction height
25 mm
33 mm

186

Part no.
971A0700
971A2700

Catalogue 2013/2014

9.5/32

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors

Construction height 33 mm

Assembly position and number required

For all hinges with a straight hinge arm and a


0 mm raised mounting plate. Exception: 95
profile door hinge

Hinge systems

Construction height 25 mm

For all hinges with a straight hinge and a 3 mm


spaced mounting plate. Use also for 95 profile
door hinge with 0mm spaced plate.

For optimal BLUMOTION effect, BLUMOTION


971A should be attached to the centre between
the hinges. For high and heavy doors, we recommend using an additional BLUMOTION 971A
between an additional hinge pair.
Any depth adjustment made to the hinge arm
should be mirrored on the 971A, this is easily
acheived via a spiral screw depth adjustment
feature (+ 3 to - 7 mm).

BLUMOTION 971Axxxx
Hinges

Catalogue 2013/2014

187

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors

Hinge systems

BLUMOTION 970A

Order information
For drilling

- BLUMOTION perfect movement, quiet and


easy
- For use with Blum hinges
- For drilling or in combination with adapter
plates

Assembly position and number required


BLUMOTION 970A is for location on the hinge
side, and guarantees perfect motion even for
angled hinges. The hole for BLUMOTION 970A
needs to be drilled into the cabinet top. The
correct position is set using the drilling distance
(BA). If the BLUMOTION effect is insufficient, we recommend installing an additional
BLUMOTION 970A in the bottom.

Drilling distance

Page instructions
Drilling distance
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly
Drilling template for BLUMOTION/TIP-ON
PRO-CENTER

BA

189
202

in

m
50

620
654

10

BLUMOTION 970A
RAL 7037 light grey
Nylon

Part no.
970A1002

With adapter plate

BLUMOTION 970A
RAL 7037 light grey
Nylon

188

N XX Angled application
XX Drilling distance BA (mm)

Adapter plates

Part no.
970A1002

Catalogue 2013/2014

Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Adapter plates
Inline adapter plates
Cruciform adapter plates
Assembly
Template
Drilling template for mounting plates
PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO
MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

202
192
192
618
619
654
658
670
674

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors

Drilling distance
All hinge applications except for angled applications
Mounting plate spacDrilling disDrilling dis*
ing
tance BA (mm)
tance BA (mm)
0 mm
32
41
35
44
3 mm
6 mm
38
47
9 mm
41
50
Angled applications
Angle

Drilling distance BA (mm)


50
53

Drilling distance BA (mm)


51

Drilling disDrilling disDrilling disDrilling dis*


tance BA (mm)
tance BA (mm)
tance BA (mm)
tance BA (mm)
Angled application glass door
CRISTALLO angled application
15
N 105
33
N 102
33
10
N 104
33
N 101
33
33
33
5
N 103
N 100
-5
N 106
37
N 107
37
Angled hinge for glass doors
50
N 76
48
N 68
45
45
N 75
48
N 67
45
40
N 74
48
25
N 73
48
N 66
37
20
N 72
54
N 65
37
15
N 71
54
N 64
45
5
N 70
48
N 63
33
-5
N 69
48
N 62
37
Angled application frame door
Angled hinge with mini boss
50
N 99
48
N 91
48
N 83
48
45
N 98
N 90
N 82
48
48
45
40
N 97
48
N 89
48
25
N 96
48
N 88
45
N 81
37
20
N 95
48
N 87
48
N 80
37
15
N 94
48
N 86
48
N 79
45
5
N 93
48
N 85
48
N 78
33
-5
N 92
N 84
N 77
48
48
37
* When dealing with narrow top rails or larger front gaps, we recommend using the adapter plate as needed.
*

Catalogue 2013/2014

Drilling distance BA (mm)


34
34

Drilling distance BA (mm)

189

Hinge systems

BLUMOTION 970A

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
BLUMOTION 970.
Hinge systems

- BLUMOTION perfect movement, quiet and


easy
- For use with Blum hinges
- For drilling or in combination with adapter
plates

Order information
For drilling

Planning

mi
n.
50

BLUMOTION 970.
RAL 7037 light grey
Nylon

190

191
202
621
654

Part no.
970.1002

With adapter plate

BLUMOTION 970.
RAL 7037 light grey
Nylon

.2
+ 0.1
0
10 1.5

Page instructions
Assembly position and number required
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly
Drilling template for BLUMOTION
PRO-CENTER

Adapter plates

Part no.
970.1002

Catalogue 2013/2014

Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Adapter plates
Inline adapter plates
Cruciform adapter plates
Assembly
Drilling template for BLUMOTION
Template
Drilling template for mounting plates
PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO
MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

202
192
192
621
618
619
654
658
670
674

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors

Assembly position and number required

Because BLUMOTION for doors is customised


for Blum hinges, the only way to get that perfect
movement is to combine the two.

Optimal position

Some general notes regarding assembly position:


Distance from hinge: max. 600 mm
For glass door/Mini hinges: 1/2 door width
Normally, one BLUMOTION per door is sufficient. However, some circumstances may
require the use of a second BLUMOTION, e.g.
higher door weight, unstable doors (wooden
frames, fixed fronts, large aluminium frame
doors, etc.).

Optional position

Up to 600 mm cabinet width applicable for all CLIP top-hinges

Catalogue 2013/2014

191

Hinge systems

BLUMOTION 970.

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
Inline adapter plate

20/32

Material
Nylon
Zinc

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey
Nickel plated

59

20

Hinge systems

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- BLUMOTION must be
ordered separately

Part no.
970.1201
970.5201

Cruciform adapter plate

37/32

Material
Nylon
Zinc

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey
Nickel plated

Part no.
970.1501
970.5501

55

46

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- BLUMOTION must be
ordered separately

Cruciform adapter plate

37/32

Material
Nylon
Zinc

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey
Nickel plated

Part no.
970.15E1
970.55E1

55

46

- Fixing with pre-mounted


special screws with split
dowels (EXPANDO)
- BLUMOTION must be
ordered separately

Cruciform adapter plate

9.5/32

Material
Nylon
Zinc

192

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey
Nickel plated

Part no.
970.1701
970.5701

55

Catalogue 2013/2014

46

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- BLUMOTION must be
ordered separately

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
Cruciform double adapter plate

Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey

Part no.
970.2501

37/32

Cruciform double adapter plate

Material
Zinc

Colour
Nickel plated

Part no.
970.6701

Hinge systems

- For carcasses with double


doors
- Fixing with chipboard
screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- BLUMOTION must be
ordered separately

9.5/32
- For carcasses with double
doors
- Fixing with chipboard
screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- BLUMOTION must be
ordered separately

Catalogue 2013/2014

193

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
TIP-ON 955x
Hinge systems

Handle-less furniture is becoming more and


more popular in the living area. With TIP-ON,
we offer a mechanical opening support
system for handle-less furniture doors. This
enables your customers to open and close
handle-less furniture doors easily and effortlessly. TIP-ON can be used in the kitchen as
well as all other living areas.
The TIP-ON programme offers the right
TIP-ON unit for every application.
The standard version is used for overlay
doors and the long version is used for high
cabinets and inset doors. Both versions can
be drilled into the cabinet side or attached
using adapter plates.

Easy to open with just a touch

Handle-less doors can be opened


easily with TIP-ON a light touch is
all thats needed

The door then opens at an angle


that is comfortable for the furniture
user

In other words: you can easily view


the cabinet interior

The furniture users freedom of motion is not limited

The TIP-ON unit can also be attached to the cabinet interior using
cruciform adapter plates

The catch plate is the counterpart


to TIP-ON. There are two variants,
self-adhesive, or a version that
screws to the door

High quality down to the smallest detail

The TIP-ON unit can be attached to The TIP-ON unit can also be atthe cabinet front edge
tached to the cabinet interior using
horizontal adapter plates

194

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
TIP-ON 955x

Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly
Adjustment

196
197
199

Hinge systems

TIP-ON 955. standard version


TIP-ON 955A long version
Accessories adapter plates

203
203

Symbol image

Catalogue 2013/2014

195

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
TIP-ON 955. standard version
Hinge systems

- TIP-ON easy to open with just a light touch


- For overlay doors (up to approx. 1300 mm
height)
- TIP-ON output path 18 mm
- For use with unsprung Blum hinges
- For drilling or in combination with adapter
plates
- Incl. glue-on and screw-on catch plates

Catch plate

FA
*

Order information
For drilling

TIP-ON 955.
Material
Nylon

Colour
Grey

Planning

Part no.
955.1004

With adapter plate

TIP-ON 955.
Material
Nylon

196

Colour
Grey

Page instructions
Assembly position and number required
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly
Drilling template for BLUMOTION/TIP-ON
Positioning template for catch plate
PRO-CENTER

Front gap

198
203
620
623
654

() Screw-on catch
plate

Adapter plates

Part no.
955.1004

Front overlay
3 mm offset installation

Front gap

Catalogue 2013/2014

Page instructions
Assembly position and number required
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Adapter plates
Inline adapter plates
Cruciform adapter plates
Assembly
Template
Drilling template for mounting plates
Positioning template for catch plate
PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO
MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

198
203
199
199
618
619
623
654
658
670
674

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
TIP-ON 955A long version
Catch plate

FA
*

Order information
For drilling

TIP-ON 955A
Material
Nylon

Colour
Grey

Planning

Part no.
955A1004

With adapter plate

TIP-ON 955A
Material
Nylon

Colour
Grey

198
203
620
623
654

() Screw-on catch
plate

Adapter plates

Part no.
955A1004

Front overlay
3 mm offset installation

Page instructions
Assembly position and number required
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly
Drilling template for BLUMOTION/TIP-ON
Positioning template for catch plate
PRO-CENTER

Front gap

Hinge systems

- TIP-ON easy to open with just a light touch


- For overlay doors (starting at approx. 1300 mm
height) and all inset applications
- TIP-ON output path 38 mm
- For use with unsprung Blum hinges
- For drilling or in combination with adapter
plates
- Incl. glue-on and screw-on catch plates
- Also for larger doors only 1 pce/door

Front gap

Catalogue 2013/2014

Page instructions
Assembly position and number required
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Adapter plates
Inline adapter plates
Cruciform adapter plates
Assembly
Template
Drilling template for mounting plates
Positioning template for catch plate
PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO
MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

198
203
199
199
618
619
623
654
658
670
674

197

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories TIP-ON for doors

Hinge systems

TIP-ON 955x
Assembly position and number required

198

Optimal opening support is ensured when the


TIP-ON unit is attached in the actual handle
position. This can deviate 300 mm and up
to a quarter of the cabinet width for the width.
Also for larger doors only 1 pce/door.

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Inline adapter plate

Material
Nylon
Zinc

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey
Nickel plated

20/32

Part no.
955.1201
955.5201

Cruciform adapter plate

Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey

37/32

Part no.
955.1501

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- Factory setting 2 mm door
gap
- For standard and long version

Cruciform adapter plate

Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7036 platinum grey

Hinge systems

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 or 4 mm
- Factory setting 2 mm door
gap
- For standard and long version

37/32
- Fixing with pre-mounted
special screws with split
dowels (EXPANDO)
- Factory setting 2 mm door
gap
- For standard and long verPart no. sion
955.15E1

Catalogue 2013/2014

199

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Assembly, removal and adjustment
INSERTA cruciform mounting plate

Hinge systems

CLIP

Assembly

Removal

INSERTA

Assembly

Assembly

CLIP top BLUMOTION knock-in

Removal

Do not use a hammer to insert the


hinge into the drill hole

Side adjustment

Depth adjustment

CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top

Height adjustment

CLIP top BLUMOTION

Deactivation

200

Activation

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Opening angle stop 86 70T3553

Opening angle stop 70T7503N/70T3503N09/70.6103

Hinge systems

2
1

Assembly

Assembly

Boss cover cap


1

Assembly

Removal

BLUMOTION 973A clip on for standard applications

BLUMOTION 973A clip on

Assembly

Removal

CRISTALLO hinge

BLUMOTION 971A in adapter plate for overlay application

Cruciform adapter plate

Inline adapter plate

Catalogue 2013/2014

201

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Hinge systems

BLUMOTION 970A for drilling, hinge side

Assembly for drilling

Assembly with adapter plate

BLUMOTION 970. for drilling, handle side

Assembly for drilling

Assembly with adapter plate

202

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION / CLIP top hinges
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Hinge systems

TIP-ON 955x for drilling

Attention: TIP-ON do not glue

Clean, oil-free, dry surface

For hard surfaces and/or MDF


2.5 mm pre-drilling and countersinking

FA
*

Front overlay
3 mm offset installation

For hard surfaces and/or MDF


2.5 mm pre-drilling and countersinking

FA
*

Front overlay
3 mm offset installation

FA
*

Front overlay
3 mm offset installation

TIP-ON 955x with horizontal adapter plate

Assembly

Clean, oil-free, dry surface

TIP-ON 955x with cruciform adapter plate

Assembly

Clean, oil-free, dry surface

For hard surfaces and/or MDF


2.5 mm pre-drilling and countersinking

Inline adapter plate

Cruciform adapter plate

Catch plate

Depth adjustment

Depth adjustment

Glue-on

Catalogue 2013/2014

Screw-on

203

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges

Slide-on hinge system


Hinge systems

This economical hinge system provides the


right solution for many different applications.
The systems combined slide-on and screw-fix
feature has proven itself over the years.
Simple and easy slide-on assembly
Simple 3-way adjustment for perfect gap
alignment

Simple slide-on door to cabinet


assembly

Refrigerator/Appliance hinge for facade doors


- The 3-dimensional adjustment feature is easily accessible when attached to the refrigerator
- The front can be easily removed from the refrigerator
- Front thicknesses of up to 30 mm are possible
- The refrigerator can be positioned inside the cabinet even when the front is attached

Blind corner hinge


- For an inset blind corner construction
- Inner blind corner width 28 mm and higher
- With integrated BLUMOTION

204

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Overview
MODUL hinges
MODUL
MODUL
BLUMOTION With spring Unsprung

Standard application
100-hinge

Accessories

208

210

Boss Fixing

206

Blind corner applications


Blind corner hinge inset
application
Refrigerator application
Refrigerator facade door
hinge
Mounting plates
Overview mounting plates

Application

Hinge systems

Hinge applications

212

215
216
216
216
217

Hinge arm cover cap


Screws
Centre bit
Door buffer
Screwdriver

Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly and removal
Adjustment

218
218

Symbol image
Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function

Door height (mm)

Number of Hinges

The number of hinges depends on the door weight and front height.
To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible.

* kg

Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

Information on weight and height apply to a standard door width of 600 mm.

Inset application

EXPANDO boss

Accessories

Blind corner applications

Knock-in boss

General Information

Hinge with straight hinge arm

Cruciform mounting plate

Opening angle

Hinge with cranked hinge arm

Hinge arm cover cap

Overlay application

Hinge with double cranked hinge arm

Planning

Dual application

Screw-on boss

Assembly, removal and adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

205

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Standard application

Hinge systems

100-hinge

Order information
Overlay application

- MODUL with closing mechanism (spring)


- Slide on hinge arm
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 100 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss
Hinge
MODUL

Screw-on
Spring
With

Part no.
91M2550

Boss
Hinge
MODUL

Screw-on
Spring
With

Part no.
91M2650

Boss
Hinge
MODUL

Screw-on
Spring
With

Part no.
91M2750

Boss
Hinge
MODUL

Knock-in
Spring
With

Part no.
91M2580

Boss
Hinge
MODUL

Knock-in
Spring
With

Part no.
91M2680

Boss
Hinge
MODUL

Knock-in
Spring
With

Part no.
91M2780

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Part no.
Plain
90M2503
Stamped
Blum
90M2503.BP

Accessories general
Insertion ram
Boss
Knock-in
Nylon
Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

206

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Part no.
Plain
90M2603
Screen print
Blum
90M2603.BL

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Part no.
Plain
90M2603
Screen print
Blum
90M2603.BL

Page instructions
Overview MODUL hinges
Mounting plates
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
Accessories general
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

MZM.0040

609.1500
609.1700

Catalogue 2013/2014

205
212
215
216
218
605
684

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Standard application
100-hinge

38

30

58

58

58

20

3-6
3-6

3-6
F

18.5

11

1.5

27

Set mounting plate back by door thickness

Drilling distance
Front overlay
6

Front overlay
9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

3
9
-

3
3

F Gap

Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application

Mounting plate

Front overlay

-4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5
0

3
9
-

3
3

Mounting plate

-2

-1

9
-

Mounting plate

Adjustment

Screw-on

Hinge boss dimensions

Drilling distance TB

-3

Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FS
16
18
19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 31 32
3
0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.6 3.3
4
0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.2 1.6 3.2
In these cases a trial is
5
0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.5 2.6
recommended
6
0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.4
Additional for + 2 mm side adjustment
+ 0.1 + 0.3 + 0.3 + 0.4 + 0.4 + 0.5 + 0.4

Knock-in

-4

+
Max. 3.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

+
2.0 mm

M MODUL

Catalogue 2013/2014

207

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Blind corner applications
Blind corner hinge inset application
Hinge systems

- Hinge for blind corner applications


- MODUL BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
- Slide on hinge arm
- Can only be combined with mounting plate
199.8130
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment

Application

Order information
Inset application

Boss
Screw-on
Hinge
Spring
MODUL BLUMOTION With

Part no.
99B9550

Boss
EXPANDO
Hinge
Spring
MODUL BLUMOTION With

Part no.
99B958E

Mounting plate
Steel
Spacing
3 mm

Part no.
199.8130

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print/Stamp
Part no.
Plain
90M2503
Stamped
Blum
90M2503.BP

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
MODUL BLUMOTION
70T3504
Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

208

Page instructions
Overview MODUL hinges
Mounting plates
Accessories hinge arm cover cap
Accessories general
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

609.1500
609.1700

Catalogue 2013/2014

205
212
215
216
218
605
684

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Blind corner applications
Blind corner hinge inset application
Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Inset application

Fixing position from inside edge of muntin: 14 mm


Special mounting plate for blind corner application: 199.8130

min 69
min 28

23

3-7
14
8
33

F Gap

Adjustment

Screw-on

Hinge boss dimensions

Drilling distance TB

Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FS
16
18
19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32
3
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.9
4
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 In these cases a trial is
5
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8
recommended
6
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8
7
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.7

EXPANDO assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

+
Max. 2.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

+
0.8 mm

209

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Refrigerator application
Refrigerator facade door hinge
Hinge systems

- Hinge for refrigerator facade doors


- Shallow hinge arm height
- MODUL with closing mechanism (spring)
- Slide on hinge arm
- Can only be combined with mounting plate
194K6100E
- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 95 opening angle
- 3-dimensional front adjustment possible when
attached to refrigerator
- Assembly and removal of front possible when
refrigerator is installed

Application
1

Order information
Overlay application

Boss
Hinge
MODUL

Screw-on
Spring
With

Part no.
91K9550

Boss
Hinge
MODUL

Knock-in
Spring
With

Part no.
91K9580

Mounting plate
Steel
Spacing
0 mm

Part no.
194K6100E

Accessories general
Hinge boss cover cap
Boss
Screw-on/knock-in
MODUL
70T3504

Nylon

Insertion ram
Boss
Knock-in

Chipboard screws
Boss
Screw-on
3.5 x 15 mm
3.5 x 17 mm

210

Page instructions
Overview MODUL hinges
Mounting plates
Accessories general
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

MZM.0040

609.1500
609.1700

Catalogue 2013/2014

205
212
216
218
605
684

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Refrigerator application
Refrigerator facade door hinge

65

Hinge systems

Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application

F Gap

Drilling distance
Front overlay
6

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

3
6
9

Mounting plate

Drilling distance TB

Minimum gap (F) for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FS
16
18
19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31
3
0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.3 2.5 3.5 4.4 5.3
4
0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.3 1.9 2.9 3.8 4.7
5
0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.2 1.7 2.4 3.2 4.0
6
0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.2 1.7 2.2 2.8 3.5
7
0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.0
Additional for + 2 mm side adjustment
+ 0.0 + 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.3 + 0.5 + 0.4 + 0.4 + 0.4 + 0.4 + 0.3

Screw-on

Knock-in

Adjustment
32
6.1
5.5
4.9
4.3
3.8

+
Max. 2.0 mm
See mounting
plates

2.0 mm

+
+ 3.0 mm
- 2.0 mm

+ 0.2

Hinge boss dimensions

Catalogue 2013/2014

211

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Mounting plates

Mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate
Cruciform mounting plate for twin application
Cruciform mounting plate for blind corner applications
Cruciform mounting plate for refrigerator facade door hinge

Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

37/32
37/32
37/32
37/32
14/32
37/32

Material
Zinc
Steel
Steel
Steel
Zinc
Steel

Height adjustment
Screws (two-part)
Elongated hole
Elongated hole
Elongated hole
Elongated hole
Elongated hole

Chipboard screw fixing

Accessories

INSERTA fixing

General Information

EXPANDO fixing

Cruciform mounting plate

System screw fixing

2 mm
2 mm
3 mm
3 mm
2 mm
2 mm

212
213

Cruciform mounting plate

Height
9.2 mm
12.2 mm
18.2 mm

214

212
213
213
214

37/32
- Fixing with chipboard
screws 3.5 and 4 mm
- With height adjustment
2 mm
- Recommended screw
length 17 mm
Part no. - Material: zinc, nickel plated
195H7100
195H7130
195H7190

* Fix with additional screw if


used with wide
angle hinges

44

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm
9 mm

213

Knock-in dowel fixing assembly only


with the insertion ram
Knock-in dowel fixing

62

.5

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate

37/32
- Fixing with system screws
6 x 14.5 mm (661.1450)
- With height adjustment
2 mm
- Material: zinc, nickel plated

Spacing
0 mm

Height
9.2 mm

Part no.
195H9100

* Fix with additional screw if


used with wide
angle hinges

44

Hinge systems

Overview mounting plates

62

.5

H Height

212

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Mounting plates

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

37/32

Height
8.3 mm
11.3 mm

* Fix with additional screw if


used with wide
angle hinges

53

- Fixing with chipboard


screws 3.5 and 4 mm
- With height adjustment
3 mm
- Recommended screw
length 17 mm
Part no. - Material: steel, nickel plated
193L6100
193L6130

58

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Height
8.3 mm
11.3 mm

37/32

Part no.
194E6100.ED
194E6130.ED

- Fixing with pre-mounted


special screws with split
dowels (EXPANDO)
- With height adjustment
2 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

*
53

* Fix with additional screw if


used with wide
angle hinges

58

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate

37/32
- Fixing with pre-mounted
system screws 6 mm
- With height adjustment
3 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Spacing
0 mm
3 mm

Height
8.3 mm
11.3 mm

Part no.
193L8100
193L8130

*
53

* Fix with additional screw if


used with wide
angle hinges

58

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate for twin application

Spacing
0 mm

Height
8.3 mm

Part no.
193L8100.21

37/32

* Additional
screw required
as standard

53

- Fixing with pre-mounted


system screws 6 mm
- With height adjustment
3 mm
- For twin application
- Material: steel, nickel plated
58

H Height

Catalogue 2013/2014

213

Hinge systems

Cruciform mounting plate

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Mounting plates

Spacing
3 mm

Height
12.2 mm

- Fixing with pre-mounted


system screws 6 mm
- With height adjustment
2 mm
- For blind corner applications
Part no. - Material: zinc, nickel plated
199.8130

14/32

50

Hinge systems

Cruciform mounting plate for blind corner applications

28

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate for refrigerator facade door hinge

Spacing
0 mm

Height
10.3 mm

37/32

- Fixing with pre-mounted


special screws with split
dowels (EXPANDO)
- With height adjustment
2 mm
- For refrigerator facade door
Part no. hinge
194K6100E - Material: steel, nickel plated

* Additional
screw optional

H Height

214

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Straight hinge arm

Cranked hinge arm


Double cranked arm

100-hinge

Steel
Plain
Blind corner hinge inset application

Steel
Plain

90M2503

90M2503
Cover caps: can be printed with customer logo minimums from 1000 pcs

Steel
Stamped

Steel
Stamped

Catalogue 2013/2014

90M2503.BP

Steel
Plain

Hinge systems

Hinge applications

Steel
Screen print
90M2603.BL
90M2603

90M2503.BP

215

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Accessories
Chipboard screws

3.5 mm
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
15 mm
17 mm

Part no.
609.1500
609.1700

Hinge systems

3.5

System screws

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm

Part no.
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG

Centre bit
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened

Centre bit
Replacement bit

Part no.
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Stick-on door buffer

Part no.
993.710

8 mm door buffer

Part no.
993.706

8 mm door buffer
- For noise reduction
- Gap 2 mm
- Two-part
- Material: nylon, RAL 9006 white aluminium

216

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Accessories

- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no.
303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver

Part no.
314.928.1

Slotted screwdriver
- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm
- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Catalogue 2013/2014

217

Hinge systems

Pozidrive screwdriver

Hinge systems
MODUL hinges
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Hinge systems

MODUL

Assembly

Removal

Adjustment

Height adjustment

218

Side adjustment

Depth adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

Hinge systems

Hinge systems

MODUL hinges

Catalogue 2013/2014

219

Box systems
Wide ranging design options

You can now fulfil different customer


wishes with only one pull-out system the
TANDEMBOX programme makes this possible. This is because the TANDEMBOX intivo,
TANDEMBOX antaro and TANDEMBOX plus
lines offer many different design options. Each
line offers a comprehensive range of applications: from standard solutions to special
applications.

BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing


action
SERVO-DRIVE for more comfort of motion.
A light touch for opening. BLUMOTION
provides silent and effortless closing action
TIP-ON for handle-less options

Comprehensive programme for many options


High stability
Quality for the lifetime of the furniture

TANDEMBOX intivo

TANDEMBOX antaro

TANDEMBOX plus

The individual line high sided


and versatile
TANDEMBOX intivo, fulfils individual design wishes via design
elements made from any desired
material

The minimalist line rectangular


with a clear design all the way
down the line
TANDEMBOX antaro is characterised by a clear style whether its
with a gallery or as a closed box
with a design element

The versatile line


TANDEMBOX plus offers a wide
range of application. Characterised
by a round gallery. Also available:
bins closed on the side

220

Catalogue 2013/2014

METABOX

Simple. Excellent. Proven.


The single walled Box system
made from steel offers a number of
application options

Box systems
Overview

TANDEMBOX intivo

Symbol image

TANDEMBOX intivo
Overview
Overview applications
Design element
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

222
223
224
248
250
254
256

TANDEMBOX antaro
262
263
264
300
300
306
308

Box systems

Symbol image

TANDEMBOX antaro
Overview
Overview applications
Accessories design element
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

TANDEMBOX plus

Symbol image

TANDEMBOX plus
Overview
Overview applications
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

314
315
316
352
358
360

SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX


SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview
Accessories
Assembly, removal and adjustment

366
367
396
398

Symbol image

TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX


TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment

406
410

METABOX
Overview
Overview applications
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

412
413
414
444
452
453

Symbol image

METABOX

Symbol image

Catalogue 2013/2014

221

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo

The individual line high sided and versatile


With TANDEMBOX intivo, you can make the
inside of the kitchen unique because there
are so many design options available. No
matter what you decide: each solution with
TANDEMBOX intivo is really quite special and
fulfils your individual design wishes.

Box systems

You also have the option of using the different


opening support systems. SERVO-DRIVE,
the electrical opening support system in
combination with BLUMOTION or TIP-ON, the
mechanical opening support system.

Using BOXCAP side panels which Using BOXCOVER and design


elements, there are endless design
perfectly match the drawer side
material,giving a continuous design opportunities. The design element
can be made from any material

Blum design elements.


Design elements made from clear or frosted glass can be ordered plain,
adorned with a pattern or printed according to an individual wish.
More: http://myintivo.blum.com

The individual components such


as the drawer side, BOXCAP,
BOXCOVER and inner pull-outs are
uniform in colour and material

Always different, always unique

222

Thanks to a groove in the drawer


top edge, BOXCAP as well as the
design element can be attached
seamlessly to the drawer side

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Overview
TANDEMBOX intivo
224
248

Overview applications
Design element

Symbol image
Accessories

254
254
254
254
255

Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer
Adjustment drawer
Inner drawer
High fronted pull-out
Adjustment high fronted pull-out
Inner pull-out
Locking piece Z31A0008
Symbol image
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

Box systems

250
250
251
252
252
252
253

Steel back
Side stabilisation top mounted
Front stabilisation
Screws
Centre bit
Door buffer
Screwdriver
Symbol image
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 558B 30 kg
Cabinet profile 559B 50 kg
Cabinet profile 556B 65 kg
Cabinet profile 559T 20/30/50 kg
Side stabilisation top mounted

256 SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION


256 SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts
257 Sink cabinet
258
259
259
261

General Information

Installation height and/or min. space


requirement in cabinet
Height of Drawer Side

Accessories

Dynamic carrying capacity in kg

TANDEMBOX intivo

Planning

Corner cabinet

Cutting

Sink cabinet

Assembly

Larder unit

Assembly, removal and adjustment

363
365
261

Drawer
Inner drawer
High fronted pull-out
Inner pull-out
BOXCOVER with design element
BOXCAP

Catalogue 2013/2014

223

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Overview applications
Standard cabinet
Drawer
Drawer N

Box systems

Drawer M

Inner drawer

226

228
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D

High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D

Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with
SYNCROMOTION

SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts

Inner drawer M

Inner pull-out

232

Larder unit

236

224

234

238

240

242

244
SPACE TOWER

Cabinet width 450 - 600 mm

Inner pull-out BOXCOVER D

Inner pull-out BOXCAP D

241
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D

High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D

230

246

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Overview applications
Design element
Glass design element plain

Imitation leather design element

Glass design element printed

248

249

Box systems

248

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Catalogue 2013/2014

225

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Drawer N
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles
1

left/right

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

Cabinet profiles
left/right

TIP-ON **

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

30/50 kg
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, NI
Steel

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

SW
TS
358N4002SA
358N4502SA
358N5002SA
358N5502SA

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Nominal length

Inox
358N4002IA
358N4502IA
358N5002IA
358N5502IA

Colour
Silk white
SW
TS
Terra black
Inox
Stainless steel

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

226

NL

Drawer sides and cover


caps left/right

Part no.
Z30N000S.04

2x
2x
2x

Space requirement

Catalogue 2013/2014

R7037 RAL 7037 light grey


S
Black
NI
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Drawer N
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
400

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

450

LW - 87 mm

500
A

550

96

32
96
32 32
192
288
320

9
37

LW - 75 mm

Back
69 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223 More technical details
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Accessories steel back
250
Accessories
250
Cabinet profile fixing positions
254
Assembly, removal and adjustment
256
Overview assembly devices
605
Catalogue 2013/2014

684

227

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Drawer M
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, NI
Steel

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

228

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30M000S.04

2x
2x
2x

TIP-ON **

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides and cover


caps left/right

SW
TS
358M2702SA
358M3002SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Colour
Silk white
SW
TS
Terra black
Inox
Stainless steel

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

Space requirement

Inox
358M2702IA
358M3002IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA

R7037 RAL 7037 light grey


S
Black
NI
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Drawer M
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
400
450
500

LW - 75 mm

Back
84 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550
600
650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
250
Accessories
250
Cabinet profile fixing positions
254
Catalogue 2013/2014

256
605
684

229

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner drawer M
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner drawers either with handle or handle and
latch

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, NI
Steel

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, NI
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30M000S.04

Part no.
ZIF.80M0.01

NL
*

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Drawer sides and cover


caps left/right

SW
TS
358M2702SA
358M3002SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Accessories
Handle
Material
Nylon

Alternative to 6a
Handle and latch
6b
Material
Nylon
Colour
Silk white
SW
TS
Terra black
Inox
Stainless steel

230

Nominal length
With handle

Inox
358M2702IA
358M3002IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA

Front piece without groove


Colour
Length
Part no.
SW, TS, NI
For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Z31L1036A
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm

6a

Space requirement

Catalogue 2013/2014

Colour
SW, S, R7037

Part no.
ZIF.80M5

Colour
SW, S, R7037

Part no.
ZIF.80M7

R7037 RAL 7037 light grey


S
Black
NI
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

* A minimum space of 73 mm
can be accommodated by using
ZIF.80M5

Front drilling dimensions for


latch

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
400
450
500

LW - 75 mm

Back
84 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550
600
650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
250
Accessories
250
Cabinet profile fixing positions
254
Catalogue 2013/2014

256
605
684

231

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D


- With BOXCOVER and design element
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

BOXCOVER left/right
Material
Colour
SW, TS
Steel
Stainless steel
Inox

9a

Glass design element (side)


Material
Glass

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z36L002G.S
Z36L002G.I

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides and cover


caps left/right

SW
TS
358L2702SA2
358L3002SA2
358L3502SA2
358L4002SA2
358L4502SA2
358L5002SA2
358L5502SA2
359L6002SA2
359L6502SA2

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, NI

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
Screw-on
EXPANDO

Part no.
Z37GxxxD

Colour
Silk white
SW
TS
Terra black
Inox
Stainless steel

232

Space requirement

Catalogue 2013/2014

Inox
358L2702IA2
358L3002IA2
358L3502IA2
358L4002IA2
358L4502IA2
358L5002IA2
358L5502IA2
359L6002IA2
359L6502IA2

Part no.
Z30D000SL

2x
2x

Part no.
ZSF.5220
ZSF.532E

R7037 RAL 7037 light grey


S
Black
NI
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO front

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
A

400
450

LW - 75 mm

500

Back
199 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

Cutting dimensions design element

550
600
650

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

The given dimensions in combination with TANDEMBOX do not require


impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Design element
248
Accessories steel back
250
Accessories
250

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

254
256
605
684

233

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner pull-out BOXCOVER D


- With BOXCOVER and design element
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

BOXCOVER left/right
Material
Colour
SW, TS
Steel
Stainless steel
Inox

9a

Glass design element (side)


Material
Glass

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z36L002G.S
Z36L002G.I

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides and cover


caps left/right

SW
TS
358L2702SA2
358L3002SA2
358L3502SA2
358L4002SA2
358L4502SA2
358L5002SA2
358L5502SA2
359L6002SA2
359L6502SA2

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Inox
358L2702IA2
358L3002IA2
358L3502IA2
358L4002IA2
358L4502IA2
358L5002IA2
358L5502IA2
359L6002IA2
359L6502IA2

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, NI

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, NI
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008

4a

Glass design element (for inner pull-out front)


Material
Glass

Front piece with groove


Colour
Length
Part no.
SW, TS, NI
For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Z31L1036AN
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm

Part no.
Z37GxxxD

Colour
Silk white
SW
TS
Terra black
Inox
Stainless steel

234

Space requirement

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
Z30D000SL

Part no.
ZIF.81D0.01

Part no.
Z37GxxxD

R7037 RAL 7037 light grey


S
Black
NI
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out BOXCOVER D
Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
A

400
450

LW - 75 mm

500

Back
199 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

Cutting dimensions design element

550
600
650

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

The given dimensions in combination with TANDEMBOX do not require


impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Design element
248
Accessories steel back
250
Accessories
250

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

254
256
605
684

235

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D


- With BOXCAP
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, NI

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
Screw-on
EXPANDO

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30D000SL

2x
2x

TIP-ON **

Part no.
ZSF.5220
ZSF.532E

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides and cover


caps left/right

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

SW
TS
358L2702SA2
358L3002SA2
358L3502SA2
358L4002SA2
358L4502SA2
358L5002SA2
358L5502SA2
359L6002SA2
359L6502SA2

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Inox
358L2702IA2
358L3002IA2
358L3502IA2
358L4002IA2
358L4502IA2
358L5002IA2
358L5502IA2
359L6002IA2
359L6502IA2

BOXCAP left/right

SW
TS
Z37L260S.D
Z37L290S.D
Z37L340S.D
Z37L390S.D
Z37L440S.D
Z37L490S.D
Z37L540S.D
Z37L590S.D
Z37L640S.D

Colour
Silk white
SW
TS
Terra black
Inox
Stainless steel

236

Space requirement

Inox
Z37L260I.D
Z37L290I.D
Z37L340I.D
Z37L390I.D
Z37L440I.D
Z37L490I.D
Z37L540I.D
Z37L590I.D
Z37L640I.D

R7037 RAL 7037 light grey


S
Black
NI
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO front

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
400
450
500

LW - 75 mm

Back
199 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550
600
650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
250
Accessories
250
Cabinet profile fixing positions
254
Catalogue 2013/2014

256
605
684

237

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner pull-out BOXCAP D


- With BOXCAP
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, NI

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, NI
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30D000SL

Part no.
ZIF.82D0.01

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides and cover


caps left/right

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

SW
TS
358L2702SA2
358L3002SA2
358L3502SA2
358L4002SA2
358L4502SA2
358L5002SA2
358L5502SA2
359L6002SA2
359L6502SA2

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Inox
358L2702IA2
358L3002IA2
358L3502IA2
358L4002IA2
358L4502IA2
358L5002IA2
358L5502IA2
359L6002IA2
359L6502IA2

Front piece without groove


Colour
Length
Part no.
SW, TS, NI
For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Z31L1036A
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm

Cross gallery
Colour
SW, TS, NI
Cutting

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

238

Space requirement

Catalogue 2013/2014

Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 1046 mm
ZRG.1046Z
Internal cabinet width LW - 122 mm

BOXCAP left/right

SW
TS
Z37L260S.D
Z37L290S.D
Z37L340S.D
Z37L390S.D
Z37L440S.D
Z37L490S.D
Z37L540S.D
Z37L590S.D
Z37L640S.D

Inox
Z37L260I.D
Z37L290I.D
Z37L340I.D
Z37L390I.D
Z37L440I.D
Z37L490I.D
Z37L540I.D
Z37L590I.D
Z37L640I.D

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out BOXCAP D
Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
400
450
500

LW - 75 mm

Back
199 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550
600
650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
250
Accessories
250
Cabinet profile fixing positions
254
Catalogue 2013/2014

256
605
684

239

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Corner cabinet

Box systems

SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION


- Inspiring opening and closing function with
SYNCROMOTION
- Use of standard fronts
- High fronted pull-out with BOXCOVER or
BOXCAP
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action

Order information
Drawer
Drawer M

Colour
SW
Silk white
TS
Terra black
Inox
Stainless steel

High fronted pull-out


High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D

High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D

Colour
SW
Silk white
TS
Terra black
Inox
Stainless steel

SW
TS
Inox

Silk white
Terra black
Stainless steel

Please use our DYNALOG ordering software for all your ordering needs!

Planning
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your planning needs.

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Design element
Cutting dimensions design element
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details
240

223
561
248
233
250
254
363
605
684
Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts

Order information
Drawer
Drawer M

Box systems

- Using special fronts


- High fronted pull-out with BOXCOVER or
BOXCAP
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Colour
SW
Silk white
TS
Terra black
Inox
Stainless steel

High fronted pull-out


High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D

High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D

Colour
SW
Silk white
TS
Terra black
Inox
Stainless steel

SW
TS
Inox

Silk white
Terra black
Stainless steel

Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) ordering software for all your ordering needs!

Planning
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your planning needs.

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Design element
248
Cutting dimensions design element
233
Accessories
250

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

254
365
605
684

241

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Sink cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D


- With sink drawer side and divider for optimal
storage space utilisation
- With BOXCOVER and design element
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

Nominal
50 kg length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
559.6001B 600 mm
559.6501B 650 mm

Cabinet profiles
left/right

TIP-ON **
50 kg
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

11

Sink drawer side left/right

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

SW
TS
358M4504SG
358M5004SG
358M5504SG
358M6004SG
358M6504SG

Inox
358M4504IG
358M5004IG
358M5504IG
358M6004IG
358M6504IG

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides and cover


caps left/right

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

SW
TS
358L4502SA2
358L5002SA2
358L5502SA2
359L6002SA2
359L6502SA2

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Inox
358L4502IA2
358L5002IA2
358L5502IA2
359L6002IA2
359L6502IA2

BOXCOVER left/right
Material
Colour
SW, TS
Steel
Inox
Stainless steel

Part no.
Z36L002G.S
Z36L002G.I

9a

Glass design element (side)


Material
Glass

Part no.
Z37GxxxD

Steel back L-shape left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, NI

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
Screw-on
EXPANDO

Part no.
Z30D120S.6S

2x
2x

Part no.
ZSF.5220
ZSF.532E

12

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, NI

Part no.
Z30N000S.04

13

Adapter left/right
Material
Nylon

Part no.
Z30N0002.6Z

Colour
Silk white
SW
TS
Terra black
Inox
Stainless steel

242

Space requirement

Catalogue 2013/2014

Colour
R7037

R7037 RAL 7037 light grey


S
Black
NI
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO front

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

Divider dimensions

500
550
600

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

650

Base
NL - 22 mm

Divider
53 mm

KB
LW
NL
SPW

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length
Internal width between
sink drawer sides

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Design element
248
Cutting dimensions design element
233
Accessories
250

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

254
256
605
684

243

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Sink cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D


- With sink drawer side and divider for optimal
storage space utilisation
- With BOXCAP
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

Nominal
50 kg length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
559.6001B 600 mm
559.6501B 650 mm

Cabinet profiles
left/right

TIP-ON **
50 kg
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

11

Sink drawer side left/right

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

SW
TS
358M4504SG
358M5004SG
358M5504SG
358M6004SG
358M6504SG

244

Inox
358M4504IG
358M5004IG
358M5504IG
358M6004IG
358M6504IG

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides and cover


caps left/right

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

SW
TS
358L4502SA2
358L5002SA2
358L5502SA2
359L6002SA2
359L6502SA2

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Inox
358L4502IA2
358L5002IA2
358L5502IA2
359L6002IA2
359L6502IA2

BOXCAP left/right

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

SW
TS
Z37L440S.D
Z37L490S.D
Z37L540S.D
Z37L590S.D
Z37L640S.D

Inox
Z37L440I.D
Z37L490I.D
Z37L540I.D
Z37L590I.D
Z37L640I.D

Steel back L-shape left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, NI
Steel

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
Screw-on
EXPANDO

Part no.
Z30D120S.6S

2x
2x

Part no.
ZSF.5220
ZSF.532E

12

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, NI

Part no.
Z30N000S.04

13

Adapter left/right
Material
Nylon

Part no.
Z30N0002.6Z

Catalogue 2013/2014

Colour
R7037

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO front

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

Divider dimensions

500
550
600
650

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

Base
NL - 22 mm

Divider
53 mm

KB
LW
NL
SPW

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length
Internal width between
sink drawer sides

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223 Overview assembly devices
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
More technical details
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories
250
Cabinet profile fixing positions
254
Assembly, removal and adjustment
256
Catalogue 2013/2014

605
684

245

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Larder unit

Box systems

SPACE TOWER

Order information
Inner pull-out
Application recommendation
Inner pull-out
ORGA-LINE

- The larder unit is equipped with inner drawers,


with shelves in the upper section
- Enough space and plenty of stability, even for
large and bulky items
- ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for pullouts puts everything in order and allows easy
access
- Up to 55 % more storage space through the
use of higher back and side walls
- Allows access from all sides
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

234
570

238
570

Front
CLIP top 155 hinge

110

Recommended cabinet widths: 450 - 600 mm

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
CLIP top 155 hinge
110
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories
250
246

Catalogue 2013/2014

256
605
684

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER
Front drilling dimensions

All dimensions are aligned with the 32 mm system.

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your
planning needs.

1st system drilling used for cabinet base 16 mm and bottom gap = 0 mm.

Page instructions
Number of Hinges
Catalogue 2013/2014

692
247

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Design element
Glass design element plain

Box systems

- Unique designs for the furniture interior


- Glass without imprint, frosted or clear

Order information
Glass without imprint
Glass design element
(side)
Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Optiwhite
clear
Z37G210D
Z37G240D
Z37G290D
Z37G340D
Z37G390D
Z37G440D
Z37G490D
Z37G540D
Z37G590D

Optiwhite
frosted
Z37G210D
Z37G240D
Z37G290D
Z37G340D
Z37G390D
Z37G440D
Z37G490D
Z37G540D
Z37G590D

Cabinet
width KB
300 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
600 mm
900 mm
1200 mm

Glass design element (for


inner pull-out front)
Side panel thickness 15, 16 mm
Optiwhite
Optiwhite
clear
frosted
Z37G150D
Z37G150D
Z37G250D
Z37G250D
Z37G300D
Z37G300D
Z37G350D
Z37G350D
Z37G450D
Z37G450D
Z37G750D
Z37G750D
Z37G1050D Z37G1050D

Cabinet
width KB
300 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
600 mm
900 mm
1200 mm

223
256
605
684

Glass design element (for


inner pull-out front)
Side panel thickness 18, 19 mm
Optiwhite
Optiwhite
clear
frosted
Z37G144D
Z37G144D
Z37G244D
Z37G244D
Z37G294D
Z37G294D
Z37G344D
Z37G344D
Z37G444D
Z37G444D
Z37G744D
Z37G744D
Z37G1044D Z37G1044D

Web-Link

Imitation leather design element


- Unique designs for the furniture interior
- Different colours and structures

Order information
Imitation leather
- 9 different colours and structures
- All nominal lengths and widths are possible

http://myintivo.blum.com
Design Configurator
Setting accents with imitation leather configure your design element according to your
desires.
The programme can vary depending on the
country. Please contact your distributor if your
have any questions.

- For cutting to size


- More information on the Internet

Overview imitation leather

248

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

Z37FxxxDx

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Design element
Web-Link

Glass design element printed

Order information
Glass printed with patterns from Blum
- Individual manufacturing
- All nominal lengths and widths are possible
- Minimum order quantity: 50 pieces
Glass printed with individual patterns
- Individual manufacturing
Your own
- All nominal lengths and widths are possible
design!
- Minimum order quantity: 50 pieces

Note

http://myintivo.blum.com
Design Configurator
Setting styles with glass configure your pattern according to your colour desires.
The programme can vary depending on the
country. Please contact your distributor if your
have any questions.

Box systems

- Unique designs for the furniture interior


- Glass printed with a pattern from Blum or with
a customised imprint

- More information on the Internet

- More information on the Internet

- The patterns are manufactured individually for


you and your customers
- All patterns come in a range of colour combinations using a screen printing process
- On the inside up to three RAL colours can be
printed
- Any two RAL colours for the pattern
- For design elements made from clear glass an
additional RAL full surface colour is possible
as a background

Catalogue 2013/2014

Z37GxxxDx

Z37GxxxD.xx

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

223
256
605
684

249

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Accessories
Steel back

Box systems

- For TANDEMBOX
- Material: steel
- Colour: silk white, terra black, nickel plated

Planning
Calculation of width

Back height
N height
M height
D height

Part no.
Z30NxxxS.6
Z30MxxxS.6
Z30DxxxS.6

xxx Back width


Example:
Internal cabinet width 567 mm - 28 mm = back width 539 mm
Order: Z30M539S.6 in white

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


NL
LW
Base
NL - 22 mm

Nominal length
Inner cabinet width

LW - 75 mm

Side stabilisation top mounted


- Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted
pull-outs
- Recommendation: cabinet width 900 to 1200 mm
- Aluminium rod suitable for KB 1200 mm, for cutting to size
- Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE
Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW - 86 mm
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet

250

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Page instructions
Fixing for side stabilisation
Assembly

Space requirement in
cabinet

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
ZST.450BA
ZST.500BA
ZST.550BA
ZST.600BA
ZST.650BA
255

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Accessories
Front stabilisation
- For stabilising wide and high fronts
- Reinforces the connection between the drawer
side and the front
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
Z96.10E1

Front drilling dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet

Front stabilisation

Catalogue 2013/2014

251

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Accessories
Chipboard screws

3.5 mm
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
15 mm
17 mm

Part no.
609.1500
609.1700

3.5

6.0 mm

Box systems

System screws
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm

Special system screws

Part no.
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm

Part no.
662.1150.HG
662.1300.HG
662.1450.HG

Centre bit
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened

Centre bit
Replacement bit

Part no.
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Stick-on door buffer

Part no.
993.710

8 mm door buffer

Part no.
993.706

8 mm door buffer
- For noise reduction
- Gap 2 mm
- Two-part
- Material: nylon, RAL 9006 white aluminium

252

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver
- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no.
303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver

Part no.
314.928.1

- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm


- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Catalogue 2013/2014

253

Box systems

Slotted screwdriver

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 558B 30 kg

A
B

Cabinet profile 559B 50 kg


*

270

450
*

300 - 350

500 - 550
*

*
600

Box systems

450

650
*

500 - 550

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional

Cabinet profile 556B 65 kg

Cabinet profile 559T 20/30/50 kg

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional

254

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Side stabilisation top mounted
Nominal length NL (mm)
450
500
550
600

Box systems

650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

255

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer

Box systems

Assembly

Drawer

Assembly

Removal

Adjustment

Height adjustment

Side adjustment

Drawer insertion and removal

Insertion

256

Removal

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Assembly

30 mm dimension can be reduced if


ZIF.80M5 handle is utilised

Locking piece Z31A0008

Starting with cabinet width KB


600 mm

Inner drawer

Removal

Handle and latch

Assembly

Attached to the centre on the latch

Catalogue 2013/2014

257

Box systems

Inner drawer

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Handle and latch

Box systems

Latch is activated

Released when latch is activated

Activate or deactivate latch

High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER

Assembly

High fronted pull-out BOXCAP

Assembly

High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER/BOXCAP

Removal

258

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER

Box systems

Removal

High fronted pull-out BOXCAP

Removal

Adjustment BOXCOVER/BOXCAP

Tightening
Additional stability starting with
front height 400 mm

Tilt adjustment

Adjustment BOXCOVER/BOXCAP

Height adjustment

Side adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

259

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Inner pull-out BOXCOVER

Box systems

Assembly

Inner pull-out BOXCOVER


1

Removal

Inner pull-out BOXCAP


2

Assembly

Inner pull-out BOXCAP


1

Removal

260

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Locking piece Z31A0008

Box systems

Starting with cabinet width KB


600 mm

Sink cabinet

Assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

261

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro

The minimalist line rectangular with a clear design all the way down the line
TANDEMBOX antaro has a clear, rectangular
style either with a gallery or as a closed box
with a design element. All the components
are colour-coordinated, thus accentuating the
minimalist product design.

Box systems

You also have the option of using the different


opening support systems. SERVO-DRIVE,
the electrical opening support system in combination with BLUMOTION, or TIP-ON, the
mechanical opening support system.

Characteristic of the minimalist


product design: the rectangular
gallery

Design elements dont just provide closed containers but also give your
kitchen character. Choose from Blum design elements made from glass
or metal. Other materials are also possible, such as wood

All nylon components are matched The coordinated colour and material programme includes three steel variwith the relevant drawer side colour ants: silk white, grey (white aluminium, RAL 9006) and terra black as well
as stainless steel (Inox)

262

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Overview
TANDEMBOX antaro

Symbol image
Accessories

300 Centre bit


301 Door buffer
301 Screwdriver
302
303
303
304

Design element
Steel back
Back fixing B height
Flexible gallery fixing
Side stabilisation top mounted
Front stabilisation
Screws
Symbol image
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 558B 30 kg
Cabinet profile 559B 50 kg
Cabinet profile 556B 65 kg
Cabinet profile 559T 20/30/50 kg
Side stabilisation top mounted

306
306
306
306
307

Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer
Adjustment
Inner drawer
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out design element
Inner pull-out
High fronted pull-out alu frames
Symbol image
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

304
304
305

308 Sink cabinet


308
309
310
310
311
312

313

Height of Drawer Side

General Information

Dynamic carrying capacity in kg

Accessories

Planning

TANDEMBOX antaro

Cutting

Corner cabinet

Assembly

Sink cabinet

Assembly, removal and adjustment

Larder unit
Drawer
Inner drawer
High fronted pull-out
Inner pull-out
Gallery
Installation height and/or min. space
requirement in cabinet
Catalogue 2013/2014

263

Box systems

264

Overview applications

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Overview applications
Standard cabinet
Drawer
Drawer N

Box systems

Drawer M

Drawer K

High fronted pull-out


High fronted pull-out gallery C

Design element possible


High fronted pull-out gallery D

Inner drawer

266

Inner drawer M

268

272

Inner drawer K

Inner pull-out

276

274
Inner pull-out gallery C

Design element possible


Inner pull-out gallery D

278

Design element possible


280
High fronted pull-out gallery D K
drawer side

Design element possible


282
Inner pull-out gallery D K drawer
side

284
High fronted pull-out gallery C alu
frames

286

Design element possible


288
High fronted pull-out gallery D alu
frames

Design element possible


Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with
SYNCROMOTION

264

270

290

Design element possible


SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts

292

Design element possible

293

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Overview applications

Larder unit

Design element possible


High fronted pull-out gallery D

294

Design element possible

296

SPACE TOWER

Cabinet width 450 - 600 mm


Accessories

Box systems

Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out gallery C

298

Glass design element

Metal design element

300

300

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Catalogue 2013/2014

265

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Drawer N
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles
1
left/right

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

Cabinet profiles
left/right

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

30/50 kg SW TS R9006
559.4001T 358N4002SA
559.4501T 358N4502SA
559.5001T 358N5002SA
559.5501T 358N5502SA

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, R9006, NI
Steel

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

Nominal length

Inox
358N4002IA
358N4502IA
358N5002IA
358N5502IA

Part no.
Z30N000S.04

2x
2x
2x

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

Colour
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

266

NL

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

BLUMOTION * TIP-ON **
30 kg
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

Space requirement

Catalogue 2013/2014

S
WGR
R7037
NI

Black
White grey
RAL 7037 light grey
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Drawer N
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
400

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

450

LW - 87 mm

500
A

550

96

32
96
32 32
192
288
320

9
37

LW - 75 mm

Back
69 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263 More technical details
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Accessories steel back
301
Accessories
300
Cabinet profile fixing positions
306
Assembly, removal and adjustment
308
Overview assembly devices
605
Catalogue 2013/2014

684

267

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Drawer M
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Cabinet profiles
left/right

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, R9006, NI
Steel

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

2x
2x
2x

SW TS R9006
358M2702SA
358M3002SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30M000S.04

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

Colour
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

TIP-ON **

268

Space requirement

Inox
358M2702IA
358M3002IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

Catalogue 2013/2014

S
WGR
R7037
NI

Black
White grey
RAL 7037 light grey
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Drawer M
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
400
450
500

LW - 75 mm

Back
84 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550
600
650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
301
Accessories
300
Cabinet profile fixing positions
306
Catalogue 2013/2014

308
605
684

269

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner drawer M
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner drawers either with handle or handle and
latch
Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Cabinet profiles
left/right

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, R9006, NI
Steel

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon
SW, S, WGR, R7037
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

SW TS R9006
358M2702SA
358M3002SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30M000S.04

Part no.
ZIF.71M0

Inox
358M2702IA
358M3002IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA

Accessories
Handle
Material
Nylon

Alternative to 6a
Handle and latch
6b
Material
Nylon
Colour
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

270

Nominal length
With handle

Front piece without groove


Colour
Length
Part no.
SW, TS, R9006, NI For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Z31L1036A
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm

6a

NL
*

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

TIP-ON **
50 kg

Space requirement

Colour
SW, S, WGR, R7037

Part no.
ZIF.80M5

Colour
SW, S, WGR, R7037

Part no.
ZIF.80M7

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

Catalogue 2013/2014

S
WGR
R7037
NI

Black
White grey
RAL 7037 light grey
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

* A minimum space of 73 mm
can be accommodated by using
ZIF.80M5

Front drilling dimensions for


latch

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
400
450
500

LW - 75 mm

Back
84 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550
600
650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
301
Accessories
300
Cabinet profile fixing positions
306
Catalogue 2013/2014

308
605
684

271

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Drawer K
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

TIP-ON **
50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, R9006
Steel

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

272

Cabinet profiles
left/right

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

Colour
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dowels left/right

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30K000S

2x
2x
2x

Space requirement

SW TS R9006
358K2702SA
358K3002SA
358K3502SA
358K4002SA
358K4502SA
358K5002SA
358K5502SA
359K6002SA
359K6502SA

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

Catalogue 2013/2014

S
WGR
R7037
NI

Black
White grey
RAL 7037 light grey
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Drawer K
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
400
450
500

LW - 75 mm

Back
116 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550
600
650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
301
Accessories
300
Cabinet profile fixing positions
306
Catalogue 2013/2014

308
605
684

273

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner drawer K
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner drawers either with handle or handle and
latch
Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Cabinet profiles
left/right

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

TIP-ON **
50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, R9006
Steel

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon
SW, S, WGR
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

Part no.
ZIF.71K0

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

SW TS R9006
358K2702SA
358K3002SA
358K3502SA
358K4002SA
358K4502SA
358K5002SA
358K5502SA
359K6002SA
359K6502SA

Accessories
Handle
Material
Nylon

Alternative to 6a
Handle and latch
6b
Material
Nylon
Colour
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

274

Nominal length

Front piece without groove


Colour
Length
Part no.
SW, TS, R9006
For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Z31L1036A
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm

6a

NL

Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dowels left/right

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30K000S

Space requirement

Colour
SW, S, WGR

Part no.
ZIF.80M5

Colour
SW, S, WGR

Part no.
ZIF.80M7

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

Catalogue 2013/2014

S
WGR
R7037
NI

Black
White grey
RAL 7037 light grey
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer K
Back installation dimensions

Front drilling dimensions for


latch

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
400
450
500

LW - 75 mm

Back
116 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550
600
650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
301
Accessories
300
Cabinet profile fixing positions
306
Catalogue 2013/2014

308
605
684

275

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out gallery C

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Cabinet profiles
left/right

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

- With simple gallery


- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

2x
2x
2x

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

SW TS R9006
358M2702SA
358M3002SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA

Part no.
Z30C000S

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

9a

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Inox
358M2702IA
358M3002IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA

Accessories
Locking piece set
Material
Nylon

Nominal length

Longside gallery
rail left/right

SW TS R9006
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC

Inox
ZRG.207RIIC
ZRG.237RIIC
ZRG.287RIIC
ZRG.337RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC

Colour
SW, S, WGR, R7037

Design element (side)


Material
Colour
Clear, frosted
Glass
Metal
SW, TS, R9006

Order specification, see accessories design element

Colour
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

276

NL

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

TIP-ON **

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, R9006, NI
Steel
Front fixing bracket
Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

Space requirement

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

Catalogue 2013/2014

S
WGR
R7037
NI

Part no.
Z36C0080

2x
2x

Part no.
Z37Rxx7C
Z37Axx7C

Black
White grey
RAL 7037 light grey
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery C
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

163

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
A

400
450

LW - 75 mm

500

Back
167 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

Cutting dimensions design element

550
600
650

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

The given dimensions in combination with TANDEMBOX do not require


impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element
300
Accessories steel back
301
Accessories
300

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

306
308
605
684

277

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner pull-out gallery C

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

- With simple gallery


- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Cabinet profiles
left/right

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, R9006, NI
Steel

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon
SW, S, WGR, R7037
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Incl. 2 x gallery head ZRG.000R5F

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

SW TS R9006
358M2702SA
358M3002SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30C000S

Part no.
ZIF.74C0

NL

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

TIP-ON **
50 kg

Space requirement

Inox
358M2702IA
358M3002IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA

Nominal length

Longside gallery
rail left/right

SW TS R9006
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC

Front piece without groove


Colour
Length
Part no.
SW, TS, R9006, NI For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Z31L1036A
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm

Cross gallery
Colour
Length
Part no.
SW, TS, R9006, NI For cutting to size, 1046 mm
ZRG.1046Z
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 122 mm

Accessories
Locking piece set
Material
Nylon

Colour
SW, S, WGR, R7037

Design element (side)


Material
Colour
Clear, frosted
Glass
Metal
SW, TS, R9006

9a

Order specification, see accessories design element

Colour
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

278

Inox
ZRG.207RIIC
ZRG.237RIIC
ZRG.287RIIC
ZRG.337RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

Catalogue 2013/2014

S
WGR
R7037
NI

Part no.
Z36C0080

2x
2x

Part no.
Z37Rxx7C
Z37Axx7C

Black
White grey
RAL 7037 light grey
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery C
Back installation dimensions

Box systems

163

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
A

400
450

LW - 75 mm

500

Back
167 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

Cutting dimensions design element

550
600
650

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

The given dimensions in combination with TANDEMBOX do not require


impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element
300
Accessories steel back
301
Accessories
300

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

306
308
605
684

279

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out gallery D

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Cabinet profiles
left/right

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

- With simple gallery


- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

2x
2x
2x

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

SW TS R9006
358M2702SA
358M3002SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30D000SL

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

9a

Inox
358M2702IA
358M3002IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA

Accessories
Locking piece set
Material
Nylon

Nominal length

Longside gallery
rail left/right

SW TS R9006
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC

Inox
ZRG.207RIIC
ZRG.237RIIC
ZRG.287RIIC
ZRG.337RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC

Colour
SW, S, WGR, R7037

Design element (side)


Material
Colour
Clear, frosted
Glass
Metal
SW, TS, R9006

Order specification, see accessories design element

Colour
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

280

NL

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

TIP-ON **

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, R9006, NI
Steel
Front fixing bracket
Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

Space requirement

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

Catalogue 2013/2014

S
WGR
R7037
NI

Part no.
Z36D0080

2x
2x

Part no.
Z37Rxx7D
Z37Axx7D

Black
White grey
RAL 7037 light grey
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery D
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

10

+ 0.2
0.1

10

+ 0.2
0.1

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

min 47.5 32

128

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

12

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
A

400
450

LW - 75 mm

500

Back
199 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

Cutting dimensions design element

550
600
650

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

The given dimensions in combination with TANDEMBOX do not require


impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element
300
Accessories steel back
301
Accessories
300

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

306
308
605
684

281

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner pull-out gallery D

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

- With simple gallery


- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Cabinet profiles
left/right

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, R9006, NI
Steel

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon
SW, S, WGR, R7037
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Incl. 2 x gallery head ZRG.000R5F

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

SW TS R9006
358M2702SA
358M3002SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30D000SL

Part no.
ZIF.74D0

NL

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

TIP-ON **
50 kg

Space requirement

Inox
358M2702IA
358M3002IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA

Nominal length

Longside gallery
rail left/right

SW TS R9006
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC

Front piece without groove


Colour
Length
Part no.
SW, TS, R9006, NI For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Z31L1036A
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm

Cross gallery
Colour
Length
Part no.
SW, TS, R9006, NI For cutting to size, 1046 mm
ZRG.1046Z
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 122 mm

Accessories
Locking piece set
Material
Nylon

Colour
SW, S, WGR, R7037

Design element (side)


Material
Colour
Clear, frosted
Glass
Metal
SW, TS, R9006

9a

Order specification, see accessories design element

Colour
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

282

Inox
ZRG.207RIIC
ZRG.237RIIC
ZRG.287RIIC
ZRG.337RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

Catalogue 2013/2014

S
WGR
R7037
NI

Part no.
Z36D0080

2x
2x

Part no.
Z37Rxx7D
Z37Axx7D

Black
White grey
RAL 7037 light grey
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery D
Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
A

400
450

LW - 75 mm

500

Back
199 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

Cutting dimensions design element

550
600
650

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

The given dimensions in combination with TANDEMBOX do not require


impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element
300
Accessories steel back
301
Accessories
300

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

306
308
605
684

283

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out gallery D K drawer side


- With simple gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

TIP-ON **
50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, R9006
Steel

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

284

Cabinet profiles
left/right

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

Colour
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

NL

Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dowels left/right

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30D000SL

2x
2x
2x

Space requirement

SW TS R9006
358K2702SA
358K3002SA
358K3502SA
358K4002SA
358K4502SA
358K5002SA
358K5502SA
359K6002SA
359K6502SA

Nominal length

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

Catalogue 2013/2014

Longside gallery
rail left/right

S
WGR
R7037
NI

SW TS R9006
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC

Black
White grey
RAL 7037 light grey
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery D K drawer side
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
400
450
500

LW - 75 mm

Back
199 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550
600
650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
301
Accessories
300
Cabinet profile fixing positions
306
Catalogue 2013/2014

308
605
684

285

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner pull-out gallery D K drawer side


- With simple gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Cabinet profiles
left/right

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

TIP-ON **
50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, R9006
Steel

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon
SW, S, WGR
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Incl. 2 x gallery head ZRG.000R5F

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

Part no.
ZIF.74D0

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

SW TS R9006
358K2702SA
358K3002SA
358K3502SA
358K4002SA
358K4502SA
358K5002SA
358K5502SA
359K6002SA
359K6502SA

Nominal length

Longside gallery
rail left/right

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

SW TS R9006
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC

Front piece without groove


Colour
Length
Part no.
SW, TS, R9006
For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Z31L1036A
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm

Cross gallery
Colour
SW, TS, R9006
Cutting

Colour
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

286

NL

Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dowels left/right

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30D000SL

Space requirement

Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 1046 mm
ZRG.1046Z
Internal cabinet width LW - 122 mm

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

Catalogue 2013/2014

S
WGR
R7037
NI

Black
White grey
RAL 7037 light grey
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery D K drawer side
Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
400
450
500

LW - 75 mm

Back
199 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550
600
650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
301
Accessories
300
Cabinet profile fixing positions
306
Catalogue 2013/2014

308
605
684

287

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out gallery C alu frames

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Cabinet profiles
left/right

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

- With simple gallery


- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

2x

SW TS R9006
358M2702SA
358M3002SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30C000S

Part no.
ZSF.3502

NL

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

TIP-ON **

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, R9006, NI
Steel
Front fixing bracket
Fixing method
Screw-on

Space requirement

4a

Inox
358M2702IA
358M3002IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA

Nominal length

Longside gallery
rail left/right

SW TS R9006
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC

Adapter for aluminium frames


Material
Colour
Nylon
Natural

2x

Part no.
ZRF.2200.01

Gallery head
Material
Nylon

2x

Part no.
ZRG.000R5F

Use countersunk screw 7 x 3.5 mm

8a

Accessories
Locking piece set
Material
Nylon

Colour
Natural

Colour
SW, S, WGR, R7037

Design element (side)


Material
Colour
Clear, frosted
Glass
Metal
SW, TS, R9006

9a

Order specification, see accessories design element

Colour
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

288

Inox
ZRG.207RIIC
ZRG.237RIIC
ZRG.287RIIC
ZRG.337RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

Catalogue 2013/2014

S
WGR
R7037
NI

Part no.
Z36C0080

2x
2x

Part no.
Z37Rxx7C
Z37Axx7C

Black
White grey
RAL 7037 light grey
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery C alu frames
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

163

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
A

400
450

LW - 75 mm

500

Back
167 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

Cutting dimensions design element

550
600
650

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

The given dimensions in combination with TANDEMBOX do not require


impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element
300
Accessories steel back
301
Accessories
300

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

306
308
605
684

289

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out gallery D alu frames

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Cabinet profiles
left/right

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

- With simple gallery


- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

2x

SW TS R9006
358M2702SA
358M3002SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30D000SL

Part no.
ZSF.3502

NL

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

TIP-ON **

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
SW, TS, R9006, NI
Steel
Front fixing bracket
Fixing method
Screw-on

Space requirement

4a

Inox
358M2702IA
358M3002IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA

Nominal length

Longside gallery
rail left/right

SW TS R9006
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC

Adapter for aluminium frames


Material
Colour
Nylon
Natural

2x

Part no.
ZRF.2200.01

Gallery head
Material
Nylon

2x

Part no.
ZRG.000R5F

Use countersunk screw 7 x 3.5 mm

8a

Accessories
Locking piece set
Material
Nylon

Colour
Natural

Colour
SW, S, WGR, R7037

Design element (side)


Material
Colour
Clear, frosted
Glass
Metal
SW, TS, R9006

9a

Order specification, see accessories design element

Colour
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

290

Inox
ZRG.207RIIC
ZRG.237RIIC
ZRG.287RIIC
ZRG.337RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

Catalogue 2013/2014

S
WGR
R7037
NI

Part no.
Z36D0080

2x
2x

Part no.
Z37Rxx7D
Z37Axx7D

Black
White grey
RAL 7037 light grey
Nickel plated

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery D alu frames
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
A

400
450

LW - 75 mm

500

Back
199 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

Cutting dimensions design element

550
600
650

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

The given dimensions in combination with TANDEMBOX do not require


impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element
300
Accessories steel back
301
Accessories
300

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

306
308
605
684

291

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Corner cabinet

Box systems

SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION


- Inspiring opening and closing function with
SYNCROMOTION
- Use of standard fronts
- With simple gallery
- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action
Order information
Drawer
Drawer M

Colour
SW
Silk white
TS
Terra black
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Inox
Stainless steel

High fronted pull-out


High fronted pull-out gallery C

Design element possible


High fronted pull-out gallery D

Colour
SW
Silk white
TS
Terra black
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Inox
Stainless steel
SW
TS
R9006
Inox

Design element possible


Please use our DYNALOG ordering software for all your ordering needs!

Silk white
Terra black
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Stainless steel

Planning
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your planning needs.

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Accessories design element
Cutting dimensions design element C hight
Cutting dimensions design element D hight
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
292

263 More technical details


561
300
276
281
300
306
363
605
Catalogue 2013/2014

684

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts

Box systems

Order information
Drawer
Drawer M

- Using special fronts


- With simple gallery
- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Colour
SW
Silk white
TS
Terra black
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Inox
Stainless steel

High fronted pull-out


High fronted pull-out gallery D

Colour
SW
Silk white
TS
Terra black
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Inox
Stainless steel

Design element possible


Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) ordering software for all your ordering needs!

Planning
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your planning needs.

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element
300
Cutting dimensions design element D hight
281
Accessories
300

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

306
365
605
684

293

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Sink cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out gallery C

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

Nominal
length NL
450 mm 2 x
500 mm 2 x
550 mm 2 x
600 mm 2 x
650 mm 2 x

- With simple gallery


- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Cabinet profiles
left/right

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

TIP-ON **
50 kg

559.6001B
559.6501B

50 kg
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

SW TS R9006
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Inox
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA

Longside gallery rail left/


right

SW TS R9006
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC

Inox
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC

NL

11

SW TS R9006
358M4504SG
358M5004SG
358M5504SG
358M6004SG
358M6504SG

Nominal length

Sink drawer side


left/right

Inox
358M4504IG
358M5004IG
358M5504IG
358M6004IG
358M6504IG

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, R9006, NI

2x

Part no.
Z30C000S

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

2x
2x
2x

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

12

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, R9006, NI

Part no.
Z30N000S.04

13

Adapter left/right
Material
Nylon

Part no.
Z30N0002.6Z

Accessories
Locking piece set
Material
Nylon

9a

294

Space requirement

Catalogue 2013/2014

Colour
R7037

Colour
SW, S, WGR, R7037

Design element (side)


Material
Colour
Clear, frosted
Glass
Metal
SW, TS, R9006

Part no.
Z36C0080

2x
2x

Part no.
Z37Rxx7C
Z37Axx7C

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery C
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

163

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

Divider dimensions

500
550
600

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

650

Back
167 mm

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm

Divider
53 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element
300
Cutting dimensions design element C hight
276
Accessories
300

Y min. =
Y max. =

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

KB
LW
NL
SPW

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length
Internal width between
sink drawer sides

48 mm
225 mm

306
308
605
684

295

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Sink cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out gallery D

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

Nominal
length NL
450 mm 2 x
500 mm 2 x
550 mm 2 x
600 mm 2 x
650 mm 2 x

- With simple gallery


- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Cabinet profiles
left/right

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

TIP-ON **
50 kg

559.6001B
559.6501B

50 kg
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

SW TS R9006
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Inox
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA

Longside gallery rail left/


right

SW TS R9006
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC

Inox
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC

NL

11

SW TS R9006
358M4504SG
358M5004SG
358M5504SG
358M6004SG
358M6504SG

Nominal length

Sink drawer side


left/right

Inox
358M4504IG
358M5004IG
358M5504IG
358M6004IG
358M6504IG

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, R9006, NI

2x

Part no.
Z30D000SL

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

2x
2x
2x

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

12

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
SW, TS, R9006, NI

Part no.
Z30N000S.04

13

Adapter left/right
Material
Nylon

Part no.
Z30N0002.6Z

Accessories
Locking piece set
Material
Nylon

9a

296

Space requirement

Catalogue 2013/2014

Colour
R7037

Colour
SW, S, WGR, R7037

Design element (side)


Material
Colour
Clear, frosted
Glass
Metal
SW, TS, R9006

Part no.
Z36D0080

2x
2x

Part no.
Z37Rxx7D
Z37Axx7D

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery D
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

Divider dimensions

500
550
600

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

650

Back
199 mm

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm

Divider
53 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element
300
Cutting dimensions design element D hight
281
Accessories
300

Y min. =
Y max. =

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

KB
LW
NL
SPW

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length
Internal width between
sink drawer sides

48 mm
225 mm

306
308
605
684

297

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Larder unit

Box systems

SPACE TOWER

Order information
Inner pull-out
Application recommendation
Inner pull-out
ORGA-LINE
Inner pull-out
ORGA-LINE

- The larder unit is equipped with inner drawers,


with shelves in the upper section
- Enough space and plenty of stability, even for
large and bulky items
- ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for pullouts puts everything in order and allows easy
access
- Up to 55 % more storage space through the
use of higher back and side walls
- Allows access from all sides
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

278
572
282
572

Front
CLIP top 155 hinge

110

Recommended cabinet widths: 450 - 600 mm

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
CLIP top 155 hinge
110
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories
300
298

Catalogue 2013/2014

308
605
684

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER
Front drilling dimensions

All dimensions are aligned with the 32 mm system.

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your
planning needs.

1st system drilling used for cabinet base 16 mm and bottom gap = 0 mm.

Page instructions
Number of Hinges
Catalogue 2013/2014

692
299

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Accessories
Glass design element

Box systems

- Create closed containers and give your kitchen


character
- Glass, frosted or clear

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
Cutting dimensions design element C hight
Cutting dimensions design element D hight
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

263
276
281
310
605
684

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
Cutting dimensions design element C hight
Cutting dimensions design element D hight
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

263
276
281
310
605
684

Cutting
Nominal length NL - 33 mm
Order information
Glass design
element (side)

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

C height
Clear Frosted
Z37R237C
Z37R267C
Z37R317C
Z37R367C
Z37R417C
Z37R467C
Z37R517C
Z37R567C
Z37R617C

Glass design
element (side)

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

D height
Clear Frosted
Z37R237D
Z37R267D
Z37R317D
Z37R367D
Z37R417D
Z37R467D
Z37R517D
Z37R567D
Z37R617D

Metal design element


- Create closed containers and give your kitchen
character
- Material: aluminium
- For cutting to size

Cutting
Nominal length NL - 33 mm
Order information
Metal design
element (side)

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
650 mm
300

C height
SW TS R9006
Z37A417C
Z37A467C
Z37A517C
Z37A617C

Metal design
element (side)

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
650 mm

D height
SW TS R9006
Z37A417D
Z37A467D
Z37A517D
Z37A617D
Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Accessories
Steel back

Planning
Calculation of width

Back height
N height
M height
K height
C height
D height

Part no.
Z30NxxxS.6
Z30MxxxS.6
Z30KxxxS.6
Z30CxxxS.6
Z30DxxxS.6

Box systems

- For TANDEMBOX
- Material: steel
- Colour: silk white, terra black, RAL 9006 grey
(white aluminium), nickel plated

xxx Back width


Example:
Internal cabinet width 567 mm - 28 mm = back width 539 mm
Order: Z30M539S.6 in white

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


NL
LW
Base
NL - 22 mm

Nominal length
Inner cabinet width

LW - 75 mm

Back fixing B height


- For TANDEMBOX
- Material: steel
- Colour: silk white, terra black, RAL 9006 grey
(white aluminium), nickel plated

Cutting
Back height
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet

Installation dimensions
for screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Back fixing B height

Part no.
Z30B000S.04

135 mm

Back installation dimensions

Catalogue 2013/2014

301

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Accessories
Flexible gallery fixing

Box systems

- Material: steel
- Colour: silk white, terra black, RAL 9006 grey
(white aluminium), nickel plated

Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet
Free placement
Y = X - 4 mm
X
Back height

Space requirement in
cabinet

Installation dimensions
for screw-on front
Free placement
Z = X - 71 mm
X
Back height
FA Front overlay

Back installation dimensions


Free placement
W = X - 103 mm
X
Back height

Installation dimensions
for screw-on front

Back installation dimensions

Height D double gallery (back fixing Height D double gallery (back fixing Height D double gallery (back fixing
bracket height B)

bracket height B)

FA

302

bracket height B)

Front overlay

Catalogue 2013/2014

Flexible gallery fixing

Part no.
ZRR.5200

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Accessories
Side stabilisation top mounted

Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet

Space requirement in
cabinet

Space requirement in
cabinet

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Page instructions
Fixing for side stabilisation

Space requirement in
cabinet

Part no.
ZST.450BA
ZST.500BA
ZST.550BA
ZST.600BA
ZST.650BA
307

Assembly
Box systems

- Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted


pull-outs
- Recommendation: cabinet width 900 to 1200 mm
- Aluminium rod suitable for KB 1200 mm, for cutting to size
- Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE
Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW - 86 mm

Front stabilisation
- For stabilising wide and high fronts
- Reinforces the connection between the drawer
side and the front
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
Z96.10E1

Front drilling dimensions

12
+ 0.2
0.1

64

64

10

min 47.5
39.5 32

Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet

Front stabilisation

10

32

+ 0.2
0.1

64 X
min
(min 55)
10

Catalogue 2013/2014

303

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Accessories
Chipboard screws

3.5 mm
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
15 mm
17 mm

Part no.
609.1500
609.1700

3.5

6.0 mm

Box systems

System screws
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm

Special system screws

Part no.
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm

Part no.
662.1150.HG
662.1300.HG
662.1450.HG

Centre bit
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened

Centre bit
Replacement bit

Part no.
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Stick-on door buffer

Part no.
993.710

8 mm door buffer

Part no.
993.706

8 mm door buffer
- For noise reduction
- Gap 2 mm
- Two-part
- Material: nylon, RAL 9006 white aluminium

304

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver
- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no.
303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver

Part no.
314.928.1

- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm


- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Catalogue 2013/2014

305

Box systems

Slotted screwdriver

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 558B 30 kg

A
B

Cabinet profile 559B 50 kg


*

270

450
*

300 - 350

500 - 550
*

*
600

Box systems

450

650
*

500 - 550

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional

Cabinet profile 556B 65 kg

Cabinet profile 559T 20/30/50 kg

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional

306

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Side stabilisation top mounted
Nominal length NL (mm)
450
500
550
600

Box systems

650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

307

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer

Box systems

Assembly

Drawer

Assembly

Removal

Adjustment

Height adjustment

Side adjustment

Adjustment

Tilt adjustment

308

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer insertion and removal

Removal
Box systems

Insertion

Inner drawer

Assembly

30 mm dimension can be reduced if


ZIF.80M5 handle is utilised

Locking piece Z31A0008

Starting with cabinet width KB


600 mm

Inner drawer

Removal

Catalogue 2013/2014

309

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Handle and latch

Box systems

Assembly

Attached to the centre on the latch

Handle and latch

Latch is activated

Released when latch is activated

Activate or deactivate latch

High fronted pull-out

Assembly

High fronted pull-out design element

Assembly

310

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Assembly, removal and adjustment
High fronted pull-out design element

Box systems

Removal

High fronted pull-out

Removal

High fronted pull-out

Inner pull-out

NN



Catalogue 2013/2014

311

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Inner pull-out

Box systems

NN

Inner pull-out

Locking piece Z31A0008

Starting with cabinet width KB


600 mm

Inner pull-out

Removal

High fronted pull-out alu frames

NN

312

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Assembly, removal and adjustment
High fronted pull-out alu frames

Box systems

NN

High fronted pull-out alu frames

High fronted pull-out alu frames

Sink cabinet

Catalogue 2013/2014

313

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus

The versatile line


Thanks to the large programme variety of
TANDEMBOX plus, you can find the right
solutions for every application: whether its a
simple round gallery or enclosed box a wide
pull-out or a narrow drawer.

Box systems

You also have the option of using the different


opening support systems. SERVO-DRIVE,
the electrical opening support system in
combination with BLUMOTION or TIP-ON, the
mechanical opening support system.

Simple gallery
You can make the open drawer
using a single gallery

Nylon parts
The desired drawer side colour is
combined with the nylon parts in
light grey, e.g. for the inner pull-out
or ORGA-LINE

314

Double gallery
Double walled BOXSIDE
The pull-out can also be designed You can make an enclosed box uswith a double gallery as an alterna- ing a double walled BOXSIDE
tive to the single gallery

Modular system
The large programme variety of
TANDEMBOX plus enables you to
design the side of the pull-out to
suit a variety of applications

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Overview
TANDEMBOX plus
316

Symbol image
Accessories

Steel back
Side stabilisation top mounted
Side stabilisation installed at the back
Front stabilisation
METAFILE file drawer
Screws
Symbol image
Centre bit
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 558B 30 kg
Cabinet profile 559B 50 kg
Cabinet profile 556B 65 kg
Cabinet profile 559T 20/30/50 kg
Side stabilisation top mounted
Side stabilisation installed at the back
Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer
Adjustment
Inner drawer
High fronted pull-out
Inner pull-out
Locking piece Z31A0008
Symbol image
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request
General Information

352 Door buffer


352 Screwdriver
353
353
354
355
355

355
356
Box systems

Overview applications

358
358
358
358
359
359

360 SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts


360 Sink cabinet
361
361
362
362
363

365
365

Double-wall BOXSIDE

Accessories

Installation height and/or min. space


requirement in cabinet
Height of Drawer Side

TANDEMBOX plus

Dynamic carrying capacity in kg

Corner cabinet

Planning

Sink cabinet

Cutting

Larder unit

Assembly

Drawer

Assembly, removal and adjustment

Inner drawer
High fronted pull-out
Inner pull-out
Gallery
Double gallery

Catalogue 2013/2014

315

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Overview applications
Standard cabinet
Drawer
Drawer N

Box systems

Drawer M

Drawer K

High fronted pull-out


High fronted pull-out gallery B

Inner drawer

318

Inner drawer M

320

324

Inner drawer K

Inner pull-out

326
Inner pull-out gallery B

328
High fronted pull-out gallery C K
drawer side

330
Inner pull-out gallery C K drawer
side

332
High fronted pull-out double gallery
D

Inner pull-out double gallery D

336
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D

Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with
SYNCROMOTION

SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts

Inner pull-out BOXSIDE D

340

334

338

342

344

345

316

322

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Overview applications
Sink cabinet
Drawer
Drawer M

346
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D

348

Box systems

Larder unit

SPACE TOWER

Cabinet width 450 - 600 mm

350

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Catalogue 2013/2014

317

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Drawer N
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles
1

left/right

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

TIP-ON **
30/50 kg
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

318

Cabinet profiles
left/right

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

W R9006
358N4002S
358N4502S
358N5002S
358N5502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Part no.
Z30N000S.04

2x
2x
2x

Space requirement

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Drawer N
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

37.5

Box systems

38
22

min 33

78.5

min 48.5

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
400

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

450

LW - 87 mm

500
A

550

96

32
96
32 32
192
288
320

9
37

LW - 75 mm

Back
69 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 More technical details
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Accessories steel back
352
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Assembly, removal and adjustment
360
Overview assembly devices
605
Catalogue 2013/2014

684

319

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Drawer M
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

320

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30M000S.04

2x
2x
2x

TIP-ON **

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

W R9006
358M2702S
358M3002S
358M3502S
358M4002S
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

20
32

min 63.5
min 33

93.5

37.5

Box systems

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
400
450
500

LW - 75 mm

Back
84 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550
600
650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
352
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Catalogue 2013/2014

360
605
684

321

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner drawer M
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner drawers either with handle or handle and
latch
Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.2701B
558.3001B
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon
R7037
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30M000S.04

Part no.
ZIF.70M0

NL
*

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Nominal length
With handle

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

W R9006
358M2702S
358M3002S
358M3502S
358M4002S
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Front section
Colour
W, R9006
Cutting

6a

Space requirement

Accessories
Handle
Material
Nylon

Alternative to 6a
Handle and latch
6b
Material
Nylon

Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 1081 mm
Z31A1081A
Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm

Colour
R7037

Part no.
ZIF.7005

Colour
R7037

Part no.
ZIF.7007

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

322

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Back installation dimensions

* A minimum space of 72 mm
can be accommodated by using
ZIF.7005

Front drilling dimensions for


latch

32

20

Box systems

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

300

LW - 87 mm

350
400
450
500

LW - 75 mm

Back
84 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550
600
650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
352
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Catalogue 2013/2014

360
605
684

323

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Drawer K
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

324

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

30/50 kg
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30K000S

2x
2x
2x

TIP-ON **

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dowels left/right

W R9006
358K4002S
358K4502S
358K5002S
358K5502S
359K6002S
359K6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Drawer K
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

37.5

Box systems

32

min 33

125.5

min 95.5

32 22

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
400

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

450

LW - 87 mm

500
550
600
650

LW - 75 mm

Back
116 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
352
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Catalogue 2013/2014

360
605
684

325

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner drawer K
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner drawers either with handle or handle and
latch
Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon
R7037
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

TIP-ON **
30/50 kg
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30K000S

Part no.
ZIF.70K0

NL

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Nominal length

Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dowels left/right

W R9006
358K4002S
358K4502S
358K5002S
358K5502S
359K6002S
359K6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Front section
Colour
W, R9006
Cutting

6a

Space requirement

Accessories
Handle
Material
Nylon

Alternative to 6a
Handle and latch
6b
Material
Nylon

Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 1081 mm
Z31A1081A
Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm

Colour
R7037

Part no.
ZIF.7005

Colour
R7037

Part no.
ZIF.7007

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

326

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer K
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Back installation dimensions

Front drilling dimensions for


latch

32

Box systems

32 22

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
400

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

450

LW - 87 mm

500
550
600
650

LW - 75 mm

Back
116 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
352
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Catalogue 2013/2014

360
605
684

327

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out gallery B


- With simple gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back and gallery fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

328

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

30/50 kg
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30B000S.04

2x
2x
2x

TIP-ON **

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

W R9006
358M3502S
358M4002S
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Longside gallery
rail left/right

W, R9006
ZRG.296V.IC
ZRG.346V.IC
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery B
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in

+ 0.2
0.1

10

+ 0.2
0.1

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
350

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

400

LW - 87 mm

450
500
550
600

LW - 75 mm

Box systems

32
32
12

min 33

93.5

37.5

Back installation dimensions

39

10

min 47.5 32

64

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

min 127

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Back
135 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Accessories steel back
352
Accessories
352
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Catalogue 2013/2014

360
605
684

329

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner pull-out gallery B


- With simple gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner pull-out
Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back and gallery fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon
R7037
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008

330

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

TIP-ON **
30/50 kg
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30B000S.04

Part no.
ZIF.72B0

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

W R9006
358M3502S
358M4002S
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Front section
Colour
W, R9006
Cutting

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Longside gallery
rail left/right

W, R9006
ZRG.296V.IC
ZRG.346V.IC
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC

Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 1081 mm
Z31A1081A
Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery B
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Back installation dimensions

37.5

39

Box systems

32

min 33

32

93.5

min 127

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
350

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

400

LW - 87 mm

450
500
550
600

LW - 75 mm

Back
135 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Accessories steel back
352
Accessories
352
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Catalogue 2013/2014

360
605
684

331

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out gallery C K drawer side


- With simple gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back and gallery fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

332

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

30/50 kg
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30C000S

2x
2x
2x

TIP-ON **

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dowels left/right

W R9006
358K4002S
358K4502S
358K5002S
358K5502S
359K6002S
359K6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Longside gallery
rail left/right

W, R9006
ZRG.346V.IC
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery C K drawer side
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
400

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

450

LW - 87 mm

500
550
600
650

LW - 75 mm

Box systems

32
12

min 33

37.5

39
32

32

32

10 + 0.2
0.1

min 47.5 32

125.5

min 159

64

10 + 0.2
0.1

Back
167 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
352
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Catalogue 2013/2014

360
605
684

333

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner pull-out gallery C K drawer side


- With simple gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner pull-out with handle
Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back and gallery fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon
R7037
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

TIP-ON **
30/50 kg
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30C000S

Part no.
ZIF.72C0

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dowels left/right

W R9006
358K4002S
358K4502S
358K5002S
358K5502S
359K6002S
359K6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Longside gallery
rail left/right

W, R9006
ZRG.346V.IC
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC

Front section
Colour
W, R9006
Cutting

Handle
Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
R7037
ZIF.7008
Starting with cabinet width 900 mm we recommend 2 handles

Cross gallery
Colour
W, R9006
Cutting

Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 1081 mm
Z31A1081A
Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm

Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 1094 mm
ZRG.1094U
Internal cabinet width LW - 68 mm

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

334

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery C K drawer side
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Back installation dimensions

37.5

Box systems

32
32

min 33

32

125.5

min 159

39

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
400

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

450

LW - 87 mm

500
550
600
650

LW - 75 mm

Back
167 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
352
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Catalogue 2013/2014

360
605
684

335

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out double gallery D


- With double gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back and gallery fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

336

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

30/50 kg
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30D000S

2x
2x
2x

TIP-ON **

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

W R9006
358M3502S
358M4002S
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Nominal
length NL
350 mm 2 x
400 mm 2 x
450 mm 2 x
500 mm 2 x
550 mm 2 x
600 mm 2 x
650 mm 2 x

Longside gallery
rail left/right

W, R9006
ZRG.296V.IC
ZRG.346V.IC
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out double gallery D
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
10

+ 0.2
0.1

10

+ 0.2
0.1

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
350

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

400

LW - 87 mm

450
500
550
600

LW - 75 mm

Box systems

64
32

32

64

min 191

min 47.5 32

12

min 33

93.5

37.5

Back installation dimensions

32 8

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

64

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Back
199 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
352
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Catalogue 2013/2014

360
605
684

337

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner pull-out double gallery D


- With double gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner pull-out with handle
Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg

65 kg

559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Back and gallery fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon
R7037
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

TIP-ON **
30/50 kg
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30D000S

Part no.
ZIF.73D0

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

W R9006
358M3502S
358M4002S
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Nominal
length NL
350 mm 2 x
400 mm 2 x
450 mm 2 x
500 mm 2 x
550 mm 2 x
600 mm 2 x
650 mm 2 x

Longside gallery
rail left/right

W, R9006
ZRG.296V.IC
ZRG.346V.IC
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC

Front section
Colour
W, R9006
Cutting

Handle
Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
R7037
ZIF.7008
Starting with cabinet width 900 mm we recommend 2 handles

Cross gallery
Colour
W, R9006
Cutting

Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 1081 mm
Z31A1081A
Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm

Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 1094 mm
ZRG.1094U
Internal cabinet width LW - 68 mm

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

338

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out double gallery D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Back installation dimensions

37.5

Box systems

64
32

min 33

93.5

32

min 191

32 8

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
350

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

400

LW - 87 mm

450
500
550
600

LW - 75 mm

Back
199 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
352
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Catalogue 2013/2014

360
605
684

339

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D


- With double walled BOXSIDE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg
559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

Back and gallery fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

65 kg
556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

50 kg
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30D000S

2x
2x
2x

TIP-ON **

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

W R9006
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Longside gallery
rail left/right

W, R9006
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC

Double-wall BOXSIDE left/right

W R9006
Z37H418S.E
Z37H468S.E
Z37H518S.E
Z37H568S.E
Z37H618S.E

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

340

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in

+ 0.2
0.1

10

+ 0.2
0.1

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

500

LW - 87 mm

550
600
650

LW - 75 mm

Box systems

64
32
32

min 47.5 32

12

min 33

93.5

37.5

Back installation dimensions

32 8

10

128

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

min 191

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Back
199 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
352
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Catalogue 2013/2014

360
605
684

341

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Inner pull-out BOXSIDE D


- With double walled BOXSIDE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner pull-out with handle
Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

50 kg
559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B

Back and gallery fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Front fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon
R7037
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008

65 kg
556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

TIP-ON **
50 kg
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Part no.
Z30D000S

Part no.
ZIF.73D0

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

W R9006
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Longside gallery
rail left/right

W, R9006
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC

Front section
Colour
W, R9006
Cutting

Handle
Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
R7037
ZIF.7008
Starting with cabinet width 900 mm we recommend 2 handles

Cross gallery
Colour
W, R9006
Cutting

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 1081 mm
Z31A1081A
Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm

Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 1094 mm
ZRG.1094U
Internal cabinet width LW - 68 mm

Double-wall BOXSIDE left/right

W R9006
Z37H418S.E
Z37H468S.E
Z37H518S.E
Z37H568S.E
Z37H618S.E

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

342

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out BOXSIDE D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Back installation dimensions

37.5

Box systems

64
32

min 33

93.5

32

min 191

32 8

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

500

LW - 87 mm

550
600
650

LW - 75 mm

Back
199 mm
LW

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back
352
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Catalogue 2013/2014

360
605
684

343

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Corner cabinet

Box systems

SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION


- Inspiring opening and closing function with
SYNCROMOTION
- Use of standard fronts
- High fronted pull-out with BOXSIDE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action

Order information
Drawer
Drawer M

Colour
W
White
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

High fronted pull-out


High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D

Colour
W
White
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Please use our DYNALOG ordering software for all your ordering needs!

Planning
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your planning needs.

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

344

315
561
352
358
363
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts

Order information
Drawer
Drawer M

High fronted pull-out


High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D

Box systems

- Using special fronts


- High fronted pull-out with BOXSIDE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Colour
W
White
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Colour
W
White
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) ordering software for all your ordering needs!

Planning
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your planning needs.

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Overview assembly devices
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
More technical details
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Assembly, removal and adjustment
365
Catalogue 2013/2014

605
684

345

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Sink cabinet

Box systems

Drawer M
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

Space requirement

NL

Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *
30 kg
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

Cabinet profiles
left/right

Nominal
50 kg length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
559.6001B 600 mm
559.6501B 650 mm

TIP-ON **
50 kg
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Part no.
2 x Z30M000S.04

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

4x
4x
4x

346

Nominal
length NL
450 mm 2 x
500 mm 2 x
550 mm 2 x
600 mm 2 x
650 mm 2 x

Nominal length

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

W R9006
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Sink cabinet
Drawer M

+ 0.2
0.1

10

+ 0.2
0.1

10

+ 0.2
0.1

9
Box systems

10

20

+ 0.2
0.1

Back installation dimensions

32

10

12

Y + 44

min 33

93.5

37.5

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

min 47.5 32

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

min 63.5

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
450
500
550
600
650

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


Back
84 mm

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)

Y min. =
Y max. =

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Overview assembly devices
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
More technical details
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Assembly, removal and adjustment
360
Catalogue 2013/2014

KB
LW
NL
SPW

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length
Internal width between
sink drawer sides

48 mm
127 mm

605
684

347

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Sink cabinet

Box systems

High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D


- With sink drawer side and divider for optimal
storage space utilisation
- With double walled BOXSIDE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Order information
Cabinet profiles left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

BLUMOTION *

Nominal
50 kg length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
559.6001B 600 mm
559.6501B 650 mm

30 kg
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B

* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE

Nominal
length NL
450 mm 2 x
500 mm 2 x
550 mm 2 x
600 mm 2 x
650 mm 2 x

Double-wall
BOXSIDE left/
right

W R9006
Z37H418S.E
Z37H468S.E
Z37H518S.E
Z37H568S.E
Z37H618S.E

Cabinet profiles
left/right

TIP-ON **
50 kg
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

** Order specification, see TIP-ON


for TANDEMBOX

Nominal
length NL
450 mm 2 x
500 mm 2 x
550 mm 2 x
600 mm 2 x
650 mm 2 x

Longside gallery
rail left/right

W, R9006
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC

Space requirement

NL

Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

W R9006
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S

Cover caps can be printed with


customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs

Nominal length

11

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Sink drawer side


left/right

W R9006
358M4504SG
358M5004SG
358M5504SG
358M6004SG
358M6504SG

Back and gallery fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

2x

Part no.
Z30D000S

Front fixing bracket


Fixing method
INSERTA
Screw-on
Knock-in

2x
2x
2x

Part no.
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602

12

Back fixing left/right


Material
Colour
Steel
W, R9006

Part no.
Z30N000S.04

13

Adapter left/right
Material
Nylon

Part no.
Z30N0002.6Z

Colour
R7037

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

348

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


INSERTA/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

37.5

Box systems

min 33

93.5

32

32

min 191

64

32 8

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

Divider dimensions

500
550
600
650

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


Back
199 mm

Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm

Divider
53 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)

Y min. =
Y max. =

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Overview assembly devices
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
More technical details
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories
352
Cabinet profile fixing positions
358
Assembly, removal and adjustment
360
Catalogue 2013/2014

KB
LW
NL
SPW

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length
Internal width between
sink drawer sides

48 mm
225 mm

605
684

349

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Larder unit

Box systems

SPACE TOWER

Order information
Inner pull-out
Application recommendation
Inner pull-out
ORGA-LINE

- The larder unit is equipped with inner drawers,


with shelves in the upper section
- Enough space and plenty of stability, even for
large and bulky items
- ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for pullouts puts everything in order and allows easy
access
- Up to 55 % more storage space through the
use of higher back and side walls
- Allows access from all sides
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts

338

342
574

Front
CLIP top 155 hinge

110

Recommended cabinet widths: 450 - 600 mm

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview assembly devices
367 More technical details
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
CLIP top 155 hinge
110
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors
182
Accessories
352
350

Catalogue 2013/2014

360
605
684

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER
Front drilling dimensions

All dimensions are aligned with the 32 mm system.

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your
planning needs.

1st system drilling used for cabinet base 16 mm and bottom gap = 0 mm.

Page instructions
Number of Hinges
Catalogue 2013/2014

692
351

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Accessories
Steel back
Back height
N height
M height
K height
B height
C height
D height

Box systems

- For TANDEMBOX
- Material: steel
- Colour: white, RAL 9006 grey

Planning
Calculation of width

Part no.
Z30NxxxS.6
Z30MxxxS.6
Z30KxxxS.6
Z30BxxxS.6
Z30CxxxS.6
Z30DxxxS.6

xxx Back width


Example:
Internal cabinet width 567 mm - 28 mm = back width 539 mm
Order: Z30M539S.6 in white

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


NL
LW
Base
NL - 22 mm

Nominal length
Inner cabinet width

LW - 75 mm

Side stabilisation top mounted


- Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted
pull-outs
- Recommendation: cabinet width 900 to 1200 mm
- Aluminium rod suitable for KB 1200 mm, for cutting to size
- Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE
Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW - 86 mm
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet

352

Space requirement in
cabinet

Space requirement in
cabinet

Catalogue 2013/2014

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Page instructions
Fixing for side stabilisation

Space requirement in
cabinet

Assembly

Part no.
ZST.450BA
ZST.500BA
ZST.550BA
ZST.600BA
ZST.650BA
359

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Accessories
Side stabilisation installed at the back

Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet

Space requirement in
cabinet

Space requirement in
cabinet

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Page instructions
Fixing for side stabilisation

Space requirement in
cabinet

Part no.
ZST.450BB
ZST.500BB
ZST.550BB
ZST.600BB
ZST.650BB
359

Assembly
1

Box systems

- Additional stabilisation for extra wide high


fronted pull-outs
- Recommendation: cabinet width 900 to
1200 mm
- Aluminium rod suitable for KB 1200 mm, for
cutting to size
Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW - 86 mm

Front stabilisation
- For stabilising wide and high fronts
- Reinforces the connection between the drawer
side and the front
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
Z96.10E1

Front drilling dimensions

12
+ 0.2
0.1

64

64

10

min 47.5
39.5 32

Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet

Front stabilisation

10

32

+ 0.2
0.1

64 X
min
(min 55)
10

Catalogue 2013/2014

353

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Accessories
METAFILE file drawer

Installation dimensions
for screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions

Part no.
ZRM.5500

METAFILE

Page instructions
High fronted pull-out gallery B

Back installation dimensions

328

Assembly

min 33

37.5

160
64

2
10

+ 0.2
0.1

min 47.5 32

min 260

32

Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet

93.5

Box systems

- For tilt adjustment, high fronted pull-out, height


B with gallery
- Nominal length 350 to 550 mm
- Cabinet width 300 up to 600 mm
- Material: nylon/steel
- Colour: RAL 7037 light grey

min 36

12

DIN-A4 cutting dimensions across


Min. internal cabinet width =
2
1
432 mm
A4
329
[1] Nominal length - 35 mm
[2] Nominal length - 61 mm

354

DIN-A4 cutting dimensions lengthwise


Min. nominal length = 450 mm
3
1
2
[1] Nominal length - 35 mm
[2] 305 mm
[3] Nominal length - 414 mm
5
A4
4
[4] Internal cabinet width - 115 mm
[5] Internal cabinet width - 138 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Accessories
Chipboard screws

3.5 mm
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
15 mm
17 mm

Part no.
609.1500
609.1700

3.5

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm

Special system screws

Part no.
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm

Part no.
662.1150.HG
662.1300.HG
662.1450.HG

Centre bit
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened

Centre bit
Replacement bit

Part no.
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Stick-on door buffer

Part no.
993.710

8 mm door buffer

Part no.
993.706

8 mm door buffer
- For noise reduction
- Gap 2 mm
- Two-part
- Material: nylon, RAL 9006 white aluminium

Catalogue 2013/2014

355

Box systems

System screws

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver
- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no.
303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver

Part no.
314.928.1

Box systems

Slotted screwdriver
- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm
- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

356

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems

Box systems

TANDEMBOX plus

Catalogue 2013/2014

357

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 558B 30 kg

A
B

Cabinet profile 559B 50 kg


*

270

450
*

300 - 350

500 - 550
*

*
600

Box systems

450

650
*

500 - 550

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional

Cabinet profile 556B 65 kg

Cabinet profile 559T 20/30/50 kg

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional

358

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus

Side stabilisation top mounted


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

Side stabilisation installed at the back


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

500

500

550

550

600

600

650

650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 13 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems

Cabinet profile fixing positions

359

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer

Box systems

Assembly

Removal

Drawer

Assembly

Adjustment
1

Side adjustment
To the right 1 mm

1
2

Side adjustment
To the left 1 mm

Height adjustment
2 mm

Drawer insertion and removal

Insertion

360

Removal

Catalogue 2013/2014

Tilt adjustment

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Inner drawer, height M and K ZIF.70M0

1
3
ca. 30
2

30 mm dimension can be reduced if


ZIF.7005 handle is utilised

Handle ZIF.7005; handle and latch ZIF.7007

Assembly

Attached to the centre on the latch

Handle ZIF.7005; handle and latch ZIF.7007

180

Latch is activated

Released when latch is activated

Activate or deactivate latch

High fronted pull-out


3

1
3

Front assembly

Back assembly

Back removal

Catalogue 2013/2014

Front removal

361

Box systems

ca. 30

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Double-wall BOXSIDE Z37H

Locking piece Z31A0008

Box systems

Assembly

Removal

Starting with cabinet width KB


600 mm

Inner pull-out, height B and C with gallery ZIF.72B0


4
6

1
5

Inner pull-out, height D with double gallery ZIF.73D0


2
9

1
3

6
4

Inner pull-out, height D with double walled BOXSIDE ZIF.73D0


5

10

8
1
3

362

Catalogue 2013/2014

11

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

Syncro front bracket assembly

Corner front piece assembly

Front assembly

Fold ratchet lever

Box systems

Connecting link assembly

SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

Connecting piece assembly

BLUMOTION assembly

SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

Front fixing Syncro/Roll assembly

SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

Catalogue 2013/2014

363

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Adjustment

Box systems

Height adjustment

Adjustment

Side adjustment

Adjustment

Tilt adjustment

Adjustment

Spring force adjustment

364

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts

Box systems

Drawer

SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts

1
High fronted pull-out

Sink cabinet

Sink cabinet

Catalogue 2013/2014

365

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX

More design freedom thanks to the electrical opening support system


Drawers and high fronted pull-outs open as if
by themselves using an electrical drive with
just a light touch on a handle-less front or a
light pull of the handle. Regardless of where
& how the front is touched, the pull-out will
open allowing full freedom of movement in
any living area.

Box systems

Thanks to the addition of BLUMOTION for


silent and effortless closing action, we have
reached new levels of quality of motion, opening up new design possibilities.

With hand, foot, knee or hip: opening is that easy

Whether its the base or wall cabinet a single system moves handle-less Application
pull-outs and lift systems as if by themselves. The individual cabling com- - No fixed connection to the drive
ponents are the same. One transformer is all thats required for power
system
supply to the entire kitchen
- Can be used without having to
change TANDEMBOX pull-outs

366

Catalogue 2013/2014

Assembly/Processing
- Tool-free assembly
- Simple cabling
- Separate drilling template

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
368 Cabinet with pull-out element bracket profile horizontal
374
388
380 Cabinet with pull-out element upper attachment bracket
382
392
384

COMBOX
Synchronisation cable
Cable holder
Front stabilisation

396
396
397
397

Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Blum distance bumper
Bracket profile cable
Drive unit bracket profile
Bracket profile
Attachment bracket
Drive unit attachment bracket
Bracket profile adapter
Symbol image

398
398
398
398
398
399
399

Box systems

Symbol image
Accessories

Applications
Standard cabinet
SPACE TOWER
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions
Sink cabinet

Upper attachment bracket


Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Assembly cabling Blum transformer 72 W
Assembly and adjustment
Removal

399
400
401
403
404

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request
General Information
Accessories
SERVO-DRIVE
Sink cabinet
Larder unit
Planning
Cutting
Assembly
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

367

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Standard cabinet

Box systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- With vertical bracket profile
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Tool-free assembly
- Simple cabling
- Shallow installation depth

Order information
Blum distance bumper
1
Diameter
8 mm
5 mm
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
Use 4 pcs. for 65 kg-runner
2

Bracket profile
Length
650 mm
700 mm
710 mm
750 mm
800 mm
For cutting to size, 1170 mm

Material
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium

Part no.
993.0830.01
993.0530

Cable
Part no.
With
Z10T650AA
With
Z10T700AA
Z10T710AA
With
With
Z10T750AA
With
Z10T800AA
Without
Z10T1170A

Cross bar construction horizontal


Bracket profile attachment top/bottom
3a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Vertical cross member alternative to 3a
Bracket profile attachment lower/back
3b
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Incl. bracket profile cover cap

Part no.
Z10D01EA.01

Drive unit
Material
Nylon

10

Trigger guidance for chipboard back


Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Z10A3H00
For cabinet width KB 275 - 320 mm in combination with a
chipboard back

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

B




B

B
B

C
B

368

Part no.
Z10D01E0.01

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
Z10A3000.02

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications

Order information
Distribution cable and cable end protector
11
Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m
Z10K800AE
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
Composed of:
1x
11a Distribution cable
5x
11b Cable end protector
Connecting node and cable end protector
Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Composed of:
12a Connecting node
11b Cable end protector
12

13

Part no.
Z10V100E.01
1x
2x

Blum transformer
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H

14

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Z10M200E
Europe
US, CA
Z10M200U
BR
Z10M200S
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Base fixing
Transformer unit housing
15a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
With cover
For Blum transformer 72 W
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Transformer unit housing
15b
Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Part no.
Z10NG000

Part no.
Z10NG120

Language descriptions as per ISO-639

18

Accessories
Synchronisation cable
Length
Part no.
160 cm
Z10K160S
120 cm
Z10K120S
50 cm
Z10K050S
8 cm
Z10K008S
Two drive units that need to open simultaneously must be connected via the synchronisation cable

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315
Planning horizontal cross member
370
Planning vertical cross member
372

19

Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable

20

Front stabilisation
Material
Nylon

Accessories
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Cabling
Adjustment
Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

396 Overview assembly devices


398 More technical details
398
400
401
403
404

Part no.
Z10K0009

Part no.
Z96.10E1

605
684

369

Box systems

Standard cabinet

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Planning horizontal cross member


Cabinet dimensions

KB
LW
LT

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth

Drilling distance base/cross bar

Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm


NL Nominal length
X
Drilling position
Y
Min. space requirement

Cabinet width KB starting at 420 mm

Cabinet width KB 320 - 420 mm


Steel back height N

Drilling position and space requirement for all applications


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL + 2
Min. LT = NL + 16
Chipboard back
NL + 19
Min. LT = NL + 33

Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.

Drilling position and min. space requirement


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL - 1
Min. LT = NL + 13
Chipboard back
NL + 16
Min. LT = NL + 30

SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the


assembly position for the bracket profile, inner pull-out elements can only
be opened by pulling (not by pushing).

370

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Standard cabinet
Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper

Back cabling

Box systems

Planning horizontal cross member


Drilling pattern base
Lower cabling

Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER


and MINIPRESS

Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper
Bracket profile cutting dimensions

LH
PL

Internal cabinet height


Bracket profile length

398 Assembly Blum transformer 72 W


398 Cabling

400
401

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm. When
using an 65 kg runner, always attach 4 Blum distance bumpers. For optimal trigger function for
front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

Position drive unit

All back heights except height N


LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
KB Cabinet width

Catalogue 2013/2014

Back height N

Cabinet width KB

< 320 mm

Back height N

X (mm) Y (mm) X (mm) Y (mm)

> 320 mm

Steel back

27.5

48.5

27.5

48.5

Chipboard back

35.0

55.5

27.5

48.5

371

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Standard cabinet

Box systems

Planning vertical cross member


Cabinet dimensions

KB
LW
LT

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth

Drilling distance base/cross bar

Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm


NL Nominal length
X
Drilling position
Y
Min. space requirement

Cabinet width KB starting at 420 mm

Cabinet width KB 320 - 420 mm


Steel back height N

Drilling position and space requirement for all applications


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL + 2
LT = NL + 17
Chipboard back
NL + 19
LT = NL + 34

Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.

Drilling position and min. space requirement


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL - 1
LT = NL + 14
Chipboard back
NL + 16
LT = NL + 31

SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the


assembly position for the bracket profile, inner pull-out elements can only
be opened by pulling (not by pushing).

372

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Standard cabinet
Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper

Back cabling

Box systems

Planning vertical cross member


Drilling pattern base
Lower cabling

Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER


and MINIPRESS

Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper
Bracket profile cutting dimensions

LH
PL

Internal cabinet height


Bracket profile length

398 Assembly Blum transformer 72 W


398 Cabling

400
401

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm. When
using an 65 kg runner, always attach 4 Blum distance bumpers. For optimal trigger function for
front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

Position drive unit

All back heights except height N


LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
KB Cabinet width

Catalogue 2013/2014

Back height N

Cabinet width KB

< 320 mm

Back height N

X (mm) Y (mm) X (mm) Y (mm)

> 320 mm

Steel back

27.5

48.5

27.5

48.5

Chipboard back

35.0

55.5

27.5

48.5

373

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SPACE TOWER

Box systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- With vertical bracket profile
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Tool-free assembly
- Simple cabling
- Shallow installation depth

Order information
Bracket profile
2
Length
650 mm
700 mm
710 mm
750 mm
800 mm
For cutting to size, 1170 mm

Material
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium

Cable
Part no.
With
Z10T650AA
With
Z10T700AA
Z10T710AA
With
With
Z10T750AA
With
Z10T800AA
Without
Z10T1170A

Cross bar construction horizontal


Bracket profile attachment top/bottom
3a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Vertical cross member alternative to 3a
Bracket profile attachment lower/back
3b
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Incl. bracket profile cover cap
9

Drive unit
Material
Nylon

C

Part no.
Z10D01E0.01

Part no.
Z10D01EA.01
C
B

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
Z10A3000.02




Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m
Z10K800AE
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
Composed of:
1x
11a Distribution cable
5x
11b Cable end protector
11

Connecting node and cable end protector


Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Composed of:
12a Connecting node
11b Cable end protector
12

Part no.
Z10V100E.01
1x
2x

B
B

C
B

374

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SPACE TOWER

Box systems

Order information
Blum transformer
13
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H
Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Europe
Z10M200E
US, CA
Z10M200U
Z10M200S
BR
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Base fixing
Transformer unit housing
15a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
With cover
For Blum transformer 72 W
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Transformer unit housing
15b
Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

19

Part no.
Z10NG000

Part no.
Z10NG120

Accessories
Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315
Planning
376
Accessories
396

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Part no.
Z10K0009

Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Cabling
Adjustment
Removal
Overview assembly devices
Catalogue 2013/2014

398 More technical details


398
400
401
403
404
605

684

375

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SPACE TOWER

Box systems

Planning bracket profile top


Cabinet dimensions

KB
LW
LT

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth

Drilling distance base/cross bar

Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm


NL Nominal length
X
Drilling position
Y
Min. space requirement

Cabinet width KB starting at 420 mm

Drilling position and space requirement for all applications


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL + 2
LT = NL + 17
Chipboard back
NL + 19
LT = NL + 34

Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.

Drilling position and min. space requirement


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL - 1
LT = NL + 14
Chipboard back
NL + 16
LT = NL + 31

SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the


assembly position for the bracket profile, inner pull-out elements can only
be opened by pulling (not by pushing).

376

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SPACE TOWER

KB
LW
LT

Box systems

Planning bracket profile bottom


Cabinet dimensions

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth

Drilling distance base/cross bar

Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm


NL Nominal length
X
Drilling position
Y
Min. space requirement

Cabinet width KB starting at 420 mm

Drilling position and space requirement for all applications


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL + 2
Min. LT = NL + 16
Chipboard back
NL + 19
Min. LT = NL + 33

Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.

Drilling position and min. space requirement


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL - 1
Min. LT = NL + 13
Chipboard back
NL + 16
Min. LT = NL + 30

SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the


assembly position for the bracket profile, inner pull-out elements can only
be opened by pulling (not by pushing).

Catalogue 2013/2014

377

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SPACE TOWER
Position drive unit

Back cabling

Box systems

Planning
Drilling pattern base
Lower cabling

Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER


and MINIPRESS

Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper

398 Assembly Blum transformer 72 W


398 Cabling

400
401

Bracket profile cutting dimensions

LH
PL

378

Internal cabinet height


Bracket profile length

All back heights except height N


LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
KB Cabinet width

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems

Box systems

SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX

Catalogue 2013/2014

379

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions

Box systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- For bottom mount waste bin solutions
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
- Also ideal for retrofitting

Order information
SERVO-DRIVE set
16
Network adapter (x) *
E
B
K

Set pre-mounted
R

Language package (y)


A DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
E CS, HU, PL, SK
B DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
F BG, ET, LT, LV, RO, RU
C EL, EN, HR, SL, SR, TR
G EN, ES, FR
D EN, ES, FR, IT, PT
H EN, ZH
Cabinet width KB
Part no.
Variable
Z10NA20xy01
* See the Information chapter for a detailed country list

380

Composed of:
1 Blum distance bumper
4 Attachment bracket 1 tier
9 Drive unit
16a Transport protection
16b Protection against dripping water
16c Blum transformer incl. cable
16d Assembly Device
Screws for Blum distance bumper and attachment bracket
Installation instructions
Instruction leaflet

Catalogue 2013/2014

2x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
7x
1x
1x

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
Position Blum distance bumper

Box systems

Planning
Drilling distances base

LW Inner cabinet width


NL Nominal length
X
Drilling position

Chipboard back: NL - 42 mm

Steel back: NL - 62 mm
Y
Min. space requirement

Chipboard back: NL + 35 mm

Steel back: NL + 18 mm
Position drive unit
TANDEMBOX

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315
Planning
386
Accessories
396

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm

Position cabinet profile


TANDEMBOX

SERVO-DRIVE uno country list


Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Cabling
Adjustment
Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014

704 Overview assembly devices


398 More technical details
398
400
402
403
404

605
684

381

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions

Box systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- For top mount waste bin solutions
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
- Also ideal for retrofitting

Order information
SERVO-DRIVE set
16
Network adapter (x) *
E
B
K

Set pre-mounted
R

Language package (y)


A DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
E CS, HU, PL, SK
B DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
F BG, ET, LT, LV, RO, RU
C EL, EN, HR, SL, SR, TR
G EN, ES, FR
D EN, ES, FR, IT, PT
H EN, ZH
Cabinet width KB
Part no.
450 mm
Z10T393Wxy
500 mm
Z10T443Wxy
550 mm
Z10T493Wxy
600 mm
Z10T543Wxy
800 mm
Z10T743Wxy
900 mm
Z10T843Wxy
* See the Information chapter for a detailed country list

382

Composed of:
1 Blum distance bumper
6 Bracket profile horizontal
9 Drive unit
16b Protection against dripping water
16c Blum transformer incl. cable
16e Bracket profile adapter left/right
Screws
Installation instructions
Instruction leaflet

Catalogue 2013/2014

2x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
6x
1x
1x

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions
Order information
Special back set
17
Colour
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Cabinet side panel thickness
15/16 mm
16/19 mm
Z30M389S0W
Z30M383S0W
Z30M439S0W
Z30M433S0W
Z30M489S0W
Z30M483S0W
Z30M539S0W
Z30M533S0W
Z30M739S0W
Z30M733S0W
Z30M839S0W
Z30M833S0W

Composed of:
17a Steel back height M
17b Steel back for waste bin pull-out
17c Attachment left/right
17d Longside gallery rail left/right

Planning
Position bracket profile attachment

NL
X

Y

Nominal length
Drilling position
NL - 96 mm
Min. space requirement
NL + 3 mm

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315
Planning
386
Accessories
396

Box systems

Cabinet width
KB
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
800 mm
900 mm

1x
1x
1x
1x

Position Blum distance bumper

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm

SERVO-DRIVE uno country list


Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Cabling
Adjustment
Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014

704 Overview assembly devices


398 More technical details
398
400
402
403
404

605
684

383

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Sink cabinet

Box systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- With attachment bracket
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information
Blum distance bumper
1
Diameter
8 mm
5 mm
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
Use 4 pcs. for 65 kg-runner
5

Attachment bracket 1 tier


Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey

Alternative to 5
Attachment bracket 2 tier
4
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey/zinc plated
9

384

Drive unit
Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
993.0830.01
993.0530

Part no.
Z10D0311

Part no.
Z10D7201.01

Part no.
Z10A3000.02

9a

Protection against dripping water


Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
Z10D0316

Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m
Z10K800AE
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
Composed of:
1x
11a Distribution cable
5x
11b Cable end protector
11

Connecting node and cable end protector


Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Composed of:
12a Connecting node
11b Cable end protector
12

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
Z10V100E.01
1x
2x

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Sink cabinet

Box systems

Order information
Blum transformer
13
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H
Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Europe
Z10M200E
US, CA
Z10M200U
Z10M200S
BR
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Base fixing
Transformer unit housing
15a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
With cover
For Blum transformer 72 W
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Transformer unit housing
15b
Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

19

20

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315
Planning
386
Accessories
396

Part no.
Z10NG000

Part no.
Z10NG120

Accessories
Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable
Front stabilisation
Material
Nylon

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Part no.
Z10K0009

Part no.
Z96.10E1

Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Cabling
Adjustment
Removal
Overview assembly devices
Catalogue 2013/2014

398 More technical details


398
400
402
403
404
605

684

385

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Sink cabinet

Box systems

Planning
Cabinet dimensions

KB
LW
LT

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth

Drilling distance base/cross bar

Cabinet width KB starting at 900 mm


NL Nominal length
X
Drilling position
Y
Min. space requirement

Steel back
*
Measured from cabinet front edge

Chipboard back
*
Measured from cabinet front edge

Drilling position and space requirement for all applications


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL + 2
Min. LT = NL + 16
Chipboard back
NL + 19
Min. LT = NL + 33

Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.

Drilling position and min. space requirement


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL - 1
Min. LT = NL + 13
Chipboard back
NL + 16
Min. LT = NL + 30

SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the


assembly position for the top attachment bracket, inner pull-out elements
can only be opened by pulling (not by pushing).

386

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Sink cabinet
Planning
Drilling pattern base
Lower cabling

Box systems

Front assembly position of Blum distance


bumper

Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER


and MINIPRESS

Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper

398 Assembly Blum transformer 72 W


398 Cabling

Drilling position in cabinet

min 81

Cross member attachment bracket 1 tier


Position
Drilling pattern top plan view

400
402

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm. When
using an 65 kg runner, always attach 4 Blum distance bumpers. For optimal trigger function for
front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

Cabinet width KB starting at


900 mm

Steel back X = 159.5 mm


Chipboard back X = 176.5 mm
Drilling depth 8 mm

Steel back height N


*
Measured from cabinet front
edge

Catalogue 2013/2014

Chipboard back height N


*
Measured from cabinet front
edge

387

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element bracket profile horizontal

Box systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- With attachment bracket and horizontal
bracket profile
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information
Blum distance bumper
1
Diameter
8 mm
5 mm
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
Use 4 pcs. for 65 kg-runner
6

388

Bracket profile horizontal


Material
Length
Aluminium
For cutting to size, 1143 mm
For cabinet width KB 275 - 1200 mm

Part no.
993.0830.01
993.0530

Bracket profile attachment left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Chipboard screws and system screws can be used

Composed of:
7a Bracket profile attachment left/right
7b Bracket profile adapter for bracket profile horizontal
Part no.
Z10T1143B

Part no.
Z10D5210

1x
1x

Drive unit
Material
Nylon

10

Trigger guidance for chipboard back


Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Z10A3H00
For cabinet width KB 275 - 320 mm in combination with a
chipboard back

Catalogue 2013/2014

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
Z10A3000.02

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications

Order information
Distribution cable and cable end protector
11
Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m
Z10K800AE
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
Composed of:
1x
11a Distribution cable
5x
11b Cable end protector
Connecting node and cable end protector
Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Composed of:
12a Connecting node
11b Cable end protector
12

13

Part no.
Z10V100E.01
1x
2x

Blum transformer
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H

14

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Z10M200E
Europe
US, CA
Z10M200U
BR
Z10M200S
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Base fixing
Transformer unit housing
15a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
With cover
For Blum transformer 72 W
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Transformer unit housing
15b
Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Part no.
Z10NG000

Part no.
Z10NG120

Language descriptions as per ISO-639

19

20

Accessories
Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable
Front stabilisation
Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315
Planning
390
Accessories
396

Part no.
Z10K0009

Part no.
Z96.10E1

Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Cabling
Adjustment
Removal
Overview assembly devices
Catalogue 2013/2014

398 More technical details


398
400
402
403
404
605

684

389

Box systems

Cabinet with pull-out element bracket profile horizontal

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element bracket profile horizontal

Box systems

Planning
Cabinet dimensions

KB
LW
LT

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth

Space requirement in cabinet

Chipboard screws and system screws can be


used
*
55.5 mm for back height N
**
23.5 mm for back height N

NL
X
Y

Nominal length
Drilling position
Min. space requirement

Drilling position and space requirement for all applications


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL - 26
Min. LT = NL + 20
Chipboard back
NL - 9
Min. LT = NL + 37

Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.

Drilling position and min. space requirement


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL - 29
Min. LT = NL + 17
Chipboard back
NL - 12
Min. LT = NL + 34

SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the


assembly position for the bracket profile, inner pull-out elements can only
be opened by pulling (not by pushing).

390

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element bracket profile horizontal
Bracket profile cutting dimensions

Box systems

Planning
Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper

LW Inner cabinet width


The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm. When
using an 65 kg runner, always attach 4 Blum distance bumpers. For optimal trigger function for
front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper

398 Assembly Blum transformer 72 W


398 Cabling

400
402

Position drive unit

Cabinet width KB 420 - 1200 mm

Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm

Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm


Steel back height N

Catalogue 2013/2014

391

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element upper attachment bracket

Box systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- With upper attachment bracket
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information
Blum distance bumper
1
Diameter
8 mm
5 mm
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
Use 4 pcs. for 65 kg-runner

Part no.
993.0830.01
993.0530

Trigger guidance for chipboard back


Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Z10A3H00
For cabinet width KB 275 - 320 mm in combination with a
chipboard back

10

Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m
Z10K800AE
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
Composed of:
1x
11a Distribution cable
5x
11b Cable end protector
11

Upper attachment bracket


Material
Colour
Steel
RAL 7037 light grey/zinc plated
With pre-mounted adapter for the drive unit

Drive unit
Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
Z10D6252

Part no.
Z10A3000.02




B

C
B

392

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element upper attachment bracket

13

Part no.
Z10V100E.01
1x
2x

Blum transformer
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H

Base fixing
Transformer unit housing
15a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
With cover
For Blum transformer 72 W
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Transformer unit housing
15b
Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

Part no.
Z10NG000

Part no.
Z10NG120

Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14

19

20

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Europe
Z10M200E
US, CA
Z10M200U
BR
Z10M200S
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
Z10M200N
CN
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Accessories
Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable
Front stabilisation
Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
315
Planning
394
Accessories
396

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Part no.
Z10K0009

Part no.
Z96.10E1

Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Cabling
Adjustment
Removal
Overview assembly devices
Catalogue 2013/2014

398 More technical details


398
400
402
403
404
605

684

393

Box systems

Order information
Connecting node and cable end protector
12
Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Composed of:
12a Connecting node
11b Cable end protector

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element upper attachment bracket

Box systems

Planning
Cabinet dimensions

KB
LW
LT

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth

Upper attachment bracket drilling


position
The cross bar must be connected
to the work plate to make it secure

Drilling distance base/cross bar

Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm


NL Nominal length
X
Drilling position
Y
Min. space requirement

Cabinet width KB starting at 420 mm

Cabinet width KB 320 - 420 mm


Steel back height N

Drilling position and space requirement for all applications


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL - 18
Min. LT = NL + 16.5
Chipboard back
NL - 1
Min. LT = NL + 33.5

Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.

Drilling position and min. space requirement


Back
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Steel back
NL - 21
Min. LT = NL + 13.5
Chipboard back
NL - 4
Min. LT = NL + 30.5

SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the


assembly position for the top attachment bracket, inner pull-out elements
can only be opened by pulling (not by pushing).

394

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element upper attachment bracket

Box systems

Planning
Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm. When
using an 65 kg runner, always attach 4 Blum distance bumpers. For optimal trigger function for
front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper

398 Assembly Blum transformer 72 W


398 Cabling

400
402

Position drive unit

All back heights except height N


KB Cabinet width

Back height N

Cabinet width KB
Back height N
Steel back
Chipboard back

Catalogue 2013/2014

275 - 320
X (mm)
27.5
35.0

Starting at 320
X (mm)
27.5
27.5

395

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Accessories
COMBOX
- COMBOX set with assembly accessories
- For preventing front collisions when using
SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations

COMBOX

Part no.
Z10ZC00A

Length
160 cm
120 cm
50 cm
8 cm

Part no.
Z10K160S
Z10K120S
Z10K050S
Z10K008S

Box systems

Application

Suitable starting with drive unit


Z10A3000.02

Synchronisation cable
- Connects two drive units that need to activate
simultaneously

Assembly

396

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Accessories
Cable holder
Cable holder

Part no.
Z10K0009

Box systems

- Material: nylon, white

Front stabilisation
- For stabilising wide and high fronts
- Reinforces the connection between the drawer
side and the front
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Front stabilisation

Part no.
Z96.10E1

Front drilling dimensions

Catalogue 2013/2014

397

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX

Box systems

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Blum distance bumper

Bracket profile cable

Insert Blum distance bumper (do


not glue)

Equip bracket profile

1 Bracket profile cable


2 Communication cable

Drive unit bracket profile

Assembly

Bracket profile cross bar construction horizontal

Bracket profile cross bar construction vertical

Assembly

Assembly

Bracket profile cable SPACE TOWER


Remove pre-mounted bracket
profile cable from both bracket profiles and insert a new, long bracket
profile cable in the upper bracket
profile

Attachment bracket 1 tier

Attachment bracket 2 tier

A 2nd drive unit can also be


installed (optional). Please observe
min. inner cabinet width!

398

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drive unit attachment bracket

Bracket profile cable

Drive unit bracket profile adapter

Equip bracket profile adapter

Assembly

Box systems

Assembly

Bracket profile adapter

Bracket profile

Assembly

Chipboard screws and system


screws can be used

Upper attachment bracket

Drive unit upper attachment bracket

Assembly

Assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

399

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Blum transformer 72 W

Box systems

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Space requirement and safety distance

Base fixing

Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance
from the bottom edge (base fixing)
and/or front edge (panel fixing)
and side edges of the transformer
unit housing to the neighbouring
elements

Panel fixing

Base fixing

Pull-out stop

Panel fixing

Pull-out stop

400

Catalogue 2013/2014

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the Blum transformer could


overheat

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly cabling Blum transformer 72 W
Standard cabinet lower cabling

Panel fixing
Box systems

Base fixing

Only one Blum transformer can


be connected to each distribution
cable.

Standard cabinet back cabling

Base fixing

Panel fixing

SPACE TOWER

Cabling

Lower cabling

Connecting node

Back cabling

Assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

Do not damage piercing tips

401

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly cabling Blum transformer 72 W
Sink cabinet

Box systems

Base fixing

Only one Blum transformer can


be connected to each distribution
cable.

Panel fixing

Lower cabling

Bracket profile horizontal

Lower cabling

Upper attachment bracket

Lower cabling

Connecting node

Assembly

402

Do not damage piercing tips

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly and adjustment
Drive unit

Selector switch Mode (1)


Single: Only one drive unit moves
(standard setting)
Multiple: When set to Multiple,
drive units move simultaneously
Note
Not applicable for
SERVO-DRIVE uno

Selector switch Power (2)


Full: Standard setting
Half: for short nominal lengths (270
- 300 mm) pull-out only moves a
short distance
Operating mode display (LED) (3)

The drive unit comes with the lever


extension.
The lever extension must be
removed for cabinet widths 300 320 mm in combination with a steel
back

The lever extension must also


be removed for a cabinet width
of 300 mm in combination with a
chipboard back

Lever extension

Removal

Trigger guidance

Box systems

Selector switch

Assembly

The lever guide must be attached


and secured with screws for cabinet
widths 275 - 320 mm in combination with a chipboard back

Catalogue 2013/2014

403

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Removal
Bracket profile

Box systems

Removal

Attachment bracket

Removal

Bracket profile horizontal

Removal

Upper attachment bracket

Removal

404

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Removal
Bracket profile

Vertical cross member


Box systems

Horizontal cross member

Bracket profile horizontal

Removal

Blum transformer 72 W

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Catalogue 2013/2014

405

Box systems
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX

Box systems

Reliable handle-less opening


Handle-less fronts are playing a greater and
greater role in modern furniture design. With
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX the mechanical
opening support system from Blum handleless drawers and pull-outs open with just a
touch. With TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX the
mechanical opening support system from
Blum handle-less drawers and pull-outs
open with just a touch. This enables your
customers to experience practical opening
comfort in any living area.
Small programme, wide range of applications
TIP-ON can be combined with all
TANDEMBOX programme lines and can
be used for all standard applications: From
standard cabinets to special solutions such as
the Blum sink drawers.

A light touch on the front at any location is enough and the pull-out opens effortlessly

To close the pull-out, it can be


lightly pressed shut or closed with
a light push





















TIP-ON consists of a special cabinet profile with a pre-mounted latch


and a locking mechanism unit

406





The depth adjustment can be carThe optional synchronisation feature ensures secure opening and closing
ried out tool-free and on an inserted even for higher & wider fronts
drawer

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
Applications
TIP-ON
Space requirement

NL

Order information
Cabinet profiles, latch and locking mechanism
1
units left/right
Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

20 kg
559.2701T
559.3001T

30 kg

559.3501T
559.4001T

Composed of:
1a Cabinet profiles left/right
Incl. latch, pre-mounted
1b Locking mechanism unit left/right
EXPANDO fixing

14

50 kg

559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

1x
1x

Box systems

- Concealed, guided full extension


- Integrated TIP-ON function for handle-less
fronts
- Dyn. load bearing 20, 30 or 50 kg
- Easy, tool-free depth adjustment without
removing the pull-out
- Synchronisation optional for cabinet width KB
550 mm and higher
- Runner system compatible with all
TANDEMBOX programme lines

Nominal length

Accessories
Synchronisation (for cabinet width KB 550 mm and higher)
Inner cabinet width LW
Part no.
508 - 570 mm
Z55S1350E
558 - 620 mm
Z55S1600E
608 - 670 mm
Z55S1850E
658 - 720 mm
Z55S2100E
Z55S2350E
708 - 770 mm
758 - 820 mm
Z55S2600E
808 - 870 mm
Z55S2850E
858 - 920 mm
Z55S3100E
908 - 970 mm
Z55S3350E
958 - 1020 mm
Z55S3600E
Z55S3850E
1008 - 1070 mm
1058 - 1120 mm
Z55S4100E
1108 - 1170 mm
Z55S4350E

Composed of:
14a Synchronisation unit
EXPANDO fixing
14b Synchronisation rod
L-bracket
Zinc plated
20

Front stabilisation
Material
Nylon

1x
1x

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Page instructions
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro
Overview TANDEMBOX plus
Planning
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

1x

Part no.
Z96.10E1

406
223
263
315
408
410
605
684

407

Box systems
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
Applications
TIP-ON

Box systems

Planning
L-bracket 297.0500
Space requirement with L-bracket centre mounted.
Comment: We recommend a trial assembly to determine the individual space requirement under the cabinet profile.
Space requirement in cabinet
Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front stabilisation Z96.10E1


Space requirement with front stabilisation.
Comment: We recommend a trial assembly to determine the individual space requirement under the cabinet profile.
Space requirement in cabinet
Installation dimensions for
Space requirement in cabinet
Front drilling dimensions
screw-on front
*
+ 4 mm with synchronisation FA Front overlay
+ 4 mm with synchronisation
*
+ 4 mm with synchronisation *
over cabinet bottom panel or *
+ 4 mm with synchronisation
over cabinet bottom panel or
over cabinet bottom panel or
cross bar
over cabinet bottom panel or
cross bar
cross bar
cross bar

Drilling position
Locking mechanism unit

5 x 10 mm
We recommend that you use the drilling template for TIP-ON for
TANDEMBOX (65.5050)
408

Synchronisation unit

5 x 10 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
Applications
TIP-ON
Planning
Cabinet profile screw positions
Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cabinet profile fixing positions

300
350

Box systems

400
450
500
550
600
650

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


Front gap

* Min. 43 mm for inner drawer/inner pull-out

Trigger range

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional
The optional synchronisation feature ensures secure opening even for
higher & wider fronts. We also recommend that you use front stabilisation.










  





Trigger range with front stabilisation for front gaps 4 mm


Without synchronisation
With synchronisation
Catalogue 2013/2014

409

Box systems
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Locking mechanism unit

Box systems

Unattached drawer base

Synchronisation

Unattached drawer base

Synchronisation

Unattached drawer base

Locking mechanism unit

3-sided, pre-mounted drawer base

410

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Synchronisation

Box systems

3-sided, pre-mounted drawer base

Synchronisation

3-sided, pre-mounted drawer base

Cabinet profile

Removing the transportation lock

Assembly

Adjustment

Front gap

Catalogue 2013/2014

411

Box systems
METABOX

Simple. Excellent. Proven.


A high-quality system with few component
parts
METABOX drawers are made up of only a few
components. Using the proven Box system,
you can realise so many different applications. Stable materials and careful assembly
ensure the best stability values up to a max.
dynamic load bearing of 30 kg.

Box systems

BLUMOTION Silent and effortless closing action for METABOX


The tried and tested BLUMOTION function is
also available as an option for the METABOX
single extension. Independent of the force
used and the weight of the storage items.
Extremely practical and economical: In all
standard applications one unit is all you need.

Drawer side height N = 54 mm

Drawer side height M = 86 mm

Drawer side height K = 118 mm

METABOX BLUMOTION ensures


silent and effortless closing action

412

Catalogue 2013/2014

Drawer side height H = 150 mm

Box systems
METABOX
Overview
METABOX

Symbol image
Accessories

447
444
444
445
445
446
447

BLUMOTION for METABOX 320


Side stabilisation installed at the back
Child safety latch
Anti-tilt device
Spacers
METAFILE file drawer
Contoured profile
Symbol image
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 320 25 kg
Cabinet profile 330 30 kg
Side stabilisation installed at the back

Pull-out stop
POSISTOP
Screws
Screwdriver
ORGA-LINE gallery
ORGA-LINE BOXSIDE

447
447
448
449
450
451

452
452
452

Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer/inner drawer
High fronted pull-out
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Adjustment

453
453
454
455

Symbol image
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

Dynamic carrying capacity in kg

General Information

Planning

Accessories

Cutting

Drawer

Assembly

Inner drawer

Assembly, removal and adjustment

High fronted pull-out


Full extension
Single extension
Gallery
Double gallery
Single-wall BOXSIDE
Installation height and/or min. space
requirement in cabinet
Height of Drawer Side

Catalogue 2013/2014

413

Box systems

414

Overview applications

Box systems
METABOX
Overview applications
Single extension
Drawer
Drawer N

Drawer M

Box systems

Drawer K

Drawer H

High fronted pull-out


High fronted pull-out gallery B

Inner drawer

416

Inner drawer M

418

Inner drawer K

420

Inner drawer H

422

416

418

420

422

424
High fronted pull-out double gallery
D

426
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D

428

414

Inner drawer N

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
METABOX
Overview applications

Drawer M

Drawer K

Drawer H

High fronted pull-out


High fronted pull-out gallery B

Inner drawer

430

Inner drawer N

Inner drawer M

432

Inner drawer K

434

Inner drawer H

436

430

432
Box systems

Full extension
Drawer
Drawer N

434

436

438
High fronted pull-out double gallery
D

440
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D

442

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Catalogue 2013/2014

415

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer N

Box systems

- Single extension with 54 mm high


- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment

Space requirement

NL
()
Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
1
Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
270 mm
320N2700C
320N2700C15
350 mm
320N3500C
320N3500C15
400 mm
320N4000C
320N4000C15
450 mm
320N4500C
320N4500C15
500 mm
320N5000C
320N5000C15
550 mm
320N5500C
320N5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
Order left/right
3

416

Front fixing for inner drawers


Material
Colour
Nylon
R9001
Order left/right

Nominal length
Inner drawer

Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
WGR/R9001
Z70.0320
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

Part no.
ZSF.1510
ZSF.1610

Part no.
ZIF.3010

Catalogue 2013/2014

WGR

White grey

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer N

*
*

+ 2 mm with BLUMOTION
+ 3 mm for inner drawer with
BLUMOTION

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay
Drawer
Inner drawer

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Drawer

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

18.5

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


B

192

LW - 31 mm

350
400
96

450
500

LW - 31 mm

64
550

9
128

128

96

128

37

C
LW - 64 mm

Back
39 mm
LW

Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
NL - 18 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Front
Inner drawer
61 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version

Drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Drawer

X (mm)
69

Inner drawer

53

413
444
447
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

417

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer M

Box systems

- Single extension with 86 mm high


- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment

Space requirement

NL
()
Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
1
Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
270 mm
320M2700C
320M2700C15
350 mm
320M3500C
320M3500C15
400 mm
320M4000C
320M4000C15
450 mm
320M4500C
320M4500C15
500 mm
320M5000C
320M5000C15
550 mm
320M5500C
320M5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
CLIP front fixing brackets
2a
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Order left/right
2b

418

Cover caps for 2a


Material
Nylon
Order left/right

Colour
R9001

Nominal length
Inner drawer

Alternative to 2a
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
Order left/right
Cover caps for 2c
Material
Nylon

2d

Part no.
ZAA.3700

2x

Front fixing for inner drawers


Material
Colour
Nylon
R9001
Order left/right

3
Part no.
ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E

Colour
R9001

Part no.
ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800

Part no.
ZAA.3500

Part no.
ZIF.3000

Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
WGR/R9001
Z70.0320
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

Catalogue 2013/2014

WGR

White grey

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
*
*

+ 2 mm with BLUMOTION
+ 3 mm for inner drawer with
BLUMOTION

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay
Drawer
Inner drawer

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Drawer

18.5

32

Box systems

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


B

192

LW - 31 mm

350
400
96

450
500

LW - 31 mm

64
550

9
128

128

96

128

37

C
LW - 64 mm

Back
71 mm
LW

Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
NL - 18 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Front
Inner drawer
61 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version

Drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Drawer

X (mm)
69

Inner drawer

53

413
444
447
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

419

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer K

Box systems

- Single extension with 118 mm high


- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment

Space requirement

NL
()
Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
1
Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
350 mm
320K3500C
320K3500C15
400 mm
320K4000C
320K4000C15
450 mm
320K4500C
320K4500C15
500 mm
320K5000C
320K5000C15
550 mm
320K5500C
320K5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
CLIP front fixing brackets
2a
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Order left/right
2b

420

Cover caps for 2a


Material
Nylon
Order left/right

Alternative to 2a
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
Order left/right
Cover caps for 2c
Material
Nylon

2d

Part no.
ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E

Part no.
ZAA.3700

Colour
R9001

Part no.
ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800

2x

Front fixing for inner drawers


Material
Colour
Nylon
R9001
Order left/right

6
Colour
R9001

Nominal length
Inner drawer

Part no.
ZAA.3500

Part no.
ZIF.3030

Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
WGR/R9001
Z70.0320
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

Catalogue 2013/2014

WGR

White grey

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer K
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
*
*

+ 2 mm with BLUMOTION
+ 3 mm for inner drawer with
BLUMOTION

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay
Drawer
Inner drawer

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Drawer

18.5

32

Box systems

32

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
350

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

400

LW - 31 mm

Back
103 mm
LW

96
450
A

500
64
550

9
128

128

96

128

LW - 31 mm

37
C
LW - 64 mm

Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
NL - 18 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Front
Inner drawer
93 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version

Drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Drawer

X (mm)
69

Inner drawer

53

413
444
447
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

421

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer H

Box systems

- Single extension with 150 mm high


- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment

Space requirement

NL
()
Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
1
Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
350 mm
320H3500C
320H3500C15
400 mm
320H4000C
320H4000C15
450 mm
320H4500C
320H4500C15
500 mm
320H5000C
320H5000C15
550 mm
320H5500C
320H5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
CLIP front fixing brackets
2a
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Order left/right
2b

422

Cover caps for 2a


Material
Nylon
Order left/right

Alternative to 2a
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
Order left/right
Cover caps for 2c
Material
Nylon

2d

Part no.
ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E

Part no.
ZAA.3700

Colour
R9001

Part no.
ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800

2x

Front fixing for inner drawers


Material
Colour
Nylon
R9001
Order left/right

6
Colour
R9001

Nominal length
Inner drawer

Part no.
ZAA.3500

Part no.
ZIF.3050

Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
WGR/R9001
Z70.0320
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

Catalogue 2013/2014

WGR

White grey

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer H
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
+ 2 mm with BLUMOTION
+ 3 mm for inner drawer with
BLUMOTION

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Drawer

Box systems

min 150*

150

min
24

*
*

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay
Drawer
Inner drawer

15.5
Cabinet profile screw positions
Nominal length NL (mm)
350

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

400

LW - 31 mm

Back
135 mm
LW

96
450
A

500
64
550

9
128

128

96

128

LW - 31 mm

37
C
LW - 64 mm

Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
NL - 18 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Front
Inner drawer
125 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version

Drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Drawer

X (mm)
69

Inner drawer

53

413
444
447
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

423

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
High fronted pull-out gallery B

Box systems

- With simple gallery


- Single extension with 86 mm high
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 3-dimensional front adjustment

Space requirement

NL

Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
1
Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
350 mm
320M3500C
320M3500C15
400 mm
320M4000C
320M4000C15
450 mm
320M4500C
320M4500C15
500 mm
320M5000C
320M5000C15
550 mm
320M5500C
320M5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
Longside gallery rails with back fixing left/right
4

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

R9001
ZRE.321S.ID
ZRE.371S.ID
ZRE.421S.ID
ZRE.471S.ID
ZRE.521S.ID

2a

CLIP front fixing brackets


Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Order left/right

Part no.
ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E

2b

Cover caps for 2a


Material
Nylon
Order left/right

Part no.
ZAA.3700

Colour
R9001

Alternative to 2a
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
Order left/right
Cover caps for 2c
Material
Nylon

2d

Colour
R9001

Part no.
ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800

2x

Part no.
ZAA.3500

Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
WGR/R9001
Z70.0320
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

424

Nominal length

Catalogue 2013/2014

WGR

White grey

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
High fronted pull-out gallery B
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
*

+ 2 mm with BLUMOTION

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

18.5

32

143

32

32

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
350

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

400

LW - 31 mm

Back
127 mm
LW

96
450
A

500
64
550

9
128

128

96

128

LW - 31 mm

Base
NL - 2 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

37

Base assembly for quick assembly version


High fronted
pull-out

X (mm)
69

High fronted pull-out


Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 7 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Accessories ORGA-LINE gallery
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

413
444
447
450
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

425

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
High fronted pull-out double gallery D

Box systems

- With double gallery


- Single extension with 86 mm high
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 3-dimensional front adjustment

Space requirement

NL

Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
1
Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
350 mm
320M3500C
320M3500C15
400 mm
320M4000C
320M4000C15
450 mm
320M4500C
320M4500C15
500 mm
320M5000C
320M5000C15
550 mm
320M5500C
320M5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
Longside gallery rails with back fixing left/right
4

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

2x
2x
2x
2x
2x

R9001
ZRE.321S.ID
ZRE.371S.ID
ZRE.421S.ID
ZRE.471S.ID
ZRE.521S.ID

2a

CLIP front fixing brackets


Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Order left/right

Part no.
ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E

2b

Cover caps for 2a


Material
Nylon
Order left/right

Part no.
ZAA.3700

Colour
R9001

Alternative to 2a
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
Order left/right
Cover caps for 2c
Material
Nylon

2d

Colour
R9001

Part no.
ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800

2x

Part no.
ZAA.3500

Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
WGR/R9001
Z70.0320
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

426

Nominal length

Catalogue 2013/2014

WGR

White grey

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
High fronted pull-out double gallery D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
*

+ 2 mm with BLUMOTION

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

18.5

32

32

Box systems

32

207

32

32

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
350

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

400

LW - 31 mm

Back
191 mm
LW

96
450
A

500
64
550

9
128

128

96

128

LW - 31 mm

Base
NL - 2 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

37

Base assembly for quick assembly version


High fronted
pull-out

X (mm)
69

High fronted pull-out


Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 7 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Accessories ORGA-LINE gallery
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

413
444
447
450
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

427

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Space requirement

Box systems

- With single BOXSIDE


- Single extension with 86 mm high
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL

Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

R9001
ZRE.371S.ID
ZRE.421S.ID
ZRE.471S.ID
ZRE.521S.ID

Single-wall BOXSIDE

Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
400 mm
320M4000C
320M4000C15
450 mm
320M4500C
320M4500C15
500 mm
320M5000C
320M5000C15
550 mm
320M5500C
320M5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
Longside gallery rails with back fixing left/right
4

Nominal length

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

2x
2x
2x
2x

R9001
Z36H367SE01
Z36H417SE01
Z36H467SE01
Z36H517SE01

2a

CLIP front fixing brackets


Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Order left/right

Part no.
ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E

2b

Cover caps for 2a


Material
Nylon
Order left/right

Part no.
ZAA.3700

Colour
R9001

Alternative to 2a
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
Order left/right
Cover caps for 2c
Material
Nylon

2d

2x

Part no.
ZAA.3500

Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
WGR/R9001
Z70.0320
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

428

Colour
R9001

Part no.
ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800

Catalogue 2013/2014

WGR

White grey

Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
*

+ 2 mm with BLUMOTION

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

18.5

32

Box systems

96

207

32

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
400

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


B

96

LW - 31 mm

450
500
64
550

9
128

128

96

128

37

LW - 31 mm

Back
191 mm
LW

Base
NL - 2 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Base assembly for quick assembly version


High fronted
pull-out

X (mm)
69

High fronted pull-out


Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 7 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Accessories ORGA-LINE BOXSIDE
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

413
444
447
451
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

429

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer N

Box systems

- Full extension with 54 mm high drawer sides


- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment

Space requirement

NL
()
Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
1
right
Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
270 mm
330N270PC
330N270PC15
350 mm
330N350PC
330N350PC15
400 mm
330N400PC
330N400PC15
450 mm
330N450PC
330N450PC15
500 mm
330N500PC
330N500PC15
550 mm
330N550PC
330N550PC15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Part no.
ZSF.1510
Screw-on
ZSF.1610
Knock-in
Order left/right
3

Front fixing for inner drawers


Material
Colour
Nylon
R9001
Order left/right

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

Part no.
ZIF.3010

2c

2c
3

430

Catalogue 2013/2014

Nominal length
Inner drawer

WGR

White grey

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer N

+ 3 mm for inner drawer

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay
Drawer
Inner drawer

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Drawer

Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

15.5

18.5

min 46
min 22*

54

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


B

192

LW - 31 mm

350

Back
39 mm
LW

64
400
96
A

450
500
550

LW - 31 mm

64
20
128

128

96

128

37

C
LW - 64 mm

Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
NL - 18 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Front
Inner drawer
61 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version

Drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Over extension = 8 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Drawer

X (mm)
69

Inner drawer

53

413
444
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

431

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer M

Box systems

- Full extension with 86 mm high drawer sides


- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment

Space requirement

NL
()
Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
1
right
Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
270 mm
330M270PC
330M270PC15
350 mm
330M350PC
330M350PC15
400 mm
330M400PC
330M400PC15
450 mm
330M450PC
330M450PC15
500 mm
330M500PC
330M500PC15
550 mm
330M550PC
330M550PC15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
CLIP front fixing brackets
2a
Fixing
Part no.
Screw-on
ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
Knock-in
EXPANDO
ZSF.130E
Order left/right
2b

432

Cover caps for 2a


Material
Nylon
Order left/right

Colour
R9001

Nominal length
Inner drawer

Alternative to 2a
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
Order left/right
2d

Cover caps for 2c


Material
Nylon

Catalogue 2013/2014

2x

Front fixing for inner drawers


Material
Colour
Nylon
R9001
Order left/right

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

Part no.
ZAA.3700

Colour
R9001

Part no.
ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800

WGR

Part no.
ZAA.3500

Part no.
ZIF.3000

White grey

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
*

+ 3 mm for inner drawer

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay
Drawer
Inner drawer

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Drawer

Box systems

18.5

32

min 54* min 46

86

15.5

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


B

192

LW - 31 mm

350

Back
71 mm
LW

64
400
96
A

450
500
550

LW - 31 mm

64
20
128

128

96

128

37

C
LW - 64 mm

Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
NL - 18 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Front
Inner drawer
61 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version

Drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Over extension = 8 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Drawer

X (mm)
69

Inner drawer

53

413
444
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

433

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer K

Box systems

- Full extension with 118 mm high drawer sides


- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment

Space requirement

NL
()
Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
1
right
Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
350 mm
330K350PC
330K350PC15
400 mm
330K400PC
330K400PC15
450 mm
330K450PC
330K450PC15
500 mm
330K500PC
330K500PC15
550 mm
330K550PC
330K550PC15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
CLIP front fixing brackets
2a
Fixing
Part no.
Screw-on
ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
Knock-in
EXPANDO
ZSF.130E
Order left/right
2b

434

Cover caps for 2a


Material
Nylon
Order left/right

Colour
R9001

Nominal length
Inner drawer

Alternative to 2a
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
Order left/right
2d

Cover caps for 2c


Material
Nylon

Catalogue 2013/2014

2x

Front fixing for inner drawers


Material
Colour
Nylon
R9001
Order left/right

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

Part no.
ZAA.3700

Colour
R9001

Part no.
ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800

WGR

Part no.
ZAA.3500

Part no.
ZIF.3030

White grey

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer K
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
*

+ 3 mm for inner drawer

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay
Drawer
Inner drawer

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Drawer

Box systems

32
18.5

32

min 86*

118

min 46

15.5

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
350

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


B

64
400

LW - 31 mm

96

450
A

500
64
550

20
128

128

96

128

37

LW - 31 mm
C
LW - 64 mm

Back
103 mm
LW

Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
NL - 18 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Front
Inner drawer
93 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version

Drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Over extension = 8 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Drawer

X (mm)
69

Inner drawer

53

413
444
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

435

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer H

Box systems

- Full extension with 150 mm high drawer sides


- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment

Space requirement

NL
()
Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
1
right
Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
350 mm
330H350PC
330H350PC15
400 mm
330H400PC
330H400PC15
450 mm
330H450PC
330H450PC15
500 mm
330H500PC
330H500PC15
550 mm
330H550PC
330H550PC15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
CLIP front fixing brackets
2a
Fixing
Part no.
Screw-on
ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
Knock-in
EXPANDO
ZSF.130E
Order left/right
2b

436

Cover caps for 2a


Material
Nylon
Order left/right

Colour
R9001

Nominal length
Inner drawer

Alternative to 2a
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
Order left/right
2d

Cover caps for 2c


Material
Nylon

Catalogue 2013/2014

2x

Front fixing for inner drawers


Material
Colour
Nylon
R9001
Order left/right

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

Part no.
ZAA.3700

Colour
R9001

Part no.
ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800

WGR

Part no.
ZAA.3500

Part no.
ZIF.3050

White grey

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer H
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
*

+ 3 mm for inner drawer

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay
Drawer
Inner drawer

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Drawer

Box systems

32
32
18.5

32

min 118*

150

min 46

15.5
Cabinet profile screw positions
Nominal length NL (mm)
350

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


B

64
400

LW - 31 mm

96

450
A

500
64
550

20
128

128

96

128

37

LW - 31 mm
C
LW - 64 mm

Back
135 mm
LW

Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
NL - 18 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Front
Inner drawer
125 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version

Drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Over extension = 8 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Drawer

X (mm)
69

Inner drawer

53

413
444
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

437

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
High fronted pull-out gallery B

Box systems

- With simple gallery


- Full extension with 86 mm high drawer sides
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 3-dimensional front adjustment

Space requirement

NL

Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
1
right
Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
350 mm
330M350PC
330M350PC15
400 mm
330M400PC
330M400PC15
450 mm
330M450PC
330M450PC15
500 mm
330M500PC
330M500PC15
550 mm
330M550PC
330M550PC15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
Longside gallery rails with back fixing left/right
4

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

R9001
ZRE.321S.ID
ZRE.371S.ID
ZRE.421S.ID
ZRE.471S.ID
ZRE.521S.ID

2a

CLIP front fixing brackets


Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Order left/right

Part no.
ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E

2b

Cover caps for 2a


Material
Nylon
Order left/right

Part no.
ZAA.3700

Colour
R9001

Alternative to 2a
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
Order left/right
2d

Cover caps for 2c


Material
Nylon

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

438

Nominal length

Catalogue 2013/2014

Colour
R9001

WGR

Part no.
ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800

2x

White grey

Part no.
ZAA.3500

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
High fronted pull-out gallery B
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

32

Box systems

32
32

143

18.5

min 54

86

min 113

15.5

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
350

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


B

64
400

LW - 31 mm

96

450
A

500
64
550

20
128

128

96

128

37

LW - 31 mm

Back
127 mm
LW

Base
NL - 2 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Base assembly for quick assembly version


High fronted
pull-out

X (mm)
69

High fronted pull-out


Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Over extension = 8 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
Accessories ORGA-LINE gallery
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

413
444
450
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

439

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
High fronted pull-out double gallery D

Box systems

- With double gallery


- Full extension with 86 mm high drawer sides
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 3-dimensional front adjustment

Space requirement

NL

Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
1
right
Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
350 mm
330M350PC
330M350PC15
400 mm
330M400PC
330M400PC15
450 mm
330M450PC
330M450PC15
500 mm
330M500PC
330M500PC15
550 mm
330M550PC
330M550PC15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
Longside gallery rails with back fixing left/right
4

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

2x
2x
2x
2x
2x

R9001
ZRE.321S.ID
ZRE.371S.ID
ZRE.421S.ID
ZRE.471S.ID
ZRE.521S.ID

2a

CLIP front fixing brackets


Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Order left/right

Part no.
ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E

2b

Cover caps for 2a


Material
Nylon
Order left/right

Part no.
ZAA.3700

Colour
R9001

Alternative to 2a
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
Order left/right
2d

Cover caps for 2c


Material
Nylon

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

440

Nominal length

Catalogue 2013/2014

Colour
R9001

WGR

Part no.
ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800

2x

White grey

Part no.
ZAA.3500

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
High fronted pull-out double gallery D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

Box systems

32
32
18.5

min 54

86

32

207

min 177

32

32

15.5
Cabinet profile screw positions
Nominal length NL (mm)
350

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


B

64
400

LW - 31 mm

96

450
A

500
64
550

20
128

128

96

128

37

LW - 31 mm

Back
191 mm
LW

Base
NL - 2 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Base assembly for quick assembly version


High fronted
pull-out

X (mm)
69

High fronted pull-out


Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Over extension = 8 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
Accessories ORGA-LINE gallery
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

413
444
450
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

441

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Space requirement

Box systems

- With single BOXSIDE


- Full extension with 86 mm high drawer sides
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL

Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
1
right
Colour
R9001
Nominal
Screw-on ver- Quick assembly
length NL
sion
version
400 mm
330M400PC
330M400PC15
450 mm
330M450PC
330M450PC15
500 mm
330M500PC
330M500PC15
550 mm
330M550PC
330M550PC15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
Longside gallery rails with back fixing left/right
4

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

R9001
ZRE.371S.ID
ZRE.421S.ID
ZRE.471S.ID
ZRE.521S.ID

Nominal length

Single-wall BOXSIDE

Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

2x
2x
2x
2x

R9001
Z36H367SE01
Z36H417SE01
Z36H467SE01
Z36H517SE01

2a

CLIP front fixing brackets


Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Order left/right

Part no.
ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E

2b

Cover caps for 2a


Material
Nylon
Order left/right

Part no.
ZAA.3700

Colour
R9001

Alternative to 2a
Standard front fixing brackets left
2c
Fixing
Screw-on
Knock-in
Order left/right
2d

Cover caps for 2c


Material
Nylon

Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream

442

Catalogue 2013/2014

Colour
R9001

WGR

Part no.
ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800

2x

White grey

Part no.
ZAA.3500

Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions for


screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions for


EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

15.5
Cabinet profile screw positions
Nominal length NL (mm)
400

Box systems

32

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


B

96

LW - 31 mm

450
500
64
550

20
128

18.5

64

12

min
13.5

min 54

86

10 + 0.2
0.1

96

207

128

min 177

32

10 + 0.2
0.1

128

96

128

37
LW - 31 mm

Back
191 mm
LW

Base
NL - 2 mm

KB

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

Base assembly for quick assembly version


High fronted
pull-out

X (mm)
69

High fronted pull-out


Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Over extension = 8 mm
Page instructions
Overview METABOX
Accessories
Accessories ORGA-LINE BOXSIDE
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

413
444
451
452
453
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

443

Box systems
METABOX
Accessories
Side stabilisation installed at the back
- For full extension with wooden back
- Additional stabilisation for extra wide drawers
and high fronted pull-outs
- Recommendation: cabinet width 900 to
1200 mm

Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet

Space requirement in
cabinet

Space requirement in
cabinet

Part no.
ZST.450MH
ZST.500MH
ZST.550MH

Page instructions
Cabinet profile fixing positions

Installation dimensions
height M, K and H

452

Assembly

29

32

32
15.5

15.5

18.5 - M
50.5 - K
82.5 - H

min 118

150
min 86

32

118
32
min 54

86

15.5

Child safety latch


- For single (320) and full extension (330)
- To prevent small children from opening the
drawer
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Planning
Cabinet installation
dimensions 320

Front installation dimensions 320

Cabinet installation
dimensions 330
[1] Drilling

Front installation dimensions 330

Assembly

14.4

min 50

37

Part no.
295.5500

Child safety latch

16 28

16 28

14.4

Box systems

Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW - 86 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

1
2

444

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
METABOX
Accessories
Anti-tilt device
- For centre locking mechanisms for single (320) and full
extensions (330)
- In combination with locking systems (locking bar systems)
- If one drawer is open, the others are locked (pull-out lock)
- Material: nylon, RAL 9001 cream

Assembly

330
330 A
B
M 56 48.5
K 88 80.5
H 120 112.5

B
21
9

min 46

44

B
min A

min 7

.5
20
A = 37
B=

Spacers
- For inner drawers with single extensions (320)
- To space drawers beyond the door protrusion
- Stacking possible (up to 24 mm)
- Screw fixing with version available for predrilled 5 mm holes
- Material: nylon, RAL 9001 cream

Hinge

Spacer/fixing

170

8 mm
4 x 20 mm
12 mm
4 x 25 mm
16 mm
4 x 30 mm
24 mm
4 x 40 mm

100/107/120
Profile/thick door
Maximum spacing

Spacing
4 mm
8 mm
8 mm with dowel 5 mm

Spacers/quantity and part no.

Assembly

1x
1x

320M0088
320M0188

+
+

1x

320M0188

1x

320M0188

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
320M0048
320M0088
320M0188

1x
1x
1x
1x
2x
1x
3x
2x

320M0088
320M0188
320M0048
320M0048
320M0088
320M0088
320M0088
320M0088

445

Box systems

Planning
320

Part no.
295.5300

Anti-tilt device

Box systems
METABOX
Accessories
METAFILE file drawer

Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet

Installation dimensions
for screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions


for EXPANDO/knock-in

Part no.
ZRM.5500

METAFILE file drawer

Page instructions
Single extension
Full extension

Back installation dimensions

424
438
Assembly

min 86

86

min 213

15.5

Installation dimensions
for screw-on front
FA Front overlay

Front drilling dimensions


for EXPANDO/knock-in

Back installation dimensions

min 54

min 237

Space requirement in
cabinet

86

Box systems

- For tilt adjustment, high fronted pull-out, height


B with gallery
- Nominal length 450 to 550 mm
- Cabinet width 275 up to 600 mm
- Material: nylon/steel
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream

15.5

DIN-A4 cutting dimensions across


Min. internal width = 376 mm
2

A4

[1] Nominal length - 28 mm


[2] Nominal length - 53 mm

DIN-A4 cutting dimensions lengthwise


Min. nominal length = 500 mm
3
2

4
5

446

Catalogue 2013/2014

[1] Nominal length - 28 mm


[2] 305 mm
[3] Nominal length - 406 mm
[4] Internal cabinet width - 82 mm
[5] Internal cabinet width - 59 mm

Box systems
METABOX
Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320

BLUMOTION for METABOX 320

Part no.
Z70.0320

- For single extension


- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- Only one BLUMOTION unit required up to
cabinet width KB 900 mm
- Material: nylon; BLUMOTION white grey; latch
RAL 9001 cream
- Other colours available for latch upon request
(white or grey)

- Screw-on version
- For cutting to size, 1200 mm
- For 16 mm base
- Material: nylon, RAL 9001 cream

Contoured profile

Part no.
ZSD.1200S

Box systems

Contoured profile
Cutting dim. for 16 mm chipboard
Standard drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
NL - 18 mm
LW - 34 mm

Pull-out stop 320

Pull-out stop 320

- To prevent accidental removal of drawer


specially for cutlery or machine/applicance
pull-outs
- For single extension
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Assembly

Assembly

Part no.
298.3210.01
298.3230.01

- Stop in runner system


- Developed to relieve pressure on the drawer
front
- For single extension
- Produces either a 1.5 or 3 mm gap
- Symmetrical
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Assembly

Part no.
330.0028

- Stop in runner system


- Developed to relieve pressure on the drawer
front
- For full extension
- Produces a 1.5 mm gap
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Part no.
320M0009.01

POSISTOP 320

Front gap
1.5 mm
3 mm

POSISTOP 330

POSISTOP 330

Catalogue 2013/2014

447

Box systems
METABOX
Accessories
Chipboard screws

3.5 mm
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
15 mm
17 mm

Part no.
609.1500
609.1700

3.5

6.0 mm

Box systems

System screws
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm

Special system screws

Part no.
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm

Part no.
662.1150.HG
662.1300.HG
662.1450.HG

Centre bit
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened

Centre bit
Replacement bit

Part no.
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Stick-on door buffer

Part no.
993.710

8 mm door buffer

Part no.
993.706

8 mm door buffer
- For noise reduction
- Gap 2 mm
- Two-part
- Material: nylon, RAL 9006 white aluminium

448

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
METABOX
Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver
- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no.
303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver

Part no.
314.928.1

- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm


- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Catalogue 2013/2014

449

Box systems

Slotted screwdriver

Box systems
METABOX
Accessories ORGA-LINE gallery
Cross gallery rails for cutting to size
- For cutting to size, 1104 mm
- Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
- Material: aluminium
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream

Cross gallery rails for cutting to size

Part no.
ZRG.1104U

Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 58 mm

Box systems

Cross gallery connector


- Cross gallery connector for two cross gallery
rails
- Slide-on connection of gallery to gallery fixing
- Insertion and screw-on fixing
- Material: nylon
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream

Cross gallery connector

Part no.
ZRU.00Z0

Lateral divider

Part no.
ZRU.00F0

Lateral divider
- Gallery division
- Clip-on fixing to gallery
- Material: nylon
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream

450

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
METABOX
Accessories ORGA-LINE BOXSIDE
Cross gallery rails for cutting to size
- For cutting to size, 1104 mm
- Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
- Material: aluminium
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream

Cross gallery rails for cutting to size

Part no.
ZRG.1104U

Gallery connector

Part no.
ZRU.10B1E

Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 65 mm

- Clip-on to gallery
- Connects the cross gallery with BOXSIDE
- Material: nylon/steel
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream

Lateral divider
- Gallery division
- Clip-on fixing to gallery
- Material: nylon
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream

Catalogue 2013/2014

Lateral divider

Part no.
ZRU.00F0

451

Box systems

Gallery connector

Box systems
METABOX
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 320 25 kg

Cabinet profile 330 30 kg


C

A
B
270

A
B

A
B
C

A
B

Box systems

350 - 450
400 - 450

500

A
B

270

350

A
B

A
B

A
B
500 - 550

550

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
C
Chipboard screws 3.5 x 15 mm for high fronted pull-out
Side stabilisation installed at the back
Nominal length NL (mm)
450
500

64

550
128

128

96

128

7
37

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 25 mm

452

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
METABOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer 320/330 N

Inner drawer 320/330 N

2
1

Assembly
Box systems

ZSF.1510/1610
Assembly

Drawer 320/330 M/K/H

ZSF.1200/1300/130E
Assembly

ZSF.1700/1800
Assembly

Inner drawer 320/330 M/K/H

Assembly

High fronted pull-out


1

3
1

3
2

Front assembly

Back assembly

Back removal

Catalogue 2013/2014

Front removal

453

Box systems
METABOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer chipboard back

Box systems

Drawer insertion and removal

320

Drawer insertion and removal

330

BLUMOTION for METABOX 320

454

Catalogue 2013/2014

Box systems
METABOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Side adjustment

Tilt adjustment

1.3

1
ZSF.1200/1300/130E

3
ZSF.1700/1800

1.5

ZSF.1510/1610

ZSF.1200/1300/130E/1700
Box systems

1.5

Height adjustment

- 1.8

5
+ 3.6

2
3

1
ZSF.1200/1300/130E

Height adjustment
1.8
2

1
ZSF.1700/1800

Height adjustment

+ 1.8
1
3

ZSF.1510/1610

Catalogue 2013/2014

455

Runner systems
Variety that inspires:

Smooth running action for MOVENTO with


synchronisation for wooden pull-outs and
drawers. Our runner systems can be used in
all areas of the house. They also add value to
furniture through extreme ease-of-use.

BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing


action
SERVO-DRIVE for more comfort of motion.
A light touch for opening. BLUMOTION
provides silent and effortless closing action
TIP-ON for handle-less options integrated
with appropriate MOVENTO runner

Comprehensive programme for many options


High stability and excellent sag values
Quality for the lifetime of the furniture

MOVENTO

TANDEM

STANDARD

The evolution of motion


MOVENTO offers synchronised smooth running action, 4-dimensional
front adjustment, and a dynamic carrying capacity of 40 and 60 kg with
high stability and excellent sag values

Smooth. Practical. Versatile.


TANDEM high ease-of-use in the
entire living area. The comprehensive TANDEM programme has
the right solution for any piece of
furniture

Simple. Proven. Economical.


STANDARD, proven roller runner
and reliable technology. A comprehensive programme is covered by
just a few components

456

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
Overview

MOVENTO
MOVENTO
Overview
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

458
459
464
470
471

TANDEM
Overview
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

472
473
494
500
502

Symbol image

TANDEM

Symbol image

SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM


Overview
Accessories
Assembly, removal and adjustment

504
505
536
538

STANDARD
Overview
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

546
547
552
556
557

Runner systems

SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM

Symbol image

STANDARD

Symbol image

Catalogue 2013/2014

457

Runner systems
MOVENTO

The evolution of motion

Runner systems

Perfecting motion this motto has always


been the driving force behind the development of our products. We have taken another
step forward in this direction with our new
MOVENTO runner system: with synchronised
smooth running action, new adjustment options and excellent stability and sag values.

Synchronised feather-light glide


Low-friction nylon rollers in the
roller carriage and the synchronisation of the drawer profile and roller
carriage ensure synchronised,
smooth running action

4-dimensional adjustment ease


With MOVENTO the front can now
be adjusted to the side and depth
along with the height and tilt. Fast,
easy and tool-free

Carrying capacity and stability


MOVENTO is available in a 40 kg
and a 60 kg load bearing class.
MOVENTO impresses with high
stability and excellent sag values

Regardless of how large or heavy


the pull-out or how much force is
used for closing: BLUMOTION is
adaptive and always ensures silent
and effortless closing action

You can also use our electrical opening support system


SERVO-DRIVE with the runner with
BLUMOTION. Furniture opens with
just a light touch and closing silently
and effortlessly

Our TIP-ON mechanical opening


support system also opens with just
a press. For opening, a light press;
for closing, a light push

458

Catalogue 2013/2014

Handle-less options
Using SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON
even handle-less options are not a
problem for MOVENTO. Furniture
opens with just a light touch

Runner systems
MOVENTO
Overview
MOVENTO

Locking device feature full extension


MOVENTO with BLUMOTION 760H/766H

Optional

462
Not possible
464
464
465
465
466
466
467

Depth adjustment
Side stabilisation set
Longside gallery rails with back fixing
Rear fixing bracket
Corner connectors
Gallery rail non-adjustable
Lock-open stop
Symbol image
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 760H 40 kg
Cabinet profile 766H 60 kg

Screws
Centre bit
Door buffer
Screwdriver

468
468
468
469

470
470

Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Locking device
Adjustment
Drawer insertion and removal

471
471
471

Symbol image

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

Locking device feature

Accessories

Dynamic carrying capacity in kg

General Information

Planning

Drawer

Cutting

Inner drawer

Assembly

Full extension

Assembly, removal and adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

459

Runner systems

Integrated
Accessories

460

MOVENTO with TIP-ON 760H/766H

Runner systems
MOVENTO
Locking device feature full extension
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION 760H/766H
- Concealed full extension with integrated
BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing
action
- Synchronised feather-light glide
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment
- Optional tool-free depth adjustment
- Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation

Space requirement

NL

Runner systems

Order information
Runners left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
250 mm
270 mm
300 mm
320 mm
350 mm
380 mm
400 mm
420 mm
450 mm
480 mm
500 mm
520 mm
550 mm
580 mm
600 mm
650 mm
700 mm
750 mm

40 kg
760H2500B
760H2700B
760H3000B
760H3200B
760H3500B
760H3800B
760H4000B
760H4200B
760H4500B
760H4800B
760H5000B
760H5200B
760H5500B
760H6000B

60 kg

766H4500B

Locking device left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon/steel
Orange
Order left/right

Accessories
Depth adjustment left/right
4
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Only for inset applications
SERVO-DRIVE integrated bumper
Suitable for T51.7601 locking device
12

766H5000B
766H5200B
766H5500B
766H5800B
766H6000B
766H6500B
766H7000B
766H7500B

Drawer

460

Nominal length

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
T51.7601

Part no.
298.7600

Side stabilisation set


Nominal length NL
Part no.
Up to 400 mm
ZS7.400MU
Up to 600 mm
ZS7.600MU
Up to 750 mm
ZS7.750MU
For cutting to size, suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm

Runner systems
MOVENTO
Locking device feature full extension
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION 760H/766H

See cabinet profile fixing


positions

Drawer/inner drawer

Drawer

SKW Internal drawer width


LW Inner cabinet width

Cabinet profile screw positions


Cabinet profile 760H 40 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
250, 270

SKL Drawer length


NL Nominal length
*
Additional + 12 mm with side
stabilisation

Inner drawer
ISKL
SKL
NL
*

Inner drawer length


Drawer length
Nominal length
Additional + 3 mm with depth
adjustment

Runner systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Drawer assembly






300 - 350

380 - 520

550, 600

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Cabinet profile 766H 60 kg


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

Note
** Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm,
but with full tolerance utilisation of the internal width of the drawer SKW

500 - 600
650 - 750

Page instructions
Overview MOVENTO
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

459
505
583
464
470
471
605
684
Catalogue 2013/2014

461

Runner systems
MOVENTO
Locking device feature full extension
MOVENTO with TIP-ON 760H/766H
- Concealed full extension with integrated
TIP-ON, the mechanical opening support
system
- Synchronised feather-light glide
- Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment
- Integrated tool-free depth adjustment
- Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
- Compatible with the side stabilisation for
MOVENTO

Space requirement

NL

Runner systems

Order information
Runners left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
40 kg
60 kg
250 mm
760H2500T
270 mm
760H2700T
300 mm
760H3000T
320 mm
760H3200T
350 mm
760H3500T
380 mm
760H3800T
400 mm
760H4000T
420 mm
760H4200T
450 mm
760H4500T
766H4500T
480 mm
760H4800T
500 mm
760H5000T
766H5000T
520 mm
760H5200T
766H5200T
550 mm
760H5500T
766H5500T
580 mm
766H5800T
600 mm
760H6000T
766H6000T
650 mm
766H6500T
700 mm
766H7000T
750 mm
766H7500T
The trigger distance can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!

Drawer

Nominal length

Locking device left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon/steel
Orange
Order left/right

Accessories
TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set
6b
Design
Colour
Round
RAL 7037 light grey
6c

Part no.
T51.7601

Part no.
T57.7400

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Design
Cabinet width KB max.
Part no.
Round
1400 mm
ZST.1137W
For cutting to size
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 229 mm

Trigger range

Example for 760H, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with
synchronisation
462

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
MOVENTO
Locking device feature full extension
MOVENTO with TIP-ON 760H/766H

See cabinet profile fixing


positions

Drawer/inner drawer

Drawer

SKW Internal drawer width


LW Inner cabinet width

Cabinet profile screw positions


Cabinet profile 760H 40 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
250, 270

Inner drawer

SKL Drawer length


ISKL Inner drawer length
NL Nominal length
SKL Drawer length
*
Additional + 12 mm with side NL Nominal length
stabilisation

Runner systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Drawer assembly






300 - 350

380 - 520

550, 600

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Cabinet profile 766H 60 kg


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

Note
** Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm,
but with full tolerance utilisation of the internal width of the drawer SKW

500 - 600
650 - 750

Page instructions
Overview MOVENTO
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

459
583
464
470
471
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

463

Runner systems
MOVENTO
Accessories
Depth adjustment
- Only for inset applications
- Integrated SERVO-DRIVE bumper
- Suitable for T51.7601 locking device
- Left/right
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey

Depth adjustment

Part no.
298.7600

Runner systems

75

Assembly

Four sided drawer

Three sided drawer

Depth adjustment
2 mm

Side stabilisation set


- Can be combined with MOVENTO with
BLUMOTION and MOVENTO with TIP-ON
- For cutting to size
- Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey
Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW - 295 mm
2 Nominal length NL + 10 mm
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
*

464

See cabinet profile fixing


positions

Drawer
SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
*
Additional + 12 mm with side
stabilisation

Catalogue 2013/2014

Nominal length NL
Up to 400 mm
Up to 600 mm
Up to 750 mm

Part no.
ZS7.400MU
ZS7.600MU
ZS7.750MU

Runner systems
MOVENTO
Accessories
Longside gallery rails with back fixing
- Material: aluminium, chrome plated

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
See cabinet profile fixing
positions

NL (mm)
550
580
600
650

Part no.
ZRE.513A.ID
ZRE.543A.ID
ZRE.563A.ID
ZRE.613A.ID

Assembly

See cabinet profile fixing


positions

Assembly

Runner systems

NL (mm)
Part no.
400
ZRE.363A.ID
450
ZRE.413A.ID
480
ZRE.443A.ID
500
ZRE.463A.ID
520
ZRE.483A.ID
Nominal length NL

Removal

Rear fixing bracket


- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Rear fixing bracket

Part no.
T51.7000.01

Assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

465

Runner systems
MOVENTO
Accessories
Corner connectors
Corner connectors
2 tier
3 tier

- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey

Installation dimensions for corner connectors

22.5

22.5

Space requirement in cabinet


With 3 tier gallery
*
See cabinet profile fixing
positions

Runner systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
With 2 tier gallery
*
See cabinet profile fixing
positions

Part no.
ZTU.00Z0
ZTU.00D0

22.5

19

Gallery rail non-adjustable


- For cutting to size, 1094 mm
- Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
- Material: aluminium, chrome plated

Cutting
Cabinet width KB - 106 mm
Nominal length NL - 64 mm

466

Catalogue 2013/2014

Gallery rail non-adjustable

Part no.
ZRG.1094U

Runner systems
MOVENTO
Accessories
Lock-open stop
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Part no.
295.5600

Lock-open stop

TL
NL
[1]

Shelf length
Nominal length
Rear fixing bracket

x
3

Catalogue 2013/2014

10
8

Nominal length X (mm)


NL (mm)
760H

766H

250

77

270

72

300

72

320

72

350

72

380

72

400

72

420

72

450

72

72

480

72

500

72

72

520

72

72

550

72

72

580

72

600

72

72

650

72

700

72

750

72

Runner systems

Planning
Pull-out surround

467

Runner systems
MOVENTO
Accessories
Chipboard screws

3.5 mm
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
15 mm
17 mm

Part no.
609.1500
609.1700

3.5

System screws

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Special system screws

Part no.
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Runner systems

Length (X)
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm

Length (X)
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm

Part no.
662.1150.HG
662.1300.HG
662.1450.HG

Centre bit
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened

Centre bit
Replacement bit

Part no.
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Stick-on door buffer

Part no.
993.710

8 mm door buffer

Part no.
993.706

8 mm door buffer
- For noise reduction
- Gap 2 mm
- Two-part
- Material: nylon, RAL 9006 white aluminium

468

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
MOVENTO
Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver
- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no.
303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver

Part no.
314.928.1

Slotted screwdriver

Runner systems

- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm


- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Catalogue 2013/2014

469

Runner systems
MOVENTO

Runner systems

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Cabinet profile 760H 40 kg

Cabinet profile 766H 60 kg

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
Extreme back fixing position ensures optimal stability

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
Extreme back fixing position ensures optimal stability

Cabinet assembly

If you install runners before cabinet assembly, the fixing position must be increased by at least 1 mm from 38 to at least 39 mm due to tolerances in
the runner and cabinet!

470

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
MOVENTO
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Locking device

Adjustment

Three sided drawer

Inner drawer

Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm,


but with full tolerance utilisation of
the internal width of the drawer

Side adjustment
Two-sided via locking device
1.5 mm

Runner systems

Four sided drawer

Side adjustment
Compensation via the right, back
runner

Adjustment

Height adjustment
+ 3 mm

Tilt adjustment

Depth adjustment
With depth adjustment 298.7600
2 mm

Depth adjustment
With TIP-ON
- 1/+ 2 mm

Drawer insertion and removal

Insertion

Removal

Catalogue 2013/2014

471

Runner systems
TANDEM

Smooth. Practical. Versatile.

Runner systems

Smooth running action for wooden pull-outs


and drawers and for every room in the house:
Made possible by the TANDEM runner system. Because the comprehensive TANDEM
programme has the right solution for any
piece of furniture.

Variety
A wide range of nominal lengths,
carrying capacity classes of 30
and 50 kg and single as well as full
extensions. This variety offers the
right solution for any room

TANDEM smooth running action


Smooth running action, dampened
rail transitions and low-friction
cylindrical nylon roller runners. This
is the quality recognised all over
the world

Stability
Excellent sag values enable you to
use pull-outs near to the floor. The
optional side stabilisation ensures
stable parallel running action even
for extra-wide pull-outs

Regardless of how large or heavy


the pull-out or how much force is
used for closing: BLUMOTION is
adaptive and always ensures silent
and effortless closing action

You can also use our electrical opening support system


SERVO-DRIVE with the runner with
BLUMOTION. Furniture opens with
just a light touch and closing silently
and effortlessly

Our TIP-ON mechanical opening


support system also opens with just
a press. For opening, a light press;
for closing, a light push

472

Catalogue 2013/2014

Locking device and hook and


peg feature
The locking device feature ensures
easy insertion and removal. The
hook and peg feature also makes
assembly fast and easy

Runner systems
TANDEM
Overview
TANDEM
474

Symbol image
Accessories

Side stabilisation set for full extension


Side stabilisation set for single extension
Longside gallery rails with back fixing
Front adjuster
POSISTOP
Rear fixing bracket
Corner connectors
Symbol image
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 560H 30 kg
Cabinet profile 566H 50 kg
Cabinet profile 560H 30 kg base fixing
Cabinet profile 550H 30 kg
Cabinet profile 561H 30 kg
Cabinet profile 551H 30 kg
Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Locking device
Adjustment
Height adjustment (561H/551H)
Drawer insertion and removal

494
494
495
495
496
496
497

Gallery rail non-adjustable


Lock-open stop
Screws
Centre bit
Door buffer
Screwdriver

497
498
499
499
499
498

500
500
Runner systems

Overview runners

500
500
501
501
502
502
502
502

Symbol image
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

Assembly, removal and adjustment

Accessories
General Information
Drawer
Inner drawer
Full extension
Single extension
Locking device feature
Hook & peg variant
Dynamic carrying capacity in kg
Planning
Cutting
Assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

473

Runner systems
TANDEM
Overview runners
Locking device feature

Locking device feature full extension


TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 560H/566H

Runner systems

480

Locking device feature single extension


TANDEM BLUMOTION 550H

482

TANDEM 550H

Optional

484
Not possible

Variety that inspires:

474

478

TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 560H base fixing

Integrated

476

TANDEM plus 560H/566H

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
TANDEM
Overview runners
Hook & peg variant

Hook & peg variant full extension


TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 561H
-

488

Hook & peg variant single extension


TANDEM BLUMOTION 551H

Optional

Runner systems

490

TANDEM 551H

Integrated

486

TANDEM plus 561H

492
Not possible

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Catalogue 2013/2014

475

Runner systems
TANDEM
Locking device feature full extension
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 560H/566H
- Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless
closing action
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE the
electrical opening support system
- Tool-free height adjustment via a locking
device
- Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment
- Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation

Runner systems

Order information
Runners left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
250 mm
270 mm
300 mm
320 mm
350 mm
380 mm
400 mm
420 mm
450 mm
480 mm
500 mm
520 mm
550 mm
580 mm
600 mm
650 mm
700 mm
750 mm

Drawer

476

30 kg
560H2500B
560H2700B
560H3000B
560H3200B
560H3500B
560H3800B
560H4000B
560H4200B
560H4500B
560H4800B
560H5000B
560H5200B
560H5500B
560H6000B

Accessories
POSISTOP
Material
Nylon
Depth stop

Nominal length

Part no.
T51.1700.04

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
298.5500

Colour
Natural

Part no.
295.1000

Front adjuster
Material
Nylon

12

Side stabilisation set for full extension


Nominal length NL
Part no.
Up to 410 mm
ZST.410TV
Up to 600 mm
ZST.600TV
Up to 750 mm
ZST.750TV
For cutting to size, suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm

566H4500B01
566H5000B01
566H5200B01
566H5500B01
566H5800B01
566H6000B01
566H6500B01
566H7000B01
566H7500B01

NL

Locking device left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon/zinc
Orange
Order left/right

50 kg

Space requirement

Inner drawer

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
TANDEM
Locking device feature full extension
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 560H/566H

+ 3 mm with side stabilisation

12 - 15

SKW =
LW - 42

37*

27.5*

Drawer

SKW Internal drawer width


LW Inner cabinet width

min 7

Drawer/inner drawer

21

SKL Drawer length


NL Nominal length
*
Additional + 12 mm with side
stabilisation

Inner drawer
ISKL
SKL
NL
*

Inner drawer length


Drawer length
Nominal length
Additional + 2 mm with
POSISTOP

+ 0.0
1.5

max 16

min 27.5

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
250, 270

Runner systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Drawer assembly

300, 320
350, 380
400, 420

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

450, 480

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

500 - 550
580, 600
650 - 750

Page instructions
Overview TANDEM
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

473
505
583
494
500
502
605
684
Catalogue 2013/2014

477

Runner systems
TANDEM
Locking device feature full extension
TANDEM plus 560H/566H
- Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMATIC self-insertion technology
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Suitable for use with TIP-ON the mechanical
opening support system
- Tool-free height adjustment via a locking
device
- Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment
- Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation

Space requirement

NL

Runner systems

Order information
Runners left/right
1

Locking device left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon/zinc
Orange
Order left/right

Nominal
length NL
30 kg
50 kg
250 mm
560H2500C
270 mm
560H2700C
300 mm
560H3000C
320 mm
560H3200C
350 mm
560H3500C
380 mm
560H3800C
400 mm
560H4000C
420 mm
560H4200C
450 mm
560H4500C
566H4500C01
480 mm
560H4800C
500 mm
560H5000C
566H5000C01
520 mm
560H5200C
566H5200C01
550 mm
560H5500C
566H5500C01
580 mm
566H5800C01
600 mm
560H6000C
566H6000C01
650 mm
566H6500C01
700 mm
566H7000C01
750 mm
566H7500C01
The trigger distance can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!

Drawer

Nominal length

Accessories
Front adjuster
Material
Nylon

Colour
Natural

Part no.
T51.1700.04

Part no.
295.1000

6a

TIP-ON left/right
Dynamic carrying capacity
30 kg
50 kg
Only suitable for TANDEM plus

6b

TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set


Design
Colour
Semicircular
RAL 7037 light grey

6c

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Design
Cabinet width KB max.
Part no.
Semicircular
1200 mm
T55.889W
Round, incl. pinion
1400 mm
T55.1089ZR
For cutting to size
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 277 mm

Part no.
T55.7150S
T55.9150S

Part no.
T55.000R

Trigger range
6a

6b

6a

6c

Example for 560H, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with
synchronisation
478

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
TANDEM
Locking device feature full extension
TANDEM plus 560H/566H

+ 1 mm with TIP-ON

12 - 15

SKW =
LW - 42

37*

27.5*

Drawer

SKW Internal drawer width


LW Inner cabinet width

min 7

Drawer/inner drawer

21

SKL Drawer length


NL Nominal length

Inner drawer
ISKL
SKL
NL
*

Inner drawer length


Drawer length
Nominal length
Additional + 3 mm with
TIP-ON

+ 0.0
1.5

max 16

min 27.5

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
250, 270

Runner systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Drawer assembly

300 - 380
400, 420
450, 480

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

500 - 550

*
85 mm with TIP-ON
Use drilling template T65.1000.02

580, 600
650 - 750

Page instructions
Overview TANDEM
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

473
583
494
500
502
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

479

Runner systems
TANDEM
Locking device feature full extension
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 560H base fixing
- Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless
closing action
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- For cabinet bottom panel assembly
- Tool-free height adjustment via a locking
device
- Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment
- Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation

Space requirement

NL

Runner systems

Order information
Runners for base fixing left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
3

30 kg
560H3500BU
560H4000BU

Locking device left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon/zinc
Orange
Order left/right

Part no.
T51.1700.04

Accessories
POSISTOP
Material
Nylon
Depth stop

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Rear fixing bracket


Material
Colour
Nylon
Natural

11

Lock-open stop
Material
Nylon

Base fixing

480

Nominal length

Catalogue 2013/2014

Colour
Natural

Part no.
298.5500

Part no.
T51.7000.01

Part no.
295.5600

Runner systems
TANDEM
Locking device feature full extension
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 560H base fixing
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Multimedia pull-out

Multimedia pull-out

LTW Underside width


LW Inner cabinet width

TL
NL
[1]

Shelf length
Nominal length
Rear fixing bracket

TL = NL - 20 + X

27.5

X + 39

10

10

X = max. 16
NL
NL + 7 + X

8.8

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
350

Runner systems

21
Drawer assembly

400
256
352
X

Front piece thickness

Page instructions
Overview TANDEM
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

9
X + 39
Use drilling template T65.1000.02

473
494
500
502
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

481

Runner systems
TANDEM
Locking device feature single extension
TANDEM BLUMOTION 550H
- Concealed TANDEM single extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless
closing action
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE the
electrical opening support system
- Tool-free height adjustment via a locking
device
- Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation

Space requirement

NL

Runner systems

Order information
Runners left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
3

Drawer

482

30 kg
550H2700B
550H3000B
550H3500B
550H4000B
550H4500B
550H5000B
550H5500B
550H6000B
550H6500B

Locking device left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon/zinc
Orange
Order left/right

Accessories
POSISTOP
Material
Nylon
Depth stop

Nominal length

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
298.5500

Colour
Natural

Part no.
295.1000

Front adjuster
Material
Nylon

12

Side stabilisation set for single extension


Nominal length NL
Part no.
ZST.410TT
Up to 400 mm
Up to 650 mm
ZST.650TT
For cutting to size, suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm

Part no.
T51.1700.04

Inner drawer

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
TANDEM
Locking device feature single extension
TANDEM BLUMOTION 550H
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
A
*

3 mm distance to interchange with full extension


+ 3 mm with side stabilisation

Drawer/inner drawer

Drawer

SKW Internal drawer width


LW Inner cabinet width

max 13

SKW =
LW - 42

SKL Drawer length


NL Nominal length
*
Additional + 12 mm with side
stabilisation

Inner drawer
ISKL
SKL
NL
*

Inner drawer length


Drawer length
Nominal length
Additional + 2 mm with
POSISTOP

+ 0.0
1.5

max 16

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Runner systems

min 24.5

Drawer assembly

300 - 450
500, 550
600

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

650

Page instructions
Overview TANDEM
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

473
505
583
494
500
502
605
684
Catalogue 2013/2014

483

Runner systems
TANDEM
Locking device feature single extension
TANDEM 550H
- Concealed TANDEM single extension with
integrated BLUMATIC self-insertion technology
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Suitable for use with TIP-ON the mechanical
opening support system
- Tool-free height adjustment via a locking
device
- Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation

Space requirement

NL

Runner systems

Order information
Runners left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
30 kg
270 mm
550H2700.03
300 mm
550H3000.03
350 mm
550H3500.03
400 mm
550H4000.03
450 mm
550H4500.03
500 mm
550H5000.03
550 mm
550H5500.03
600 mm
550H6000.03
650 mm
550H6500.03
The trigger distance can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!

Drawer

Locking device left/right


Material
Colour
Nylon/zinc
Orange
Order left/right

Accessories
Front adjuster
Material
Nylon

Nominal length

Colour
Natural

Part no.
295.1000

6a

TIP-ON left/right
Dynamic carrying capacity
30 kg
Only suitable for TANDEM

Part no.
T55.1150S

6b

TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set


Design
Colour
Semicircular
RAL 7037 light grey

6c

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Design
Cabinet width KB max.
Part no.
Semicircular
1200 mm
T55.889W
For cutting to size
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 277 mm

Part no.
T51.1700.04

Part no.
T55.000R

Trigger range

Example for 560H, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with
synchronisation
484

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
TANDEM
Locking device feature single extension
TANDEM 550H
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
A

Drawer

SKW Internal drawer width


LW Inner cabinet width

SKL Drawer length


NL Nominal length

Inner drawer
ISKL
SKL
NL
*

Inner drawer length


Drawer length
Nominal length
Additional + 3 mm with
TIP-ON

22.5*

32*

min 7

5 mm distance to interchange with full extension


+ 1 mm with TIP-ON

Drawer/inner drawer

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
270

Runner systems

21
Drawer assembly

300 - 450
500, 550
600

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

650

Page instructions
Overview TANDEM
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

*
85 mm with TIP-ON
Use drilling template T65.1000.02

473
583
494
500
502
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

485

Runner systems
TANDEM
Hook & peg variant full extension
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 561H
- Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless
closing action
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE the
electrical opening support system
- Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated
into runner system
- Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment

Space requirement

NL

Nominal
length NL
260 mm
285 mm
310 mm
335 mm
360 mm
385 mm
410 mm
435 mm
460 mm
485 mm
510 mm
535 mm
560 mm

Drawer

486

all items

Runner systems

Order information
Runners left/right
1

30 kg
561H2601B
561H2851B
561H3101B
561H3351B
561H3601B
561H3851B
561H4101B
561H4351B
561H4601B
561H4851B
561H5101B
561H5351B
561H5601B

Accessories
Front adjuster
Material
Nylon

12

Colour
Natural

Part no.
295.1000

Side stabilisation set for full extension


Nominal length NL
Part no.
ZST.410TV
Up to 410 mm
Up to 600 mm
ZST.600TV
For cutting to size, suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm

Inner drawer

Catalogue 2013/2014

Nominal length

Runner systems
TANDEM
Hook & peg variant full extension
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 561H
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
*

+ 3 mm with side stabilisation

Drawer/inner drawer

Drawer

SKW Internal drawer width


LW Inner cabinet width

11-13

SKW =
LW - 42

Inner drawer

SKL Drawer length


ISKL Inner drawer length
NL Nominal length
SKL Drawer length
*
Additional + 12 mm with side NL Nominal length
stabilisation

+ 0.0
1.5

11-16

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
260

Runner systems

min 27.5

Drawer assembly

96

285
310, 335
360, 385

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

410
64

435 - 485

128

510, 535
560
14
64

Page instructions
Overview TANDEM
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

32
224

9
37

Nominal
length

Pegs

Lift-off stop

NL (mm)

X2 (mm)

X3 (mm)

260

205

185

285

220

200

310

230

242

335

245

257

360

275

287

385

285

297

410

300

344

435

310

354

460

335

379

485

350

394

510

360

436

535

375

451

560

405

481

473
505
583
494
500
502
605
684
Catalogue 2013/2014

487

Runner systems
TANDEM
Hook & peg variant full extension
TANDEM plus 561H
- Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMATIC self-insertion technology
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Suitable for use with TIP-ON the mechanical
opening support system
- Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated
into runner system
- Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment

Space requirement

NL

Nominal
length NL
30 kg
260 mm
561H2601C
285 mm
561H2851C
310 mm
561H3101C
335 mm
561H3351C
360 mm
561H3601C
385 mm
561H3851C
410 mm
561H4101C
435 mm
561H4351C
460 mm
561H4601C
485 mm
561H4851C
510 mm
561H5101C
535 mm
561H5351C
560 mm
561H5601C
The trigger distance can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!
all items

Runner systems

Order information
Runners left/right
1

Drawer

Accessories
Front adjuster
Material
Nylon

Nominal length

Colour
Natural

Part no.
295.1000

6a

TIP-ON left/right (optional)


Dynamic carrying capacity
30 kg
Only suitable for TANDEM plus

6b

TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set


Design
Colour
Semicircular
RAL 7037 light grey

6c

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Design
Cabinet width KB max.
Part no.
Semicircular
1200 mm
T55.889W
Round, incl. pinion
1400 mm
T55.1089ZR
For cutting to size
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 277 mm

Part no.
T55.7150S

Part no.
T55.000R

Trigger range

Example for 560H, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with
synchronisation
488

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
TANDEM
Hook & peg variant full extension
TANDEM plus 561H
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
*

+ 1 mm with TIP-ON

Drawer/inner drawer

Drawer

SKW Internal drawer width


LW Inner cabinet width

11-13

SKW =
LW - 42

SKL Drawer length


NL Nominal length

Inner drawer
ISKL
SKL
NL
*

Inner drawer length


Drawer length
Nominal length
Additional + 3 mm with
TIP-ON

+ 0.0
1.5

11-16

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
260, 285

Runner systems

min 27.5

Drawer assembly

310 - 385
410
435 - 485

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

510, 535
560

Page instructions
Overview TANDEM
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Nominal
length

Pegs

Lift-off stop

NL (mm)

X2 (mm)

X3 (mm)

260

205

185

285

220

200

310

230

242

335

245

257

360

275

287

385

285

297

410

300

344

435

310

354

460

335

379

485

350

394

510

360

436

535

375

451

560

405

481

473
583
494
500
502
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

489

Runner systems
TANDEM
Hook & peg variant single extension
TANDEM BLUMOTION 551H
- Concealed TANDEM single extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless
closing action
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE the
electrical opening support system
- Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated
into runner system

Space requirement

NL

Nominal
length NL
260 mm
285 mm
310 mm
335 mm
360 mm
385 mm
410 mm
435 mm
460 mm
485 mm
510 mm
535 mm
560 mm

Drawer

490

all items

Runner systems

Order information
Runners left/right
1

30 kg
551H2601B
551H2851B
551H3101B
551H3351B
551H3601B
551H3851B
551H4101B
551H4351B
551H4601B
551H4851B
551H5101B
551H5351B
551H5601B

Accessories
Front adjuster
Material
Nylon

12

Colour
Natural

Part no.
295.1000

Side stabilisation set for single extension


Nominal length NL
Part no.
ZST.410TT
Up to 410 mm
Up to 650 mm
ZST.650TT
For cutting to size, suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm

Inner drawer

Catalogue 2013/2014

Nominal length

Runner systems
TANDEM
Hook & peg variant single extension
TANDEM BLUMOTION 551H
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
A
*

3 mm distance to interchange with full extension


+ 3 mm with side stabilisation

Drawer/inner drawer

Drawer

SKW Internal drawer width


LW Inner cabinet width

max 13

SKW =
LW - 42

Inner drawer

SKL Drawer length


ISKL Inner drawer length
NL Nominal length
SKL Drawer length
*
Additional + 12 mm with side NL Nominal length
stabilisation

+ 0.0
1.5

11-16

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
260, 285

Runner systems

min 24.5

Drawer assembly

96

310 - 435

128

460, 485
510, 535

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

560
14
64

Page instructions
Overview TANDEM
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

224

9
37
Nominal
length

Pegs

Lift-off stop

NL (mm)

X2 (mm)

X1 (mm)

260

205

185

285

220

200

310

230

210

335

245

225

360

275

255

385

285

265

410

300

280

435

310

290

460

335

315

485

350

330

510

360

340

535

375

355

560

405

385

473
505
583
494
500
502
605
684
Catalogue 2013/2014

491

Runner systems
TANDEM
Hook & peg variant single extension
TANDEM 551H
- Concealed TANDEM single extension with
integrated BLUMATIC self-insertion technology
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Suitable for use with TIP-ON the mechanical
opening support system
- Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated
into runner system

Space requirement

NL

Nominal
length NL
30 kg
260 mm
551H2601
285 mm
551H2851
310 mm
551H3101
335 mm
551H3351
360 mm
551H3601
385 mm
551H3851
410 mm
551H4101
435 mm
551H4351
460 mm
551H4601
485 mm
551H4851
510 mm
551H5101
535 mm
551H5351
560 mm
551H5601
The trigger distance can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!
all items

Runner systems

Order information
Runners left/right
1

Drawer

Accessories
Front adjuster
Material
Nylon

Nominal length

Colour
Natural

Part no.
295.1000

6a

TIP-ON left/right (optional)


Dynamic carrying capacity
30 kg
Only suitable for TANDEM

Part no.
T55.3150S

6b

TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set


Design
Colour
Semicircular
RAL 7037 light grey

6c

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Design
Cabinet width KB max.
Part no.
Semicircular
1200 mm
T55.889W
For cutting to size
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 277 mm

Part no.
T55.000R

Trigger range

Example for 560H, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with
synchronisation
492

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
TANDEM
Hook & peg variant single extension
TANDEM 551H
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
A

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKL Drawer length


NL Nominal length

SKW Internal drawer width


LW Inner cabinet width

ISKL
SKL
NL
*

min 7

5 mm distance to interchange with full extension


+ 1 mm with TIP-ON

Drawer/inner drawer

Inner drawer length


Drawer length
Nominal length
Additional + 3 mm with
TIP-ON

22.5*

32*

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
260, 285

Drawer assembly

96

310 - 435

128

460, 485
510, 535

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

560
14
64

Page instructions
Overview TANDEM
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Runner systems

21

224

9
37
Nominal
length

Pegs

Lift-off stop

NL (mm)

X2 (mm)

X1 (mm)

260

205

185

285

220

200

310

230

210

335

245

225

360

275

255

385

285

265

410

300

280

435

310

290

460

335

315

485

350

330

510

360

340

535

375

355

560

405

385

473
583
494
500
502
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

493

Runner systems
TANDEM
Accessories
Side stabilisation set for full extension
- For cutting to size
- Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey
- Not compatible with TIP-ON

Nominal length NL
Up to 410 mm
Up to 600 mm
Up to 750 mm

Part no.
ZST.410TV
ZST.600TV
ZST.750TV

Nominal length NL
Up to 400 mm
Up to 650 mm

Part no.
ZST.410TT
ZST.650TT

Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW - 254 mm
2 Nominal length NL + 12 mm
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
+ 3 mm with side stabilisation

SKL Drawer length


NL Nominal length
*
Additional + 12 mm with side
stabilisation

37*

27.5*

Runner systems

min 7

Drawer

21

Side stabilisation set for single extension


- For cutting to size
- Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey
- Not compatible with TIP-ON
Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW - 222 mm
2 Nominal length NL + 12 mm
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
A
*

494

3 mm distance to interchange with full extension


+ 3 mm with side stabilisation

Drawer
SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
*
Additional + 12 mm with side
stabilisation

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
TANDEM
Accessories
Longside gallery rails with back fixing
- Material: aluminium, chrome plated

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

NL (mm)
550
580
600
650

Part no.
ZRE.513A.ID
ZRE.543A.ID
ZRE.563A.ID
ZRE.613A.ID

Assembly

+ 1 mm with TIP-ON

Removal

37*

27.5*

Assembly

Runner systems

min 7

NL (mm)
Part no.
400
ZRE.363A.ID
450
ZRE.413A.ID
480
ZRE.443A.ID
500
ZRE.463A.ID
520
ZRE.483A.ID
Nominal length NL

21

Front adjuster
- With threaded steel washer insert
- For 4-sided drawers
- 2-dimensional front adjustment ( 2 mm)
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Planning

Front adjuster

Part no.
295.1000

Assembly

Insertion ram for MINIPRESS +


PRO-CENTER MZM.0095

20

10.5

Use screw M4x20

Height/side adjustment
2 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

495

Runner systems
TANDEM
Accessories
POSISTOP
- Depth stop for TANDEM plus BLUMOTION
560H/566H and TANDEM BLUMOTION
550H
- Only for inset applications
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey

POSISTOP

Part no.
298.5500

Runner systems

Assembly

Four sided drawer

Rear fixing bracket


- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Assembly

496

Catalogue 2013/2014

Rear fixing bracket

Part no.
T51.7000.01

Runner systems
TANDEM
Accessories
Corner connectors
Corner connectors
2 tier
3 tier

- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey

Space requirement in cabinet


With 3 tier gallery
*
+ 1 mm with TIP-ON

Installation dimensions for corner connectors

21

Runner systems

22.5

37*

16

16

37*

22.5

137

180.5*

130.5*
87

min 7

min 7

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
With 2 tier gallery
*
+ 1 mm with TIP-ON

Part no.
ZTU.00Z0
ZTU.00D0

22.5

21

19

Gallery rail non-adjustable


- For cutting to size, 1094 mm
- Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
- Material: aluminium, chrome plated

Gallery rail non-adjustable

Part no.
ZRG.1094U

Cutting
Cabinet width KB - 106 mm
Nominal length NL - 64 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

497

Runner systems
TANDEM
Accessories
Lock-open stop
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Lock-open stop

Part no.
295.5600

Runner systems

Planning

x
3

10
8

Nominal length X (mm)


NL (mm)
560H

566H

550H

250

79

270

74

134

300

74

134

320

70

350

80

134

380

82

400

60

154

420

80

450

60

80

154

480

70

500

60

80

176

520

80

80

550

60

80

176

580

80

600

80

80

219

650

80

219

700

80

750

87

Pozidrive screwdriver
- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no.
303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver

Part no.
314.928.1

Slotted screwdriver
- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm
- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

498

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
TANDEM
Accessories
Chipboard screws

3.5 mm
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
15 mm
17 mm

Part no.
609.1500
609.1700

3.5

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm

Special system screws

Part no.
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm

Part no.
662.1150.HG
662.1300.HG
662.1450.HG

Centre bit
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened

Centre bit
Replacement bit

Part no.
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Stick-on door buffer

Part no.
993.710

8 mm door buffer

Part no.
993.706

8 mm door buffer
- For noise reduction
- Gap 2 mm
- Two-part
- Material: nylon, RAL 9006 white aluminium

Catalogue 2013/2014

499

Runner systems

System screws

Runner systems
TANDEM

Runner systems

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Cabinet profile 560H 30 kg

Cabinet profile 566H 50 kg

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
Extreme back fixing position ensures optimal stability

Cabinet profile 560H 30 kg base fixing

Cabinet profile 550H 30 kg

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG

500

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
TANDEM

Cabinet profile 561H 30 kg

Cabinet profile 551H 30 kg

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems

Cabinet profile fixing positions

501

Runner systems
TANDEM
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Four sided drawer

75

75

Locking device

Three sided drawer

Inner drawer

560H/566H/561H
Tilt adjustment via runner

Height/side adjustment via the front


adjustment bracket
2 mm

Runner systems

Adjustment

2
1
560H/566H/550H
Height adjustment
+ 3 mm
Height adjustment (561H/551H)

561H: + 2.5 mm

551H: + 2.5 mm

Drawer insertion and removal (560H/566H/550H)

Insertion

502

Removal

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
TANDEM
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer insertion (561/551H)

Insertion

Lock 561H

Lock 551H

Unlock 561H

Unlock 551H

Runner systems

Drawer removal (561/551H)

Removal

Catalogue 2013/2014

503

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM

Ease of opening for various furniture styles


SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening support system, is now also available for drawers
and high fronted pull-outs made from wood.
Your customers will be amazed at the opening
action that can be achieved. BLUMOTION, for
silent and effortless closing action, completes
the picture in high quality of motion.

Runner systems

A light touch on the handle-less front or a


light pull of the handle, and drawers and
pull-outs will open as if by themselves. It also
doesnt matter how or where you touch the
front. Whether heavy or light, wide or narrow
pull-outs the gentle opening support always
remains the same.

Opening is that easy

A light touch on the front is enough and drawers open as if by themselves

Easily-integrated, high performance technology

The electrical drive unit is attached


behind the pull-out

504

Using SERVO-DRIVE, requires no


changes to the pull-out

The main SERVO-DRIVE components can be attached without the


need of tools

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Overview
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
506 Cabinet with individual drawer
512 Cabinet with inset fronts
514
518

COMBOX
Synchronisation cable
Cable holder

536
536
537

Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Blum distance bumper
Bracket profile cable
Drive unit bracket profile
Bracket profile
Attachment bracket
Drive unit attachment bracket
Bracket profile adapter
Symbol image

528
532

522

538
538
538
538
538
539
539

Upper attachment bracket


Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Assembly cabling Blum transformer 72 W
Assembly and adjustment
Removal

539
540
541
543
544

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request
General Information
Accessories
SERVO-DRIVE
Sink cabinet
Planning
Cutting
Assembly
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

505

Runner systems

Symbol image
Accessories

Applications
Standard cabinet
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
Sink cabinet
Two drawers with a continuous front
Cabinet with different drawer depths/inner drawer

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Standard cabinet

Runner systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- With vertical bracket profile
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Tool-free assembly
- Simple cabling
- Shallow installation depth

Order information
Blum distance bumper
1a
Diameter
8 mm
5 mm
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
2

Bracket profile
Length
650 mm
700 mm
710 mm
750 mm
800 mm
For cutting to size, 1170 mm

Vertical cross member alternative to 3a


Bracket profile attachment lower/back
3b
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Incl. bracket profile cover cap
9

Material
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium

Cable
Part no.
With
Z10T650AA
With
Z10T700AA
Z10T710AA
With
With
Z10T750AA
With
Z10T800AA
Without
Z10T1170A

Cross bar construction horizontal


Bracket profile attachment top/bottom
3a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey

506

Part no.
993.0830.01
993.0530

Part no.
Z10D01E0.01

Drive unit
Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
Z10D01EA.01

Part no.
Z10A3000.02

Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m
Z10K800AE
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
Composed of:
1x
11a Distribution cable
5x
11b Cable end protector
11

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Standard cabinet

13

Part no.
Z10V100E.01
1x
2x

Blum transformer
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H

Base fixing
Transformer unit housing
15a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
With cover
For Blum transformer 72 W
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Transformer unit housing
15b
Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

Part no.
Z10NG000

Part no.
Z10NG120

Runner systems

Order information
Connecting node and cable end protector
12
Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Composed of:
12a Connecting node
11b Cable end protector

Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14

18

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Europe
Z10M200E
US, CA
Z10M200U
BR
Z10M200S
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
Z10M200N
CN
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Accessories
Synchronisation cable
Length
Part no.
160 cm
Z10K160S
120 cm
Z10K120S
50 cm
Z10K050S
8 cm
Z10K008S
Two drive units that need to open simultaneously must be connected via the synchronisation cable

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Overview MOVENTO
Overview TANDEM
Planning horizontal cross member
Planning vertical cross member
Accessories

505
459
473
508
510
536

19

Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable

Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Cabling
Adjustment
Removal
Overview assembly devices
Catalogue 2013/2014

538 More technical details


538
540
541
543
544
605

Part no.
Z10K0009

684

507

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Standard cabinet
Planning horizontal cross member
Cabinet dimensions

Runner systems

KB
LW
LT
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth
Nominal length

SWS Side panel thickness


FS Front thickness

Drilling distance base/cross bar

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW 236 - 390 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW 225 - 245 mm
Drawer with overlay front

508

TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW 246 - 340 mm

X

Y

Z

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW > 390 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW > 340 mm

Drilling position
NL + 16 mm
Min. space requirement
NL + 30 mm
Distance from cabinet front edge to drilling
37 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Standard cabinet
Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper
Drawer with overlay front

Back cabling

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER


and MINIPRESS

Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper
Bracket profile cutting dimensions

LH
PL

Internal cabinet height


Bracket profile length

538 Assembly Blum transformer 72 W


538 Cabling

540
541

Position drive unit

Distance from drawer to top panel

Inner cabinet width LW

MOVENTO

TANDEM

X (mm) Y (mm) X (mm) Y (mm)


420 mm

55

88

50

71

> 420 mm

35

68

35

68

Catalogue 2013/2014

509

Runner systems

Planning horizontal cross member


Drilling pattern base
Lower cabling

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Standard cabinet
Planning vertical cross member
Cabinet dimensions

Runner systems

KB
LW
LT
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth
Nominal length

SWS Side panel thickness


FS Front thickness

Drilling distance base/cross bar

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW 236 - 390 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW 225 - 245 mm
Drawer with overlay front

510

TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW 246 - 340 mm

X

Y

Z

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW > 390 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW > 340 mm

Drilling position
NL + 16 mm
Min. space requirement
NL + 31 mm
Distance from cabinet front edge to drilling
37 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Standard cabinet
Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper
Drawer with overlay front

Back cabling

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER


and MINIPRESS

Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper
Bracket profile cutting dimensions

LH
PL

Internal cabinet height


Bracket profile length

538 Assembly Blum transformer 72 W


538 Cabling

540
541

Position drive unit

Distance from drawer to top panel

Inner cabinet width LW

MOVENTO

TANDEM

X (mm) Y (mm) X (mm) Y (mm)


420 mm

55

96

50

91

> 420 mm

35

76

35

76

Catalogue 2013/2014

511

Runner systems

Planning vertical cross member


Drilling pattern base
Lower cabling

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions

Runner systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- For bottom mount waste bin solutions
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
- Also ideal for retrofitting

Order information
SERVO-DRIVE set
16
Network adapter (x) *
E
B
K

Set pre-mounted
R

Language package (y)


A DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
E CS, HU, PL, SK
B DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
F BG, ET, LT, LV, RO, RU
C EL, EN, HR, SL, SR, TR
G EN, ES, FR
D EN, ES, FR, IT, PT
H EN, ZH
Cabinet width KB
Part no.
Variable
Z10NA20xy01
* See the Information chapter for a detailed country list

512

Composed of:
1 Blum distance bumper
4 Attachment bracket 1 tier
9 Drive unit
16a Transport protection
16b Protection against dripping water
16c Blum transformer incl. cable
16d Assembly Device
Screws for Blum distance bumper and attachment bracket
Installation instructions
Instruction leaflet

Catalogue 2013/2014

2x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
7x
1x
1x

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
Planning
Drilling distances base

Inner cabinet width


Nominal length
Drilling position
NL - 48 mm
Min. space requirement
NL + 32 mm

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm

Position drive unit


MOVENTO/TANDEM

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Overview MOVENTO
Overview TANDEM
Accessories
SERVO-DRIVE uno country list
Assembly Blum distance bumper

Position cabinet profile


MOVENTO

505
459
473
536
704
538

Assembly Blum transformer 72 W


Cabling
Adjustment
Removal
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems

LW
NL
X

Y

Position Blum distance bumper

TANDEM

540
541
543
544
605
684

513

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Sink cabinet

Runner systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- With attachment bracket
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information
Blum distance bumper
1a
Diameter
8 mm
5 mm
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
5

Attachment bracket 1 tier


Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey

Alternative to 5
Attachment bracket 2 tier
4
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey/zinc plated
9

514

Drive unit
Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
993.0830.01
993.0530

Part no.
Z10D0311

Part no.
Z10D7201.01

Part no.
Z10A3000.02

9a

Protection against dripping water


Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
Z10D0316

Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m
Z10K800AE
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
Composed of:
1x
11a Distribution cable
5x
11b Cable end protector
11

Connecting node and cable end protector


Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Composed of:
12a Connecting node
11b Cable end protector
12

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
Z10V100E.01
1x
2x

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Sink cabinet
Order information
Blum transformer
13
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H
Language descriptions as per ISO-639

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Europe
Z10M200E
US, CA
Z10M200U
Z10M200S
BR
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Base fixing
Transformer unit housing
15a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
With cover
For Blum transformer 72 W
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Transformer unit housing
15b
Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

19

Part no.
Z10NG000

Part no.
Z10NG120

Accessories
Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Overview MOVENTO
Overview TANDEM
Planning
Accessories
Assembly

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Runner systems

14

505
459
473
516
536
538

Part no.
Z10K0009

Assembly Blum distance bumper


Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Cabling
Adjustment
Removal
Overview assembly devices
More technical details
Catalogue 2013/2014

538
540
541
543
544
605
684
515

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Sink cabinet

Runner systems

Planning
Cabinet dimensions

KB
LW
LT
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth
Nominal length

X

Y

Z

Drilling position
NL + 16 mm
Min. space requirement
NL + 30 mm
Distance from cabinet front edge to drilling
37 mm

Drilling distances base

Cabinet width KB starting at 900 mm

Drawer with overlay front

516

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications

Planning
Drilling pattern base
Lower cabling

Front assembly position of Blum distance


bumper

Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER


and MINIPRESS

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper

538 Assembly Blum transformer 72 W


538 Cabling

Cross member attachment bracket 1 tier


Position
Drilling pattern top plan view

Cabinet width KB starting at


900 mm

540
541

Drilling position in cabinet

Drilling depth 8 mm
*
Measured from cabinet front
edge

Catalogue 2013/2014

Measured from cabinet front


edge

517

Runner systems

Sink cabinet

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Two drawers with a continuous front

Runner systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- With attachment bracket
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information
Blum distance bumper
1a
Diameter
8 mm
5 mm
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
5

518

Attachment bracket 1 tier


Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Drive unit
Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
993.0830.01
993.0530

Part no.
Z10D0311

Part no.
Z10A3000.02

Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m
Z10K800AE
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
Composed of:
1x
11a Distribution cable
5x
11b Cable end protector
11

Connecting node and cable end protector


Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Composed of:
12a Connecting node
11b Cable end protector
12

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
Z10V100E.01
1x
2x

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Two drawers with a continuous front
Order information
Blum transformer
13
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H
Language descriptions as per ISO-639

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Europe
Z10M200E
US, CA
Z10M200U
Z10M200S
BR
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Base fixing
Transformer unit housing
15a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
With cover
For Blum transformer 72 W
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Transformer unit housing
15b
Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

18

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Part no.
Z10NG000

Part no.
Z10NG120

Accessories
Synchronisation cable
Length
Part no.
160 cm
Z10K160S
120 cm
Z10K120S
50 cm
Z10K050S
8 cm
Z10K008S
Two drive units that need to open simultaneously must be connected via the synchronisation cable

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Overview MOVENTO
Overview TANDEM
Planning
Accessories
Assembly

Runner systems

14

505
459
473
520
536
538

19

Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable

Assembly Blum distance bumper


Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Cabling
Adjustment
Removal
Overview assembly devices
More technical details
Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
Z10K0009

538
540
541
543
544
605
684
519

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Two drawers with a continuous front

Runner systems

Planning
Cabinet dimensions

KB
LW
LT
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth
Nominal length

X

Y

Z

Drilling position
NL + 16 mm
Min. space requirement
NL + 30 mm
Distance from cabinet front edge to drilling
37 mm

Drilling distance base/cross bar

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW > 390 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW > 340 mm
Drawer with overlay front

520

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Two drawers with a continuous front
Planning
Cabling in the cabinet

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper

538 Cabling
538

541

Catalogue 2013/2014

521

Runner systems

Front assembly position of Blum distance


bumper

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with different drawer depths/inner drawer

Runner systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- With attachment bracket and horizontal
bracket profile
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information
Blum distance bumper
1a
Diameter
8 mm
5 mm
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
1b

1b

522

Part no.
993.0830.01
993.0530

Blum distance bumper inner drawer


Runner systems
Diameter
Part no.
TANDEM
10 mm
993.2000
Adjustable Blum distance bumper for inner drawers and inset
fronts with TANDEM
Depth adjustment inner drawer
Runner systems
Colour
MOVENTO
RAL 7037 light grey
Only for inset applications
SERVO-DRIVE integrated bumper
Suitable for T51.7601 locking device

Attachment bracket 1 tier


Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey

Alternative to 5
Attachment bracket 2 tier
4
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey/zinc plated
6

Part no.
298.7600

Catalogue 2013/2014

Bracket profile horizontal


Material
Length
Aluminium
For cutting to size, 1143 mm
For cabinet width KB 275 - 1200 mm

Part no.
Z10D0311

Part no.
Z10D7201.01

Part no.
Z10T1143B

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with different drawer depths/inner drawer

Composed of:
7a Bracket profile attachment left/right
7b Bracket profile adapter for bracket profile horizontal
9

Drive unit
Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
Z10D5210

1x
1x

Part no.
Z10A3000.02

Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m
Z10K800AE
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
Composed of:
1x
11a Distribution cable
5x
11b Cable end protector
11

Connecting node and cable end protector


Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Composed of:
12a Connecting node
11b Cable end protector
12

13

Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14

Part no.
Z10V100E.01
1x
2x

Blum transformer
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H
Flex
Countries
Part no.
Europe
Z10M200E
US, CA
Z10M200U
Z10M200S
BR
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Base fixing
Transformer unit housing
15a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
With cover
For Blum transformer 72 W
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Transformer unit housing
15b
Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

19

Accessories
Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Overview MOVENTO
Overview TANDEM
Planning
Accessories
Assembly

505
459
473
524
536
538

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Part no.
Z10NG000

Part no.
Z10NG120

Part no.
Z10K0009

Assembly Blum distance bumper


Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Cabling
Adjustment
Adjustment depth adjustment
Removal
Overview assembly devices
Catalogue 2013/2014

538 More technical details


540
541
543
471
544
605

684

523

Runner systems

Order information
Bracket profile attachment left/right
7
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Chipboard screws and system screws can be used

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with different drawer depths/inner drawer

Runner systems

Planning attachment bracket 1 or 2 tier


Cabinet dimensions

KB
LW
LT
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth
Nominal length

X

Y

Z

Drilling position
NL + 16 mm
Min. space requirement
NL + 30 mm
Distance from cabinet front edge to drilling
37 mm

Drilling distance base/cross bar

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW > 390 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW > 340 mm
Drawer with overlay front

524

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with different drawer depths/inner drawer
Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper

Back cabling

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER


and MINIPRESS

Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper

538 Assembly Blum transformer 72 W


538 Cabling

540
541

Position drive unit

Inner cabinet Attachment


width LW
bracket

MOVENTO

TANDEM

* (mm)

* (mm)

420 mm

2 tier

55

50

> 420 mm

1 tier

35

35

Catalogue 2013/2014

525

Runner systems

Planning attachment bracket 1 or 2 tier


Drilling pattern base
Lower cabling

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with different drawer depths/inner drawer
Planning bracket profile horizontal
Cabinet dimensions

Runner systems

KB
LW
LT
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth
Nominal length

SWS Side panel thickness


FS Front thickness

Inner drawer

X

Y

526

Drilling position
NL + Z - 13 mm
Min. space requirement
FS + NL + 36 mm

Distance from cabinet front edge to drilling


FS + 39 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Inner cabinet width LW

MOVENTO TANDEM
* (mm)

* (mm)

420 mm

> 420 mm

19

19

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with different drawer depths/inner drawer

Runner

X (mm)

Y (mm)

56XH

Full extension

16.5 1

18.5 0.5

55XH

Single extension

12.0 1

13.5 0.5

Front thickness FS Drilling depth BT

Adjustment

13.0 mm

+1.75/-0.25

10.0 mm

Starting at 14.5 mm 11.5 mm

Bracket profile cutting dimensions

LW

Runner systems

Planning bracket profile horizontal


Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper
Inner drawer TANDEM

Inner cabinet width

1.75

Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W

538 Assembly Blum distance bumper


540 Cabling

538
541

Position drive unit

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW > 420 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW > 390 mm

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW < 420 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW < 390 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

527

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with individual drawer

Runner systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- With upper attachment bracket
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information
Blum distance bumper
1a
Diameter
8 mm
5 mm
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
8

528

Upper attachment bracket


Material
Colour
Steel
RAL 7037 light grey/zinc plated
With pre-mounted adapter for the drive unit
Drive unit
Material
Nylon

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
993.0830.01
993.0530

Part no.
Z10D6252

Part no.
Z10A3000.02

Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m
Z10K800AE
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
Composed of:
1x
11a Distribution cable
5x
11b Cable end protector
11

Connecting node and cable end protector


Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Composed of:
12a Connecting node
11b Cable end protector
12

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
Z10V100E.01
1x
2x

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with individual drawer
Order information
Blum transformer
13
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H
Language descriptions as per ISO-639

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Europe
Z10M200E
US, CA
Z10M200U
Z10M200S
BR
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Base fixing
Transformer unit housing
15a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
With cover
For Blum transformer 72 W
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Transformer unit housing
15b
Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

19

Part no.
Z10NG000

Part no.
Z10NG120

Accessories
Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Overview MOVENTO
Overview TANDEM
Planning
Accessories
Assembly

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Runner systems

14

505
459
473
530
536
538

Part no.
Z10K0009

Assembly Blum distance bumper


Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Cabling
Adjustment
Removal
Overview assembly devices
More technical details
Catalogue 2013/2014

538
540
541
543
544
605
684
529

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with individual drawer
Planning
Cabinet dimensions

Runner systems

KB
LW
LT
NL

Drilling distance base/cross bar

530

SWS Side panel thickness


FS Front thickness

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW 246 390 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW 246 340 mm
The cross bar must be connected
to the work plate to make it secure

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW > 390 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW > 340 mm
The cross bar must be connected
to the work plate to make it secure

Drawer with overlay front

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth
Nominal length

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW 246 - 390 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW 246 - 340 mm

X

Y

Z

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW > 390 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW > 340 mm

Drilling position
NL - 5 mm
Min. space requirement
NL + 30 mm
Distance from cabinet front edge to drilling
37 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with individual drawer
Planning

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper

538 Assembly Blum transformer 72 W


538 Cabling

540
541

Position drive unit

Inner cabinet MOVENTO


TANDEM
width LW
X (mm) Y min. (mm) Y max. (mm) X (mm) Y min. (mm) Y max. (mm)
420 mm

55

95

185

50

91

181

> 420 mm

35

76

166

35

76

166

Catalogue 2013/2014

531

Runner systems

Front assembly position of Blum distance


bumper
Drawer with overlay front

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with inset fronts

Runner systems

- Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
- With vertical bracket profile
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Tool-free assembly
- Simple cabling

Order information
Blum distance bumper inner drawer
1b
Runner systems
Diameter
Part no.
TANDEM
10 mm
993.2000
Adjustable Blum distance bumper for inner drawers and inset
fronts with TANDEM
1b

Depth adjustment inner drawer


Runner systems
Colour
MOVENTO
RAL 7037 light grey
Only for inset applications
SERVO-DRIVE integrated bumper
Suitable for T51.7601 locking device

Part no.
298.7600

Bracket profile
Length
650 mm
700 mm
710 mm
750 mm
800 mm
For cutting to size, 1170 mm

Material
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium

Cable
Part no.
With
Z10T650AA
With
Z10T700AA
Z10T710AA
With
With
Z10T750AA
With
Z10T800AA
Without
Z10T1170A

Cross bar construction horizontal


Bracket profile attachment top/bottom
3a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Vertical cross member alternative to 3a
Bracket profile attachment lower/back
3b
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
Incl. bracket profile cover cap

532

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
Z10D01E0.01

Part no.
Z10D01EA.01

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with inset fronts

Colour
RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
Z10A3000.02

Distribution cable and cable end protector


Length
Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m
Z10K800AE
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
Composed of:
1x
11a Distribution cable
5x
11b Cable end protector

14

11

Connecting node and cable end protector


Material
Colour
Nylon
Black
Composed of:
12a Connecting node
11b Cable end protector
12

13

Part no.
Z10V100E.01
1x
2x

Blum transformer
Performance
72 W
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
Language
Part no.
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL
Z10NE020A
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
Z10NE020B
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
Z10NE020C
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT
Z10NE020D
PL, SK, CS, HU
Z10NE020E
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
Z10NE020F
Z10NE020G
EN (US, CA), FR, ES
ZH, EN
Z10NE020H

Flex
Countries
Part no.
Z10M200E
Europe
US, CA
Z10M200U
BR
Z10M200S
UK
Z10M200B
IL
Z10M200I
CN
Z10M200N
IN
Z10M200H
TW
Z10M200T
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS

Countries
CH
JP
BR
DK
AU
AR
CL
ZA

Base fixing
Transformer unit housing
15a
Material
Colour
Nylon
RAL 7037 light grey
With cover
For Blum transformer 72 W
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Transformer unit housing
15b
Material
Colour
Nylon
White grey
For Blum transformer 72 W

Part no.
Z10M200C
Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
Z10M200D
Z10M200K
Z10M200A
Z10M200L
Z10M200Z

Part no.
Z10NG000

Part no.
Z10NG120

Language descriptions as per ISO-639

19

Accessories
Cable holder
Material
Colour
Nylon
White
For example, for securing the distribution cable

Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Overview MOVENTO
Overview TANDEM
Planning
Accessories
Assembly

505
459
473
534
536
538

Part no.
Z10K0009

Assembly Blum distance bumper


Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Cabling
Adjustment
Adjustment depth adjustment
Removal
Overview assembly devices
Catalogue 2013/2014

538 More technical details


540
541
543
471
544
605

684

533

Runner systems

Order information
Drive unit
9
Material
Nylon

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with inset fronts
Planning
Cabinet dimensions

Runner systems

KB
LW
LT
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Internal cabinet depth
Nominal length

SWS Side panel thickness


FS Front thickness

Drilling distance base/cross bar

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW 236 - 390 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW 225 - 245 mm
Inner drawer

534

TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW 246 - 340 mm

X

Y

Z

MOVENTO
Inner cabinet width LW > 390 mm
TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW > 340 mm

Drilling position
NL + Z - 21 mm
Min. space requirement
FS + NL + 36 mm
Distance from cabinet front edge to drilling
FS + 39 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Applications
Cabinet with inset fronts
Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper

Back cabling

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm

Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER


and MINIPRESS

Page instructions
Assembly
Assembly Blum distance bumper
Bracket profile cutting dimensions

538 Assembly Blum transformer 72 W


538 Cabling

540
541

Inner drawer TANDEM

Position drive unit

Runner

X (mm)

Y (mm)

56XH

Full extension

16.5 1

18.5 0.5

55XH

Single extension

12.0 1

13.5 0.5

Front thickness FS Drilling depth BT

Adjustment

13.0 mm

+1.75/-0.25

10.0 mm

Starting at 14.5 mm 11.5 mm

LH
PL

Internal cabinet height


Bracket profile length

1.75

Distance from drawer to top panel

Inner cabinet width LW

MOVENTO

TANDEM

X (mm) Y (mm) X (mm) Y (mm)


420 mm

55

88

50

71

> 420 mm

35

68

35

68

Catalogue 2013/2014

535

Runner systems

Planning
Drilling pattern base
Lower cabling

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Accessories
COMBOX
- COMBOX set with assembly accessories
- For preventing front collisions when using
SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations

COMBOX

Part no.
Z10ZC00A

Length
160 cm
120 cm
50 cm
8 cm

Part no.
Z10K160S
Z10K120S
Z10K050S
Z10K008S

Runner systems

Application

Suitable starting with drive unit


Z10A3000.02

Synchronisation cable
- Connects two drive units that need to activate
simultaneously

Assembly

536

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Accessories
Cable holder
Cable holder

Part no.
Z10K0009

Runner systems

- Material: nylon, white

Catalogue 2013/2014

537

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Blum distance bumper

Bracket profile cable

Insert Blum distance bumper (do


not glue)

Equip bracket profile

1 Bracket profile cable


2 Communication cable

Runner systems

Drive unit bracket profile

Assembly

Bracket profile cross bar construction horizontal

Bracket profile cross bar construction vertical

Assembly

Assembly

Attachment bracket 1 tier

Attachment bracket 2 tier

A 2nd drive unit can also be


installed (optional). Please observe
min. inner cabinet width!

538

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drive unit attachment bracket

Bracket profile cable

Drive unit bracket profile adapter

Equip bracket profile adapter

Assembly

Runner systems

Assembly

Bracket profile adapter

Bracket profile

Assembly

Chipboard screws and system


screws can be used

Upper attachment bracket

Drive unit upper attachment bracket

Assembly

Assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

539

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Blum transformer 72 W

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Runner systems

Space requirement and safety distance

Base fixing

Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance
from the bottom edge (base fixing)
and/or front edge (panel fixing)
and side edges of the transformer
unit housing to the neighbouring
elements

Panel fixing

Base fixing

Pull-out stop

Panel fixing

Pull-out stop

540

Catalogue 2013/2014

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the Blum transformer could


overheat

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Assembly cabling Blum transformer 72 W
Standard cabinet lower cabling

Base fixing

Only one Blum transformer can


be connected to each distribution
cable.

Panel fixing

Base fixing

Runner systems

Standard cabinet back cabling

Panel fixing

Sink cabinet

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Cabling

Lower cabling

Lower cabling

Connecting node

Back cabling

Assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

Do not damage piercing tips

541

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Assembly cabling Blum transformer 72 W
Bracket profile horizontal

Only one Blum transformer can


be connected to each distribution
cable.

Lower cabling

Runner systems

Upper attachment bracket

Lower cabling

Connecting node

Assembly

542

Do not damage piercing tips

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Assembly and adjustment
Drive unit

Selector switch Mode (1)


Single: Only one drive unit moves
(standard setting)
Multiple: When set to Multiple,
drive units move simultaneously
Note
Not applicable for
SERVO-DRIVE uno

Selector switch Power (2)


Full: Standard setting
Half: for short nominal lengths and
single extensions pull-out only
moves a short distance
Operating mode display (LED) (3)

Selector switch

Lever extension

Runner systems

Removal

The drive unit comes with the lever


extension. Up to a internal cabinet
width of 234 mm the lever extension must be removed

Assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

543

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Removal
Bracket profile

Removal

Runner systems

Attachment bracket

Removal

Bracket profile horizontal

Removal

Upper attachment bracket

Removal

544

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Removal
Bracket profile

Horizontal cross member

Vertical cross member

Runner systems

Bracket profile horizontal

Removal

Blum transformer 72 W

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Catalogue 2013/2014

545

Runner systems
STANDARD

Simple. Proven. Economical.

Runner systems

STANDARD runner technology has proved


itself time and time again over the years. It is
the optimum entry level product for a functional wood furniture construction.

Quality for the lifetime of the furniture


As with all of Blums products, STANDARD fulfils the high demands that
we place on ourselves for function that will last for the lifetime of the
furniture

The success of STANDARD is based on a simple concept:


Good runner action
High lateral stability
Full and single extension

The STANDARD runner system is quick and easy to install thanks to its
minimal number of components. Our range of assembly devices supports
planning implementation easily and precisely

546

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
STANDARD
Overview
STANDARD

Full extension
STANDARD 430E

Optional

550
Not possible
552 Door buffer
552 Screwdriver
553
553
554
555
555

Front adjuster
Corner connectors
Gallery rail non-adjustable
Front adjustment element
Door protector
Screws
Symbol image
Centre bit
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 430E 30 kg
Cabinet profile 230M/E 25 kg

556
556

Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Full extension 430E 30 kg
Single extension 25 kg

557
557

555
554
Runner systems

Integrated
Accessories

548

Single extension
STANDARD 230M/E

Symbol image
Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

Planning

General Information

Cutting

Accessories

Assembly, removal and adjustment

Full extension
Single extension
Dynamic carrying capacity in kg

Catalogue 2013/2014

547

Runner systems
STANDARD
Full extension
STANDARD 430E
- BLUMATIC self closing feature with closed
position stops
- Epoxy coated, cream (RAL 9001) or brown
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- Built-in locator for easy assembly
- Integrated pull-out stop (for runners over
300 mm long)
- Two-side guided runner system

Space requirement

NL

Runner systems

Order information
Cabinet, centre and drawer profile left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
250 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
700 mm
750 mm
800 mm

RAL 9001
Steel
430E2500
430E3000V
430E3500V
430E4000V
430E4500V
430E5000V
430E5500V
430E6000V
430E6500V
430E7000V
430E7500V
430E8000V

Brown
Steel
430E2500
430E3000V
430E3500V
430E4000V
430E4500V
430E5000V
430E5500V
430E6000V

Accessories
Front adjuster
Material
Nylon

Drawer

2
1

548

Catalogue 2013/2014

Nominal length

Colour
Natural

Part no.
295.1000

Runner systems
STANDARD
Full extension
STANDARD 430E

44

min 3

min 50

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
250

Runner systems

12.5

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


Base
NL

192

300, 350
400

KB

96

LW - 25 mm

450
500

LW

32

64

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550, 600
650
700, 750

96
128

128

128

128

800

96

128 37
9

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


Page instructions
Overview STANDARD
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

547
552
556
557
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

549

Runner systems
STANDARD
Single extension
STANDARD 230M/E
- BLUMATIC self closing feature (230M) and/or
closed position stops (230E)
- Epoxy coated, cream (RAL 9001) or brown
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- Lock-out stop
- One-side guided runner system

Space requirement

NL

Runner systems

Order information
Cabinet and drawer profile left/right
1

Nominal
length NL
250 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
700 mm
750 mm
800 mm

RAL 9001
Steel
230M2500
230M3000
230M3500
230M4000
230M4500
230M5000
230M5500
230M6000
230M6500
230E7000
230E7500
230E8000

Brown
Steel
230M2500
230M3000
230M3500
230M4000
230M4500
230M5000
230M5500
230M6000

Accessories
Front adjuster
Material
Nylon

Drawer

550

Catalogue 2013/2014

Nominal length

Colour
Natural

Part no.
295.1000

Runner systems
STANDARD
Single extension
STANDARD 230M/E

12.5

Cabinet profile screw positions


Nominal length NL (mm)
250

Runner systems

() 230E

min 20 (18.5)

14 (12.5)

min 17

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard


Base
NL

192

300, 350
400

KB

96

LW - 25 mm

450
500

LW

32

64

KB
LW
NL

Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width
Nominal length

550, 600
650
96
700, 750

128

128

128

128

800

96

128 37
9

Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm


Page instructions
Overview STANDARD
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview assembly devices
More technical details

547
552
556
557
605
684

Catalogue 2013/2014

551

Runner systems
STANDARD
Accessories
Front adjuster
- With threaded steel washer insert
- For 4-sided drawers
- 2-dimensional front adjustment ( 2 mm)
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Planning

Front adjuster

Part no.
295.1000

Assembly

Runner systems

Insertion ram for MINIPRESS +


PRO-CENTER MZM.0095

20

10.5

Use screw M4x20

Height/side adjustment
2 mm

Corner connectors
- Material: nylon, RAL 9001 cream
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
With 2 tier gallery

552

Space requirement in cabinet


With 3 tier gallery

Corner connectors
2 tier
3 tier

Installation dimensions for corner connectors

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
ZTU.00Z0
ZTU.00D0

Runner systems
STANDARD
Accessories
Gallery rail non-adjustable
Colour
RAL 9001 cream
Chrome plated

- For cutting to size


- Material: aluminium

Part no.
ZRG.1104U
ZRG.1094U

Runner systems

Cutting
Longside gallery rail: nominal length NL - 51 mm
Cross gallery rail 430E: internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm
Cross gallery rail 230M/E: internal cabinet width LW - 63 mm

Front adjustment element


- Left/right
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Material: steel, RAL 9001 cream

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

Front adjustment element

Part no.
296.4500

Assembly

Installation dimensions for front

1
3
2
2.5

Side adjustment

32

32

2
10
Height/Tilt adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

553

Runner systems
STANDARD
Accessories
Door protector
- Only for inset applications
- Symmetrical
- Material: steel, RAL 9001 cream

Door protector

Part no.
298.2200

Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no.
303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver

Part no.
314.928.1

Runner systems

Assembly

Pozidrive screwdriver
- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

Slotted screwdriver
- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm
- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange

554

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
STANDARD
Accessories
Chipboard screws

3.5 mm
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
15 mm
17 mm

Part no.
609.1500
609.1700

3.5

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm

Special system screws

Part no.
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG

6.0 mm
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated

Length (X)
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm

Part no.
662.1150.HG
662.1300.HG
662.1450.HG

Centre bit
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened

Centre bit
Replacement bit

Part no.
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured

Stick-on door buffer

Part no.
993.710

8 mm door buffer

Part no.
993.706

8 mm door buffer
- For noise reduction
- Gap 2 mm
- Two-part
- Material: nylon, RAL 9006 white aluminium

Catalogue 2013/2014

555

Runner systems

System screws

Runner systems
STANDARD

Runner systems

Cabinet profile fixing positions


Cabinet profile 230M/E 25 kg

Cabinet profile 230M/E 25 kg

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
C
Chipboard screws 3.5 x 15 mm for high fronted pull-out

Fixing onto cabinet


A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
C
Chipboard screws 3.5 x 15 mm for high fronted pull-out
D
Special system screws, part no. 662.1450.HG

Cabinet profile 430E 30 kg


C

A
B
250 - 350

A
B
400 - 450
A
B

500 - 600
A
B

650 - 700
A
B

750 - 800
Fixing onto cabinet
A
Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B
Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
C
Chipboard screws 3.5 x 15 mm for high fronted pull-out
556

Catalogue 2013/2014

Runner systems
STANDARD
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Full extension 430E 30 kg

Assembly

For loads greater than 15 kg: use


additional screw

Assembly and stop system for


centre profile 430E

Runner systems

Full extension 430E 30 kg

Pull-out stop

Single extension 25 kg

Assembly

For loads greater than 15 kg: use


additional screw above roller

Catalogue 2013/2014

557

Inner dividing systems


So many practical advantages

ORGA-LINE is a high-quality inner dividing


system that works wonders on the interiors of
drawers. This is because the containers, lateral
dividers and cross dividers can be arranged in
any way.

Everything is stored securely and within easy


reach: from bottles to pots and cutlery.

The practical ORGA-LINE kitchen tools also


make many kitchen tasks easier and organise
interiors.

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX

ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM ORGA-LINE kitchen tools

With ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX


you can keep drawers well organised. Every storage item has a
secure location

The inner dividing system for


wooden drawers is adjustable and
fits the dimensions of drawers and
pull-outs. This ensures optimal use
of the storage space in the drawer

558

With spice holders, foil/film dispensers and much more, you have
everything that you need close
at hand. The tools can be quickly
cleared away after cooking

Catalogue 2013/2014

Inner dividing systems


Overview

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX


560
561
578

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX


Overview
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbol image

ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM


ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Overview
Assembly, removal and adjustment

582
583
591

Symbol image

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools


ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Order information
Assembly, removal and adjustment

592
593
594

Inner dividing systems

Symbol image

Catalogue 2013/2014

559

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX

Everything you need at a glance


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX is a high-quality inner dividing system with a customised
design for drawers and pull-outs.
Be it cutlery, bottles or pots all your storage
items can be stored in a way that is both practical and convenient. All the dividers can be
adjusted to accommodate the storage items.
ORGA-LINE therefore provides easy access
and organisation in drawers and pull-outs.

Inner dividing systems

The practical ORGA-LINE kitchen tools also


make many kitchen tasks easier and organise
interiors.

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX drawers

Container sets

Utensil divider sets

Combo sets

The ORGA-LINE sets for drawers


can be supplemented with a foil/film
dispenser and a knife holder

TANDEMBOX plus

The ORGA-LINE sets for high


fronted pull-outs can be supplemented with a spice holder and/or a
plate-holder

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out

TANDEMBOX intivo

560

TANDEMBOX antaro

Catalogue 2013/2014

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Overview
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX drawer
Container sets
Utensil divider sets
Combo sets
Individual sets

562
564
566
568

Symbol image
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX intivo cross divider
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro cross divider
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro cross gallery
Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Container sets
Utensil divider sets
Combo sets
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX intivo cross divider

Symbol image

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro cross divider

570
572
573

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus cross divider


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus cross gallery
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out/inner pull-out

578 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus cross divider


578
578

574
575
576

581

579
580

Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request
General Information

Inner dividing systems

Info box
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Dishwasher-proof up to 65C

Accessories
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
Corner cabinet
Drawer
Inner drawer
High fronted pull-out
Inner pull-out
Planning
Cutting

Catalogue 2013/2014

561

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX drawer
Container sets
- Practical for kitchen applications
- Well-suited for cutlery
- To suit standard drawers and inner drawers
- Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
- Compatible with film dispenser and knife
holder
- Nominal length 450 to 650 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

Space requirement

NL
KB
LW
Order information
Cabinet width

275 - 399 mm

Cabinet width

Inner dividing systems

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450BI1N
ZSI.500BI1N
ZSI.550BI1N
ZSI.600BI1N
ZSI.650BI1N

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Cabinet width

451 - 499 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450BI3N
ZSI.500BI3
ZSI.550BI3
ZSI.600BI3
ZSI.650BI3

Cabinet width

Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

562

550 mm

Cabinet width

Part no.
ZSI.450BI3N
ZSI.500BI3
ZSI.550BI3
ZSI.600BI3
ZSI.650BI3
500 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Cabinet width

Part no.
ZSI.50VEI4
ZSI.50VEI6
ZSI.50VEI7
ZSI.50VEI8
ZSI.50VEI9
551 - 599 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
ZSI.450KI4N
ZSI.500KI4
ZSI.550KI4
ZSI.600KI4
ZSI.650KI4

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.45VEI4
ZSI.45VEI6
ZSI.45VEI7
ZSI.45VEI8
ZSI.45VEI9
501 - 549 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450BI3N
ZSI.500BI3
ZSI.550BI3
ZSI.600BI3
ZSI.650BI3

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

450 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Cabinet width

Part no.
ZSI.55VEI4
ZSI.55VEI6
ZSI.55VEI7
ZSI.55VEI8
ZSI.55VEI9

Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

400 - 449 mm

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

600 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.60VEI4
ZSI.60VEI6
ZSI.60VEI7
ZSI.60VEI8
ZSI.60VEI9

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX drawer
Container sets
601 - 799 mm

Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

800 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.80VEI4
ZSI.80VEI6
ZSI.80VEI7
ZSI.80VEI8
ZSI.80VEI9

Part no.
Part no. Nominal length NL
ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.450BI3N 450 mm
ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.500BI3 500 mm
ZSI.550BI1N + ZSI.550BI3 550 mm
ZSI.600BI1N + ZSI.600BI3 600 mm
ZSI.650BI1N + ZSI.650BI3 650 mm

Cabinet width

Set fully fills drawer

900 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.90VEI4
ZSI.90VEI6
ZSI.90VEI7
ZSI.90VEI8
ZSI.90VEI9

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Cabinet width

Cabinet width

1001 - 1199 mm

2x
2x
2x
2x
2x

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools


Placement in the sets
1 1 x ZSZ.01F0
1 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.01F0 + 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Utensil divider sets
Combo sets
Individual sets

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Cabinet width

Part no.
ZSI.450KI4N
ZSI.500KI4
ZSI.550KI4
ZSI.600KI4
ZSI.650KI4

901 - 999 mm

801 - 899 mm

2x
2x
2x
2x
2x

Part no.
ZSI.450BI3N
ZSI.500BI3
ZSI.550BI3
ZSI.600BI3
ZSI.650BI3

1000 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
Nominal length NL
Part no. Nominal length NL
450 mm
ZSI.450BI3N + ZSI.450KI4N 450 mm
500 mm
ZSI.500BI3 + ZSI.500KI4 500 mm
550 mm
ZSI.550BI3 + ZSI.550KI4 550 mm
600 mm
ZSI.600BI3 + ZSI.600KI4 600 mm
650 mm
ZSI.650BI3 + ZSI.650KI4 650 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Cabinet width

1200 mm

SPACE CORNER

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.12VEI4
ZSI.12VEI6
ZSI.12VEI7 Nominal length NL
ZSI.12VEI8 600 mm
ZSI.12VEI9 650 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

ZSZ.01F0

Part no.
ZSI.10VEI4
ZSI.10VEI6
ZSI.10VEI7
ZSI.10VEI8
ZSI.10VEI9

ZSZ.02F0

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools


561 Accessories
564 Planning
566 Assembly, removal and adjustment
568
Catalogue 2013/2014

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450BI3E
ZSI.500BI3E

ZSZ.02M0

593 Assembly, removal and adjustment


569 ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools
569 More technical details
578

594
684

563

Inner dividing systems

Order information
Cabinet width

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX drawer
Utensil divider sets
- Practical for kitchen applications and in other
areas of the home
- To suit standard drawers and inner drawers
- Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
- Compatible with film dispenser and knife
holder
- Nominal length 450 to 650 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

Space requirement

NL
KB
LW
Order information
Cabinet width

275 - 399 mm

Cabinet width

Inner dividing systems

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450BI1N
ZSI.500BI1N
ZSI.550BI1N
ZSI.600BI1N
ZSI.650BI1N

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Cabinet width

601 - 799 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450BI1N +
ZSI.500BI1N +
ZSI.550BI1N +
ZSI.600BI1N +
ZSI.650BI1N +

Cabinet width

Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

564

Part no.
ZSI.450KI3N
ZSI.500KI3N
ZSI.550KI3N
ZSI.600KI3N
ZSI.650KI3N

900 mm

Cabinet width

Part no.
ZSI.450FI2N
ZSI.500FI2N
ZSI.550FI2N
ZSI.600FI2N
ZSI.650FI2N
800 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Cabinet width

Part no.
ZSI.80VUI4
ZSI.80VUI6
ZSI.80VUI7
ZSI.80VUI8
ZSI.80VUI9
901 - 999 mm

2x
2x
2x
2x
2x

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
ZSI.450KI3N
ZSI.500KI3N
ZSI.550KI3N
ZSI.600KI3N
ZSI.650KI3N

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.60VUI4
ZSI.60VUI6
ZSI.60VUI7
ZSI.60VUI8
ZSI.60VUI9
801 - 899 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

600 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Cabinet width

Part no.
ZSI.90VUI4
ZSI.90VUI6
ZSI.90VUI7
ZSI.90VUI8
ZSI.90VUI9

Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

400 - 599 mm

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

2x
2x
2x
2x
2x

Part no.
ZSI.450KI3N
ZSI.500KI3N
ZSI.550KI3N
ZSI.600KI3N
ZSI.650KI3N

1000 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.10VUI4
ZSI.10VUI6
ZSI.10VUI7
ZSI.10VUI8
ZSI.10VUI9

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX drawer
Utensil divider sets
Order information
Cabinet width

1001 - 1199 mm

Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450KI3N +
ZSI.500KI3N +
ZSI.550KI3N +
ZSI.600KI3N +
ZSI.650KI3N +

Part no.
ZSI.450FI3
ZSI.500FI3
ZSI.550FI3
ZSI.600FI3
ZSI.650FI3

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.12VUI4
ZSI.12VUI6
ZSI.12VUI7 Nominal length NL
ZSI.12VUI8 600 mm
ZSI.12VUI9 650 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

ZSZ.01F0

SPACE CORNER

ZSZ.02F0

Symbol image, NL 650 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450FI3
ZSI.500FI3

ZSZ.02M0

Inner dividing systems

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools


Placement in the sets
1 1 x ZSZ.01F0
1 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.01F0 + 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

1200 mm

Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Container sets
Combo sets
Individual sets

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools


561 Accessories
562 Planning
566 Assembly, removal and adjustment
568
Catalogue 2013/2014

593 Assembly, removal and adjustment


569 ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools
569 More technical details
578

594
684

565

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX drawer
Combo sets
- Practical for kitchen applications and in other
areas of the home
- To suit standard drawers and inner drawers
- Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
- Compatible with film dispenser and knife
holder
- Nominal length 450 to 650 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

Space requirement

NL
KB
LW
Order information
Cabinet width

275 - 449 mm

Cabinet width

450 - 600 mm

Inner dividing systems

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450BI1N
ZSI.500BI1N
ZSI.550BI1N
ZSI.600BI1N
ZSI.650BI1N

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Cabinet width

751 - 899 mm

Cabinet width

566

601 - 750 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450MI3
ZSI.500MI3
ZSI.550MI3
ZSI.600MI3
ZSI.650MI3
900 - 1200 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450BI1N +
ZSI.500BI1N +
ZSI.550BI1N +
ZSI.600BI1N +
ZSI.650BI1N +

Part no.
ZSI.450MI3
ZSI.500MI3
ZSI.550MI3
ZSI.600MI3
ZSI.650MI3

SPACE CORNER

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
Part no. Nominal length NL
ZSI.450KI3N + ZSI.450BI3N 450 mm
ZSI.500KI3N + ZSI.500BI3 500 mm
ZSI.550KI3N + ZSI.550BI3 550 mm
ZSI.600KI3N + ZSI.600BI3 600 mm
ZSI.650KI3N + ZSI.650BI3 650 mm

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools


Placement in the sets
1 1 x ZSZ.01F0
1 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.01F0 + 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

ZSZ.01F0

Part no.
Part no.
ZSI.450KI3N + ZSI.450KI4N
ZSI.500KI3N + ZSI.500KI4
ZSI.550KI3N + ZSI.550KI4 Nominal length NL
ZSI.600KI3N + ZSI.600KI4 600 mm
ZSI.650KI3N + ZSI.650KI4 650 mm

ZSZ.02F0

Catalogue 2013/2014

ZSZ.02M0

Symbol image, NL 650 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450FI3
ZSI.500FI3

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX drawer

Inner dividing systems

Combo sets

Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Container sets
Utensil divider sets
Individual sets

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools


561 Accessories
562 Planning
564 Assembly, removal and adjustment
568
Catalogue 2013/2014

593 Assembly, removal and adjustment


569 ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools
569 More technical details
578

594
684

567

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX drawer
Individual sets
- Flexible, partially filled drawer sets
- Practical for kitchen applications and in other
areas of the home
- To suit standard drawers and inner drawers
- Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
- Compatible with film dispenser and knife
holder
- Nominal length 450 to 650 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

Space requirement

NL
KB
LW

BI3 set

KI3 set

280

289

64

64

103

64

Order information
BI1 set

42
126

42
303

6
-2

Part no.
ZSI.450BI1N
ZSI.500BI1N
ZSI.550BI1N
ZSI.600BI1N
ZSI.650BI1N

KI4 set

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450BI3N
ZSI.500BI3
ZSI.550BI3
ZSI.600BI3
ZSI.650BI3

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
MI3 set

377

64

64

64

194

NL

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Part no.
ZSI.450KI4N
ZSI.500KI4
ZSI.550KI4
ZSI.600KI4
ZSI.650KI4

FI3 set

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Part no.
ZSI.450MI3
ZSI.500MI3
ZSI.550MI3
ZSI.600MI3
ZSI.650MI3

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
BI3E set

SPACE CORNER

282

64

64

291

42

42


NL

Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

568

6
-2

NL

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

76
-1

Symbol image, NL 650 mm

Part no. Nominal length NL


ZSI.450FI3 600 mm
ZSI.500FI3 650 mm
ZSI.550FI3
ZSI.600FI3
ZSI.650FI3

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
ZSI.450BI3E
ZSI.500BI3E

42

2
L-

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450KI3N
ZSI.500KI3N
ZSI.550KI3N
ZSI.600KI3N
ZSI.650KI3N

FI2 set

42
320

400

-2

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

297
42

Inner dividing systems

NL

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

42
312

2
L-

NL

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

-2

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZSI.450FI2N
ZSI.500FI2N
ZSI.550FI2N
ZSI.600FI2N
ZSI.650FI2N

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX drawer
Individual sets
Order information
ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Film dispenser

Foil dispenser

Knife holder
5x
4x

Part no.
ZSZ.01F0 Foil dispenser
Incl. foil

Placement in the sets


1 1 x ZSZ.01F0
2 1 x ZSZ.01F0 + 1 x ZSZ.02F0

Placement in the sets


1 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.01F0 + 1 x ZSZ.02F0

Accessories
Containers

Adjustable cross dividers

Width x length
88 x 88 mm
88 x 176 mm
88 x 264 mm
88 x 352 mm

Part no. Width


ZSI.010SI 88 mm
ZSI.020SI 176 mm
ZSI.030SI
ZSI.040SI

Part no.
ZSZ.02F0 Knife holder
Incl. handle support

Part no.
ZSZ.02M0

Placement in the sets


2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

Inner dividing systems

Film dispenser
Incl. film

Part no.
ZSI.010Q
ZSI.020Q

Planning

For additional inserts:


E.g. wooden knife holder
Example:
Cabinet width 600 mm
Cutlery & utensil combination ZSI.500KI4
X = internal cabinet width LW - 400 mm - 42 mm

Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Container sets
Utensil divider sets
Combo sets

561
562
564
566

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools
More technical details
Catalogue 2013/2014

593
578
594
684
569

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX intivo cross divider
Space requirement

- ORGA-LINE flexible dividing system


- With cross divider to be cut to size
- Tool-free assembly
- For TANDEMBOX intivo high fronted pull-out,
height D with BOXCOVER and BOXCAP
- Nominal length 270 up to 650 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

NL
KB
LW

Inner dividing systems

Order information
Cross divider for cutting to size
A1

Cabinet width
KB
275 mm
300 mm
550 mm
600 mm
900 mm
1200 mm

X
Y
Y
Z
Z

SW

TS
NI
Z40L152A
Z40L177A
Z40L427A
Z40L477A
Z40L777A
Z40L1077A

Nominal
length NL
270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Cross divider connector


Material
Colour
Nylon
SW, TS, R7037
Order 2 x for each cross divider

Part no.
Z40L0002

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
E

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

570

Catalogue 2013/2014

Colour
SW, TS
Inox

Part no.
Z43L100S
Z43L100I

Adapter profile for cross divider

Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 91 mm
Internal cabinet width LW - 295 mm (KB 275 mm)
Internal cabinet width LW - 320 mm (KB 300 mm)
152 mm (KB 275 mm)
177 mm (KB 300 mm)

A2

Lateral divider
Material
Steel
Stainless steel

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

2x
2x
2x
2x
2x
2x
2x
2x
2x

SW
TS
Z49L242S
Z49L272S
Z49L322S
Z49L372S
Z49L422S
Z49L472S
Z49L522S
Z49L572S
Z49L622S

Inox
Z49L242I
Z49L272I
Z49L322I
Z49L372I
Z49L422I
Z49L472I
Z49L522I
Z49L572I
Z49L622I

Drip tray

Cabinet width
KB 275 mm
Z48.27B0I6
Z48.27B0I7
Z48.27B0I8
Z48.27B0I9

Cabinet width
KB 300 mm
Z48.30B0I4
Z48.30B0I6
Z48.30B0I7
Z48.30B0I8
Z48.30B0I9

Dividing wall

SW
TS
Z46L420S
Z46L470S
Z46L520S
Z46L570S
Z46L620S

Not suitable for


Inox inner pull-out!
Z46L420I
Z46L470I
Z46L520I
Z46L570I
Z46L620I

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX intivo cross divider

R7037 RAL 7037 light grey


NI
Nickel plated

Inner dividing systems

Order information
Colour
Silk white
SW
TS
Terra black
Inox
Stainless steel

Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Assembly, removal and adjustment


561 ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools
593
576
579
Catalogue 2013/2014

595

571

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro cross divider
Space requirement

- ORGA-LINE flexible dividing system


- With cross divider to be cut to size
- For TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pull-out,
height C and D with gallery
- Nominal length 270 up to 650 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

NL
KB
LW

Inner dividing systems

Order information
Cross divider for cutting to size
A1

Cabinet width
KB
SW TS R9006 NI
275 mm
Z40L152A
300 mm
Z40L177A
550 mm
Z40L427A
600 mm
Z40L477A
900 mm
Z40L777A
1200 mm
Z40L1077A

X
Y
Y
Z
Z
A3

Cross divider connector gallery


Height
Colour
SW, TS, WGR, R7037
C
D
SW, TS, WGR, R7037
Order 2 x for each cross divider; X
Order 1 x for each cross divider; Y, Z

A2

Cross divider connector dividing wall


Material
Colour
Nylon
SW, TS, WGR, R7037
Order 1 x for each cross divider; Y, Z

Lateral divider
Material
Steel
Stainless steel

Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 91 mm
Internal cabinet width LW - 295 mm (KB 275 mm)
Internal cabinet width LW - 320 mm (KB 300 mm)
152 mm (KB 275 mm)
177 mm (KB 300 mm)

Part no.
Z40C0002Z
Z40D0002Z

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
E

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Colour
SW, TS, R9006
Inox

Part no.
Z40L0002

Part no.
Z43L100S
Z43L100I

Drip tray

Cabinet width
KB 275 mm
Z48.27B0I6
Z48.27B0I7
Z48.27B0I8
Z48.27B0I9

Cabinet width
KB 300 mm
Z48.30B0I4
Z48.30B0I6
Z48.30B0I7
Z48.30B0I8
Z48.30B0I9

Dividing wall

SW

TS R9006
Z46L420S
Z46L470S
Z46L520S
Z46L570S
Z46L620S

Not suitable for


Inox inner pull-out!
Z46L420I
Z46L470I
Z46L520I
Z46L570I
Z46L620I

Colour
SW
Silk white
WGR White grey
TS
Terra black
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) NI
Nickel plated
Inox
Stainless steel
Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools
572

Catalogue 2013/2014

561
593
576
580
595

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro cross gallery
- ORGA-LINE flexible dividing system
- With cross gallery for cutting to size
- Tool-free assembly
- For TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pull-out,
height C and D with gallery
- Nominal length 270 up to 650 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

Space requirement

NL
KB
LW
Order information
Cross gallery for cutting to size
A1

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

Colour
SW
Silk white
WGR White grey
TS
Terra black
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) NI
Nickel plated

Inner dividing systems

all items

Cabinet width
KB
SW TS R9006 NI
275 mm
ZRG.179Q
300 mm
ZRG.204Q
550 mm
ZRG.454Q
600 mm
ZRG.504Q
900 mm
ZRG.804Q
1200 mm
ZRG.1104Q
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 63 mm
A3

Cross gallery connector


Material
Colour
Nylon
SW, TS, WGR, R7037
Order 2 x for each cross gallery

Lateral divider
Material
Nylon

Colour
SW, TS, WGR, R7037

Part no.
ZRU.01E0

Part no.
ZRU.11F0

Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools
Catalogue 2013/2014

561
593
576
580
595
573

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus cross divider
Space requirement

- ORGA-LINE flexible dividing system


- With cross divider to be cut to size
- Tool-free assembly
- For TANDEMBOX plus high fronted pull-out,
height D with double walled BOXSIDE
- Nominal length 270 up to 650 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

NL
KB
LW

Inner dividing systems

Order information
Cross divider for cutting to size
A1

Cabinet width
KB
275 mm
300 mm
550 mm
600 mm
900 mm
1200 mm

X
Y
Y
Z
Z
A2

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

Alternative to A2
Cross divider connector gallery
A3
Material
Colour
Nylon
R7037
Order 2 x for each cross divider; X
Order 1 x for each cross divider; Y, Z

SW R9006
Z40L152A
Z40L177A
Z40L427A
Z40L477A
Z40L777A
Z40L1077A

Lateral divider
Material
Steel

Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 91 mm
Internal cabinet width LW - 295 mm (KB 275 mm)
Internal cabinet width LW - 320 mm (KB 300 mm)
152 mm (KB 275 mm)
177 mm (KB 300 mm)
Cross divider connector
Material
Colour
Part no.
Nylon
R7037
Z40H0002Z
Order 2 x for each cross divider
Order 1 x for each cross divider; Y, Z only in combination with A3

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
E

Nominal
length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm

Colour
SW, R9006

Part no.
Z40H0002ZR

Part no.
Z43L100S

Drip tray

Cabinet width
KB 275 mm
Z48.27B0I6
Z48.27B0I7
Z48.27B0I8
Z48.27B0I9

Cabinet width
KB 300 mm
Z48.30B0I4
Z48.30B0I6
Z48.30B0I7
Z48.30B0I8
Z48.30B0I9

Dividing wall

W R9006
Z46C420S.E2
Z46C470S.E2
Z46C520S.E2
Z46C570S.E2
Z46C620S.E2

Not suitable for


inner pull-out!

Colour
White
W
SW
Silk white
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools
574

Catalogue 2013/2014

561
593
576
581
595

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus cross gallery
- ORGA-LINE flexible dividing system
- With cross gallery for cutting to size
- For TANDEMBOX plus high fronted pull-out,
height C and D with gallery
- Nominal length 270 up to 650 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

Space requirement

NL
KB
LW

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

Order information
Cross gallery for cutting to size
A1

Cabinet width
KB
1200 mm

W R9006
ZRG.1094U

A3

Cross gallery connector


Material
Colour
Nylon
R7037
Order 2 x for each cross gallery

Lateral divider
Material
Nylon

Colour
R7037

Inner dividing systems

Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 68 mm

Part no.
ZRU.00Z0

Part no.
ZRU.00F0

Colour
White
W
R7037 RAL 7037 light grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out
Assembly, removal and adjustment ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools

Catalogue 2013/2014

561
593
576
595

575

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out/inner pull-out
Application provisions
Application open provisions

Cabinet width KB
(mm)

Application crockery

Nominal length NL (mm)


450

500 550 600 650

275
300

1 x cross divider

2 x cross divider

400

Application plastic containers

Nominal length NL (mm)

Cabinet width KB
(mm)

450

500

550

600

650

Starting at 400

2 x plate holders

275

Starting at 800

4 x plate holders

300

Starting at 1000

6 x plate holders

400

450
500
550

Cabinet width KB
(mm)

2 x cross divider,
3 x lateral dividers

SPACE CORNER

Up to 1050

2 x plate holders

800

Starting at 1050

3 x plate holders

900

1 x cross divider,
3 x lateral dividers

2 x cross divider,
6 x lateral dividers

600

650

Inner dividing systems

650

1 x cross divider,
2 x lateral dividers

1 x cross divider,
3 x lateral dividers

1000
1200

Nominal length NL (mm)


600

Nominal length NL (mm)


650

600

1 x cross divider,
2 x lateral dividers

SPACE CORNER

Nominal length NL (mm)


450
1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
3 x cross
divider

500

550

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
4 x cross
divider

600

650

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
5 x cross
divider

Cabinet width KB
(mm)
300
400

450

Application bottles

Nominal length NL (mm)


450

650

1 x cross divider,
2 x lateral dividers

SPACE CORNER

Application waste bin pull-out/cleaning agents Application spices

576

600

600

1200

900 - 1200

550

1 x cross divider

550

800

Cabinet width KB
(mm)

500

500

Nominal length NL (mm)

600

1000

450

450
1 x cross divider,
2 x lateral dividers

Installation dimension PL (mm)

900

Nominal length NL (mm)

500

550

2 x spice holders,
1 x cross divider

2 x spice holders,
1 x cross divider,
2 x lateral dividers

600

650

2 x spice holders,
2 x cross divider

2 x spice holders,
2 x cross divider,
3 x lateral dividers

Catalogue 2013/2014

Cabinet width KB
(mm)

Nominal length NL (mm)


450

275

300

1 x bottle
holder,
3 x cross
divider

500

550

1 x bottle
holder,
4 x cross
divider

600

650

1 x bottle
holder,
5 x cross
divider

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out/inner pull-out

Cabinet width KB
(mm)
400
450
500

Application bottles/provisions

Nominal length NL (mm)


450

500

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
3 x cross
divider

550

600

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
4 x cross
divider

650

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
5 x cross
divider

550
600
800
900
1000

1 x bottle
holder,
2 x dividing
wall,
3 x cross
divider

1 x bottle
holder,
2 x dividing
wall,
4 x cross
divider

1 x bottle
holder,
2 x dividing
wall,
5 x cross
divider

Cabinet width KB
(mm)

600

800
900
1000

1200

Not suitable for inner pull-out!

1200

300
400
450
Starting at 500

Nominal length NL (mm)


450

500

550

600

650

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
4 x cross
divider

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
5 x cross
divider

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
6 x cross
divider

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
4 x cross
divider,
2 x lateral
dividers

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
5 x cross
divider,
3 x lateral
dividers

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
6 x cross
divider,
3 x lateral
dividers

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
4 x cross
divider,
5 x lateral
dividers

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
5 x cross
divider,
9 x lateral
dividers

1 x bottle
holder,
1 x dividing
wall,
6 x cross
divider,
9 x lateral
dividers

Cabinet width KB
(mm)

600

Nominal length NL (mm)


450

500 550 600 650

1 x cross divider,
2 x lateral dividers

2 x cross divider,
3 x lateral dividers

1 x cross divider,
3 x lateral dividers

2 x cross divider,
6 x lateral dividers

800
900
1000
1200

Not suitable for inner pull-out!

Application baking trays/tins

Cabinet width KB
(mm)

Application pots/lids/pans/cooking utensils

Inner dividing systems

Application bottles/cutting boards

Nominal length NL (mm)


450

500

550

600

650

1 x dividing wall
2 x dividing wall

Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX

3 x dividing wall

561
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX intivo cross
divider
570
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro cross
divider
572
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro cross
gallery
573
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus cross
divider
574
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus cross
gallery
575
ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
593

Not suitable for inner pull-out!

Catalogue 2013/2014

577

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Container sets

Container sets

Inner dividing systems

SPACE CORNER

Utensil divider sets and combination sets

Utensil divider sets and combination sets

SPACE CORNER

578

Catalogue 2013/2014

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Cross divider for cutting to size

Inner dividing systems

Lateral divider

Drip tray
19
LW = 236 - 237

LW

N
L

26

min. 10

84

For 19 mm wall thickness and


cabinet width 275 mm

Dividing wall

Not suitable for inner pull-out!

Catalogue 2013/2014

579

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Cross divider for cutting to size

Lateral divider

Drip tray

Dividing wall
19
LW = 236 - 237

LW

N
L

26

min. 10

84

Inner dividing systems

For 19 mm wall thickness and


cabinet width 275 mm

Not suitable for inner pull-out!

Cross gallery for cutting to size

Cross gallery for cutting to size

580

Lateral divider

Catalogue 2013/2014

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Cross divider for cutting to size

Double-wall BOXSIDE Z37H

Lateral divider

Double gallery

Drip tray

Dividing wall
19
LW = 236 - 237

LW

N
L

26

min. 10

84

Not suitable for inner pull-out!


Inner dividing systems

For 19 mm wall thickness and


cabinet width 275 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

581

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM

Everything you need at a glance


The ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
inner dividing system is adjustable and fits the
dimensions of drawers and pull-outs. They
make optimal use of the storage space in
drawers and adjust perfectly to the different
storage items.

Inner dividing systems

In addition, practical ORGA-LINE kitchen


tools also make many kitchen tasks easier
and provide unobtrusive organisation.

ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM drawers

Adjusts to different drawer thickness and provides organisation to


drawers

Enables fast access to all storage


items

The ORGA-LINE sets for drawers


can be supplemented with a foil/film
dispenser and a knife holder

ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM high fronted pull-out

With ORGA-LINE the search is


over. Cross gallery and longside
dividers provide excellent organisation

582

The ORGA-LINE sets for high


fronted pull-outs can be supplemented with a spice holder and/or a
plate-holder

Catalogue 2013/2014

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Overview
ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM drawer
Container sets
Utensil divider sets
Combo sets
Individual sets

584
586
587
588

Symbol image
ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM high fronted pull-out
ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM cross gallery

Symbol image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Container sets
Utensil divider sets
Combo sets

590

591
591
591

Inner dividing systems

Symbol image

Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request
Accessories
General Information
Drawer
Inner drawer
High fronted pull-out
Inner pull-out
Gallery
Planning
Cutting
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Dishwasher-proof up to 65C

Catalogue 2013/2014

583

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM drawer
Container sets
- Practical for kitchen applications
- Well-suited for cutlery
- To suit standard drawers and inner drawers
- Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
- Compatible with film dispenser and knife
holder
- Nominal length 450 to 550 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

Space requirement

NL
KB
LW
Order information
Cabinet width

275 - 399 mm

Cabinet width

Inner dividing systems

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387BI1
ZHI.437BI1
ZHI.487BI1

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
Cabinet width

600 mm

Cabinet width

Part no.
ZHI.387TI5
ZHI.437TI5
ZHI.487TI5

Cabinet width

1000 - 1199 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387BI3 +
ZHI.437BI3 +
ZHI.487BI3 +

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools


Placement in the sets
1 1 x ZSZ.01F0
1 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.01F0 + 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

584

Part no.
ZHI.387KI4
ZHI.437KI4
ZHI.487KI4

Part no.
ZHI.387BI3
ZHI.437BI3
ZHI.487BI3
601 - 799 mm

Cabinet width

Part no.
ZHI.387BI1 +
ZHI.437BI1 +
ZHI.487BI1 +

Part no.
ZHI.387BI3
ZHI.437BI3
ZHI.487BI3

1200 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

ZSZ.01F0

2x
2x
2x

Part no.
ZHI.387KI4
ZHI.437KI4
ZHI.487KI4

ZSZ.02F0

ZSZ.02M0

Catalogue 2013/2014

500 - 599 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387KI4
ZHI.437KI4
ZHI.487KI4

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

400 - 499 mm

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

800 - 999 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

2x
2x
2x

Part no.
ZHI.387BI3
ZHI.437BI3
ZHI.487BI3

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM drawer

Inner dividing systems

Container sets

Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Utensil divider sets
Combo sets
Individual sets

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools


583 Accessories
586 Planning
587 Assembly, removal and adjustment
588
Catalogue 2013/2014

593 Assembly, removal and adjustment


589 ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools
589 More technical details
591

594
684

585

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM drawer
Utensil divider sets
- Practical for kitchen applications and in other
areas of the home
- To suit standard drawers and inner drawers
- Compatible with film dispenser and knife
holder
- Nominal length 450 to 550 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

Space requirement

NL
KB
LW
Order information
Cabinet width

275 - 399 mm

Cabinet width

Inner dividing systems

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387FI1
ZHI.437FI1
ZHI.487FI1

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
Cabinet width

600 - 799 mm

Cabinet width

Part no.
ZHI.387FI1 +
ZHI.437FI1 +
ZHI.487FI1 +

Part no.
ZHI.387FI3
ZHI.437FI3
ZHI.487FI3

Part no.
ZHI.387FI2
ZHI.437FI2
ZHI.487FI2

Cabinet width

800 - 999 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387FI2 +
ZHI.437FI2 +
ZHI.487FI2 +

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387FI3
ZHI.437FI3
ZHI.487FI3

Cabinet width

1000 - 1199 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

2x
2x
2x

Part no.
ZHI.387FI3
ZHI.437FI3
ZHI.487FI3

1200 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387FI3 +
ZHI.437FI3 +
ZHI.487FI3 +

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools


Placement in the sets
1 1 x ZSZ.01F0
1 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.01F0 + 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

586

Part no.
ZHI.387FI3
ZHI.437FI3
ZHI.487FI3

450 - 599 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
2x
500 mm
2x
550 mm
2x

Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

400 - 449 mm

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

Part no.
ZHI.387FI2
ZHI.437FI2
ZHI.487FI2

ZSZ.01F0

ZSZ.02F0

Catalogue 2013/2014

Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Container sets
Combo sets
Individual sets
ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Accessories
Planning
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
ZSZ.02M0 ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools
More technical details

583
584
587
588
593
589
589
591
594
684

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM drawer
Combo sets
Space requirement

NL
KB
LW
Order information
Cabinet width

275 - 399 mm

Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387BI1
ZHI.437BI1
ZHI.487BI1

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
Cabinet width

600 - 799 mm

Cabinet width

Part no.
ZHI.387MI3 +
ZHI.437MI3 +
ZHI.487MI3 +

Part no.
ZHI.387FI1
ZHI.437FI1
ZHI.487FI1

Cabinet width

Part no.
ZHI.387BI1 +
ZHI.437BI1 +
ZHI.487BI1 +

Part no.
ZHI.387FI1
ZHI.437FI1
ZHI.487FI1

800 - 999 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387MI3 +
ZHI.437MI3 +
ZHI.487MI3 +

Part no.
ZHI.387FI3
ZHI.437FI3
ZHI.487FI3

500 - 599 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387KI2 +
ZHI.437KI2 +
ZHI.487KI2 +

Part no.
ZHI.387FI1
ZHI.437FI1
ZHI.487FI1

1000 - 1199 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

2x
2x
2x

Part no.
ZHI.387MI3
ZHI.437MI3
ZHI.487MI3

1200 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
2x
500 mm
2x
550 mm
2x

Cabinet width

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

400 - 499 mm

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

Part no.
ZHI.387MI3 +
ZHI.437MI3 +
ZHI.487MI3 +

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools


Placement in the sets
1 1 x ZSZ.01F0
1 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.01F0 + 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

Part no.
ZHI.387FI1
ZHI.437FI1
ZHI.487FI1

ZSZ.01F0

ZSZ.02F0

Catalogue 2013/2014

Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Container sets
Utensil divider sets
Individual sets
ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Accessories
Planning
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
ZSZ.02M0 ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools
More technical details

583
584
586
588
593
589
589
591
594
684
587

Inner dividing systems

- Practical for kitchen applications and in other


areas of the home
- To suit standard drawers and inner drawers
- Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
- Compatible with film dispenser and knife
holder
- Nominal length 450 to 550 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM drawer
Individual sets
- Flexible, partially filled drawer sets
- Practical for kitchen applications and in other
areas of the home
- To suit standard drawers and inner drawers
- Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
- Compatible with film dispenser and knife
holder
- Nominal length 450 to 550 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

Space requirement

Order information
BI1 set

BI3 set

KI2 set

65.5

65.5

108

205

285

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387BI3
ZHI.437BI3
ZHI.487BI3

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

KI4 set

MI3 set

TI5 set
65.5

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

65.5

Part no.
ZHI.387BI1
ZHI.437BI1
ZHI.487BI1

65.5

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

382

302

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Part no.
ZHI.387MI3
ZHI.437MI3
ZHI.487MI3

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

FI1 set

FI2 set

FI3 set
65.5

Part no.
ZHI.387KI4
ZHI.437KI4
ZHI.487KI4

65.5

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

108

205

588

Part no.
ZHI.387FI1
ZHI.437FI1
ZHI.487FI1

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387TI5
ZHI.437TI5
ZHI.487TI5

294

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387KI2
ZHI.437KI2
ZHI.487KI2

512 - 528

65.5

Inner dividing systems

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

65.5

NL
KB
LW

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Set fully fills drawer

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
ZHI.387FI2
ZHI.437FI2
ZHI.487FI2

Nominal length NL
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Part no.
ZHI.387FI3
ZHI.437FI3
ZHI.487FI3

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM drawer
Individual sets
Order information
ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Film dispenser

Foil dispenser

Knife holder
5x
4x

Part no.
ZSZ.01F0 Foil dispenser
Incl. foil

Placement in the sets


1 1 x ZSZ.01F0
2 1 x ZSZ.01F0 + 1 x ZSZ.02F0

Placement in the sets


1 1 x ZSZ.02F0
2 1 x ZSZ.01F0 + 1 x ZSZ.02F0

Accessories
Containers

Adjustable cross dividers

Width x length
88 x 88 mm
88 x 176 mm
88 x 264 mm
88 x 352 mm

Part no. Width


ZSI.010SI 88 mm
ZSI.020SI 176 mm
ZSI.030SI
ZSI.040SI

Part no.
ZSZ.02F0 Knife holder
Incl. handle support

Part no.
ZSZ.02M0

Placement in the sets


2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

Inner dividing systems

Film dispenser
Incl. film

Part no.
ZSI.010Q
ZSI.020Q

Planning

For additional inserts:


E.g. wooden knife holder
Example:
Cabinet width 600 mm
Cutlery & utensil combination ZHI.437KI4
X = internal cabinet width LW - 382 mm - 42 mm

Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/
TANDEM
Container sets
Utensil divider sets
Combo sets

583
584
586
587

ORGA-LINE kitchen tools


Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools
More technical details
Catalogue 2013/2014

593
591
594
684
589

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM high fronted pull-out
ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM cross gallery
- ORGA-LINE flexible dividing system
- With cross gallery for cutting to size
- For MOVENTO/TANDEM high fronted pull-out
with gallery
- Nominal length 250 up to 750 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm

Space requirement

NL
KB
LW

Nominal length
Cabinet width
Inner cabinet width

Order information
Cross gallery for cutting to size
A1

Cabinet width
KB
1200 mm

CR
ZRG.1094U

Inner dividing systems

Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 60 mm
A3

Cross gallery connector


Material
Colour
Nylon
R7037
Order 2 x for each cross gallery

Lateral divider
Material
Nylon

Colour
CR
Chrome plated

Colour
R7037

Part no.
ZRU.00Z0

Part no.
ZRU.00F0

R7037 RAL 7037 light grey

Page instructions
Overview ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out
Assembly, removal and adjustment ORGA-LINE-kitchen tools

590

Catalogue 2013/2014

583
593
576
595

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Container sets

Inner dividing systems

Utensil divider sets and combination sets

Catalogue 2013/2014

591

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE kitchen tools

Small accessories, big impact

Inner dividing systems

The practical ORGA-LINE kitchen tools also


make many kitchen tasks easier and organise
interiors. With the spice holder, foil dispenser
and much more, you have everything that
you need close at hand. And when cooking
is done, they can be quickly stored away.
For ORGA-LINE organisation that also looks
beautiful.

Foil/Film dispenser
Plastic film without any creases
childs play with our dispenser. The
secret: The Blum dispenser rod

592

Knife holder
Whether large or small the knife
holder can safely hold up to 9
knives

Plate-holder
The plate-holder can be used to
neatly stack and securely store up
to 12 plates in the drawer

Catalogue 2013/2014

Spice holder
The ORGA-LINE spice holder
provides safe and well-organised
storage for your spices

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Order information
Film dispenser
- Film dispenser for plastic film only
- Incl. plastic film
- Dispenser rod for crease-free removal
- Plastic film neatly stored
- Removable via an optional base fixing bracket
- Material: nylon/steel/aluminium
- Colour: RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
ZSZ.01F0

Film dispenser

Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

594

Foil dispenser
- Foil dispenser for aluminium foil only
- Incl. aluminium foil
- Aluminium foil neatly stored
- Removable via an optional base fixing bracket
- Material: nylon/steel
- Colour: RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
ZSZ.02F0

Foil dispenser

Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

594

Knife holder
Part no.
ZSZ.02M0

Knife holder

Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

594

Plate holder
- Incrementally adjustable to the plate size
- Removable
- Material: nylon/stainless steel (Inox)
- Colour: RAL 7037 light grey

Part no.
Plate holder
ZTH.0350
180 - 320 mm
Diameter of plates
Stacking height of plates
144 mm
171 mm
Overall height
Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
595

- Antislipping device through flexible base fixing


bracket
- Removable
- For a variety of spice container sizes
- Material: nylon/stainless steel (Inox)
- Colour: RAL 7037 light grey

Cabinet width KB
300 mm
400 mm
450 mm

Spice holder
Width
212 mm
312 mm
362 mm

Page instructions
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Part no.
ZFZ.30G0I
ZFZ.40G0I
ZFZ.45G0I

595

Kitchen accessory set


Kitchen accessory set, consisting of:
- 1 x film dispenser
- 1 x foil dispenser
- 1 x knife holder
- 2 x plate holders
- 2 x spice holders for cabinet width KB 300 mm

Catalogue 2013/2014

Kitchen accessory set

Part no.
ZOU.30U1I

593

Inner dividing systems

- For 4 large and 5 small knives


- Incl. handle support
- Antislipping device through base fixing bracket
- Dishwasher-proof up to +65C
- Material: nylon/stainless steel (Inox)
- Colour: RAL 7037 light grey

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Dispenser ZSZ.0xF0 with utensil divider

Assembly

Dispenser ZSZ.0xF0 without utensil divider

Inner dividing systems

Assembly

Knife holder ZSZ.02M0 with utensil divider

Assembly

Knife holder ZSZ.02M0 without utensil divider


1

Assembly

594

Catalogue 2013/2014

Inner dividing systems


ORGA-LINE kitchen tools
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Plate holder ZTH.0350

1
2
2

Spice holder ZFZ.xxG01


2

Inner dividing systems

Catalogue 2013/2014

595

Further products

Wall hanging bracket

Connectors

Blum hanging brackets withstand


high loads and are exceptionally safe. This kind of reliability is
very important for heavily loaded
furniture

The Blum programme contains


connectors that can be used in
numerous furniture applications

596

Catalogue 2013/2014

Further products
Overview

Wall hanging bracket


Screw-on wall hanging bracket
Knock-in wall hanging bracket

598
598

Screw-on cabinet connector


Knock-in cabinet connector
Connector screw cabinet connector
Cabinet connector with dowel and expansion pin
Cabinet connector with connecting piece
Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32

599
599
600
601
601

Symbol image

Connectors

Symbol image

602

Further products

Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request
Accessories
General Information
Wall hanging bracket
Cabinet connectors
Knock-in insertion ram
Planning
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Catalogue 2013/2014

597

Further products
Wall hanging bracket

Screw-on wall hanging bracket

Version
Right hand
Left hand

- Nylon housing with steel


arm zinc plated
- Colour: white, brown,
RAL 9001
- 3-dimensional adjustment
- Load bearing 130 kg
Part no. per pair in accordance
48N0510.02 with DIN EN 15939 (test
48N0510.03 frame A)

Planning
Space requirement

Assembly

Fixing position
Adjustment
On cabinet side and dimensions of back cut-out - Down 7 mm
- Up 11 mm
- Back 3.5 mm
- Forward 12.5 mm

Page instructions
Testing standards

688

Further products

Knock-in wall hanging bracket

Version
Right hand
Left hand
MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER
78
Housing

Planning
Space requirement

- Nylon housing with steel


arm zinc plated
- Colour: white, brown,
RAL 9001
- 3-dimensional adjustment
- Load bearing 130 kg
Part no. per pair in accordance
48N0610.02 with DIN EN 15939 (test
48N0610.03 frame A)

Assembly

MZM.0078

Fixing position
Adjustment
On cabinet side and dimensions of back cut-out - Down 7 mm
- Up 11 mm
- Back 3.5 mm
- Forward 12.5 mm

Page instructions
Testing standards
598

Catalogue 2013/2014

688

Further products
Connectors

Screw-on cabinet connector


- Nylon housing with
integral die-cast cam
- Nylon connector piece

Colour
White, brown

Assembly

Part no.
40.2000

Planning
Base

Cabinet side

Knock-in cabinet connector

Colour
White, brown

Planning
Base

Assembly

Further products

- Nylon housing with


integral die-cast cam
- Nylon connector piece

Part no.
40.2100.02

Cabinet side

Catalogue 2013/2014

599

Further products
Connectors

Connector screw cabinet connector


- Nylon housing with
integral die-cast cam
- Zinc die-cast connector
screw

Colour
White, brown
MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER
77
Housing

Assembly

Part no.
42.0700.01
MZM.0077

Planning
Base

Cabinet side

E = W - X + 8 mm
X max. = 9.5 mm

Connector screw cabinet connector

Further products

- Nylon housing with


integral die-cast cam
- Zinc die-cast connector
screw

Colour
White, brown
MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER
70
Housing

Planning
Base

600

Assembly

Part no.
40.0700N
MZM.0070

Cabinet side

Catalogue 2013/2014

E = W - X + 5.8 mm
X max. = 8 mm

Further products
Connectors

Cabinet connector with dowel and expansion pin


- Nylon housing with
integral die-cast cam
- Nylon connector with
steel expansion pin

Colour
White, brown
MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER
70
Housing

Assembly

Part no.
40.0200N
MZM.0070

Planning
Base

Cabinet side

E = W - X + 7.4 mm
X max. = 9 mm

Cabinet connector with connecting piece

Colour
White, brown
MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER
70
Housing
71
Base connector

Planning
Base

Assembly

Further products

- Nylon housing with


integral die-cast cam
- Nylon connector piece

Part no.
40.0500N
MZM.0070
MZM.0071

Cabinet side

Catalogue 2013/2014

E = W + 1.5 mm

601

Further products
Connectors

Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32


- Nylon housing with
integral die-cast cam
- Nylon connector piece

Colour
White, brown
MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER
70
Housing
71
Base connector

Part no.
40.0600N
MZM.0070
MZM.0071

Cabinet side

Further products

Planning
Base

602

Assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

E = W + 1.5 mm

Further products

Further products

Catalogue 2013/2014

603

Assembly devices
Perfect motion requires precise assembly

At Blum, we want to make Blum product


assembly as easy and efficient as possible
because perfect motion requires precise assembly.

DYNALOG easy planning and


ordering
DYNALOG is software for planning
cabinets and ordering fittings

604

Each of our assembly devices provides optimal


support when assembling our products:
Because they are easy to operate, user-friendly
and durable.

Templates, stops and assembly


devices
Use our templates and assembly
devices to ensure precise assembly
of all of our products

We place great value on safety our assembly


devices are tested and thus correspond to
the highest safety requirements of European
standards and guidelines.

Drilling and insertion machines


Our wide range of drilling and insertion machines are well equipped to
deal with any assembly situation

Catalogue 2013/2014

Assembly devices
Overview

CD product catalogue and planning aid


CD product catalogue and planning aid
DYNALOG

606
607

Symbol image

Templates, jigs and assembly devices


Templates, jigs and assembly devices
Overview
Overview assembly possibilities

608
609
610

Symbol image

Drilling and insertion machines


Drilling and insertion machines
Overview
Overview assembly possibilities

648
649
650

Assembly devices

Symbol image

Catalogue 2013/2014

605

Assembly devices
CD product catalogue and planning aid

DYNALOG cabinet planning and more


DYNALOG, our planning and ordering software, enables flexible cabinet planning and
easy ordering of Blum fittings.
DYNALOG can be learned quickly and is easy
to operate even if you only use it occasionally. Automatic collision checks ensure that
designs are feasible and do away with trial
applications.
Using DYNAPLAN it is possible to export data
to various CAD/CAM and further edited them
there. So you can get the best out of both
programs.

Updates are available online so that your DYNALOG version will always be up-to-date. Registered users of the DYNALOG full version will be informed when updates are available and can download them from the Internet free of charge

Assembly devices

Advantages at a glance

Easy to plan cabinets, collision check included


Easy to choose fittings, installation check included
Gives you complete data for manufacturing and ordering
Easy to place and manage orders

606

Cross-referencing facility for distributor part numbers and prices


Using the DYNAPLAN interface, data export to various CAD/CAM
programs such as AutoCAD is possible
Open, common file formats for re-use in other programs: xls, csv, doc,
html, dxf, dwg, sat, igs, x_t, jpg, etc.

Catalogue 2013/2014

Assembly devices
CD product catalogue and planning aid
DYNALOG
DYNALOG 2.9
DYNALOG includes 3 modules:
- DYNACAT (CD-ROM product catalogue)
- DYNASHOP (shopping basket)
- DYNAPLAN (cabinet planner)

Order information
DYNALOG

Part no.
DAA.2943

Its modular design makes it easy to use and


supports product selection, ordering and
cabinet planning.

DYNAPLAN The cabinet planner


With DYNAPLAN, you have several options for planning cabinets and ordering the right fittings. All required cutting dimensions and fixing positions of
fittings are calculated automatically. An integrated collision check saves costly trial applications
DYNACAT The electronic product catalogue
DYNACAT supports you during fittings selection and also provides additional, useful information regarding manufacturing and assembly. 2D and 3D
CAD data for all fittings are available in common formats (dxf, dwg, etc.).
DYNASHOP The shopping basket
The fittings determined via DYNAPLAN and DYNACAT can be easily ordered via DYNASHOP. It also provides additional, useful functions (creating
projects, importing part numbers and prices from hardware distributors, etc.).

Using the DYNAPLANinterface, it is possible to export data to various CAD/CAM programs and
further edit them there. So you can get the best out of both programs.
Regardless of whether you are using 3D data (dwg, dxf, etc.), exporting you cabinets planned in
DYNAPLAN (incl. fittings data and drilling positions) to a CAD program or even implementing the
fittings selection logic from DYNAPLAN in your CAD system Blum offers its customers the right
solution.

DYNAPLAN interface advantages


The CAD system remains the main program. DYNAPLAN can be opened as an auxiliary program for special situations
The interface lets you use the synergies of both programs. You only have to enter the data once
It makes it easy to plan special cabinets. A collision check is carried out for the planned cabinet application and its fittings solutions. All relevant
information such as wooden parts, drillings and fittings are exported via the press of a button from DYNAPLAN to the CAD/CAM program
A manual import is not necessary and you dont need to position the individual CAD data in the construction program
For more information about current DYNAPLAN interface partners, go to http://interfaces.blum.com

Catalogue 2013/2014

607

Assembly devices

DYNAPLAN interface

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Perfect motion requires precise assembly


Templates and assembly devices: Intelligent tools for any situation
Our specially developed templates and
assembly devices give you the support you
need for daily work whether in the workshop
or at the customers location.
Assembly devices: TANDEMBOX assembly made easy
You can now optimise TANDEMBOX assembly (including smaller production runs
and specials) using practical assembly tools
customised to your production requirements.

Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Templates and assembly devices

Assembly devices

Assembly devices

Optimal assembly devices for all of our products

Lift systems

608

Hinge systems

Box and runner systems

Catalogue 2013/2014

Further products

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices
Overview
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Symbol image

Overview assembly possibilities


Assembly AVENTOS
Assembly CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top
Assembly MODUL
Assembly TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly TANDEMBOX antaro
Assembly TANDEMBOX plus

610
610
610
611
611
611
611

Assembly METABOX
Assembly MOVENTO
Assembly TANDEM
Assembly STANDARD
Assembly further products

612
613
613
613
613

Drilling and insertion machines


648
649
650

Drilling and insertion machines


Overview
Overview assembly possibilities

Symbol image

Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request

Cabinet assembly

Accessories
General Information
Assembly lift system

Assembly devices

Assembly hinge system


Assembly BLUMOTION for doors
Assembly TIP-ON for doors
Assembly SERVO-DRIVE
Drawer assembly
Drawer assembly
Front assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices
Overview assembly possibilities
Assembly AVENTOS
Front assembly
Universal drilling template

Cabinet assembly
Universal individual
template

633
Universal drilling template

631
Assembly hinge system
Template

630
Drilling template for
mounting plates

618

619
Drilling template for hinge
systems

614
Knock-in tool for hinges

615
Knock-in tool for mounting plates

624
Assembly SERVO-DRIVE
Drilling template for
damper

625

ECODRILL

634
Assembly TIP-ON
Positioning template for
catch plate

Assembly CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top


Assembly hinge system
Template

ECODRILL

Universal individual
template

610

617

Drilling template for the


SERVO-DRIVE switch

626
Drilling template for
BLUMOTION/TIP-ON

623

Assembly devices

Drilling template for


hinges

620

Drilling template for


mounting plates

Drilling template for


hinges

618

619
Cabinet angle template

617
Adhesion template for
CRISTALLO glass door
hinges

614

622
Universal drilling template

616
Drilling template for hinge
systems

631

630

615

Catalogue 2013/2014

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices
Overview assembly possibilities
Assembly CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top
Assembly hinge system
Knock-in tool for hinges

624
Assembly BLUMOTION
Template

Assembly TIP-ON
Template

Knock-in tool for mounting plates

625
Drilling template for
BLUMOTION/TIP-ON

618

620
Positioning template for
catch plate

618
Assembly MODUL
Assembly hinge system
Template

Drilling template for


hinges

Drilling template for


BLUMOTION

618

621
Drilling template for
BLUMOTION/TIP-ON

623

Drilling template for


mounting plates

ECODRILL

620

Drilling template for


BLUMOTION

619

Universal individual
template

621

617
Universal drilling template

614
Drilling template for hinge
systems

631
Knock-in tool for hinges

630
Knock-in tool for mounting plates

615

624

625

637
Knock-in tool for pull-out
systems

636

Universal drilling template

Assembly devices

Assembly TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus


Front assembly
Marking template
Marking template

633

647

Catalogue 2013/2014

611

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices
Overview assembly possibilities
Assembly TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus
Cabinet assembly
Universal individual
Universal drilling template
template

631
Drawer assembly
Universal drilling template

Drawer assembly
BOXFIX M

630
Drilling template for
SPACE CORNER with
SYNCROMOTION

633

Glass cutting set

643

646

BOXFIX PRO

628
Assembly SERVO-DRIVE
Drilling template for
damper

629
Drilling template for
SERVO-DRIVE bracket
profile attachment

634
Assembly TIP-ON
Drilling template for
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX

Test jack connector for


SERVO-DRIVE

644

645

635
Assembly METABOX
Front assembly
Marking template

Marking template

637
Knock-in tool for pull-out
systems

Assembly devices

Cabinet assembly
MINIFIX

Universal drilling template

636

647
Universal individual
template

632
Drawer assembly
Universal drilling template

Universal drilling template

631

633

612

633

Catalogue 2013/2014

630

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices
Overview assembly possibilities
Assembly MOVENTO/TANDEM
Front assembly
Universal drilling template

Cabinet assembly
Universal individual
template

633
Universal drilling template

631
Drawer assembly
Drilling template f. pullout surround corner
connectors

Drilling template for


MOVENTO-/TANDEMfront fixing bracket

641

642
Assembly SERVO-DRIVE
Drilling template for
damper

630
Drilling template for
MOVENTO/TANDEM

Marking template

638

Drilling template for


SERVO-DRIVE bracket
profile attachment

Test jack connector for


SERVO-DRIVE

644

Universal individual
template

632
Drawer assembly
Drilling template f. pullout surround corner
connectors
641

639

640

634
Assembly STANDARD
Cabinet assembly
MINIFIX

Drilling template for


TANDEM hook and peg
variant

645

Universal drilling template

631

630

Marking template

640

Assembly devices

Assembly further products


Cabinet assembly
Drilling template for connectors

627

Catalogue 2013/2014

613

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

ECODRILL
- Simple hand held tool to drill accurate hole
patterns for Blum hinges
- Driven by hand drill
- Variable drilling distance (from 2 to 8 mm)
- Assembly on a marking line
- Material: aluminium die casting

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top
MODUL

Symbol image
Order information
ECODRILL
Composed of:
Drilling template
Drill bit 8 mm
Fittings drill bit 35 mm
Torx bit

Part no.
M31.1000

1x
2x
1x
2x

Accessories

Drill bit 8 mm

Part no.
M31.ZB08.02

Fittings drill bit


35 mm

Part no.
M31.ZB35.02

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF/CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top/MODUL
Hinge system assembly
- Adjust drilling distance setting
- Mark desired hinge position
- Position ECODRILL on marking line and fix with clamping lever
- Drill hinge drilling pattern using hand drill

614

Catalogue 2013/2014

Tool set

Part no.
MZW.1300

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Drilling template for hinge systems


- Template for the transfer of measurements for
hinge and mounting plate fixing positions
- Template for the transfer of measurements
from door to cabinet and from cabinet to door
- Drilling template can be used with assembled
or unassembled cabinets
- Adjustable stop for various front overlays, the
calibration makes it easy to set the template
- Material: nylon/steel/aluminium

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top
MODUL

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template for hinge systems
Composed of:
Extension rail 1000 mm
Templates with a marking template

Part no.
65.7500.03

1x
2x

Accessories
Extension rail
2200 mm

Template

Part no.
65.7590

Part no.
65.7510.03

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

609

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF/CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top/MODUL
Hinge system assembly door undrilled
- Position drilling template onto cabinet
- Transfer desired position of attached mounting plate and/or system drilling to drilling template
- Set desired door overlay using the calibration
- Position drilling template on to door and mark hinge drilling pattern using marking template

Assembly devices

AVENTOS HF/CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top/MODUL


Hinge system assembly cabinet undrilled
- Set desired front overlay using the calibration
- Transfer desired position of hinge drilling and/or attached hinge to drilling template
- Position drilling template onto cabinet and mark or pre-drill fixing positions for mounting plates

Catalogue 2013/2014

615

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges


- For easy determination of the position of the
CRISTALLO adhesion plate
- For attaching the CRISTALLO adhesion plate
to the proper position
- Setting template using integrated calibration
- Material: nylon/steel/aluminium/zinc

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
CLIP top

Symbol image
Order information
Adhesion template for
CRISTALLO glass door hinges
Composed of:
Extension rail 1000 mm
Template with vacuum clamp

Part no.
65.4000.01

1x
2x

Accessories

Template

Part no.
65.4010.01

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Hinge system assembly


- Set adhesion position using the calibration
- Fix template with vacuum clamp
- Insert adhesion plate and glue

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
CLIP top

616

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Drilling template for hinges


- Template for drilling the side fixing positions for
hinges ( 8 and/or 2.5 mm)
- Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for
the horizontal and cruciform mounting plates
- Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions
for adapter plates (BLUMOTION/TIP-ON for
doors)
- Assembly on a marking line
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top
MODUL

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template for hinges
( 8/ 2.5 mm)
Composed of:
Drilling template for hinges
Reducing bush 8 to 2.5 mm
Drilling depth stop 8 mm

Part no.
65.059A

1x
1x
1x

Drilling template for hinges


( 2.5 mm)

Part no.
65.055A

Composed of:
Drilling template for hinges

1x

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

609

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF/CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top/MODUL
Hinge system assembly Door
- Perform boss drilling ( 35 mm) e.g. using a pillar drill
- Position template and fix with a spacer
- Drill side holes for hinges

Assembly devices

AVENTOS HF/CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top/MODUL


Hinge system assembly Cabinet
- Mark hinge arm centre
- Attach template and pre-drill fixing positions for inline (20 mm) or cruciform mounting plates (37 mm)

Catalogue 2013/2014

617

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Template
- Template for drilling the fixing positions for
mounting plates ( 2.5 mm)
- Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions
for adapter plates (BLUMOTION/TIP-ON for
doors)
- Template for transferring door measurements
to the cabinet
- If mounting plate fixing positions are standard
throughout, then it is possible to fix several
templates to a wooden strip
- Assembly on a marking line
- Material: steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top
MODUL

Symbol image
Order information
Template

Part no.
65.5300

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF

Hinge system assembly


- Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges on cabinet
- Attach template and pre-drill fixing positions for inline (20 mm) or cruciform mounting plates (37 mm)

Assembly devices

CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top/MODUL


Hinge system assembly
- Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges on cabinet
- Attach template and pre-drill fixing positions for inline (20 mm) or cruciform mounting plates (37 mm)

CLIP top

618

Assembly BLUMOTION/TIP-ON for doors


- Position template on marking line
- Drill holes for BLUMOTION/TIP-ON adapter plate (20/37 mm)

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Drilling template for mounting plates


- Template for drilling the fixing positions for
cruciform mounting plates ( 5 mm)
- Template for drilling the fixing positions for cruciform mounting plates (BLUMOTION/TIP-ON
for doors)
- The aligning function allows you to drill the
32 mm dimension exactly
- Assembly on a marking line
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top
MODUL

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template for mounting plates
Composed of:
Drilling template for mounting plates
Drilling depth spacer 5 mm

Part no.
65.5070

1x
1x

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

609

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF/CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top/MODUL
Hinge system assembly
- Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges on cabinet
- Position template on marking line and drill first hole ( 5 mm)
- Turn template around, insert positioning pin into drilling hole and drill second hole ( 5 mm)

Catalogue 2013/2014

619

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Drilling template for BLUMOTION/TIP-ON


- Template for drilling the side fixing positions for
BLUMOTION for doors handle side (970.1002)
and hinge side (970A1002) as well as for
TIP-ON for doors (955x1004)
- Assembly on a marking line
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS
CLIP top

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template for BLUMOTION/TIP-ON

Part no.
65.5010

Composed of:
Drilling template for BLUMOTION/TIP-ON
Drilling depth spacer 10 mm

1x
1x

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS/CLIP top

BLUMOTION assembly
- Position template on marking line
- Distance from cabinet inner side to centre drilling 7.5 mm
- Perform drilling for BLUMOTION ( 10 mm)

Assembly devices

CLIP top

TIP-ON assembly
- Position template on marking line
- Distance from cabinet inner side to centre drilling 7.5 mm
- Perform drilling for TIP-ON ( 10 mm)

620

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Drilling template for BLUMOTION


- Template for drilling the side fixing positions for
BLUMOTION for doors handle side (970.1002)
as well as for TIP-ON for doors (955x1004)
- Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions
for adapter plates (BLUMOTION/TIP-ON for
doors)
- Template for drilling mounting plates
- You can pre-set repeating drilling positions
using the stop rod
- Assembly on a marking line
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top
MODUL

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template for BLUMOTION
Composed of:
Drilling template for BLUMOTION
Drilling depth spacer 10 mm
Drilling depth spacer 5 mm
Drilling depth spacer 2.5 mm

Assembly possibilities
CLIP top

Part no.
65.5000

1x
1x
1x
1x

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

609

BLUMOTION/TIP-ON assembly
- Position template on marking line
- You can pre-set repeating drilling positions using the stop rod
- Drillings for the BLUMOTION/TIP-ON adapter plate ( 2.5 and/or 5 mm)
- Drill holes horizontally for BLUMOTION/TIP-ON

Assembly devices

CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top/MODUL


Hinge system assembly
- Position template on marking line
- Drill holes for horizontal or cruciform mounting plate

Catalogue 2013/2014

621

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Cabinet angle template


- Template for determining the cabinet angle
- Determining the proper hinge solution
- Material: nylon

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top

26

1
36

--

35

2 37

--

34

+5

+10

0
-5

-1
0
-1
5

-2
0

33

-2

32

0
45 +5
10
45
54
44 +
25
9
61
53
40
24
8 43 +
60
23
42 +35
52 7
59 22
6 41 +30
58 21 51
57 20 50 2 40 +25

--

46

29

28

0
-4 5
-4 0
-5

27

-3

-3 5
0

56 19 49 4 39 +20
55 18
48 3
38
+15
17 47

--

16

15

14
13

12

11

3
0

Symbol image
Order information
Cabinet angle template

Part no.
65.5810.01

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Hinge system assembly


- Position template on angled cabinet
- Note cabinet angle and angled application
- A suitable hinge solution depends on the cabinet angle or angled application

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top

622

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Positioning template for catch plate


- Template for determining the position of the
TIP-ON catch plate (glue-on or screw-on)
- Suitable for overlay and inset applications
- Measurements transferred by marking the
position or by direct adhesion
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS
CLIP top

Symbol image
Order information
Positioning template for catch plate
Composed of:
Template for screw-on catch plates
Template for glue-on catch plates

Part no.
65.5210

1x
1x

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

AVENTOS/CLIP top

TIP-ON assembly glue-on catch plate


- Clip template on to the TIP-ON fitting
- Insert catch plate
- Remove protective film
- Gently close door
- Press on catch plate

TIP-ON assembly screw-on catch plate


- Clip template on to the TIP-ON fitting
- Gently close door
- Attach catch plate at marked location

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
CLIP top

609

Catalogue 2013/2014

623

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Knock-in tool for hinges


- Enables you to knock in all
CLIP top BLUMOTION, CLIP top, CLIP and
MODUL hinge with knock-in boss
- Material: nylon

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top
MODUL

Symbol image
Order information
Knock-in tool for hinges

Part no.
ZME.0710

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top/MODUL
Hinge system assembly
- Drill hinge drilling pattern
- Clip hinge into knock-in tool and knock in

624

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Knock-in tool for mounting plates


- Enables you to knock-in mounting plates
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top
MODUL

Symbol image
Order information
Hand insertion tool
Mounting plate
Steel horizontal mounting plate

Part no.
65.6100
ZME.0730

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

609

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top/MODUL
Cabinet assembly
- Drill fixing positions for mounting plates
- Clip mounting plate into knock-in tool and knock in

Catalogue 2013/2014

625

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch


- Simple hand-held tool for drilling accurate
holes for the SERVO-DRIVE switch attachment
- Driven by hand drill
- Drilling template can be used with assembled
and unassembled cabinets
- Assembly on a marking line
- Material: aluminium die casting

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch
Composed of:
Drilling template
Fittings drill bit 35 mm
Torx bit

Part no.
M31.2000

Accessories
Fittings drill bit
35 mm

Part no.
M31.ZB35.02

1x
1x
2x
Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

SERVO-DRIVE assembly
- Mark desired SERVO-DRIVE switch position
- Position template on marking line and fix with clamping screw
- Perform attachment drillings for the SERVO-DRIVE switch with the hand drill

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS

626

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Drilling template for connectors


- Template for drilling the side fixing positions for
connectors (42.0700)
- Distance from bottom edge to centre drilling
9.5 mm
- Assembly on a marking line
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
Further products

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template for connectors

Part no.
65.5040

Composed of:
Drilling template for connectors
Drilling depth spacer 5 mm

1x
1x

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Further products assembly


- Place the template flush on the cabinet bottom or top panel
- Secure template and drill ( 5 mm)

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
Further products

609

Catalogue 2013/2014

627

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

BOXFIX M
- Assembly device for drawers and high fronted
pull-outs
- Assembly type: screw-on
- Nominal length 270 up to 650 mm
- Cabinet width 275 up to 1200 mm
- Back heights up to 350 mm (wood and steel)
- Material: aluminium/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus

Symbol image
Order information
BOXFIX M
Composed of:
BOXFIX M
Width stop
Centre bit

Part no.
ZMM.3350

1x
1x
1x

Accessories

Width stop

Part no.
MZS.5010

Centre bit

Part no.
M01.ZZ03

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus
Drawer Assembly
- Set nominal lengths and pull-out widths; you can pre-set recurring settings using the extra width stop
- Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX
- Screw on drawer base to TANDEMBOX drawer sides

628

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

BOXFIX PRO
- Assembly device for drawers and high fronted
pull-outs
- Assembly type: press-fit connection
- Nominal length 270 up to 650 mm
- Cabinet width 275 up to 1200 mm
- Back heights up to 350 mm (wood and steel)
- Material: aluminium/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus

Symbol image
Order information
BOXFIX PRO
Composed of:
BOXFIX PRO
Width stop
Centre bit

Part no.
ZMM.7350

1x
1x
1x

Accessories

Width stop

Part no.
MZS.5030

Centre bit

Part no.
M01.ZZ03

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

609

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus
Drawer Assembly
- Set nominal lengths and pull-out widths; you can pre-set recurring settings using the extra width stop
- Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX
- TANDEMBOX drawer sides are attached to the grooved drawer base using the press-fit connection

Catalogue 2013/2014

629

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Universal drilling template


- Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions
for cabinet profiles, lift mechanisms, mounting
and adapter plates
- The template can be used with assembled and
unassembled cabinets
- Setting the height and depth position using the
calibration
- Suitable for overlay and inset applications
- For system and chipboard screws
- Assembly on marking line possible
- Material: nylon/steel/aluminium/zinc

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top
MODUL
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
METABOX
MOVENTO
TANDEM
STANDARD

Symbol image
Order information
Universal drilling template
Composed of:
Extension rail 1000 mm
Universal drilling template
Drilling depth spacer 5 mm
Reducing bush 5 to 2.5 mm
Allen key

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS

Part no.
65.1000.01

1x
4x
1x
1x
1x

Accessories
Extension rail
2200 mm

Universal drilling
template

Part no.
65.7590

Part no.
65.1001.01

Add-on for
SPACE CORNER

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Cabinet assembly
- Set template height and depth position using the calibration
- Pre-drill fixing positions for lift mechanism pegs

Assembly devices

CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top/MODUL


Hinge system assembly
- Set template height and depth position using the calibration
- Position template on cabinet
- Pre-drill fixing positions for mounting and adapter plates (BLUMOTION/TIP-ON for doors)

TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus/METABOX/MOVENTO/TANDEM/STANDARD


Cabinet assembly
- Set template height and depth position using the calibration
- Position template on cabinet
- Pre-drill fixing positions for cabinet profiles
- Pre-drill fixing positions for BLUMOTION for METABOX
- The additional part (65.1106) enables SPACE CORNER assembly

630

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.
65.1106

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Universal individual template


- Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions
for cabinet profiles, lift mechanisms, mounting
and adapter plates
- The template can be used with assembled and
unassembled cabinets
- Depth position setting using calibration
- Suitable for overlay and inset applications
- For system and chipboard screws
- Assembly on a marking line
- Material: nylon/steel/aluminium

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS
CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top
MODUL
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
METABOX
MOVENTO
TANDEM
STANDARD

Symbol image
Order information
Universal individual template
Composed of:
Universal individual template
Drilling depth spacer 5 mm
Reducing bush 5 to 2.5 mm
Allen key

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS

Part no.
65.1051.01

1x
1x
1x
1x

Accessories
Add-on for
SPACE CORNER

Part no.
65.1107

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

609

Cabinet assembly
- Set template depth position using the calibration
- Position template in cabinet on marking line
- Pre-drill fixing positions for lift mechanism pegs

Assembly devices

CLIP top BLUMOTION/CLIP top/MODUL


Hinge system assembly
- Set template depth position using the calibration
- Position template on marking line
- Pre-drill fixing positions for mounting and adapter plates (BLUMOTION/TIP-ON for doors)

TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus/METABOX/MOVENTO/TANDEM/STANDARD


Cabinet assembly
- Set template depth position using the calibration
- Position template on marking line
- Pre-drill fixing positions for cabinet profiles
- Pre-drill fixing positions for BLUMOTION for METABOX
- The additional part (65.1107) enables SPACE CORNER assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

631

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

MINIFIX
- Template for precise positioning of cabinet
profile fixing screws
- Assembly on a marking line
- Material: nylon

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
METABOX
STANDARD

Symbol image
Order information
MINIFIX

Part no.
65.3300

Accessories

Centre bit

Part no.
M01.ZZ03

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Cabinet assembly
- Mark cabinet profile height position
- Clip cabinet profile on to MINIFIX
- Position MINIFIX on marking line
- Screw on cabinet profile (pre-drilling with centre bit M01.ZZ03 recommended)

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
METABOX/STANDARD

632

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Universal drilling template


- For marking or pre-drilling the fixing positions
of front fixings including gallery, drawer back
and base (only METABOX quick assembly version C15) as well as for AVENTOS front fixings
- Stop setting via the calibration
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
METABOX
MOVENTO
TANDEM

Symbol image
Order information
Universal drilling template
Composed of:
Universal drilling template
Drilling depth spacer 10 mm
Drilling depth spacer 5 mm
Marking template 10 mm
Marking template 5 mm

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS

Part no.
ZML.0040

1x
1x
1x
1x
1x

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

609

Front assembly
- Set stops using the calibration
- Pre-drill or mark fixing positions for inline or cruciform mounting plates for AVENTOS HF as well as front fixings
for AVENTOS HS, HL, HK, HK-S

METABOX

Assembly devices

TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus/METABOX/MOVENTO/TANDEM


Front assembly
- Set stops using the calibration
- Drill or mark fixing positions for front fixings including gallery

Drawer assembly back


- Set stops using the calibration
- Mark fixing positions
Drawer assembly METABOX C15 base
- Position template on drawer base
- Pre-drill pegs ( 5 mm)

Catalogue 2013/2014

633

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Drilling template for damper


- Bumper drilling template for use on an unattached or attached front and/or cabinet
- Assembly on a marking line and stop (fixed
dimension 20) possible
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
MOVENTO
TANDEM

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template for damper
Composed of:
Drilling template for damper
Drilling depth spacer 8 mm
Reducing bush 8 to 5 mm

Part no.
ZML.1090

1x
1x
1x
Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS/TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus/MOVENTO/TANDEM
SERVO-DRIVE assembly
- Position template
- Perform drilling for distance bumper ( 8 or 5 mm)

634

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Drilling template for TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX


- Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for
the locking mechanism and synchronization
unit
- Drilling template can be used with assembled
and unassembled drawers
- Assembly on a marking line
- Material: nylon/steel/aluminium

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template for TIP-ON for
TANDEMBOX
Composed of:
Template
Stop
Drilling depth spacer 5 mm
Reducing bush 5 to 2.5 mm
Allen key

Part no.
65.5050

1x
1x
1x
1x
1x

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

609

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus
TIP-ON assembly Locking mechanism unit
- Position template on unattached drawer base or on drawer side (attached 3-sided drawer)
- Drill fixing positions for locking mechanism unit

Assembly devices

TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus


TIP-ON assembly Synchronisation unit
- Position template on drawer base on marking line
- Pre-drill fixing positions for synchronisation unit ( 2.5 mm)

Catalogue 2013/2014

635

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Marking template
- Template for marking the fixing positions of
front fixings
- Template for marking the drilling position for
the gallery front fixing using an attached gallery marking template
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
METABOX

Symbol image
Order information
Marking template
TANDEMBOX 358N
TANDEMBOX 35xL/M/K
METABOX 3x0N
METABOX 3x0M/K/H

Part no.
ZML.3510
ZML.3580.01
ZML.1510
ZML.1500

Composed of:
Template
2x
4x
Flag *
* Only for TANDEMBOX L drawer side (front fixing bracket)
* Only for TANDEMBOX K drawer side (positioning dowel)

Accessories
Gallery marking template TANDEMBOX
35xL/M/K

Part no.
ZML.3600

Gallery marking
template METABOX
3x0M/K/H

Part no.
ZML.8000.02

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus/METABOX
Front assembly drawer
- Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet
- Set stop to desired front overlay
- Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap

Assembly devices

TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus/METABOX


Front assembly box sytem with gallery
- Position marking template on to an assembled high fronted pull-out that has already been inserted into the
cabinet
- Set stop to desired front overlay
- Use gallery marking templates for a high fronted pull-out with a gallery
- Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap

TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus


Front assembly K/L drawer side
- Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet
- Set stop to desired front overlay
- For TANDEMBOX intivo use L drawer side flags
- For TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus use K drawer side flags
- Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap

636

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Marking template
- Template for determining the fixing positions
for the INSERTA gallery (back height B)
- Material: nylon

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
METABOX

Symbol image
Order information
Marking template
TANDEMBOX
METABOX

Part no.
ZML.8030
ZML.805S

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

609

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus/METABOX
Front assembly
- Clip template on to the attached front fixing
- Mark fixing positions for the INSERTA gallery
- Drill holes using a drilling machine

Catalogue 2013/2014

637

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Drilling template for MOVENTO/TANDEM


- Template for drilling the runner hook positions
- Pre-drilling the MOVENTO/TANDEM locking
device fixing positions
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
MOVENTO
TANDEM

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template for MOVENTO/TANDEM

Part no.
T65.1000.02

Composed of:
Drilling template for MOVENTO/TANDEM
Drilling depth spacer 6 mm

1x
1x

Accessories

Tool set

Part no.
T65.9000

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices
Assembly possibilities
MOVENTO/TANDEM

Drawer assembly MOVENTO/TANDEM locking device


- Position template on assembled wooden drawer
- Pre-drill the fixing positions for the locking device

Assembly devices

MOVENTO/TANDEM

Drawer assembly hook drilling


- Position template on assembled wooden drawer
- Drill hook position

638

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Drilling template for TANDEM hook and peg variant


- Template for drilling the fixing positions for the
pegs and lift-off stop
- Template for drilling the runner hook positions
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
TANDEM

Symbol image

Drilling template for TANDEM hook and peg variant

Part no.
T65.1100

Composed of:
Drilling template for TANDEM hook and peg variant 561H/551H 1 x
1x
Drilling depth spacer 6 mm
1x
Drilling depth spacer 8 mm

Accessories

Tool set

Part no.
T65.9000

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices
Assembly possibilities
TANDEM

TANDEM

TANDEM

609

Drawer assembly hook drilling


- Position template on assembled wooden drawer
- Drill hook position

Drawer assembly peg hole


- Position template on the assembled wooden drawer on the marking line
- Drill fixing positions for peg position

Assembly devices

Order information

Drawer assembly drilling for lift-off stop


- Position template on assembled wooden drawer
- Insert the positioning pin into the pre-drilled peg hole
- Drill fixing position for the lift-off stop

Catalogue 2013/2014

639

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Marking template
- Assembly device for marking the fixing
positions for the front adjustment bracket
(295.1000)
- Material: steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
MOVENTO
TANDEM
STANDARD

Symbol image
Order information
Marking template

Part no.
65.2950

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Drawer assembly
- Insert marking template into the front adjustment bracket (295.1000) holes
- Attach to front, place on drawer already inserted into cabinet and mark the fixing positions using a light tap on
the drawer
- Perform drillings

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
MOVENTO/TANDEM/STANDARD

640

609

Catalogue 2013/2014

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Drilling template f. pull-out surround corner connectors


- Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for
corner connectors
- Material: nylon/steel

Web-Link

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
MOVENTO
TANDEM
STANDARD

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template f. pull-out surround corner connectors

Part no.
ZML.0010

Composed of:
Drilling template f. pull-out surround corner connectors 1 x
3x
Drill 2.5 mm
1x
Screwdriver blade
Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Drawer assembly
- Set side distance of drillings using the stop
- Position template on pull-out surround
- Drill fixing positions for corner connectors

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
MOVENTO/TANDEM/STANDARD

609

Catalogue 2013/2014

641

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Drilling template for MOVENTO-/TANDEM-front fixing bracket


- Template for drilling the fixing positions for the
front adjustment bracket (295.1000) on the
4-sided wooden drawer
- Application in conjunction with front adjustment bracket (295.1000) and DYNAPLAN
- Material: steel

Web-Link

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
MOVENTO
TANDEM

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template for MOVENTO-/
TANDEM-front fixing bracket

Part no.
ZML.0050

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Drawer assembly
- Useful application only if front adjustment bracket (295.1000) is used in conjunction with MOVENTO, TANDEM,
DYNAPLAN
- The fixing position of the front adjustment bracket must be taken from the DYNAPLAN planning result
- Position template on to wooden drawer and drill

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
MOVENTO/TANDEM

642

609

Catalogue 2013/2014

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION


- Template for drilling the fixing positions for the
SPACE CORNER SYNCROMOTION fitting
- Material: nylon/steel

Web-Link

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template for SPACE CORNER
with SYNCROMOTION

Part no.
ZML.0330

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

609

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus
Drawer assembly
- Position template in the corner
- Drill fixing positions for the SYNCROMOTION fitting

Assembly devices

TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus


Drawer assembly
- Position template on the side
- Drill fixing position for the corner front piece

Catalogue 2013/2014

643

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment


- Template for marking or pre-drilling the fixing
positions for the SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile
adapter
- The drilling template can be attached to an
assembled and unassembled cabinet as well
as to individual components (bottom panel/top
panel/cross bar)
- Assembly on a marking line
- Material: nylon/steel/aluminium

Web-Link

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
MOVENTO
TANDEM

Symbol image
Order information
Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE
bracket profile attachment

Part no.
ZML.1150.02

Composed of:
Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment 1 x
1x
Drilling depth spacer 10 mm
1x
Marking template 10 mm
Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus/MOVENTO/TANDEM
Cabinet assembly
- Mark cabinet profile height position
- Position template on marking line
- Set depth adjustment using the calibration
- Drill or mark drillings for bracket profile adapter

644

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Test jack connector for SERVO-DRIVE


- Enables you to easily check the correct cabling
of SERVO-DRIVE components using a toolfree, plug-in connector
- Can only be used with the SERVO-DRIVE
transformer
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
MOVENTO
TANDEM

Symbol image
Order information
Test jack connector for SERVO-DRIVE

Part no.
ZML.1290

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

609

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus/MOVENTO/TANDEM
SERVO-DRIVE assembly
- Connect transformer to test jack connector and SERVO-DRIVE components
- The connection and/or cabling of the individual components is correct when all LEDs light up

Catalogue 2013/2014

645

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Glass cutting set


- Cutting tool for cutting glass design elements
to the desired size

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro

Symbol image
Order information
Glass cutting set
Composed of:
Oil glass cutter
Cutting liquid
Diamond file

Part no.
65.8000

1x
1x
1x
Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo/TANDEMBOX antaro
Drawer assembly
- Mark section of the design element to be cut to size
- Position bracket on marking line
- Score the glass design element using the glass cutter
- Break glass and smooth edges

646

Catalogue 2013/2014

609

Assembly devices
Templates, jigs and assembly devices

Web-Link

Knock-in tool for pull-out systems


- Enables you to knock-in front fixings with
dowels
- Material: nylon/steel

assemblydevices.blum.com
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
METABOX

Symbol image
Order information
Hand insertion tool
TANDEMBOX (ZSF.5320)
TANDEMBOX (ZSF.3602)
METABOX (ZSF.1300/1800)
METABOX (ZSF.1610)

Part no.
ZME.5320
ZME.2700
ZME.1600.01
ZME.1610

Page instructions
Overview templates, jigs and assembly
devices
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX intivo

609

Front assembly
- Drill fixing positions for the TANDEMBOX intivo front fixing
- Clip on front fixing (ZSF.5320) to the knock-in tool and knock in

METABOX

Assembly devices

TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus


Front assembly
- Drill fixing positions for the TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus front fixing
- Clip on front fixing (ZSF.3602) to the knock-in tool and knock in

Front assembly
- Drill fixing positions for the METABOX front fixing
- Clip on front fixing (ZSF.1xx0) to the knock-in tool and knock in

Catalogue 2013/2014

647

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines

Assembly made easy with drilling and insertion machines


Blum drilling and insertion machines are
designed for the assembly of Blum products.
They enable precision drilling and insertion of
fittings.
The wide range of drilling and insertion
machines provides the right solution for any
application. Quick setup and easy operation
ensure efficient assembly of all Blum fittings.

Blum drilling and insertion machines

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS PRO
PRO-CENTER
- Vertical drilling and knock-in
- Vertical drilling and knock-in
- Horizontal/vertical drilling and
- Tool-free drilling head/ruler change - Additional drilling heads can be
knock-in
changed tool-free
- Tool-free drilling head/ruler change

MINIPRESS M
- Can be used at construction sites
(mobile)
- Vertical drilling and knock-in

Assembly devices

Examples of applications with drilling and insertion machines

Hinge drilling

648

Knock-in

Dowel drilling (only possible with


PRO-CENTER)

Catalogue 2013/2014

System drilling

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Overview
PRO-CENTER
Overview assembly possibilities
Basic machine
Assembly possibilities

650
654
662

Symbol image

MINIPRESS PRO
Overview assembly possibilities
Basic machine
Assembly possibilities

650
658
662

Overview assembly possibilities


Basic machine
Assembly possibilities

650
670
678

Overview assembly possibilities


Basic machine
Assembly possibilities

650
674
678

Symbol image

MINIPRESS P

Symbol image

MINIPRESS M

Symbol image

Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request
Accessories
General Information
PRO-CENTER

Assembly devices

MINIPRESS PRO
MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M
Drilling and insertion machines horizontal drillings
Drilling and insertion machines vertical drillings
Drilling and insertion machine insertion function

Catalogue 2013/2014

649

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Overview assembly possibilities

Assembly possibilities

A2
A1

A5

A6

A1

A3

A7
A8

A4

Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HF)


Front
A1 Hinge
A2 Horizontal mounting plate
A3 Horizontal mounting plate, telescopic arm
A4 Blum distance bumper
Cabinet
A5 Cruciform mounting plate
A6 Horizontal mounting plate
A7 Lift mechanism
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HS, HL, HK, HK-S)
Front
B1 Front fixing
B2 Blum distance bumper
Cabinet
B3 Lift mechanism
B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch
B5 TIP-ON cruciform adapter plate
B6 TIP-ON inline adapter plate
B7 TIP-ON for drilling
Assembly hinge system
Front
C1 Hinge
Cabinet
C2 Cruciform mounting plate
C3 Horizontal mounting plate
C4 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON cruciform adapter plate
C5 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON horizontal adapter plate
C6 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON for drilling

Assembly devices

Assembly pull-out system


Front
D1 TANDEMBOX/METABOX front fixing
D2 MOVENTO-/TANDEM front adjuster
D3 Blum distance bumper
Drawer
D4 Base/back
Cabinet
D5 Cabinet profiles
D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX
D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
Assembly further products
E1 Vertical cabinet connectors
E2 Cabinet connector (front side)
E3 Vertical cabinet connectors
E4 Wall hanging bracket
Cabinet assembly
E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling
E6 Line drilling

650

Catalogue 2013/2014

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Overview assembly possibilities
Recommended

PRO-CENTER

MINIPRESS PRO

MINIPRESS P

MINIPRESS M

Possible
Not possible

Assembly type

654
655
662

662

662

662

662

662

663

663

663
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HS, HL, HK, HK-S)
AVENTOS HS,
HL, HK

663
AVENTOS HK-S

663
AVENTOS HS,
HL, HK

663

AVENTOS HS,
HL, HK

AVENTOS HK,
HK-S

AVENTOS HK,
HK-S

664

664

664

664

658
659
662

Catalogue 2013/2014

662

662

662

662

662

663

663

663

663

663

663

664

664

664

664

670
671
678

678

678

678

678

678

679

679

679

679

679

679

679

680

680

680

674
675
678

678

678

678

678

678

679

679

679

679

679

679

679

680

680

680

651

Assembly devices

Basic machine
Accessories
Assembly possibilities
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HF)

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Overview assembly possibilities
Recommended

PRO-CENTER

MINIPRESS PRO

MINIPRESS P

MINIPRESS M

Possible
Not possible

Assembly type
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HS, HL, HK, HK-S)
AVENTOS HK,
HK-S

664
Assembly hinge system

Assembly pull-out system


TANDEMBOX intivo

TANDEMBOX antaro/
TANDEMBOX plus
METABOX

Assembly devices

METABOX

652

664

665

665

665

665

665

666

666

666

666

666

667

667

667

667

664

665

665

665

665

Catalogue 2013/2014

680

680

680

681

681

666

666

666

666

666

667

667

667

667

680

680

680

681

681

681

681

682

682

682

682

682

682

683

681

681

682

682

682

682

682

682

683

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Overview assembly possibilities
Recommended

PRO-CENTER

MINIPRESS PRO

MINIPRESS P

MINIPRESS M

Possible
Not possible

Assembly type
Assembly further products

Cabinet assembly

668

668

668

668

668

669

668

683

668

668

683

683

683

669

683

683

683

683

Assembly devices

Catalogue 2013/2014

653

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
PRO-CENTER
PRO-CENTER: Multi purpose
PRO-CENTER is the most capable among our drilling and insertion machines. PRO-CENTER
can be used for all vertical and horizontal drillings. You can also insert fittings vertically. An
extensive construction system (set-up plans, drilling heads and rulers) ensures that the proven
PRO-CENTERs will meet individual assembly requirements.
Vertical drilling and component insertion
Horizontal drilling
Quick change of drilling heads already equipped with drill bits and insertion rams
Fast changeover of dedicated rulers with pre-set stops
Drilling depth and drilling distance settings through revolving stops
Symbol image

Assembly devices

Case studies

Each work step is illustrated systematically and colour coded in the


set-up plan

The colour coded system simplifies The pre-equipped drilling head,


PRO-CENTERs set-up
which is also colour coded, is inserted and secured using a locking
device without the need for tools

The dedicated ruler with colour


coded stops can be fitted in a matter of seconds without the need for
tools

Drilling depth can be pre-set on


fixed positions using the colour
coded revolving handle (revolving
stop)

654

Catalogue 2013/2014

The appropriate drilling distance for


the drilling positions of the hinges,
mounting plates, connectors, line
drilling and wooden dowels are
pre-set. Other dimensions, which
are required on a regular basis, can
also be pre-set

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
PRO-CENTER
- Including horizontal drilling head (3-spindle)
- Supplied with ruler system, work table and
tools
- Different voltage can be supplied upon request
- Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories
are not included as part of the basic machine

Order information
PRO-CENTER
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz
1 x 230 V, 50 Hz

Part no.
M65.2000
M65.2050

Page instructions
Overview drilling and insertion machines
overview
649
Overview assembly possibilities
650
662
Assembly possibilities

Symbol image
Accessories general

Part no.

Extension ruler, 1700 mm (left hand, calibration from 850 - 2550 mm)

MZL.2090

MZL.2090.03

Support for extension ruler

MZV.2100

Swivel stop

MZS.1000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right

MZS.2000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MZS.2000

Centre marking stop

MZR.1200

MINISTICK

MZS.0040

Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB35.OS

Drill bit without tip, 8 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB08.OS

Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB05.D2

Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB05.D3

Quick connect chuck sleeve, right hand

MZF.2000

Quick connect chuck sleeve, left hand

MZF.2000

Catalogue 2013/2014

655

Assembly devices

Extension ruler, 1700 mm (right and left hand, calibration from 850 - 2550 mm)

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
PRO-CENTER
Accessories general

Part no.

Quick connect chuck

MZF.1030

Quick connect chuck cover

MZF.1050

Assembly devices

MINIPRESS PRO/PRO-CENTER drilling head and ruler storage rack

Page instructions
Assembly possibilities

656

662

Catalogue 2013/2014

MZA.2600

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
PRO-CENTER

A2
A1

A5

A6

A1

A3

A7
A8

A4

Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HF)


Front
A1 Hinge
A2 Horizontal mounting plate
A3 Horizontal mounting plate, telescopic arm
A4 Blum distance bumper
Cabinet
A5 Cruciform mounting plate
A6 Horizontal mounting plate
A7 Lift mechanism
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HS, HL, HK, HK-S)
Front
B1 Front fixing
B2 Blum distance bumper
Cabinet
B3 Lift mechanism
B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch
B5 TIP-ON cruciform adapter plate
B6 TIP-ON inline adapter plate
B7 TIP-ON for drilling
Assembly hinge system
Front
C1 Hinge
Cabinet
C2 Cruciform mounting plate
C3 Horizontal mounting plate
C4 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON cruciform adapter plate
C5 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON horizontal adapter plate
C6 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON for drilling

Assembly pull-out system


Front
D1 TANDEMBOX/METABOX front fixing
D2 MOVENTO-/TANDEM front adjuster
D3 Blum distance bumper
Drawer
D4 Base/back
Cabinet
D5 Cabinet profiles
D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX
D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
Assembly further products
E1 Vertical cabinet connectors
E2 Cabinet connector (front side)
E3 Vertical cabinet connectors
E4 Wall hanging bracket
Cabinet assembly
E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling
E6 Line drilling

Recommended
Possible
Not possible
Catalogue 2013/2014

657

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
MINIPRESS PRO
MINIPRESS PRO: versatile
Take advantage of the MINIPRESS PROs versatility for easy vertical cabinet, door and front
assembly. Vertical drillings and fittings insertion can be carried out with absolute precision and
efficiency.
Vertical drilling and component insertion
Quick change of drilling heads already equipped with drill bits and insertion rams
Fast changeover of dedicated rulers with pre-set stops
Drilling depth and distance settings using spindle or revolving stop

Symbol image

Assembly devices

Case studies

Each work step is illustrated systematically and colour coded in the


set-up plan

The colour coded system simplifies The pre-equipped drilling head,


the set-up of MINIPRESS PRO
which is also colour coded, is inserted and secured using a locking
device without the need for tools

The dedicated ruler with colour


coded stops can be fitted in a matter of seconds without the need for
tools

Drilling depth can be pre-set on


fixed positions using the colour
coded revolving handle (revolving
stop)

658

Catalogue 2013/2014

The drilling distance is set using the


calibrated spindle

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
MINIPRESS PRO
- Supplied with ruler system, work table and
tools
- Different voltage can be supplied upon request
- Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories
are not included as part of the basic machine

Order information
MINIPRESS PRO
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz
z Incl. accessories

Part no.
M54.2000
M54.2000

Symbol image
Accessories
Part of basic machine
Optional

Centre marking stop laser

Accessories general

M54.2000
M54.2000 z

Page instructions
Overview drilling and insertion machines
overview
649
Overview assembly possibilities
650
662
Assembly possibilities

Part no.

MZR.5400

Part no.

Extension ruler, 1700 mm (left hand, calibration from 850 - 2550 mm)

MZL.2090

MZL.2090.03

Support for extension ruler

MZV.2100

Swivel stop

MZS.1000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right

MZS.2000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MZS.2000

Centre marking stop

MZR.1200

MINISTICK

MZS.0040

Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB35.OS

Drill bit without tip, 8 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB08.OS

Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB05.D2

Catalogue 2013/2014

659

Assembly devices

Extension ruler, 1700 mm (right and left hand, calibration from 850 - 2550 mm)

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
MINIPRESS PRO
Accessories general

Part no.
M01.ZB05.D3

Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, left hand

Quick connect chuck sleeve, right hand

MZF.2000

Quick connect chuck sleeve, left hand

MZF.2000

Quick connect chuck

MZF.1030

Quick connect chuck cover

MZF.1050

MINIPRESS PRO/PRO-CENTER drilling head and ruler storage rack

M51.0802

Assembly devices

Tool holder

Page instructions
Assembly possibilities

660

MZA.2600

662

Catalogue 2013/2014

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
MINIPRESS PRO

A2
A1

A5

A6

A1

A3

A7
A8

A4

Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HF)


Front
A1 Hinge
A2 Horizontal mounting plate
A3 Horizontal mounting plate, telescopic arm
A4 Blum distance bumper
Cabinet
A5 Cruciform mounting plate
A6 Horizontal mounting plate
A7 Lift mechanism
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HS, HL, HK, HK-S)
Front
B1 Front fixing
B2 Blum distance bumper
Cabinet
B3 Lift mechanism
B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch
B5 TIP-ON cruciform adapter plate
B6 TIP-ON inline adapter plate
B7 TIP-ON for drilling
Assembly hinge system
Front
C1 Hinge
Cabinet
C2 Cruciform mounting plate
C3 Horizontal mounting plate
C4 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON cruciform adapter plate
C5 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON horizontal adapter plate
C6 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON for drilling

Assembly pull-out system


Front
D1 TANDEMBOX/METABOX front fixing
D2 MOVENTO-/TANDEM front adjuster
D3 Blum distance bumper
Drawer
D4 Base/back
Cabinet
D5 Cabinet profiles
D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX
D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
Assembly further products
E1 Vertical cabinet connectors
E2 Cabinet connector (front side)
E3 Vertical cabinet connectors
E4 Wall hanging bracket
Cabinet assembly
E5 Wooden dowel drilling
E6 Line drilling

Recommended
Possible
Not possible
Catalogue 2013/2014

661

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities
PRO-CENTER/MINIPRESS PRO
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HF)
Front
Hinge
Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling and insertion
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0 to 850 mm)
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Horizontal mounting plate
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0 to 850 mm)
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Insertion ram, dowel plates
Insertion ram, mounting plates 177H31x0
Horizontal mounting plate, telescopic arm
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Blum distance bumper
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Cabinet

Cruciform mounting plate

Assembly devices

Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion


Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0 to 850 mm)
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx

662

Catalogue 2013/2014

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
2x
2x
1x
1x
4x

Part no.
MZK.2000
M01.ZB35.02
M01.ZB08.03
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2010
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
4x
1x
1x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2010
MZL.2000
MZS.1000
MZM.0050
MZM.0053

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
2x
2x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2110
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB08.02
M01.ZB05.02
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
2x
2x
2x
1x
1x
4x
1x

Part no.
MZK.2110
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D3
M01.ZB10.03
MZL.2010
MZL.2000
MZS.1000
MZM.0061.01

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities

Horizontal mounting plate

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
4x
1x
1x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D3
M01.ZB02.D2
MZL.2010
MZL.2000
MZS.1000
MZM.0050
MZM.0053

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
2x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2200.01
M01.ZB05.02
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB35.02
M01.ZB35.OS
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
2x
2x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2810.01
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

Front fixing
AVENTOS HK-S
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Insertion ram, mounting plates 177H31x0

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
2x
1x
2x
1x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2000
MZS.1000
MZM.0053

Blum distance bumper


AVENTOS HS, HL, HK
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB08.02
M01.ZB05.02
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion


Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0 to 850 mm)
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Insertion ram, dowel plates
Insertion ram, mounting plates 177H31x0
Lift mechanism
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HS, HL, HK, HK-S)
Front
Front fixing
AVENTOS HS, HL, HK
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

Catalogue 2013/2014

663

Assembly devices

PRO-CENTER/MINIPRESS PRO

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities
PRO-CENTER/MINIPRESS PRO
Cabinet

Lift mechanism
AVENTOS HS, HL, HK, HK-S
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
2x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2200.01
M01.ZB05.02
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

SERVO-DRIVE switch
AVENTOS HS, HL, HK
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB35.02
M01.ZB35.OS
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

TIP-ON cruciform adapter plate


AVENTOS HK, HK-S
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
2x
2x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2110
M01.ZB02.D3
M01.ZB05.03
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

TIP-ON inline adapter plate


AVENTOS HK, HK-S
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

Quantity
required
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
M65.ZB10.02
MZL.2060
MZS.1000

Quantity
required
1x
1x
2x
2x
1x
1x
1x
4x
1x

Part no.
MZK.2000
M01.ZB35.02
M01.ZB08.03
M01.ZB02.D3
M01.ZB26.02
MZL.2010
MZL.2000
MZS.1000
MZM.0040

TIP-ON for drilling


PRO-CENTER
AVENTOS HK, HK-S
Drill bit, 10 x 77 mm, right hand
Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Assembly hinge system
Front
Hinge

Assembly devices

Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling and insertion


Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Fittings drill bit, 26 x 57 mm, right hand
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0 to 850 mm)
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Insertion ram, furniture hinges, all opening angles except MINI

664

Catalogue 2013/2014

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities

Cabinet

Cruciform mounting plate

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
2x
2x
2x
1x
1x
4x
1x

Part no.
MZK.2110
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D3
M01.ZB10.03
MZL.2010
MZL.2000
MZS.1000
MZM.0061.01

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
4x
1x
1x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2010
MZL.2000
MZS.1000
MZM.0050
MZM.0053

BLUMOTION/TIP-ON
Cruciform adapter plate
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
2x
2x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2110
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

BLUMOTION/TIP-ON
Inline adapter plate
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

Quantity
required
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
M65.ZB10.02
MZL.2060
MZS.1000

Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion


Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0 to 850 mm)
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx
Horizontal mounting plate
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0 to 850 mm)
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Insertion ram, dowel plates
Insertion ram, mounting plates 177H31x0

BLUMOTION/TIP-ON
PRO-CENTER
For drilling
Drill bit, 10 x 77 mm, right hand
Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

Catalogue 2013/2014

665

Assembly devices

PRO-CENTER/MINIPRESS PRO

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities
PRO-CENTER/MINIPRESS PRO
Assembly pull-out system
Front
TANDEMBOX intivo front fixing

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
2x
1x
2x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2200.01
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
3x
1x
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2200.01
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
4x
1x
2x
1x
1x
2x
1x

Part no.
MZK.2200.01
MZK.2230
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2000
MZS.1000
MZM.0292.01

MOVENTO-/TANDEM front adjuster


295.1000
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, right hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Insertion ram, front adjuster 295.1000

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
2x
1x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB20.02
MZL.2000
MZS.1000
MZM.0095

Blum distance bumper

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB08.02
M01.ZB05.02
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling


Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus front fixing
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
METABOX front fixing
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling and insertion
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300/1800

Assembly devices

Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion


Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

666

Catalogue 2013/2014

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities

Drawer

Base/back

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
2x
2x
2x
2x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2200.01
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

Cabinet profiles
17 spindle drilling head
Drilling head, number of spindles 17, drilling
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

PRO-CENTER

Quantity
required
1x
2x
2x
2x
2x
1x
1x
10 x

Part no.
MZK.2880
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2000
MZL.2010
MZS.1000

Cabinet profiles
8 spindle drilling head
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
2x
2x
2x
2x
1x
1x
10 x

Part no.
MZK.2200.01
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2000
MZL.2010
MZS.1000

BLUMOTION for METABOX

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2200.01
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x

Part no.
MZK.2810.01
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB25.02
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling


Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Cabinet

Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling


Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

Catalogue 2013/2014

667

Assembly devices

PRO-CENTER/MINIPRESS PRO

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities
PRO-CENTER/MINIPRESS PRO
Assembly further products
Vertical cabinet connectors
40.0500N, 40.0600N, 40.4001, 40.5001
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Fittings drill bit, 28 x 57 mm, right hand
Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0200/40.0500/40.0600/40.0700
Insertion ram, connector 40.0500/40.0600
Insertion ram, connector 40.4001/40.5001

Assembly devices

Cabinet assembly

668

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x
2x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB28.02
M01.ZB25.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB05.02
MZS.2000
MZS.2000
MZM.0070
MZM.0071
MZM.0075

Cabinet connector (front side)


PRO-CENTER
42.0700.01, 40.0200
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 77 mm, right hand
Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0200/40.0500/40.0600/40.0700
Insertion ram, connector 42.07

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
4x
1x
1x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB25.02
M65.ZB05.02
MZL.2060
MZS.1000
MZM.0070
MZM.0077

Vertical cabinet connectors


40.2100.02
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
2x
1x
4x

Part no.
MZK.2110
M01.ZB10.03
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

Wall hanging bracket


48N0610.02/03
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop
Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x
1x

Part no.
MZK.2100
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
MZL.2000
MZS.1000
MZM.0078

Quantity
required
1x
5x
4x
5x
4x
1x
2x
1x
2x
1x
8x

Part no.
MZK.2880
M01.ZB08.02
M01.ZB08.03
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M65.ZB08.02
M65.ZB08.03
M65.ZB10.02
M65.ZB10.03
MZL.2060
MZS.1000

PRO-CENTER
Wooden dowel drilling
17 spindle drilling head
Drilling head, number of spindles 17, drilling
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 8 x 77 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 8 x 77 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 10 x 77 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 77 mm, left hand
Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

Catalogue 2013/2014

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities
PRO-CENTER/MINIPRESS PRO
Quantity
required
1x
1x
2x
1x
2x
1x
2x
1x
2x
1x
6x

Part no.
MZK.2400
M01.ZB08.02
M01.ZB08.03
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M65.ZB08.02
M65.ZB08.03
M65.ZB10.02
M65.ZB10.03
MZL.2060
MZS.1000

Line drilling
17 spindle drilling head
Drilling head, number of spindles 17, drilling
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand
Line drilling ruler, 953 mm (right and left hand, calibration 0 - 832 mm)
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

PRO-CENTER

Quantity
required
1x
9x
8x
9x
8x
1x
1x
8x

Part no.
MZK.2880
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB03.02
M01.ZB03.03
MZL.2080
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

Line drilling
9 spindle drilling head
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand
Line drilling ruler, 953 mm (right and left hand, calibration 0 - 832 mm)
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO

Quantity
required
1x
5x
4x
5x
4x
1x
1x
14 x

Part no.
MZK.2810.01
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB03.02
M01.ZB03.03
MZL.2080
MZL.2000
MZS.1000

Assembly devices

Wooden dowel drilling


PRO-CENTER
3 spindle drilling head
Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 8 x 77 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 8 x 77 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 10 x 77 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 77 mm, left hand
Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 to 0 to 850 mm)
Swivel stop

Catalogue 2013/2014

669

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS P: specialised
MINIPRESS P is a specialised machine for drilling hinges. Once its set, it carries out routine work
with precision and efficiency. A pneumatic feed for drilling and insertion as well as a spindle for the
drilling distance setting makes working with MINIPRESS P safe and precise.
Vertical drilling and component insertion
Drilling distance settings using spindle
Pneumatic feed

Symbol image

Assembly devices

Case studies

Drilling of various patterns


With the multi-swivel drilling head,
various drilling patterns for furniture
fixings can be set quickly, precisely
and without the need for tools

Insertion of Blum components


MINIPRESS P is equally efficient
when it comes to inserting Blum fittings. The operation is both simple
and precise

9 spindle drilling head


For efficient drilling of hole groups
within the 32 mm system

8 spindle drilling head


For the assembly of BOX front fixings and cabinet profiles

670

Practical and precise ruler


system
The drilling distance is set easily
from the front using a calibrated
spindle

Catalogue 2013/2014

Quick connect chuck


For quick and comfortable drill bit
changeovers. The quick connect
chucks can be retrofitted individually

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
MINIPRESS P
- Including multi-swivel drilling head (5-spindle)
- Supplied with stop system, incl. basic ruler
(600 mm) and tools
- Different voltage can be supplied upon request
- Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories
are not included as part of the basic machine

Order information
MINIPRESS P
1 x 230 V, 50 Hz
1 x 230 V, 50 Hz
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz
z Incl. accessories

Part no.
M53.1050*
M53.1050*
M53.1000*
M53.1000*

Page instructions
Overview drilling and insertion machines
overview
649
Overview assembly possibilities
650
678
Assembly possibilities

Symbol image

M53.1050*
M53.1050* z
M53.1000*
M53.1000* z

Accessories
Part of basic machine
Optional

Part no.

Work table for MINIPRESS P

MZA.5300

Position indicator for MINIPRESS P (digital drilling offset stop)

MZE.2110

Hold down clamp (pneumatic) for MINIPRESS P

M53.0720

Locking device (16 mm ruler adjustment)

MZE.1300

Centre marking stop laser

MZR.5300.02

Accessories general

Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 300 - 1550 mm)

MZL.1250

Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 1550 - 2800 mm)

MZL.2500

Support for extension ruler

MZV.2100

Swivel stop

MZS.1000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right

MZS.2000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MZS.2000

Centre marking stop

MZR.1000

Catalogue 2013/2014

671

Assembly devices

Part no.

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
MINIPRESS P
Accessories general

Part no.

MINIPRESS dual application

MZR.2000

MINISTICK

MZS.0040

Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB35.OS

Drill bit without tip, 8 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB08.OS

Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB05.D2

Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB05.D3

Quick connect chuck (5 pcs., sleeve, retainer, cover), right and left

Quick connect chuck sleeve, right hand

MZF.1020

Quick connect chuck sleeve, left hand

MZF.1010

Quick connect chuck

MZF.1030

Quick connect chuck cover

MZF.1050

Locking device for MZK.1900/8800/190S/880S

MZK.1120

Quick connect chuck for drillhead connector MZK.1900/8800/190S/880S

MZK.1130

Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS M/P 2010 and later

Assembly devices

Retro fit kit for drilling head MINIPRESS M/P 2010 and later

M30.1304.02

M30.1313.UM

Tool holder

M51.0802

Set-up plan rack

M54.2117

Page instructions
Assembly possibilities

672

MZF.1000.01

678

Catalogue 2013/2014

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
MINIPRESS P

A2
A1

A5

A6

A1

A3

A7
A8

A4

Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HF)


Front
A1 Hinge
A2 Horizontal mounting plate
A3 Horizontal mounting plate, telescopic arm
A4 Blum distance bumper
Cabinet
A5 Cruciform mounting plate
A6 Horizontal mounting plate
A7 Lift mechanism
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HS, HL, HK, HK-S)
Front
B1 Front fixing
B2 Blum distance bumper
Cabinet
B3 Lift mechanism
B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch
B5 TIP-ON cruciform adapter plate
B6 TIP-ON inline adapter plate
B7 TIP-ON for drilling
Assembly hinge system
Front
C1 Hinge
Cabinet
C2 Cruciform mounting plate
C3 Horizontal mounting plate
C4 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON cruciform adapter plate
C5 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON horizontal adapter plate
C6 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON for drilling

Assembly pull-out system


Front
D1 TANDEMBOX/METABOX front fixing
D2 MOVENTO-/TANDEM front adjuster
D3 Blum distance bumper
Drawer
D4 Base/back
Cabinet
D5 Cabinet profiles
D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX
D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
Assembly further products
E1 Vertical cabinet connectors
E2 Cabinet connector (front side)
E3 Vertical cabinet connectors
E4 Wall hanging bracket
Cabinet assembly
E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling
E6 Line drilling

Recommended
Possible
Not possible
Catalogue 2013/2014

673

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS M: mobile
The MINIPRESS M from Blum is a compact tool that is flexible enough to be used onsite or in the
workshop. MINIPRESS M requires neither pressurized air nor industrial electrical power supply,
but can be operated using just lighting current.
Vertical drilling and component insertion
Manual feed for drilling and insertion

Symbol image

Assembly devices

Case studies

Drilling of various patterns


With the multi-swivel drilling head,
various drilling patterns for furniture
fixings can be set quickly, precisely
and without the need for tools

Insertion of Blum components


MINIPRESS M is equally efficient
when it comes to inserting Blum fittings. The operation is both simple
and precise

9 spindle drilling head


For efficient drilling of hole groups
within the 32 mm system

8 spindle drilling head


For the assembly of BOX front fixings and cabinet profiles

674

Drilling and insertion


The lever is pulled down manually
for drilling or insertion

Catalogue 2013/2014

Quick connect chuck


For quick and comfortable drill bit
changeovers. The quick connect
chucks can be retrofitted individually

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
MINIPRESS M
- Including multi-swivel drilling head (5-spindle)
- Supplied with stop system, incl. basic ruler
(600 mm) and tools
- Different voltage can be supplied upon request
- Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories
are not included as part of the basic machine

Order information
MINIPRESS M
1 x 230 V, 50 Hz
1 x 230 V, 50 Hz
z Incl. accessories

Part no.
M52.1050*
M52.1050*

Symbol image
Accessories
Part of basic machine
Optional

Work table for MINIPRESS M

Accessories general

M52.1050*
M52.1050* z

Page instructions
Overview drilling and insertion machines
overview
649
Overview assembly possibilities
650
678
Assembly possibilities

Part no.

MZA.5200

Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 300 - 1550 mm)

MZL.1250

Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 1550 - 2800 mm)

MZL.2500

Support for extension ruler

MZV.2100

Stop (drilling offset stop)

MZS.1020

Swivel stop

MZS.1000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right

MZS.2000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MZS.2000

Centre marking stop

MZR.1000

MINIPRESS dual application

MZR.2000

MINISTICK

MZS.0040

Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand

Catalogue 2013/2014

M01.ZB35.OS

675

Assembly devices

Part no.

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
MINIPRESS M
Accessories general

Part no.

Drill bit without tip, 8 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB08.OS

Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB05.D2

Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB05.D3

Quick connect chuck (5 pcs., sleeve, retainer, cover), right and left

Quick connect chuck sleeve, right hand

MZF.1020

Quick connect chuck sleeve, left hand

MZF.1010

Quick connect chuck

MZF.1030

Quick connect chuck cover

MZF.1050

Locking device for MZK.1900/8800/190S/880S

MZK.1120

Quick connect chuck for drillhead connector MZK.1900/8800/190S/880S

MZK.1130

Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS M/P 2010 and later

Assembly devices

Retro fit kit for drilling head MINIPRESS M/P 2010 and later

Page instructions
Assembly possibilities

676

MZF.1000.01

678

Catalogue 2013/2014

M30.1304.02

M30.1313.UM

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Basic machine
MINIPRESS M

A2
A1

A5

A6

A1

A3

A7
A8

A4

Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HF)


Front
A1 Hinge
A2 Horizontal mounting plate
A3 Horizontal mounting plate, telescopic arm
A4 Blum distance bumper
Cabinet
A5 Cruciform mounting plate
A6 Horizontal mounting plate
A7 Lift mechanism
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HS, HL, HK, HK-S)
Front
B1 Front fixing
B2 Blum distance bumper
Cabinet
B3 Lift mechanism
B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch
B5 TIP-ON cruciform adapter plate
B6 TIP-ON inline adapter plate
B7 TIP-ON for drilling
Assembly hinge system
Front
C1 Hinge
Cabinet
C2 Cruciform mounting plate
C3 Horizontal mounting plate
C4 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON cruciform adapter plate
C5 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON horizontal adapter plate
C6 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON for drilling

Assembly pull-out system


Front
D1 TANDEMBOX/METABOX front fixing
D2 MOVENTO-/TANDEM front adjuster
D3 Blum distance bumper
Drawer
D4 Base/back
Cabinet
D5 Cabinet profiles
D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX
D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
Assembly further products
E1 Vertical cabinet connectors
E2 Cabinet connector (front side)
E3 Vertical cabinet connectors
E4 Wall hanging bracket
Cabinet assembly
E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling
E6 Line drilling

Recommended
Possible
Not possible
Catalogue 2013/2014

677

Assembly devices

Assembly possibilities

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS P/MINIPRESS M
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HF)
Front
Hinge
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Horizontal mounting plate
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Insertion ram, dowel plates
Insertion ram, mounting plates 177H31x0
Horizontal mounting plate, telescopic arm
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Blum distance bumper
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Cabinet

Cruciform mounting plate

Assembly devices

Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand


Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx

678

Catalogue 2013/2014

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
2x
2x
2x
2x

Part no.
M01.ZB35.02
M01.ZB08.03
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x
2x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000
MZM.0050
MZM.0053

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB08.02
M01.ZB05.02
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x
2x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
MZS.2000
MZS.2000
MZM.0061.01

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities

Horizontal mounting plate

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x
2x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000
MZM.0050
MZM.0053

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
2x
1x
1x

Part no.
MZK.880S
M01.ZB05.02
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB35.02
M01.ZB35.OS
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
2x
2x
2x
2x

Part no.
MZK.190S
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

Front fixing
AVENTOS HK-S
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

Blum distance bumper


AVENTOS HS, HL, HK
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB08.02
M01.ZB05.02
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

Lift mechanism
AVENTOS HS, HL, HK, HK-S
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
2x
1x
1x

Part no.
MZK.880S
M01.ZB05.02
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand


Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Insertion ram, dowel plates
Insertion ram, mounting plates 177H31x0
Lift mechanism
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HS, HL, HK, HK-S)
Front
Front fixing
AVENTOS HS, HL, HK
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

Cabinet

Catalogue 2013/2014

679

Assembly devices

MINIPRESS P/MINIPRESS M

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS P/MINIPRESS M
SERVO-DRIVE switch
AVENTOS HS, HL, HK
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB35.02
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

TIP-ON cruciform adapter plate


AVENTOS HK, HK-S
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

TIP-ON inline adapter plate


AVENTOS HK, HK-S
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
2x
2x
1x
4x
4x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB35.02
M01.ZB08.03
M01.ZB02.D3
M01.ZB26.02
MZS.2000
MZS.2000
MZM.0040

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
4x
4x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
MZS.2000
MZS.2000
MZM.0061.01

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
4x
4x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000
MZM.0050
MZM.0053

Assembly hinge system


Front
Hinge
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Fittings drill bit, 26 x 57 mm, right hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Insertion ram, furniture hinges, all opening angles except MINI
Cabinet

Cruciform mounting plate

Assembly devices

Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand


Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx
Horizontal mounting plate
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Insertion ram, dowel plates
Insertion ram, mounting plates 177H31x0
680

Catalogue 2013/2014

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities

BLUMOTION/TIP-ON
Cruciform adapter plate
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

BLUMOTION/TIP-ON
Inline adapter plate
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

TANDEMBOX intivo front fixing


8 spindle drilling head
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
2x
1x
2x
1x
1x

Part no.
MZK.880S
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

TANDEMBOX antaro/TANDEMBOX plus front fixing with gallery


8 spindle drilling head
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
3x
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
MZK.880S
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

METABOX front fixing

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
2x
1x
2x
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000
MZM.0092.01
MZM.0093.02

Assembly pull-out system


Front
TANDEMBOX front fixing
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand


Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300/1800
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1610

Catalogue 2013/2014

681

Assembly devices

MINIPRESS P/MINIPRESS M

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS P/MINIPRESS M
METABOX front fixing with gallery
8 spindle drilling head
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
4x
1x
2x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
MZK.880S
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

MOVENTO-/TANDEM front adjuster


295.1000
Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, right hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Insertion ram, front adjuster 295.1000

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB20.02
MZS.2000
MZS.2000
MZM.0095

Blum distance bumper

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB08.02
M01.ZB05.02
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
2x
1x
2x
2x
2x

Part no.
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

Cabinet profiles
8 spindle drilling head
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
2x
2x
2x
2x
5x
5x

Part no.
MZK.880S
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

BLUMOTION for METABOX

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
MZK.880S
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand


Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Drawer

Base/back
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

Assembly devices

Cabinet

Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling


Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

682

Catalogue 2013/2014

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly possibilities

SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
MZK.190S
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB25.02
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
2x
2x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB28.02
M01.ZB25.02
M01.ZB10.03
M01.ZB05.02
MZS.2000
MZS.2000
MZM.0070
MZM.0071
MZM.0077

Vertical cabinet connectors


40.2100.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
2x
2x

Part no.
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

Wall hanging bracket


48N0610.02/03
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x

Part no.
M01.ZB10.02
M01.ZB10.03
MZS.2000
MZS.2000
MZM.0078

Line drilling
9 spindle drilling head
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
4x
5x
4x
5x
11 x
11 x

Part no.
MZK.190S
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB03.02
M01.ZB03.03
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

Line drilling
3 spindle drilling head
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M

Quantity
required
1x
2x
1x
2x
10 x
10 x

Part no.
M01.ZB05.02
M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB03.02
M01.ZB03.03
MZS.2000
MZS.2000

Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling


Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Assembly further products
Vertical cabinet connectors
40.0500N, 40.0600N, 40.0200, 42.0700
Fittings drill bit, 28 x 57 mm, right hand
Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0200/40.0500/40.0600/40.0700
Insertion ram, connector 40.0500/40.0600
Insertion ram, connector 42.07

Cabinet assembly

Catalogue 2013/2014

683

Assembly devices

MINIPRESS P/MINIPRESS M

Information
Quality for the lifetime of the furniture

Our goal is to ensure that furniture buyers can


enjoy the convenience and perfect function of
our fittings for the lifetime of their furniture.

General Information

684

Lift systems

To reach our objective we are monitoring our


products in real working environments as well
as in testing labs. Test results are incorporated
into the manufacture and development of our
products.

Hinge systems

Catalogue 2013/2014

Over the course of time, this has allowed us to


tailor new products to the requirements of the
market.

Box and runner systems

Information
Overview

General Information

Symbol image

Information
Safety information
Testing standards at Blum
Blums subsidiaries, representatives and contacts
Glossary
Part No. Index

686
687
688
706
712
720

Information about lift systems


690

Reference values for door weights

Symbol image

Information about hinge systems

Symbol image

Planning
Fixing
Angled hinges
Dimensions
Front overlay
Motion processes and closing action

692
693
694
695
696
697

Information about Box and runner systems

Symbol image

Overview
Dimensions
Tolerance compensation
Planning
Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts
SERVO-DRIVE uno country list

698
699
700
701
702
704

Pictograph
General Information
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application
Angled application inset
Angled application half overlay
Angled application overlay
Angled application max. overlay

Catalogue 2013/2014

685

Information

Angled application mitered

Information
General Information
Information
General assembly, application and user instructions
All Blum products undergo strict quality control
procedures through all stages of production. All
Blum fittings are designed for furniture and furniture components made from wood, chipboard
or MDF. Careful attention must be paid to fitting
or operating instructions when using Blum products (see catalogues and operating manuals for
all technical information).

The manufacturer must decide on the screws


or fixing methods to suit the material being used
(i.e. wood, chipboard, etc.). The fixing recommendations refer to the screwing in of fittings to
epoxy coated chipboard according to chipboard
standard EN 312, requirements according to
classification type P2, with a gross density of
650 kg/m according to EN 323.
Test requirements refer to the fixing recommendations according to catalogue information.
The fittings must not be exposed to acidic or
corrosive materials (i.e. some household cleaning solutions). To ensure that Blum products
function correctly, they must be kept clean and
undamaged.

Our load limits relate to standard applications


in kitchen construction. When used for special
applications, e.g. with very heavy or high fronts,
very short nominal lengths, very wide elements
or very long nominal lengths, it is necessary to
reduce the total carrying capacity accordingly.
The Blum sales team will be happy to provide
further information or instructions if required.
Anyone selling Blum fittings must ensure that
their customer is aware of any relevant information given in this catalogue.

General conditions of sale and delivery

Information

All deliveries and services are based on the


general conditions of sale which are available
upon request.

686

The technical presentations and dimensions in


illustrations and drawings are non-binding. We
reserve the right to make changes to specifications at any time.

Catalogue 2013/2014

We do not accept any responsibility for any errors which may occur in the production of this
catalogue.

Information
General Information
Safety information
Attention!
Wide angle hinges safety information
If standard wide angle hinges are used in furniture that can be accessed or reached by small
children, then it should be noted that it is possible for small fingers to get in-between the working mechanism of the hinge. In these cases all
relevant doors should be fitted with child safety
latches. Alternatively, manufacturers should use
our specially-designed 155 wide angle safety
hinge 71T7xx0N.

Page instructions
CLIP top 155 hinge

110

Manufacturers must ensure that the end user is


aware of this.

Pull-outs with dangerous contents


Blum drawer systems are designed for domestic
and contract use. If the drawer or pull-out is used
to carry potentially dangerous items (e.g. sharp
knives, domestic electrical appliances with
sharp edges), then it is recommended that they
are fitted with pull-out stops or pull-out locks and
child safety latches. This is especially important
when contents may pose a risk of injury (e.g.
electrical appliances such as bread slicing machines, knives or other items with sharp edges).

We provide the relevant safety accessories for the following products


TANDEMBOX plus
BLUMOTION
METABOX 320
MOVENTO 760H/766H

Integrated pull-out stop


Separate pull-out lock, part no. 320M0009 additional tilt device for
central locking
Pull-out lock integrated into locking device

TANDEM 550H/560H/566H Pull-out lock integrated into locking device


TANDEM 551H/561H

Integrated pull-out stop

STANDARD 430E

Integrated pull-out stop

All systems

Child safety latch 295.5500

All other running systems do not come with safety accessories and are, therefore, unsuitable for
use with potentially dangerous items.

Machine Directive
Furniture equipped with SERVO-DRIVE for
AVENTOS is only covered when used for
commercial purposes by machine directive
2006/42/EC. This is valid for putting a machine
on the market within the Euro. Economic Area
(EEA), Switzerland and Turkey. This results in
requirements that you as furniture manufacture
must take into account. The standards and/or
guidelines of other countries are met by TV
certification. For more information, please go to
www.blum.com.

Catalogue 2013/2014

687

Information

Machine Safety
Blum assembly devices and machines are designed, constructed and tested according to
the latest international safety standards. Extra
attention is also paid to operator safety in this
regard. A comprehensive operations manual
is supplied with each device and incorporates
extensive instructions on installation and use. It
is absolutely necessary that all operators read
and adhere to the instructions therein. Under no
circumstances should changes be made to any
safety feature.

Information
General Information
Testing standards at Blum
Lift systems

/
Durability
80.000 opening and closing movements

Static load test


Lateral load test
For simulating unintended overload For ascertaining effect of side load
when using fronts with handles

Lift systems

Hinge systems

Corrosion test
Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and
DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating
corrosion influences

Durability with 5 kg additional


Durability
200.000 opening and closing move- load
For determining limit values for the
ments
fitting

Slam open/slam shut test


For simulating overload when opening and closing and for preventing
the fronts from coming off

Static load test


45opening angle to simulate a
load on the front in the lower base
cabinet

Hinge systems





Information

Dynamic load test


With an additional vertical load of
20 kg for simulating an unintended
load

688

Abuse test
Horizontal load test for securing
unintended overload

Corrosion test
Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and
DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating
corrosion influences

Catalogue 2013/2014

Test front
Weight approx. 6.5 kg





Information
General Information
Testing standards at Blum
Box and runner systems

Static load test


Durability
100.000 opening and closing move- Completely open with additional
load to simulate a load on the front
ments

Lateral load test


For ascertaining effect of side load

Slam open/slam shut test


For simulating overload when opening and closing and for preventing
the fronts from coming off

Static load test


Durability
100.000 opening and closing move- Completely open with additional
load to simulate a load on the front
ments

Lateral load test


For ascertaining effect of side load

Slam open/slam shut test


For simulating overload when opening and closing and for preventing
the fronts from coming off

Box and runner systems

Wall hanging bracket

Corrosion test
Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and
DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating
corrosion influences

Load test according to


DIN ISO EN 15939 (test frame A)
- 260 kg per pair of wall hanging
brackets
- Duration of test: 8 days
- Catalogue specification: permissible total load 130 kg

Box and runner systems

689

Information

Catalogue 2013/2014

Detailed testing standards and


limiting values are defined in our
internal guidelines

Information
Information about lift systems
Reference values for door weights
Wooden fronts

FH
FB
FS
FG

Calculating the door weight

Front height
Front width
Front thickness
Door weight

FG (kg) = FH (m) x FB (m) x FS (m) x density


(kg/m)
Note
The handle weight must be taken into account
for lift mechanism selection.

References values for chipboard


Front thickness FS
19 mm
Density
680 kg/m
Reference values for door weight FG (kg) without handle
Front width FB (mm)
Front height FH (mm) 400
450
500
550
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1040

1.6
1.8
2.1
2.3
2.6
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.6
3.9
4.1
4.4
4.7
4.9
5.2
5.4

1.7
2.0
2.3
2.6
2.9
3.2
3.5
3.8
4.1
4.4
4.7
4.9
5.2
5.5
5.8
6.0

1.9
2.3
2.6
2.9
3.2
3.6
3.9
4.2
4.5
4.8
5.2
5.5
5.8
6.1
6.5
6.7

Information

Reference values for MDF


Front thickness FS
19 mm
Density
760 kg/m
Reference values for door weight FG (kg) without handle
Front width FB (mm)
Front height FH (mm) 400
450
500
550
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1040

690

1.7
2.0
2.3
2.6
2.9
3.2
3.5
3.8
4.0
4.3
4.6
4.9
5.2
5.5
5.8
6.0

1.9
2.3
2.6
2.9
3.2
3.6
3.9
4.2
4.5
4.9
5.2
5.5
5.8
6.2
6.5
6.8

2.2
2.5
2.9
3.2
3.6
4.0
4.3
4.7
5.1
5.4
5.8
6.1
6.5
6.9
7.2
7.5

AVENTOS HF, HS, HL + handle weight


AVENTOS HK, HK-S + double handle weight

2.1
2.5
2.8
3.2
3.6
3.9
4.3
4.6
5.0
5.3
5.7
6.0
6.4
6.8
7.1
7.4

600

2.3
2.7
3.1
3.5
3.9
4.3
4.7
5.0
5.4
5.8
6.2
6.6
7.0
7.4
7.8
8.1

700

2.7
3.2
3.6
4.1
4.5
5.0
5.4
5.9
6.3
6.8
7.2
7.7
8.1
8.6
9.0
9.4

800

3.1
3.6
4.1
4.7
5.2
5.7
6.2
6.7
7.2
7.8
8.3
8.8
9.3
9.8
10.3
10.7

900

3.5
4.1
4.7
5.2
5.8
6.4
7.0
7.6
8.1
8.7
9.3
9.9
10.5
11.0
11.6
12.1

1000

3.9
4.5
5.2
5.8
6.5
7.1
7.8
8.4
9.0
9.7
10.3
11.0
11.6
12.3
12.9
13.4

1200

4.7
5.4
6.2
7.0
7.8
8.5
9.3
10.1
10.9
11.6
12.4
13.2
14.0
14.7
15.5
16.1

1500

5.8
6.8
7.8
8.7
9.7
10.7
11.6
12.6
13.6
14.5
15.5
16.5
17.4
18.4
19.4
20.2

1800

7.0
8.1
9.3
10.5
11.6
12.8
14.0
15.1
16.3
17.4
18.6
19.8
20.9
22.1
23.3
24.2

AVENTOS HF, HS, HL + handle weight


AVENTOS HK, HK-S + double handle weight

2.4
2.8
3.2
3.6
4.0
4.4
4.8
5.2
5.6
6.0
6.4
6.8
7.1
7.5
7.9
8.3

600

2.6
3.0
3.5
3.9
4.3
4.8
5.2
5.6
6.1
6.5
6.9
7.4
7.8
8.2
8.7
9.0

700

3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.1
5.6
6.1
6.6
7.1
7.6
8.1
8.6
9.1
9.6
10.1
10.5

Catalogue 2013/2014

800

3.5
4.0
4.6
5.2
5.8
6.4
6.9
7.5
8.1
8.7
9.2
9.8
10.4
11.0
11.6
12.0

900

3.9
4.5
5.2
5.8
6.5
7.1
7.8
8.4
9.1
9.7
10.4
11.0
11.7
12.3
13.0
13.5

1000

4.3
5.1
5.8
6.5
7.2
7.9
8.7
9.4
10.1
10.8
11.6
12.3
13.0
13.7
14.4
15.0

1200

5.2
6.1
6.9
7.8
8.7
9.5
10.4
11.3
12.1
13.0
13.9
14.7
15.6
16.5
17.3
18.0

1500

6.5
7.6
8.7
9.7
10.8
11.9
13.0
14.1
15.2
16.2
17.3
18.4
19.5
20.6
21.7
22.5

1800

7.8
9.1
10.4
11.7
13.0
14.3
15.6
16.9
18.2
19.5
20.8
22.1
23.4
24.7
26.0
27.0

Information
Information about lift systems
Reference values for door weights

FH
FB
FS
FG

Front height
Front width
Front thickness
Door weight

Reference values for alu frames/glass


Front thickness FS
Alu frames 19 mm/glass 4 mm
Density
2500 kg/m
Reference values for door weight FG (kg) without handle
Front width FB (mm)
Front height FH (mm) 400
450
500
550
600
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1040

1.6
1.9
2.1
2.3
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.3
3.5
3.7
4.0
4.2
4.4
4.7
4.9
5.1

1.8
2.1
2.3
2.6
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.6
3.9
4.1
4.4
4.7
4.9
5.2
5.5
5.7

2.0
2.3
2.6
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.7
4.0
4.3
4.6
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.7
6.0
6.2

2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.7
4.0
4.3
4.7
5.0
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8

AVENTOS HF, HS, HL + handle weight


AVENTOS HK, HK-S + double handle weight

2.4
2.7
3.0
3.4
3.7
4.0
4.4
4.7
5.0
5.4
5.7
6.1
6.4
6.7
7.1
7.3

700

2.7
3.1
3.5
3.9
4.3
4.7
5.0
5.4
5.8
6.2
6.6
7.0
7.4
7.7
8.1
8.4

Catalogue 2013/2014

800

3.1
3.5
4.0
4.4
4.8
5.3
5.7
6.2
6.6
7.0
7.5
7.9
8.3
8.8
9.2
9.5

900

3.5
4.0
4.4
4.9
5.4
5.9
6.4
6.9
7.4
7.8
8.3
8.8
9.3
9.8
10.3
10.7

1000

3.8
4.4
4.9
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.1
7.6
8.1
8.7
9.2
9.7
10.3
10.8
11.3
11.8

1200

4.6
5.2
5.9
6.5
7.1
7.8
8.4
9.0
9.7
10.3
10.9
11.6
12.2
12.8
13.5
14.0

1500

5.7
6.5
7.3
8.1
8.8
9.6
10.4
11.2
12.0
12.8
13.6
14.3
15.1
15.9
16.7
17.3

1800

6.8
7.7
8.7
9.6
10.6
11.5
12.4
13.4
14.3
15.2
16.2
17.1
18.0
19.0
19.9
20.7

691

Information

Width and narrow alu frames

Information
Information about hinge systems
Planning
Number of Hinges

The number of hinges depends on the door


weight and front height.
To achieve good stability, distances between
hinges should be as large as possible.
Information on weight and height apply to a
standard door width of 600 mm.

Door height (mm)

* kg

Parts and technology

1 Mounting plate
2 Hinge arm
3 Hinge boss
4 Three location pins
5 Safety locking pin
6 CLIP mechanism
7 Screw (depth adjustment)
8 Height adjustment cam (on mounting pate)
9 Side adjustment screw
10 Plate retention holder
11 Closing mechanism
12 Outer link
13 Inner link
14 Fixing screws
15 Deactivation
16 BLUMOTION

CLIP/CLIP top: theoretical space requirement for assembly/removal

Theoretical max. door thickness FS (mm)


16 mm cabinet

19 mm cabinet

Mounting plate

0 mm

100

21

24

107

20

23

110

20

23

110 special 18

21

120

20

23

120 special 18

21

155

12

170

19

22

95

26

29

94

17

20

16 mm cabinet

19 mm cabinet

Mounting plate

Information

FS

692

Front thickness

Consider space requirements for removal!

Catalogue 2013/2014

3 mm

100

24

27

107

23

26

110

23

26

110 special 21

24

120

23

26

120 special 21

24

155

12

15

170

22

25

95

29

32

94

20

23

Information
Information about hinge systems
Fixing
Hinge arm fixing
CLIP assembly

MODUL assembly

Tool free assembly/removal through clip mecha- Hinge arm slides onto mounting plate and is
nism
fixed with pre-mounted screw

Hinge boss fixing


INSERTA fixing

Screw fixing

Knock-in dowel

Tool-free assembly

Hinge boss is fixed with 2 chipboard screws

Inserted by machine

Mounting plate fixing


INSERTA fixing

Screw fixing

System screw fixing

Tool-free assembly in line drilling

Fixing with chipboard screws

Fixing using system screws in line drilling

Mounting plate fixing


Knock-in dowel

EXPANDO assembly (split dowel)

Fixing using pre-mounted special screws and


split dowels in line drilling

Catalogue 2013/2014

693

Information

Inserted by machine

Information
Information about hinge systems
Angled hinges
Angle definitions

The nominal opening angle can be decreased slightly through:


- Small gap between doors
- Thick doors
- Large drilling distance
- Side adjustment being used to reduce the door
overlay
KS

OW

KS

Applications from -50 to +50 are feasible


E.g. 20 hinge

Cabinet angle = application


e.g. 45
Opening angle
e.g. 95

OW
K with +5/-5 angled spacer

Applications
Inset application

Half overlay application

Overlay application

Maximum overlay
application

Outer edge of door and Inner edge of door and Outer edge of door and Dependent on hinge
design
inner edge of cabinet
inner edge of cabinet
outer edge of cabinet
are flush
are flush
are in a line

Angle and cranking marked on angled hinge

E.g. 30 II
30 Cabinet angle
II Cranking overlay application

Information

Cranking:
I Half overlay application
II Overlay application
III Full overlay application

694

Catalogue 2013/2014

Mitered application

Inner and outer


edgesof door and
cabinet are flush

How to achieve the


relevant application:
- Angled hinges
- Mounting plate height
- Mounting plate fixing
- Angled spacers
- Hinge adjustment

Information
Information about hinge systems
Dimensions
Hinge dimensions
Overlay application
Straight hinge arm

Dual application
Cranked hinge arm 9.5 mm

Inset application
Double cranked arm 18 mm

SH
SL
FE

SH
SL
FE

SL

SH

FE
Hinge arm height
Hinge arm length
Door protrusion

Installation dimensions
Overlay application
Straight hinge arm

Hinge arm height


Hinge arm length
Door protrusion

Hinge arm height


Hinge arm length
Door protrusion

Dual application
Cranked hinge arm 9.5 mm

Inset application
Double cranked arm 18 mm

TS Front gap
TB Drilling distance
TO Boss overlay (fixed dimension)
FA Front overlay
F Gap
Hinge boss dimensions and drilling patterns
Screw-on

TS Front gap
TB Drilling distance
TO Boss overlay (fixed dimension)
FA Front overlay
F Gap

TB Drilling distance
TO Boss overlay (fixed dimension)
F Gap

INSERTA/knock-in

Hinge boss dimensions

BT
TB
DT

BT
TB
DT

FLB Flange width


FLH Flange height
PB Space requirement

Drilling depth
Drilling distance
Diameter of hinge boss drilling

Drilling depth
Drilling distance
Diameter of hinge boss drilling

Catalogue 2013/2014

695

Information

SH
SL
FE

Information
Information about hinge systems
Front overlay
How to alter the front overlay

Hinge cranking

Use spaced mounting plate

Alter drilling distance

Factory setting/zero protrusion for overlay application


CLIP top/CLIP
Boss overlay TO 100 - 170
(fixed dimension) Mini/glass door
110/120 special
Profile/thick door
Adjustment area 100 - 170
(gap)
Mini/glass door
Profile/thick door
Front gap TS

TS
TO

Front gap
Boss overlay (fixed dimension)

CLIP top
CLIP

Adjustment area CLIP top


(depth)
CLIP
Mini/glass door

11.0 mm
10.0 mm
13.0 mm
11.0 mm
2.0 mm
+0.5 / -3.5 mm
2.0 mm

Side adjustment

MODUL
100
Refrigerator door

11.0 mm
11.0 mm

100
Refrigerator door

2.0 mm
2.0 mm

1.5 mm
1.2 mm

-2 / +3 mm
-1 / +3 mm
2.0 mm

Tolerance
0.5 mm

0.4 mm

100
Refrigerator door

2.0 mm
2.0 mm

0.5 mm

Minimum gap

MF

Information

MF

696

Minimum gap
Required to open door

The minimum gap is based on doors with 1 mm radiused edges. With


more pronounced radiuses the gaps can be reduced

Catalogue 2013/2014

Information
Information about hinge systems
Motion processes and closing action
110-hinge

107-hinge

100-hinge

155-hinge

10

170-hinge

Profile/thick door hinge

Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge

Glass door hinge

Mini-hinge

30

30

Note
The maximum opening angle can
be limited depending on the door
shape, door thickness and hinge
setting

Catalogue 2013/2014

697

Information

20

Information
Information about Box and runner systems

Information

Overview
Wooden drawer

Metal drawer side drawer

Visible
Single extension

STANDARD 230

METABOX 320

Visible
Full extension

STANDARD 430

METABOX 330

Concealed
Single extension

TANDEM 550H/551H

Concealed
Full extension

MOVENTO 760H/766H, TANDEM 560H/566H/561H TANDEMBOX 558/559/556

698

Catalogue 2013/2014

Information
Information about Box and runner systems
Dimensions
Space requirement in cabinet

H
EB
MAo
MAu

Drawer side height


Mounting width
Min. distancetop
Min. distancebottom

EA Insertion/removal space requirement


EB Mounting width
MAu Min. distancebottom

Cabinet dimensions

LW
LT

Inner cabinet width


Internal cabinet depth

Drilling pattern front fixing brackets

BO

BO

Front overlay/min. gap

BT

Minimum gap
Front overlay

BT
BO

Drilling depth
Drilling distance

Catalogue 2013/2014

699

Information

MF
FA

Information
Information about Box and runner systems
Tolerance compensation
TANDEMBOX

METABOX

Built-in tolerance compensation 1.5 mm

Left tolerance compensation + 1.5 / - 1 mm

1.5

Right guided

MOVENTO/TANDEM
Tolerance compensation (drawer width)
up to max. 16.0 mm
Side panel thickness: + 1.5/- 0 mm*

Right guided

* MOVENTO: Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full tolerance utilisation of the internal drawer width SKW!

STANDARD

Left tolerance compensation + 1.5 / - 1 mm

Information

1.5

700

Right guided

Catalogue 2013/2014

Information
Information about Box and runner systems
Planning
Stop design and screw head protection for roller runners

Standard pull-out stop at first indentation

Loss of extension
Full extension

Lock open position (e.g. for cleaning of drawer),


roller locates between 1st and 2nd indentation

Spacing beads prevent rollers from fouling


protruding screw heads

Single extension

TA
AF

Actual loss of extension


Loss of extension of runner system

Over extension

Over extension of runner system


Actual over extension

Catalogue 2013/2014

701

Information

UF
TU

Information
Information about Box and runner systems
Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts
TANDEMBOX plus

BH

BB

LW

42

The curved design of drawer sides of TANDEMBOX must be taken into account when calculating the width of the cutlery insert.
The cutlery insert width required is dependant upon the cutlery insert height.
Cutting dimensions for cuttlery insert
Height BH as desired
Length = nominal length of drawer side - 26 mm
Width BB = internal width LW - 2 x A
Example
Cutlery insert height BH = 40 mm
Internal width LW = 330 mm
Cutlery insert width BB = 330 - 2 x 26 = 278 mm

Information

Height of Drawer Side N

702

Height of Drawer Side M

Catalogue 2013/2014

Height of Drawer Side K

Information
Information about Box and runner systems
Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts
METABOX

Cutlery inserts need to be cut out on both sides to make room for the protruding front fixing brackets.

Catalogue 2013/2014

703

Information

Cutting dimensions for cutlery insert


Height BH as desired
Wooden back: length = nominal length of drawer side - 2 mm - back thickness
Steel back: length = nominal length of drawer side - 16 mm
Width BB = internal width LW - 31 mm
For cut-out dimensions, see drawing opposite

Information
Information about Box and runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE uno country list
SERVO-DRIVE set network adapter (x)
E
Country
Afghanistan
Croatia
Hungary
Albania
Czech Republic
Iceland
Algeria
Democratic Republic of the Congo India
Angola
Denmark
Indonesia
Armenia
Ecuador*
Iran
Austria
Egypt*
Iraq*
Azerbaijan
Estonia
Israel
Z10NA20xy01 Bangladesh
Faroe Islands
Italy
Z10T__3Wxy Barbados*
Finland
Jordan*
Belarus
France
Kazakhstan
Belgium
French polynesia (Tahiti)* Kuwait*
Benin
Gabon
Kyrgyzstan
Bolivia*
Gambia
Latvia
Bosnia and Herzegovina Georgia
Lebanon*
Brazil
Germany
Liberia*
Bulgaria
Ghana*
Libya*
Burundi
Gibraltar*
Liechtenstein
Cameroon
Greece
Lithuania
Canary Islands
Greenland
Luxembourg
Central African Republic Guadeloupe
Macedonia
Chile
Guyana*
Mauritius*
Y
Language package
*
More than one input adapter can be used (depending on the house wiring)
B

Y
*

Country
Bahrain
Honduras
Malaysia
Bangladesh
Hong Kong
Malta
Belize*
Iraq*
Mauritius*
Botswana
Ireland
Nigeria
Cyprus
Jordan*
Oman*
Egypt
Kenya
Qatar
Ghana*
Kuwait*
Saudi Arabia*
Z10NA20xy01 Gibraltar*
Lebanon*
Seychelles*
Z10T__3Wxy Guyana*
Libya*
Singapore
Language package
More than one input adapter can be used (depending on the house wiring)
K

704

Country
Australia
Fiji
New Zealand
Papua New Guinea

Z10NA20xy01
Z10T__3Wxy
Language package

Catalogue 2013/2014

Moldova
Monaco
Mongolia
Morocco
Mozambique
Namibia
Netherlands
New Caledonia
North Korea
Norway
Pakistan
Paraguay
Peru*
Poland
Portugal
Qatar*
Reunion
Romania
Russia
Rwanda
San Marino

Sri Lanka*
Sudan*
U.A.E.*
Uganda
United Kingdom
Vietnam*
Yemen*
Zambia
Zimbabwe*

Serbia
Seychelles
Slovakia
Slovenia
South Africa
Spain
Sudan*
Sweden
Switzerland
Syria
Tadzhikistan
Tunisia
Turkey
Turkmenistan
U.A.E.*
Ukraine
Uruguay
Uzbekistan
Yemen*
Zambia
Zimbabwe*

Information
Information about Box and runner systems
SERVO-DRIVE uno country list
SERVO-DRIVE set network adapter (x)
R
Country
Brazil
South Korea
Thailand

Z10NA20xy01
Z10T__3Wxy
Language package
N

Country
China

Z10NA20xy01
Z10T__3Wxy
Language package
U

Y
*

Country
Bahamas
Costa Rica
Jamaica
Barbados*
Cuba
Japan
Belize*
Dominican Republic
Liberia*
Bermuda
Ecuador*
Libya*
Bolivia*
El Salvador
Mexico
Caiman Islands
French polynesia (Tahiti)* Nicaragua
Cambodia
Guatemala
Oman*
Z10NA20xy01 Canada
Guyana*
Panama
Z10T__3Wxy Columbia
Haiti
Peru*
Language package
More than one input adapter can be used (depending on the house wiring)
A

Philippine
Puerto Rico
Saudi Arabia*
Sri Lanka*
Taiwan
Trinidad and Tobago
USA
Venezuela
Vietnam*

Country
Argentina

Z10NA20xy01
Z10T__3Wxy
Language package

Catalogue 2013/2014

705

Information
General Information
Blums subsidiaries, representatives and contacts
Algeria

Argentina

Australia

Austria

Belarus

Belgium/Luxembourg

Brazil

Bulgaria

Canada

Chile

China
Shanghai

China
Beijing

China
Chengdu

China
Guangzhou

Information

China
Nanjing

706

MAM Eurl
13, route de meftah Z.I oued smar
16270 ALGER
ALGERIA
Bisagra OH
Maza 384
Buenos Aires, CP 1026ACH
Argentina
Blum Australia Pty. Ltd.
P.O. Box 1615
Green Valley, NSW 2168
Australia
Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlgefabrik
Industriestrae 1
6973 Hchst
Austria
Pan-Invest
ul. Lynkova, 63, 2-oj etazh
220124 Minsk
Belarus
Van Hoecke nv
Europark-Noord 9
9100 Sint-Niklaas
Belgium
Blum do Brasil, Ind. e Com. de Ferragens Ltda.
Av. Joo Paulo I, 2052, Jardim das Oliveiras
CEP 06816-550 Embu das Artes - SP
Brasil
Rali-M EOOD
bul. Madrid 34
1505 Sofia
Bulgaria
Blum Canada Limited, Perfecting motion
7135 Pacific Circle, Mississauga
ON, L5T 2A8
Canada
Hbt (Comercial Habitat)
Las Hualtatas 8412
Vitacura - Santiago de Chile
Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
Shanghai Beiying Rd. No. 399, Qingpu District
201700 Shanghai
China
Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Beijing Branch
Peking Golden Resources Shopping Center
Office Building Area B, 16A (Room 1601)
No. 1 Yuanda Rd, Haidian District, Beijing 100097, China
Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Sichuan Branch
Chengdu Duoyuan headquarter No.1 8-1-1, Longtan Industry Zone
3. Ring (E), 2. Section
610052 Chengdu, China
Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Guangzhou Branch
Guangzhou Qinjian Tower, Office 601, No. 118, Huangpu Dadao Xi Rd.
Tianhe District, Guangzhou 510620
China
Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Nanjing Branch
Nanjing Unit A1, 3th. Floor, High and New Technique Industry Zone
Fuhua Building, No.1 Guanghua Rd., Baixia District
210014 Nanjing, China

Catalogue 2013/2014

Telephone
Fax
E-mail

+213 (0) 21 51 41 74
+213 (0) 21 51 41 73
mam-business@hotmail.fr

+54/11/4862-1130
Telephone
+54/11/4863-1521
Fax
info@bisagraoh.com.ar
E-mail
www.bisagraoh.com.ar
Internet
+61 2 9612-5400
Telephone
+61 2 9822 8540
Fax
info.au@blum.com
E-mail
www.blum.com.au
Internet
+43/5578/705-0
Telephone
+43/5578/705-44
Fax
info@blum.com
E-mail
www.blum.com
Internet
+ 375 17 2547631
Telephone
+ 375 17 2547631
Fax
SergeyP@pan-invest.com
E-mail
www.blum.by
Internet
+32 3 760 19 00
Telephone
+32 3 760 19 19
Fax
info@vanhoecke.be
E-mail
www.vanhoecke.be
Internet
+55/11/4785-3400
Telephone
+55/11/4785-3421
Fax
info.br@blum.com
E-mail
www.blum.com.br
Internet
+359/29460789
Telephone
+359/28437881
Fax
intralim@techno-link.com
E-mail
www.rali-m.com
Internet
+1/905/670-7920
Telephone
1/800/670-9254
Toll-free (Can. only)
+1/905/670-7929
Fax
info.ca@blum.com
E-mail
+56 2 22017650
Telephone
+56 2 22017652
Fax
ventas@hbt.cl
E-mail
www.hbt.cl
Internet
+86/21/39203355
Telephone
+86/21/39202223
Fax
info.cn@blum.com
E-mail
www.blum.com.cn
Internet
+86/10/8889 2808
Telephone
+86/10/8889 2908
Fax
info.cn@blum.com
E-mail
www.blum.com.cn
Internet
+86/28/84215550
Telephone
+86/28/84215557
Fax
info.cn@blum.com
E-mail
www.blum.com.cn
Internet
+86/20/3785 5208
Telephone
+86/20/3785 5206
Fax
info.cn@blum.com
E-mail
www.blum.com.cn
Internet
+86/25/84442228
Telephone
+86/25/82232223
Fax
info.cn@blum.com
E-mail
www.blum.com.cn
Internet

Information
General Information
Blums subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Columbia

Costa Rica

Cyprus

Czech Republic

Denmark

Ecuador

Egypt
Cairo

Egypt
Cairo

Estonia

Finland

France

Germany

Greece

Guatemala

Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Shenyang Branch


Shenyang Area EF, 4th. Floor, B&K Tower
No.9 Kehuan Rd., Hunnan New District
110168 Shenyang, China
Alsada SAS
Calle 127 C # 45 A 56
Bogot
Colombia
Eurocomponentes Costa Rica
125 Sur del Cruce de San Rafael de Escaz
frente al Centro Comercial Atlantis
San Jose, Costa Rica
H.H. Furnishings Ltd.
42, Propyleon Street
Strovolos Ind. Estate
Nicosia 2033, Cyprus
Blum, s.r.o.
Kolbenova 19
190 00 Praha 9 Vysoany
Czech Republic
OL Beslag A/S
Bergsesvej 2
DK-8600 Silkeborg
Denmark
DKocina Cia. Ltda.
Portugal 750 (E9-89) y Republica del Salvador
Edificio Gabriela 2 - PB
Quito, Pichincha
Elsallab Co. for Trading & Distribution, Eng. Tarek Elsallab
56 Mostafa El Nahas St.
Nasr City, Cairo
Egypt
Metal Technical Co.
24 Gamet Eldewal Elarabia St. Cairo
Egypt
Hahle Eesti O
Laki 11C
12915 Tallinn
Estonia
Hahle Oy
Hyttimestarinkuja 3
FIN-02780 Espoo
Finland
Blum France SARL
14 avenue du Trlod
ZAE Rumilly Sud
74150 RUMILLY
Blum GmbH
Lilienthalstrae 3
D-32052 Herford
Germany
Blum Hellas SA
102 Kapodistriou Av.
Nea Ionia, 14235 Athens
Greece
MUEBLE PARTES S.A.
Diagonal 6, 15-80 Zona 10.
Centro Comercial Plaza del Rey Local 7
Ciudad de Guatemala

Catalogue 2013/2014

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
E-mail
Internet

+86/24/83601333
+86/24/83601233
info.cn@blum.com
www.blum.com.cn
+57 1 6259865
administracion@alsada.com.co
www.alsada.com.co

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail

00506 228 98975


00506 228 99033
ventas.cr@eurocomponentes.net
www.eurocomponentes.net
+357-22-494450
+357-22-313774
info@hhfurnishing.com
www.hhfurnishing.com
+420/281090161
+420/281862026
posta.cz@blum.com
www.blum.cz
+45/86813111
+45/86813149
ol@ol-beslag.dk
www.ol-beslag.dk
+593 2 2444293
+593 2 2444342
dkocina@uio.satnet.net
www.dkocina.com
+20/2/22734113
+20/2/22734275
tarekalsallab@hotmail.com

+20/2/33470128
+20/2/33038501
+20/2/33470005
mtc@tedata.net.eg
+372 6729030
+372 6775856
hahle.eesti@hahle.com
www.hahle.ee
+358/201/809300
Telephone
+358/201/809302
Fax
hahle@hahle.com
E-mail
www.hahle.com
Internet
+33 450 68 34 30
Telephone
+33 450 68 13 42
Fax
info.fr@blum.com
E-mail
www.blum.fr
Internet
+49/5221/17493-0
Telephone
+49/5221/17493-50
Fax
info.de@blum.com
E-mail
www.blum.com
Internet
+30-210-2751131
Telephone
+30-210-2751777
Fax
info.gr@blum.com
E-mail
www.blum.com
Internet
(502) 2333-5721
Telephone
(502) 5990-9471
Telephone
mueblepartesguatemala@gmail.com
E-mail
www.mueblepartes.com.gt
Internet

Telephone
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Telephone
Fax
E-mail

707

Information

China
Shenyang

Information
General Information
Blums subsidiaries, representatives and contacts
Hong Kong

Hungary

Iceland

India

India

Indonesia

Iran

Ireland

Israel

Italy

Japan

Jordan

Kazakhstan

Latvia

Information

Lebanon

708

Blum Furniture Hardware Hongkong Ltd.


Unit 07, 22th Floor, Nanyang Plaza
No.57 Hung To Rd.
Kowloon, Hong Kong
Blum Hungria Kft.
2600 Vc
Gdlli t 16/14

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail

Husasmidjan HF.
Sudarvogi 3 - 5
IS-104 Reykjavik
Iceland
Julius Blum GmbH Liaison Office India
Office No. 3, Building A, BETA, I Think Techno Campus
Off J.V.L.R, Opp Kanjurmarg Station
Kanjurmarg (E), Mumbai 400 042, India
Hafele India Pvt. Ltd.
Office No. 3, Building A, BETA, I Think Techno Campus
Off J.V.L.R, Opp Kanjurmarg Station
Kanjurmarg (E), Mumbai 400 042, India
PT Indo-Fitting Mandiri
Jl Agung Timur 9 Blok 0-1/33, Sunter Podomoro
14350 Jakarta
Indonesia
Pad.S.I.D.Co Ltd.
No.86 NORTH SOHREVARDI Ave,
1553934436 TEHRAN
I.R.IRAN
Frank Flanagan Fittings,
Falcon House, Dublin Airport Logistics Park
St. Margarets, Co. Dublin
Ireland
Bluran, Import & Distribution Ltd.
4 Geruffi St., New Industry Zone
Rishon Le Zion 75650
Israel
O. Elmi Snc di Oscar e Guido Elmi
Via delle Gerole 26
20867 Caponago (MB)
Italy
Denica Co., Ltd.
2-474-8 Katsushika-cho
Funabashi 273-0032
Japan
Amara Trading Center
Bayader Wadi Seer
Amman 11814
Jordan
Predstavitelstvo Julius Blum GmbH v Kasachstane
Turksib rajon
Sujunbaj pr-t., 211, ofis 11
ALMATY 050006, KAZAKHSTAN
SIA AM Furnitra
ezera iela 9
Rga, LV-1026
Latvia
Ets. Adib Ladki S.C.S.
P.O. Box 14-5563/1105 Mazraa
Beirut
Lebanon

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
E-mail
Internet

+852/25722816
+852/25722817
info.hk@blum.com
www.blum.com.hk
+36/27/510 140
+36/27/510 141
info.hu@blum.com
www.blum.com
+354/5/812088
+354/5/813787
olafurj@husa.is
www.husa.is
+91 22 67109252
info.in@blum.com
www.blum.com

Telephone
E-mail
Internet

022 6142 6142


info@hafeleindia.com
www.hafeleindia.com

Telephone
Fax
E-mail

+62/21/6508744
+62/21/6508746
kie@indofitting.net

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet

+98 21 88532085 ~89


+98 21 88531948
info@blum.ir
www.blum.ir
+353-1-8448400
+353-1-8448409
sales@fff.ie
www.fff.ie
+972/732/310360
+972/732/310361
bluran@bluran.co.il
www.bluran.co.il
+39/02/95740443
+39/02/95740746
info@elmi.it
www.elmi.it
+81/47/437-0310
+81/47/437-2130
tokyo@denica.co.jp
www.denica.co.jp
+962-6-5811896
+962-6-5823896
admin@atc-jo.com
www.atc-jo.com
+7 727 390 86 25
+7 727 234 10 34
info.kz@blum.com
www.blum.com
+371 67496001
+371 67496009
info@amf.lv
www.amf.lv
+961-1-736740
+961-1-736844
ADLA1920@cyberia.net.lb
www.adibladki.com

Catalogue 2013/2014

Information
General Information
Blums subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Malaysia

Malta

Mauritius
Seychelles

Mexico

Morocco

Namibia

Netherlands

New Zealand

Norway

Panama

Paraguay

Peru

Philippine

Poland

UAB Blulita
Savanori pr. 174 A
03153Vilnius
Lietuva
Kosion Trading (M) Sdn Bhd
85A Jalan Klang Lama, Batu 3
58000 Kuala Lumpur
Malaysia
T&H Distributors Ltd.
69 Hookham Frere Street
Guardamangia PTA 1105
Malta
C.K. Tang & Co. Ltd.
83, Royal Road
TOMBEAU BAY
MAURITIUS
Blum Mxico Herrajes Para Muebles
Av. Vicente Fox Quezada 100-A Col. La Estacin
52000 Lerma
Edo. de Mxico
St Yves Rouger
20 Rue Ibn Tachfine
20100 CASABLANCA
MOROCCO
Huester Machinetool Company (PTY) Ltd.
No. 6, Andimba Toivo Ya Toivo Street
Plenarg Building, Southern Industrial Area
Windhoek, Namibia
Van Hoecke bv
Schimminck 5
5301 KR Zaltbommel
The Netherlands
Blum New Zealand Ltd
621 Rosebank Road Avondale
Auckland 1026
New Zealand
Julius Blum GmbH. Norge, Representasjonskontor
Postboks 1110 / Flattum
N-3503 Hnefoss
NORWAY
Formica Distribution Center S.A., Calle 85 Final
Urb. Ind. Los Angeles, Panama City
P.O. Box 0832-2532 WTC Panama

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
E-mail

ZT Deco
Av. Santsima Trinidad N 336
C/Overava
Asuncin, Paraguay
Mueblum
Av. Conquistadores 944 tienda 3
San Isidro, Lima
Peru
Deepe Marketing Corporation
No. 13 Bonifacio Drive, Pasong Tamo
Quezon City 1107
Philippines
Blum Polska Sp. z o.o.
ul. Poznaska 16
62-020 Jasin k/Swarzdza
Polska

Catalogue 2013/2014

+370 5 265 35 32
+370 5 265 35 32
info@blulita.lt
www.blulita.lt
+60/3/79828233
+60/3/79802957
info@kosion.com
www.kosion.com
+356-21-222471
+356-23-331109
sales@thdistributors.com
www.thdistributors.com
+230 2474026
johnnytanyan@intnet.mu

Telephone
Tel./Fax
Toll-free (Mex. only)
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail

+52 728 282 5865


+52 728 282 6453
800 006 2586
www.blum.com.mx
+212 522312506
+212 522312462
yvesrouger@yahoo.fr

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
E-mail
Internet

+264-61-237083
+264 61 227696
hmtwnk@mweb.com.na
www.huester.co.za
+31 418 56 90 60
+31 418 56 90 69
info@vanhoecke.nl
www.vanhoecke.nl
09 820-5051
info.nz@blum.com
www.blum.co.nz

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Telephone
E-mail
Internet

+47/32/127020
+47/32/127003
lars.ringlund@blum.com
www.blum.com
+507 260-5503
+507 260-1440
raul@bacosa.com
senaven@bacosa.com
+595 21 605 720
ztdeco@gmail.com
www.ztdistribuciones.com.py

Telephone
Telephone
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail

+511 6241410
+511 6204284
info@mueblum.com
www.mueblum.com
+632 952 9854
+632 456 6863
office@deepecorp.com

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet

+48 /61/ 895 1900


+48 /61/ 895 1901
info.pl@blum.com
www.blum.pl

709

Information

Lithuania

Information
General Information
Blums subsidiaries, representatives and contacts
Portugal

Romania

Russia

Saudi Arabia

Singapore

Slovakia

Slovenia

South Africa

South Korea

Spain

Suriname

Sweden

Switzerland

Syria

Information

Taiwan

710

Luso Blum, Ferragens para Mveis, Unipessoal Lda.


Av. dos Moures, n 191
So Felix da Marinha
4410-500 Vila Nova de Gaia, Portugal
BLUM ROMNIA S.R.L.
Str. Zborului Nr. 2B,
judeul Ilfov,
RO-075100 Otopeni, Romnia
OOO Blum
ul. Brestskaja, d. 32/3, str. 2
Moskovskaja oblast, Domodedovskij rajon
RF-142030 Jam, Russian Federation
Furniture Technology Trd. Est. (Eurotec)
No.7, Aljammaz building, Thalatheen st.
Alolaya main road
Riyadh, K.S.A.
Blum South East Asia Pte. Ltd.
#02-00 Ubi Biz-Hub, 150 Ubi Avenue 4
Singapore 408825
Rep. of Singapore
Ing. Norbert ebo
ul. MDD 27
962 31 Vek Lka
Slovakia
STARMAN d.o.o.
Pod brezami 2,
SI-1218 KOMENDA
Eclipse Furniture Accessories
P.O. Box 405
Wendywood/Johannesburg 2144
South Africa
Woobo International Co., Ltd.
192-10, Hagal-dong,
Giheung-gu, Yongin-si
Gyeonggi-do, South Korea 446-930
TECNOMAK ESPAA, S.A.
Polgon Industrial La Marina
C/de la Creativitat, 5
08850 Gav (Barcelona)
Ni-Ke Meubel
Granaatstr. 2, Kristalstraat, Maretraite
PARAMARIBO
SURINAME
Blum Svenska AB, Box 186
Wadmans Linje 4
561 23 Huskvarna
Sweden
Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlgefabrik
Industriestrae 1
6973 Hchst
Austria
Kanaan Sarraj, General Trading
Alkalesh building, Hamouria Road
Damascus - Irbin
Syria
Utekuo Co. Ltd.
No. 60, Sec. 1, Ho-Ping West Road
ROC-Taipei 10078
Taiwan

Catalogue 2013/2014

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail

+351/22/7334200
+351/22/7334199
info@blum.com
www.blum.com
+40/21/3512103
+40/21/3512102
info.ro@blum.com
www.blum.ro
(495) 727-06-11
(495) 727-06-12
info.ru@blum.com
www.blum.com
+966 1 4600180
+966 1 4600181
info@eurotec-sa.com

Telephone
Fax
E-mail

+65/6547/1760
+65/6547/1761
info.sg@blum.com

Tel./Fax
Mobil
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail

+421 45 532 32 93
+421 905 801077
norbert.sebo@blum.com
www.blum.com
+386-1-7247-900
+386-1-7247-979
info@starman.si
www.starman.si
+27-11-4448118
+27-11-4440132
ryans@eclipsegroup.co.za
www.eclipsegroup.co.za
+82/31/7139400
+82/31/7139505
ynkim-woobo@hanmail.net

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
E-mail

+34 934 491 497


+34 934 490 194
info@tecnomak.es
www.tecnomak.es
00597 452344
ni-ke@sr.net

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail

+46/36/387750
+46/36/133890
info.se@blum.com
www.blum.se
+43/5578/705-0
+43/5578/705-44
info@blum.com
www.blum.com
00963-11-5218500
00963-11-4416085
sarraj1@scs-net.org

Telephone
Fax
E-mail

+886/2/2368-9249
+886/2/2368-5089
utekuo@yahoo.com.tw

Information
General Information
Blums subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Tunisia

Turkey

U.A.E.
Bahrain
Oman
Qatar
Ukraine

United Kingdom

Uruguay

USA

Venezuela

Vietnam
Ho Chi Minh City

Vietnam
Ho Chi Minh City

Blue International Co. Ltd.


8, 10, 12 Soi Ramkhamhaeng 26/1
Ramkhamhaeng Rd.
Huamak - Bangkapi, Bangkok 10240, Thailand
Promodar Sarl
Route de Sousse KM 7
TN-2033 Megrine
Tunisia
Blum TR Mobilya Aksesuarlar San. ve Tic. Ltd. ti
Gebze Gzeller Org. San. Blgesi
nn Mah. Farabi Cad. No.3
41490 Gebze-Kocaeli
Ultimate Hardware Solutions L.L.C.
P. O. Box 48913
Dubai
United Arab Emirates
TzOV Blum Ukrajina
vul. Dorozhnja, 50, Pustomytivskij rajon
PASIKY-ZUBRYCKI 71137
UKRAINE
Blum UK
Mandeville Drive, Kingston, Milton Keynes
Buckinghamshire MK10 0AW
United Kingdom
Vortix SA
Vedia 886
129000 Montevideo
Uruguay
Blum Inc., Cabinet & Furniture Hardware Mfg.
7733 Old Plank Rd.
Stanley, NC 28164
USA
Importadora Eurocomponentes C.A.
Carretera Petare Santa - Lucia, km 1,
Edificio Eurocomponentes, Filas de Mariches,
1070 Caracas - Venezuela
Hafele Vina Co. Ltd
555 Ba Thang Hai Street
District 10, Ho Chi Minh City
Vietnam
Blum Representative Office Vietnam
8 Nguyen Hue Boulevard
District 1, Ho Chi Minh City
Vietnam

Catalogue 2013/2014

Telephone
Fax
E-mail

+66/2/3747755
+66/2/3749176
blueintl@truemail.co.th

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail

+216/71/425423-110
+216/71/428732
vente@promodar.com
www.promodar.com
+ 90 262 7515025
+90 262 7515028
info.tr@blum.com
www.blum.com.tr
+971-4-3355654
+971-4-3355696
info@ultimatehs.ae

Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Internet
Telephone
Fax
E-mail

+380 32 236 80 10
+380 32 236 80 11
info.ua@blum.com
www.blum.ua
+44/1908/285700
+44/1908/285701
info.uk@blum.com
www.blum.co.uk
00598 - 2 - 3548240
00598 - 2 - 3548049
vortix@netgate.com.uy

+1/704/8271345
Telephone
1/800/4386788
Toll-free (USA only)
+1/704/8270799
Fax
sales.us@blum.com
E-mail
+58 212 2423272
Telephone
+58 212 2426436
Telephone
info@eurocomponentes.net
E-mail
www.eurocomponentes.net
Internet
(08) 3957 3166
Telephone
(08) 3957 3167
Fax
info@hafele.com.vn
E-mail
Telephone
Fax
E-mail

(84) 8 38 22 33 04
(84) 8 38 22 33 05
info.bvn@blum.com

711

Information

Thailand

Information
General Information
Glossary
3
3-dimensional adjustment
4
4-dimensional adjustment

Side, height and depth adjustment and


tilt adjustment

BLUMOTION-unit

BLUMOTION retrofit part for silent and


effortless closing action for METABOX

416
447

BLUMOTION

The perfect motion, silent and effortless, for lift systems, drawers, pull-outs
and doors

182

Blum transformer

The transformer can be used worldwide. It converts the county-specific


mains voltage to 24 V DC (direct
current)

31
369
507

458

A
Actual loss of extension Dimension from front of cabinet to the
inside of the drawer back

701

Adapter plate

For fixing BLUMOTION and/or TIP-ON


for doors

192

Boss cover cap

Decorative cover cap designed to hide


hinge boss fixing screws

181

Angled hinge

Hinge for angled cabinet sides, e.g.


display cabinets or corner units

136
694

BOXCAP

Steel panel for drawer side to suit


TANDEMBOX intivo

222

Attachment bracket

Attachment brackets can be used


when a single pull-out element is
being operated or when the installation
situation does not permit a continuous
bracket profile

384
392

BOXCOVER

Fixing brackets for design elements of


TANDEMBOX intivo

222

Bracket profile

The drive units are attached to the


bracket profile

368
506

AVENTOS HF

Lift system fitting for bi-fold lift systems

28

AVENTOS HK-S

Lift system for small stay lifts

78

AVENTOS HK

Lift system fitting for stay lifts

AVENTOS HL

Bracket profile adapter For fixing the drive unit to the horizontal bracket profile

388
522

64

Bracket profile attachment

For fixing the bracket profile in the


cabinet

368
506

Lift system fitting for lift ups

54

Bracket profile cable

Electrical cable in the bracket profile

AVENTOS HS

Lift system fitting for up & over lift


systems

44

398
538

Avoiding collisions

To avoid the collision of fronts, drive


units (max. 6) are linked so that only
one front can be opened at a time.
A front is prevented from opening as
long as a linked front remains open

30

Bracket profile cover


cap

Protection against contact for the


open cable end at the cut edge of
the bracket profile this is used for
a cabinet construction with a vertical
cross member

368
506

599

Hinge for corner cabinet with bi-fold


doors; used in combination with wide
angle hinges

132

Connector for cabinet parts (cabinet


sides, top and base, and cross rail,
etc.)

Cabinet profiles

548

Bits

Sleeve for fixing to drill bit

670

Part of the runner system that fixes to


the cabinet side

Blind corner hinge

Hinges for blind corners

118
208

Cable end protector

Protection against contact is inserted


onto the open cable end

30
368
506

Blum dispenser rod

The ORGA-LINE film dispenser ensures crease-free removal of plastic film

593

Cable holder

For tool-free fixing of the electrical


cable to the cabinet

31
369
507

B
Bi-fold hinge

Information

200
259

Side, height and depth adjustment

C
Cabinet connectors

Blum distance bumper Distance bumper for SERVO-DRIVE


ensures the required trigger path to
activate the drive unit

368
371

BLUMATIC self closing Drawer closes automatically over the


feature
last closing distance to prevent bouncing out if slammed shut

476

712

Cam height adjustment The cam is used to adjust the height of


mounting plates

172

Cam

599

Catalogue 2013/2014

Offset pivot location, facilitates height


adjustment

Information
General Information

Centre marking stop

Ruler stop with height adjustable zero


position for special drilling functions
e.g. angled work pieces

656

D
Depth adjustment

Child safety latch

Prevents accidental opening of doors


and drawers

687

Chipboard screws

Screws for chipboard with corresponding thread

88
252

Chuck sleeve for quick Sleeve for fixing to drill bit to suit quick
connect chuck
connect chucks

670

CLIP adapter plate

Adjustment of a doors position in


relation to front face of cabinet

200

Depth adjustment

For adjusting the front depth For


adjusting the door gap

464

Design element

Design element for TANDEMBOX


intivo; for individual wishes can be
achieved in any material

248

Dispenser

Cutting unit for plastic film or alu foil

593
569
589

Distribution cable

This electrical cable is used to supply


the power required by the cabinet
elements and/or drive units. Max.
permitted operating voltage: 24 V DC
(direct current)

30
368
506

Door bevel

Sloping of doors inner or outer edge

696

Door protrusion

Distance by which door protrudes


into the aperture of the cabinet during
opening

103

Door radius

Radius of doors outer or inner edge

696

Dowel plates

Mounting plate inserted by a machine


or a knock-in tool. Cabinet side is
pre-drilled

693

Drawer (3-sided)

Drawer which comprises back, base


and 2 sides

502

Drawer (4-sided)

Drawer which comprises back, base,


front and 2 sides

502

Drawer profile

Part of the runner system that fixes to


the pull-out element

548

Drawer side

Metal or wooden drawer side

320

Drilling depth spacer

Makes it possible to have the same


drilling pattern for work pieces of
varying thickness

670

Drilling depth

Drilling depth for hinge boss, mounting


plates or front fixing parts

695
699

Drilling distance

Distance from outer edge of door to


edge of drilled hole

695

Drilling head

Gearbox with several spindles. Available for various drilling patterns

654

Drilling pattern

Drillings required to attach the hinge


boss or front fixing brackets for pullout/lift systems

695
699

34

CLIP adapter plates are used with


AVENTOS HF fittings in combination
with narrow alu frames

CLIP top centre hinge It is positioned between the upper and


lower front of an AVENTOS bi-fold lift
system

30

Concealed runner

Drawer profile of opened drawer is


hidden from view

698

Connecting node

This connecting node establishes the


electrical connection between the distribution cable and the bracket profile
and/or transformer

30
368
506

Contoured profile

To simplify cleaning of METABOX


drawers

447

Cover caps

Decorative covers for hinges, lift


system fittings or drawer systems
can also be supplied printed with a
customers brand name

30
179
228
418

Cranking

Cranking of hinge arm to achieve twin


or inset application

695

CRISTALLO

See CRISTALLO furniture hinges for


glass and mirror doors. Fixing using
adhesive technology without door
drilling

126

Cross corner hinge

Hinge for corner cabinets 45

695

Cross divider connector

Connects the cross divider with


BOXSIDE

570

Cross divider for cutting to size

Has an alu profile and can be cut to


size using a circular saw

570

Cross gallery

Cross dividers using a gallery system

573
575
590

Cross stabiliser

Ensures sufficient stability when using


AVENTOS HS and AVENTOS HL

47
57

Catalogue 2013/2014

713

Information

Glossary

Information
General Information
Glossary
Drip tray

Removable, easy-to-clean tray made


from stainless steel

570
572
574

Drive unit

The drive unit opens the pull-out and/


or lift system

30
368
506

Dual application

Twin application where a mounting


plate is fixed onto both sides of a
single cabinet. Each door overlays half
of the cabinet end

695

Dynamic load bearing Total load bearing of runner (drawer,


base, front weight plus load) for dayto-day use
DYNAMIC SPACE

E
EXPANDO assembly

Optimised storage space and quality


of motion. Initiative for a new kitchen
standard

Distance that front overlays cabinet


side and/or top or bottom base

699

Front stabilisation

The front stabiliser strengthens the


connection between the drawer side
and front

353

Full extension

Pull-out element can be opened


completely

320
413
473
547
701

Gap between door and cabinet front


when door is closed

695

External decorative cap that connects


glass door hinge and door

128

The latch connects the inner drawer to


the pull-out front and enables both to
be opened simultaneously

228
322

Hand insertion tool

Hand held tool for assembly of knockin fittings

633

Height adjustable
mounting plate

Mounting plate with integral height


adjustment, one-part over elongated
hole, two part or cam

172

Height adjustment

Adjusts height position of front/door.


Changes the gap between two doors
or front overlay at the top and/or
bottom

200
361
455
502

High fronted pull-out

Pull-out with a high front gallery


surround possible

328

Hinge arm cover cap

Decorative cover for hinge arm; can also be supplied printed with customers
brand name

181
181

G
Gap

Glass door decorative


cover cap
H
Handle and latch

Assembly with pre-mounted split dowels and special screws, for assembly
by hand

693

Or zero position. Factory-set fittings,


pre-set at defined door or front positions

103
696

Fencing system

Adjustable machine section designed


for ruler attachment

670

Finger safety

Feature on CLIP top-centre hinge for


AVENTOS avoids injury to finger if
trapped between fronts when closing

30
34

Fixed dimension

Or boss overlay, is the distance the


hinge boss overlays the cabinet side.
This is correct for mounting plates with
0 mm spacing

695

Flex

A electrical cable with a plug for the


respective country must be used to
connect to the local power grid

31
369
507

Hinge arm height

Height of hinge arm, including mounting plate with 0 mm spacing

695

Frame door

Door with frame construction, usually


made from solid wood

130

Hinge arm length

Length of hinge arm

695

Hinge boss diameter

Diameter of hinge boss at widest point


and also diameter of drilling

695

Hinge boss flange

Used to fix hinge boss but also acts as


a cover (INSERTA)

695

Hinge boss lip

Lip at hinge boss edge designed to


prevent the hinge from sitting at an
angle in the pre-drilled hole

695

Hole pattern

Fixing positions in cabinet or drawer


profile

358

F
Factory setting

Front bracket/front con- Fixing component used to attach


nector plate
fronts to high fronted pull-outs

553

Front fixing bracket

Front fixing component used to attach


the drawer front to the drawer and/or
pull-out

320

Gap between door and cabinet front


when door is closed, see TS dimension

696

Front gap TS
Information

689

Front overlay

714

Catalogue 2013/2014

Information
General Information
Glossary
172
212

Locking device

Part connecting runner and pull-out

476

Longside gallery rail

328

I
Inner cabinet width LW Effective cabinet internal width

Can also be used for front tilt adjustment

699

Inner drawer/inner
pull-out

Pull-out or drawer mounted behind a


door or high fronted pull-out

322
330

M
Marking template

To mark the fixing positions of fittings

636

INSERTA

Assembly method for tool free attachment of fittings

200
360

METAFILE file drawer Pull-out element for A4 sized hanging


files in homes and offices

354
446
696

Insertion ram

Holds the fitting in place for machine


insertion

656

Minimum gap for doors Minimum gap that is required to open


a door. Dependent on hinge type and
door thickness

Inset door/front

Front is set back flush between cabinet sides

695

Minimum gap for pullouts

Minimum gap that is required to open


a pull-out

699

Internal cabinet depth


LT

Effective cabinet internal depth measured from front to back

699

Mirror door hinge

CRISTALLO furniture hinge for double


mirror. Fixing using adhesive technology without door drilling

126

Mounting plate that is


suitable for a twin application.

Where mounting plate is fixed to each


side of a single cabinet panel

172
212

Mounting width

Space required by a drawer runner


between drawer and cabinet, must
be considered when calculating the
drawer width

699

Multi swivel drilling


head

Suitable for drilling in 2 axis

656

Hinge with special geometry that ensures the door does not protrude into
the cabinet aperture when opened

110

Nominal length of runner system

The dimensions given in the catalogue


for determining the drawer length

321

Nylon boss

Hinge boss for glass doors

128

Mounting plate for horizontal fixing


positions using chipboard screws or
knock-in

K
Kitchen accessory set Set with all kitchen accessories (1
knife holder, 1 film dispenser, 1 foil
dispenser, 2 plate holders, 2 spice
holders)

593

Knife holder

Stores 9 knives of various sizes

593
569
589

Knock-in boss

Hinge boss for knock-in assembly to


door, via machine or special insertion
tool

693

Activating the BLUMOTION function


for METABOX

416
447

Lateral divider

Adjustable to keep contents from


slipping out of place

570

Lay-on front

Front that overlays cabinet side

699

Lever arm

Lever arm for AVENTOS HS und HL,


connects the lift mechanism to the
front

46
56

Lift mechanism

Assists the opening of AVENTOS with


its spring package and variable stop

30
46
56
66
80

L
Latch

N
Nil protrusion hinge

Lock-open stop

Drawer can be locked into the open


position

701

Lock-out stop

Drawer is stopped in the fully open


position. Prevents the drawer from
moving in or out of the cabinet

701

Nylon cylindrical roller Cylindrical roller made of high impact


nylon in MOVENTO and TANDEM
runner systems

472

O
Opening action/movement

Movement of a front when opening


and closing

697

Opening angle

Max. area that a front can open

697

Operating mode display LED in drive unit and transformer


displays the operational status

403

Output path

462
478

Catalogue 2013/2014

Drawer push-out distance with


TIP-ON. Due to production tolerances,
the output path can vary under load
and/or with adjustment.

715

Information

Horizontal mounting
plate

Information
General Information
Glossary
Overlay application

Application where door overlays rather


than insets cabinet side

695

Over extension

Pull-out can be extended beyond the


front edge of the cabinet

701

P
Pivoting point/pivoting Location of pivoting points in hinge.
system
They determine the pivoting motion of
the door when opened and closed
Plate holder

697

Ergonomic solution for storing plates in


the high fronted pull-out

Plus/minus adjustment Adjustment in both directions starting


at a certain pre-fixed position
Power factor LF

200
361
30
46
56
66
80

Used to determine type & number of


AVENTOS-lift mechanism for a given
application

Profile/thick door hinge Hinge for thick doors and doors with
profile

116

Pull-out stop

Prevents accidental removal of drawer,


either with additional part or integrated
into system

687

Chuck to hold drill bits, for use with


quick connect sleeve

656

Space required in order to remove the


drawer from the cabinet

699

Revolving handle to select pre-set settings of the PRO-CENTER work table

616

Q
Quick connect chuck

R
Removal/insertion
space
Revolving handle

Roller carriage runner Runner element is a roller carriage


with load-bearing and side-supported
nylon cylindrical rollers

698

Roller runner

Drawer runner that runs on nylon


rollers

701

Ruler

Fencing system for work piece, calibrated in mm and designed to accept


adjustable stops

654

Hinge boss for screw fixing

693

Mounting plate for fixing with chipboard screws; for cabinet sides which
are not pre-drilled

172

S
Screw-on boss
Screw-on mounting
plate
Information

572
572
585

716

Selector switch Mode Single: only one drive unit moves


(standard setting)
Multiple: when set to Multiple, drive
units move simultaneously

403
545

Selector switch
Power

403
545

Full: standard setting


Half: for short nominal lengths (270 300 mm) pull-out only moves a short
distance

SERVO-DRIVE switch The SERVO-DRIVE switch uses


wireless to communicate with the
SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS drive
unit. The 2.4 GHz frequency can be
used worldwide

30
46
56
80

SERVO-DRIVE

Electrical motion support system for


drawers, pull-outs and lift systems

SERVO-DRIVE cover
cap for AVENTOS

The left cover cap is used to cover the


lift mechanism, drive unit and distribution cable. To cover the cabling, it can
be expanded up to an internal depth
of 350 mm

30
46
56
66

Set-up plan

Data sheet that contains set-up information for assembly machines

654

Side adjustment

For adjusting the front at the side. For


changing the side gap between two
fronts

471

Side stabilisation

Additional product for improving side


stability; ideal for wide pull-outs with
short nominal lengths

250
302
353
444
464
494

Single extension

Pull-out cannot be extended all the


way out of the cabinet due to the
runner stop position

413
473
547
701

SPACE CORNER

A user-friendly, ergonomic alternative to conventional solutions behind


swivel and bi-fold doors

240
344

Space requirement

The space requirement of a runner or


a runner system must be taken into
account when planning the number
and size of drawers for a cabinet

699

Spacing

Mounting plate height. Standard


spacing is 0 mm. Mounting plates with
a higher spacing change the front
overlay and in turn the gaps between
doors

172

Special system screws Screw for 5 mm system drilling with a


special screw head
Catalogue 2013/2014

560
504

356

Information
General Information
Glossary
For storing spice containers of different sizes

593

Split dowel plate


(EXPANDO)

Mounting plate with a split dowel and


pre-mounted special system screws,
for assembly by hand

172

Static load bearing

Total carrying capacity of a runner


(weight of drawer plus load) based on
loads, applied for a short duration onto
the drawer front

689

Steel boss

Steel hinge boss

Swivel stop

TIP-ON

The mechanical opening support


system for handle-less fronts for hinge
and pull-out systems

64
194
406
406

Tolerance compensation

Tolerance adjustment in the runner


system

700

Transformer unit hous- The transformer is easily and securely


ing
stored in the transformer unit housing

30
370
507

102
206

Trigger guidance

For a transition-free opening motion


when using SERVO-DRIVE

368
403

Adjustable stop located on the ruler of


an assembly machine

656

Trigger path

371
509

Synchronisation

Connection linkage that ensures


reliable opening and secure closing
for pull-outs in combination with the
TIP-ON mechanical opening support
system

407
478

The trigger path is required to activate


the drive unit and trigger the opening
motion

Trigger range

462
478

Synchronisation

Up to three drive units can be synchronised allowing them to move simultaneously. This function is required for
several cabinets with a uniform front

369
507

Area on the front which can be


pressed to trigger TIP-ON and open
the drawer. The trigger area largely
depends on the front gap, the nominal
length used and the door weight. You
can increase the trigger area by using
the synchronisation feature

Twin application

695

Synchronisation cable Two drive units that are required to


open simultaneously must be connected via the synchronisation cable

369
403

(Dual application) Hinges are attached


on opposite sides of a single cabinet
section. Both doors overlay to approx.
half of the central panel

Synchronised featherlight glide

Interplay between drawer profile and


lower carriage system in MOVENTO
runner systems

458

SYNCROMOTION

Fascinating front motion technology


for SPACE CORNER: When opened,
fronts fold inward, preventing them
from fouling the neighbouring cabinet

240
344

System plate

Cruciform mounting plate for 32 mm


line drilling

172

System screws

Screws for 5 mm system drilling

88
252

T
Telescopic arm

The telescopic arm for AVENTOS HF


connects the lift mechanism with the
bottom front

30
34

Thickness of door

Door thickness

103
692

Tilt adjustment

Angle adjustment of a high fronted


pull-out

361
455
502

V
Variable stop

Visible runner

W
Wide angle hinge

Work table
Z
Zero position

Zinc boss

Catalogue 2013/2014

AVENTOS remains in any desired


position

30

Drawer profile is visible when drawer


is fully extended

548

Hinge with an opening angle of more


than 150

110

Support for work piece

655

Or factory setting. Factory-set fittings,


pre-set at defined door or front positions

103

Zinc die-cast hinge boss

114
210

717

Information

Spice holder

Information
General Information

Information

Glossary

718

Catalogue 2013/2014

Information

Catalogue 2013/2014

719

Information

General Information

Information
General Information
Part No. Index
Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

171A5010

137, 139, 141, 143, 147, 151,


153, 158, 159, 161, 163, 165,
167, 169, 171, 178
140, 143, 155, 156, 169, 171,
178
137, 141, 143, 144, 149, 151,
153, 154, 161, 163, 169, 171,
178
137, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148,
149, 151, 152, 154, 156, 158,
160, 162, 165, 166, 168, 171,
178
38, 137, 139, 140, 141, 142,
143, 144, 146, 147, 148, 149,
151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156,
158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163,
165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 171,
174
143, 146, 154, 156, 160, 161,
167, 168, 169, 171, 174
176
176
176
177
176
126, 177
177
38, 176
176
175
175
175
175
175
175
177
177
30, 31, 34, 80, 82, 172
172
173
173
173
38, 174
174
35, 38
34, 38
175
175
137, 140, 141, 142, 143, 146,
147, 149, 153, 154, 160, 162,
163, 166, 168, 169, 175
139, 143, 147, 148, 152, 162,
166, 167, 169, 175
176
176
113, 115, 140, 141, 144, 147,
149, 152, 176
176
176
177

175L8130
175L8190
175L8190.21
177H3100
177H3100E
177H3100E10
177H3130
177H3130E
177H3130E10
177H5100
177H5130
177H5400E
177H5430E
193L6100
193L6130
193L8100
193L8100.21
193L8130
194E6100.ED
194E6130.ED
194K6100E
195H7100
195H7130
195H7190
195H9100
199.8130
20F2200.05
20F2500.05
20F2800.05
20F3200.01
20F3500.01
20F3800.01
20F3900.01
20F7011
20F7051
20F8000
20K2300.05
20K2300T
20K2500.05
20K2500T
20K2700.05
20K2700T
20K2900.05
20K2900T
20K2B00.02
20K2B00T
20K2C00.02
20K2C00T
20K2E00.02
20K2E00T
20K4A00A01
20K7011
20K7041
20K7A11
20K7A41
20K8000
20L2100.05
20L2300.05
20L2500.05
20L2700.05

177
177
177
30, 31, 34, 173
30, 31, 34, 172
173
173
172
173
38, 174
174
174
174
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
210, 214
212
212
212
212
208, 214
30, 34
30, 34
30, 34
30, 34
30, 34
30, 34
30, 34
31, 35
31, 35
30, 34
66
70
66
70
66
70
66
70
80
82
80
82
80
82
80, 82
67, 70
67, 70
80, 82
80, 82
66, 70
56
56
56
56

20L2900.05
20L3200.06
20L3500.06
20L3800.06
20L3900.06
20L8000.01
20Q1061UA
20Q1061UN
20Q153ZA
20Q153ZN
20S2A00.05
20S2B00.05
20S2C00.05
20S2D00.05
20S2E00.05
20S2F00.05
20S2G00.05
20S2H00.05
20S2I00.05
20S3500.06
20S4200
20S4200A
20S8000
21F8000
21FA000
21K8000
21KA000
21L3200.01
21L3500.01
21L3800.01
21L3900.01
21L8000
21S3500.01
21S8000
230E7000
230E7500
230E8000
230M2500
230M3000
230M3500
230M4000
230M4500
230M5000
230M5500
230M6000
230M6500
295.1000

56
56
56
56
56
56
57
47
57
47
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
47, 57, 66, 70
47, 57, 66, 70
46
30, 34
30, 34, 47, 57
66
66
56
56
56
56
56
46
47
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
476, 478, 482, 484, 486, 488,
490, 492, 495, 548, 550, 552
445
444
467, 480, 498
553
554
447
447
476, 480, 482, 496
460, 464, 522, 532
89, 181, 217, 253, 305, 356,
449, 469, 498, 554

171A5040
171A5070

171A5500

173H7100

173H7130
173L6100
173L6130
173L8100
173L8100.21
173L8130
173L8300
173L8330
174E6100.01
174E6130.01
174H7100E
174H7100I
174H710ZE
174H7130E
174H7130I
174H713ZE
174L6100.05
174L6130.05
175H3100
175H3130
175H4100
175H410Z
175H4130
175H5400
175H5430
175H5A00
175H5B00
175H7100
175H7130
175H7190

175H7190.22

Information

175H9100
175H9130
175H9160
175H9190
175H9190.22
175L8100
720

Catalogue 2013/2014

295.5300
295.5500
295.5600
296.4500
298.2200
298.3210.01
298.3230.01
298.5500
298.7600
303.756.1

Information
General Information

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

314.928.1

89, 181, 217, 253, 305, 356,


449, 469, 498, 554
422
422
422
422
422
422
422
422
422
422
420
420
420
420
420
420
420
420
420
420
447
445
445
445
418
418
418, 424, 426
418, 424, 426
418, 424, 426, 428
418, 424, 426, 428
418, 424, 426, 428
418, 424, 426, 428
418, 424, 426, 428
418, 424, 426, 428
418, 424, 426, 428
418, 424, 426, 428
416
416
416
416
416
416
416
416
416
416
416
416
447
436
436
436
436
436
436
436
436
436

330H550PC15
330K350PC
330K350PC15
330K400PC
330K400PC15
330K450PC
330K450PC15
330K500PC
330K500PC15
330K550PC
330K550PC15
330M270PC
330M270PC15
330M350PC
330M350PC15
330M400PC
330M400PC15
330M450PC
330M450PC15
330M500PC
330M500PC15
330M550PC
330M550PC15
330N270PC
330N270PC15
330N350PC
330N350PC15
330N400PC
330N400PC15
330N450PC
330N450PC15
330N500PC
330N500PC15
330N550PC
330N550PC15
358K2702SA
358K3002SA
358K3502SA
358K4002S
358K4002SA
358K4502S
358K4502SA
358K5002S
358K5002SA
358K5502S
358K5502SA
358L2702IA2
358L2702SA2
358L3002IA2
358L3002SA2
358L3502IA2
358L3502SA2
358L4002IA2
358L4002SA2
358L4502IA2
358L4502SA2
358L5002IA2
358L5002SA2
358L5502IA2
358L5502SA2

436
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
432
432
432, 438, 440
432, 438, 440
432, 438, 440, 442
432, 438, 440, 442
432, 438, 440, 442
432, 438, 440, 442
432, 438, 440, 442
432, 438, 440, 442
432, 438, 440, 442
432, 438, 440, 442
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
272, 274, 284, 286
272, 274, 284, 286
272, 274, 284, 286
324, 326, 332, 334
272, 274, 284, 286
324, 326, 332, 334
272, 274, 284, 286
324, 326, 332, 334
272, 274, 284, 286
324, 326, 332, 334
272, 274, 284, 286
232, 234, 236, 238
232, 234, 236, 238
232, 234, 236, 238
232, 234, 236, 238
232, 234, 236, 238
232, 234, 236, 238
232, 234, 236, 238
232, 234, 236, 238
232, 234, 236, 238, 242, 244
232, 234, 236, 238, 242, 244
232, 234, 236, 238, 242, 244
232, 234, 236, 238, 242, 244
232, 234, 236, 238, 242, 244
232, 234, 236, 238, 242, 244

358M2702IA

228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,


280, 282, 288, 290
320, 322
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290
320, 322
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290
320, 322, 328, 330, 336, 338
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290
320, 322, 328, 330, 336, 338
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290, 294, 296
320, 322, 328, 330, 336, 338,
340, 342, 346, 348
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290, 294, 296
242, 244, 294, 296
242, 244, 294, 296, 348
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290, 294, 296
320, 322, 328, 330, 336, 338,
340, 342, 346, 348
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290, 294, 296
242, 244, 294, 296
242, 244, 294, 296, 348
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290, 294, 296
320, 322, 328, 330, 336, 338,
340, 342, 346, 348
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290, 294, 296
242, 244, 294, 296
242, 244, 294, 296, 348
242, 244, 294, 296
242, 244, 294, 296, 348
242, 244, 294, 296
242, 244, 294, 296, 348
226, 266
318
226, 266
226, 266
318
226, 266
226, 266
318
226, 266
226, 266
318
226, 266

320H3500C
320H3500C15
320H4000C
320H4000C15
320H4500C
320H4500C15
320H5000C
320H5000C15
320H5500C
320H5500C15
320K3500C
320K3500C15
320K4000C
320K4000C15
320K4500C
320K4500C15
320K5000C
320K5000C15
320K5500C
320K5500C15
320M0009.01
320M0048
320M0088
320M0188
320M2700C
320M2700C15
320M3500C
320M3500C15
320M4000C
320M4000C15
320M4500C
320M4500C15
320M5000C
320M5000C15
320M5500C
320M5500C15
320N2700C
320N2700C15
320N3500C
320N3500C15
320N4000C
320N4000C15
320N4500C
320N4500C15
320N5000C
320N5000C15
320N5500C
320N5500C15
330.0028
330H350PC
330H350PC15
330H400PC
330H400PC15
330H450PC
330H450PC15
330H500PC
330H500PC15
330H550PC

Catalogue 2013/2014

358M2702S
358M2702SA
358M3002IA
358M3002S
358M3002SA
358M3502IA
358M3502S
358M3502SA
358M4002IA
358M4002S
358M4002SA
358M4502IA
358M4502S
358M4502SA
358M4504IG
358M4504SG
358M5002IA
358M5002S
358M5002SA
358M5004IG
358M5004SG
358M5502IA
358M5502S
358M5502SA
358M5504IG
358M5504SG
358M6004IG
358M6004SG
358M6504IG
358M6504SG
358N4002IA
358N4002S
358N4002SA
358N4502IA
358N4502S
358N4502SA
358N5002IA
358N5002S
358N5002SA
358N5502IA
358N5502S
358N5502SA

721

Information

Part No. Index

Information
General Information
Part No. Index
Part no.

Information

359K6002S
359K6002SA
359K6502S
359K6502SA
359L6002IA2
359L6002SA2
359L6502IA2
359L6502SA2
359M6002IA

Page

324, 326, 332, 334


272, 274, 284, 286
324, 326, 332, 334
272, 274, 284, 286
232, 234, 236, 238, 242, 244
232, 234, 236, 238, 242, 244
232, 234, 236, 238, 242, 244
232, 234, 236, 238, 242, 244
228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290, 294, 296
359M6002S
320, 322, 328, 330, 336, 338,
340, 342, 346, 348
359M6002SA 228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290, 294, 296
359M6502IA 228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290, 294, 296
359M6502S
320, 322, 328, 330, 336, 338,
340, 342, 346, 348
359M6502SA 228, 230, 268, 270, 276, 278,
280, 282, 288, 290, 294, 296
40.0200N
601
40.0500N
601
40.0600N
602
40.0700N
600
40.2000
599
40.2100.02
599
42.0700.01
600
430E2500
548
430E3000V
548
430E3500V
548
430E4000V
548
430E4500V
548
430E5000V
548
430E5500V
548
430E6000V
548
430E6500V
548
430E7000V
548
430E7500V
548
430E8000V
548
48N0510.02
598
48N0510.03
598
48N0610.02
598
48N0610.03
598
550H2700.03 484
550H2700B
482
550H3000.03 484
550H3000B
482
550H3500.03 484
550H3500B
482
550H4000.03 484
550H4000B
482
550H4500.03 484
550H4500B
482
550H5000.03 484
550H5000B
482
550H5500.03 484
550H5500B
482
550H6000.03 484
550H6000B
482
550H6500.03 484
722

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

550H6500B
551H2601
551H2601B
551H2851
551H2851B
551H3101
551H3101B
551H3351
551H3351B
551H3601
551H3601B
551H3851
551H3851B
551H4101
551H4101B
551H4351
551H4351B
551H4601
551H4601B
551H4851
551H4851B
551H5101
551H5101B
551H5351
551H5351B
551H5601
551H5601B
556.4501B

482
492
490
492
490
492
490
492
490
492
490
492
490
492
490
492
490
492
490
492
490
492
490
492
490
492
490
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330,
332, 334, 336, 338, 340, 342
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330,
332, 334, 336, 338, 340, 342
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330,
332, 334, 336, 338, 340, 342
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330,
332, 334, 336, 338, 340, 342
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330,
332, 334, 336, 338, 340, 342
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322

558.3501B01

228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,


268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322, 328, 330, 336, 338
226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236,
238, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274,
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290, 318, 320, 322, 324,
326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 336,
338
226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236,
238, 242, 244, 266, 268, 270,
272, 274, 276, 278, 280, 282,
284, 286, 288, 290, 294, 296,
318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328,
330, 332, 334, 336, 338, 340,
342, 346, 348
226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236,
238, 242, 244, 266, 268, 270,
272, 274, 276, 278, 280, 282,
284, 286, 288, 290, 294, 296,
318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328,
330, 332, 334, 336, 338, 340,
342, 346, 348
226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236,
238, 242, 244, 266, 268, 270,
272, 274, 276, 278, 280, 282,
284, 286, 288, 290, 294, 296,
318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328,
330, 332, 334, 336, 338, 340,
342, 346, 348
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322, 407
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322, 407
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322, 328, 330, 336, 338,
407
226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236,
238, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274,
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290, 318, 320, 322, 324,
326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 336,
338, 407
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330,
332, 334, 336, 338, 340, 342

556.5001B

556.5501B

556.6001B

556.6501B

558.2701B

558.3001B

Catalogue 2013/2014

558.4001B01

558.4501B01

558.5001B

558.5501B

559.2701T

559.3001T

559.3501T

559.4001T

559.4501B

Information
General Information

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

559.4501T

226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236,


238, 242, 244, 266, 268, 270,
272, 274, 276, 278, 280, 282,
284, 286, 288, 290, 294, 296,
318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328,
330, 332, 334, 336, 338, 340,
342, 346, 348, 407
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330,
332, 334, 336, 338, 340, 342
226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236,
238, 242, 244, 266, 268, 270,
272, 274, 276, 278, 280, 282,
284, 286, 288, 290, 294, 296,
318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328,
330, 332, 334, 336, 338, 340,
342, 346, 348, 407
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278,
280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290,
320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330,
332, 334, 336, 338, 340, 342
226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236,
238, 242, 244, 266, 268, 270,
272, 274, 276, 278, 280, 282,
284, 286, 288, 290, 294, 296,
318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328,
330, 332, 334, 336, 338, 340,
342, 346, 348, 407
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
242, 244, 268, 270, 272, 274,
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290, 294, 296, 320, 322,
324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334,
336, 338, 340, 342, 346, 348
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
242, 244, 268, 270, 272, 274,
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290, 294, 296, 320, 322,
324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334,
336, 338, 340, 342, 346, 348,
407
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
242, 244, 268, 270, 272, 274,
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290, 294, 296, 320, 322,
324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334,
336, 338, 340, 342, 346, 348
228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238,
242, 244, 268, 270, 272, 274,
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290, 294, 296, 320, 322,
324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334,
336, 338, 340, 342, 346, 348,
407
476
478
476

560H2700C
560H3000B
560H3000C
560H3200B
560H3200C
560H3500B
560H3500BU
560H3500C
560H3800B
560H3800C
560H4000B
560H4000BU
560H4000C
560H4200B
560H4200C
560H4500B
560H4500C
560H4800B
560H4800C
560H5000B
560H5000C
560H5200B
560H5200C
560H5500B
560H5500C
560H6000B
560H6000C
561H2601B
561H2601C
561H2851B
561H2851C
561H3101B
561H3101C
561H3351B
561H3351C
561H3601B
561H3601C
561H3851B
561H3851C
561H4101B
561H4101C
561H4351B
561H4351C
561H4601B
561H4601C
561H4851B
561H4851C
561H5101B
561H5101C
561H5351B
561H5351C
561H5601B
561H5601C
566H4500B01
566H4500C01
566H5000B01
566H5000C01
566H5200B01
566H5200C01
566H5500B01

478
476
478
476
478
476
480
478
476
478
476
480
478
476
478
476
478
476
478
476
478
476
478
476
478
476
478
486
488
486
488
486
488
486
488
486
488
486
488
486
488
486
488
486
488
486
488
486
488
486
488
486
488
476
478
476
478
476
478
476

566H5500C01
566H5800B01
566H5800C01
566H6000B01
566H6000C01
566H6500B01
566H6500C01
566H7000B01
566H7000C01
566H7500B01
566H7500C01
609.1500

478
476
478
476
478
476
478
476
478
476
478
88, 102, 104, 106, 108, 110,
114, 116, 118, 120, 130, 132,
136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146,
148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 166,
168, 170, 180, 206, 208, 210,
216, 252, 304, 355, 448, 468,
499, 555
88, 102, 104, 106, 108, 110,
114, 116, 118, 120, 130, 132,
136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146,
148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 166,
168, 170, 180, 206, 208, 210,
216, 252, 304, 355, 448, 468,
499, 555
617
617
630
630
631
630
631
640
632
616
616
621
620
627
635
619
623
618
622
625
615
615
615, 630
646
88
88, 180, 216, 252, 304, 355,
448, 468, 499, 555
88, 180, 216, 252, 304, 355,
448, 468, 499, 555
88, 180, 216, 252, 304, 355,
448, 468, 499, 555
88, 180, 216, 252, 304, 355,
448, 468, 499, 555
88, 180, 216, 252, 304, 355,
448, 468, 499, 555

559.5001B

559.5001T

559.5501B

559.5501T

559.6001B

559.6001T

559.6501B

559.6501T

560H2500B
560H2500C
560H2700B

Catalogue 2013/2014

609.1700

65.055A
65.059A
65.1000.01
65.1001.01
65.1051.01
65.1106
65.1107
65.2950
65.3300
65.4000.01
65.4010.01
65.5000
65.5010
65.5040
65.5050
65.5070
65.5210
65.5300
65.5810.01
65.6100
65.7500.03
65.7510.03
65.7590
65.8000
660.0950
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG

723

Information

Part No. Index

Information
General Information
Part No. Index
Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

662.1150.HG

252, 304, 355, 448, 468, 499,


555
252, 304, 355, 448, 468, 499,
555
252, 304, 355, 448, 468, 499,
555
88
102, 104, 106, 118, 120, 132,
138, 179
102, 104, 106, 118, 120, 132,
138, 179
116, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130,
136, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148,
150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160,
162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 179
116, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130,
136, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148,
150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160,
162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 179
102, 106, 116, 122, 124, 150,
179
102, 106, 116, 122, 124, 150,
179
114, 115
110, 179
110, 179
108
108
108
108
108
108
106, 116, 118, 136, 138, 140,
142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152,
154, 156, 181
102, 104, 116, 118, 120, 136,
138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148,
150, 152, 154, 156, 181, 208,
210
102, 104, 116, 181
102
102, 104
102
102
102
102
102
31, 38
31, 38
114
114
114
114
110
110, 113
110
110
110
110
124

70T9550.TL
70T9650.TL
70T9750.TL
71B3550
71B3580
71B3590
71B3650
71B3680
71B3690
71B3750
71B3780
71B3790
71B950A
71B9550
71B9580
71B9590
71B960A
71B9650
71B9680
71B9690
71B970A
71B9750
71B9780
71B9790
71M2550
71M2580
71M2590B
71M2650
71M2680
71M2690B
71M2750
71M2780
71M2790B
71T0550
71T0650
71T0750
71T3550
71T3580
71T3590
71T3650
71T3680
71T3690
71T3750
71T3780
71T3790
71T6540B
71T6550
71T6580
71T6640B
71T6650
71T6680
71T7500N
71T7530N
71T7540N01
71T7600N
71T7640N01
71T950A
71T950AB
71T9550
71T9580

116, 150
116, 150
116, 150
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
122
116, 150
116
116, 150
122
116, 150
116
116, 150
122
116, 150
116
116, 150
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
130, 170, 171
130, 170, 171
130, 170, 171
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
114
114
114
114
114
114
110
110
110
110
110
124
124
116, 150
116

71T9590B
71T960A
71T960AB
71T9650
71T9680
71T9690B
71T970A
71T970AB
71T9750
71T9780
71T9790B
72T3550.TL
72T3590.TL
72T550A.TL
72T5550.TL
72T5590BTL
73B3550
73B3580
73B3590
73T3550
73T3580
73T3590
740.749.1
74.1103
74T1550.TL
74T1590BTL
74T1650.TL
74T1690BTL
74T1750.TL
74T1790BTL
75T1550
75T1580
75T1590B
75T1650
75T1680
75T1690B
75T1750
75T1780
75T1790B
75T4100
75T4200
75T4300
760H2500B
760H2500T
760H2700B
760H2700T
760H3000B
760H3000T
760H3200B
760H3200T
760H3500B
760H3500T
760H3800B
760H3800T
760H4000B
760H4000T
760H4200B
760H4200T
760H4500B
760H4500T

116, 150
124
124
116, 150
116
116, 150
124
124
116, 150
116
116, 150
104
104
35, 38
31
31
104
104
104
104
104
104
89
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
128, 164, 165
128, 164, 165
128, 164, 165
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462

662.1300.HG
662.1450.HG
664.3500
70.1503
70.1503.BP
70.1563

70.1563.BL

70.1663
70.1663.BP
70.6103
70.7503
70.7503.BP
70M2550.TL
70M2580.TL
70M2650.TL
70M2680.TL
70M2750.TL
70M2780.TL
70T1504

Information

70T3504

70T3507.21
70T3550.TL
70T3553
70T3590.TL
70T3650.TL
70T3690.TL
70T3750.TL
70T3790.TL
70T5550.TL
70T5590BTL
70T6540BTL
70T6550
70T6640B
70T6650
70T7500NTL
70T7503N
70T7503N09
70T7540NT1
70T7600NTL
70T7640NT1
70T950A.TL
724

Catalogue 2013/2014

Information
General Information

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

760H4800B
760H4800T
760H5000B
760H5000T
760H5200B
760H5200T
760H5500B
760H5500T
760H6000B
760H6000T
766H4500B
766H4500T
766H5000B
766H5000T
766H5200B
766H5200T
766H5500B
766H5500T
766H5800B
766H5800T
766H6000B
766H6000T
766H6500B
766H6500T
766H7000B
766H7000T
766H7500B
766H7500T
78A5450.T
78A5451.T
78A5453.T
78A9454.T
78A9456.T
78A9458.T
78A9555.T
78A9556.T
78A9658.T
78C450BT
78C4568
78T5550
78T9550.TL
78Z5500T
78Z5500T11
78Z550AT
78Z550AT11
78Z5530T
78Z5530T10
78Z553ET
79A0555.T
79A0558.T
79A4105.T
79A4108.T
79B3450
79B3451
79B3453
79B3490
79B3491
79B3493
79B3558
79B3598

460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
460
462
156
154
152
148
144
140
146
142
136
126, 158
126, 158
138
118
31, 38
38
35, 38
38
38
38
31
168
166
162
160
156
154
152
156
154
152
138
138

79B9454
79B9456
79B9458
79B9494
79B9496
79B9498
79B9550
79B9555
79B9556
79B9580
79B9590
79B9595
79B9596
79B9658
79B9698
79B9950
79B9980
79B9990
79C450BT
79T8500
79T8530
80.6507
80.6507.BP
84.4120
84.4140
90M2503
90M2503.BP
90M2603
90M2603.BL
91K9550
91K9580
91M2550
91M2580
91M2650
91M2680
91M2750
91M2780
94M3603
94M3603.BP
955.1004

148
144
140
148
144
140
118
146
142
118
118
146
142
136
136
120
120
120
126, 158
132
132
114, 179
114, 179
128, 160, 162, 164
128, 160, 162, 164
108, 179, 206, 208, 215
108, 179, 206, 208, 215
206, 215
206, 215
210
210
206
206
206
206
206
206
108, 179
108, 179
70, 72, 82, 84, 102, 104, 106,
108, 110, 114, 116, 118, 124,
126, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144,
146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156,
158, 196
70, 74, 82, 85, 199
70, 74, 82, 85, 199
74, 85, 199
74, 85, 199
70, 73, 102, 104, 106, 108,
110, 114, 116, 118, 124, 126,
136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146,
148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158,
197
132, 183, 190
192
192
192
192
193
192

970.5501
970.55E1
970.5701
970.6701
970A1002

192
192
192
193
128, 130, 160, 162, 164, 166,
168, 170, 183, 188
186
186
186
186
186
186
128, 130, 183
106, 108, 124, 183, 184
106, 108, 124, 183, 184
106, 108, 124, 183, 184
114, 183, 185
110, 183, 184
126, 158, 183, 185
89, 368, 384, 388, 392, 506,
514, 518, 522, 528
89, 368, 384, 388, 392, 506,
514, 518, 522, 528
522, 532
180, 216, 252, 304, 355, 448,
468, 499, 555
88, 180, 216, 252, 304, 355,
448, 468, 499, 555
208
208
607
662, 663, 664, 665, 666, 667,
678, 679, 680, 681, 682
662, 663, 664, 665, 666, 667,
678, 679, 680, 681, 682
669, 683
669, 683
662, 663, 664, 665, 666, 667,
668, 669, 678, 679, 680, 681,
682, 683
662, 663, 664, 665, 667, 669,
678, 679, 680, 681, 682, 683
655, 659, 672, 676
655, 660, 672, 676
662, 663, 666, 668, 669, 678,
679, 682
662, 664, 668, 669, 678, 680
655, 659, 672, 676
662, 663, 665, 666, 667, 668,
669, 678, 679, 680, 681, 682,
683
662, 663, 665, 666, 667, 668,
669, 678, 679, 680, 681, 682,
683
666, 682
667, 668, 683
664, 680
668, 683
662, 663, 664, 678, 679, 680

955.1201
955.1501
955.15E1
955.5201
955A1004

970.1002
970.1201
970.1501
970.15E1
970.1701
970.2501
970.5201

Catalogue 2013/2014

971A0200
971A0500
971A05E0
971A0700
971A2500
971A2700
971AXXXX
973A0500.01
973A0600
973A0700
973A6000
973A7000
973A9000
993.0530
993.0830.01
993.2000
993.706
993.710
99B9550
99B958E
DAA.2943
M01.ZB02.D2
M01.ZB02.D3
M01.ZB03.02
M01.ZB03.03
M01.ZB05.02

M01.ZB05.03
M01.ZB05.D2
M01.ZB05.D3
M01.ZB08.02
M01.ZB08.03
M01.ZB08.OS
M01.ZB10.02

M01.ZB10.03

M01.ZB20.02
M01.ZB25.02
M01.ZB26.02
M01.ZB28.02
M01.ZB35.02

725

Information

Part No. Index

Information
General Information
Part No. Index

Information

Part no.

Page

M01.ZB35.OS 655, 659, 663, 664, 672, 675,


679
M01.ZZ03
88, 180, 216, 252, 304, 355,
448, 468, 499, 555, 628, 629,
632
M01.ZZB3
88, 180, 216, 252, 304, 355,
448, 468, 499, 555
M30.1304.02 672, 676
M30.1313.UM 672, 676
M31.1000
614
M31.2000
626
M31.ZB08.02 614
M31.ZB35.02 614, 626
M51.0802
660, 672
M52.1050*
675
M53.0720
671
M53.1000*
671
M53.1050*
671
M54.2000
659
M54.2117
672
M65.2000
655
M65.2050
655
M65.ZB05.02 668
M65.ZB08.02 668, 669
M65.ZB08.03 668, 669
M65.ZB10.02 664, 665, 668, 669
M65.ZB10.03 668, 669
MZA.2600
656, 660
MZA.5200
675
MZA.5300
671
MZE.1300
671
MZE.2110
671
MZF.1000.01 672, 676
MZF.1010
672, 676
MZF.1020
672, 676
MZF.1030
656, 660, 672, 676
MZF.1050
656, 660, 672, 676
MZF.2000
655, 660
MZK.1120
672, 676
MZK.1130
672, 676
MZK.190S
679, 683
MZK.2000
662, 664
MZK.2100
662, 663, 664, 665, 666, 668
MZK.2110
662, 664, 665, 668
MZK.2200.01 663, 664, 666, 667
MZK.2230
666
MZK.2400
669
MZK.2810.01 663, 667, 669
MZK.2880
667, 668, 669
MZK.880S
679, 681, 682
MZL.1250
671, 675
MZL.2000
662, 663, 664, 665, 666, 667,
668, 669
MZL.2010
662, 663, 664, 665, 667
MZL.2060
664, 665, 668, 669
MZL.2080
669
MZL.2090
655, 659
MZL.2090.03 655, 659
MZL.2500
671, 675

726

Part no.

Page

Part no.

MZM.0040

102, 104, 106, 108, 110, 114,


116, 118, 120, 132, 206, 210,
664, 680
662, 663, 665, 678, 679, 680
173, 174, 662, 663, 665, 678,
679, 680
177, 662, 665, 678, 680
600, 601, 602, 668, 683
601, 602, 668, 683
668
600, 668, 683
598, 668, 683
681
681
666, 682
666
671, 675
655, 659
672, 675
671
659
655, 659, 672, 675
655, 659, 662, 663, 664, 665,
666, 667, 668, 669, 671, 675
675
655, 659, 668, 671, 675, 678,
679, 680, 681, 682, 683
628
629
655, 659, 671, 675
614
476, 478, 480, 482, 484
465, 480, 496
460, 462
478, 484, 488, 492
478, 488
484
492
478, 488
478, 484, 488, 492
478
462
638
639
638, 639
368, 374, 384, 388, 392, 506,
514, 518, 523, 528, 533
368, 388, 392
368, 374, 506, 532
368, 374, 506, 532
384, 514, 518, 522
384, 514
388, 523
392, 528
384, 514, 522
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 397, 507, 515,
519, 523, 529, 533, 537
369, 396, 507, 519, 536
369, 396, 507, 519, 536

Z10K120S
Z10K160S
Z10K800AE

MZM.0050
MZM.0053
MZM.0061.01
MZM.0070
MZM.0071
MZM.0075
MZM.0077
MZM.0078
MZM.0092.01
MZM.0093.02
MZM.0095
MZM.0292.01
MZR.1000
MZR.1200
MZR.2000
MZR.5300.02
MZR.5400
MZS.0040
MZS.1000
MZS.1020
MZS.2000
MZS.5010
MZS.5030
MZV.2100
MZW.1300
T51.1700.04
T51.7000.01
T51.7601
T55.000R
T55.1089ZR
T55.1150S
T55.3150S
T55.7150S
T55.889W
T55.9150S
T57.7400
T65.1000.02
T65.1100
T65.9000
Z10A3000.02
Z10A3H00
Z10D01E0.01
Z10D01EA.01
Z10D0311
Z10D0316
Z10D5210
Z10D6252
Z10D7201.01
Z10K0009

Z10K008S
Z10K050S

Catalogue 2013/2014

Page

369, 396, 507, 519, 536


369, 396, 507, 519, 536
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 374,
384, 389, 392, 506, 514, 518,
523, 528, 533
Z10M200A
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200B
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200C
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200D
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200E
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200E.OS 31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200H
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200I
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200J
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200K
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200L
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200N
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200S
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200S.01 31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200T
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200U
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10M200Z
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
Z10NA20xy01 380, 512, 704, 705
Z10NE020A
31, 35, 47, 57, 66, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533

Information
General Information

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

Z10NE020B

31, 35, 47, 57, 66, 369, 375,


385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
31, 35, 47, 57, 66, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
31, 35, 47, 57, 66, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
31, 35, 47, 57, 66, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
31, 35, 47, 57, 66, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
31, 35, 47, 57, 66, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
31, 35, 47, 57, 66, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
369, 375, 385, 389, 393, 507,
515, 519, 523, 529, 533
30, 34, 47, 57, 67, 369, 375,
385, 389, 393, 507, 515, 519,
523, 529, 533
388, 522
368, 374, 506, 532
382
382
382
382
368, 374, 506, 532
368, 374, 506, 532
368, 374, 506, 532
382
368, 374, 506, 532
368, 374, 506, 532
382
704, 705
31, 35, 47, 57, 67, 369, 374,
384, 389, 393, 507, 514, 518,
523, 528, 533
396, 536
301, 328, 330
352
276, 278, 288, 294, 332, 334
301, 352
336, 338, 340, 342, 348
232, 234, 236, 238, 280, 282,
284, 286, 290, 296
242, 244
250, 301, 352
272, 274, 324, 326
301, 352
228, 230, 268, 270, 320, 322,
346
383
383
383

Z30M439S0W
Z30M483S0W
Z30M489S0W
Z30M533S0W
Z30M539S0W
Z30M733S0W
Z30M739S0W
Z30M833S0W
Z30M839S0W
Z30MxxxS.6
Z30N0002.6Z
Z30N000S.04

383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
383
250, 301, 352
242, 244, 294, 296, 348
226, 242, 244, 266, 294, 296,
318, 348
250, 301, 352
322, 326, 330, 334, 338, 342
230, 238, 270, 274, 278, 282,
286
234
276, 278, 288, 294
280, 282, 290, 296
428, 442
428, 442
428, 442
428, 442
232, 234, 242
232, 234, 242
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
276, 278, 288, 294
280, 282, 290, 296
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248

Z37GxxxD
Z37GxxxD.xx
Z37GxxxDx
Z37H418S.E
Z37H468S.E
Z37H518S.E
Z37H568S.E
Z37H618S.E
Z37L260I.D
Z37L260S.D
Z37L290I.D
Z37L290S.D
Z37L340I.D
Z37L340S.D
Z37L390I.D
Z37L390S.D
Z37L440I.D
Z37L440S.D
Z37L490I.D
Z37L490S.D
Z37L540I.D
Z37L540S.D
Z37L590I.D
Z37L590S.D
Z37L640I.D
Z37L640S.D
Z37R237C
Z37R237D
Z37R267C
Z37R267D
Z37R317C
Z37R317D
Z37R367C
Z37R367D
Z37R417C
Z37R417D
Z37R467C
Z37R467D
Z37R517C
Z37R517D
Z37R567C
Z37R567D
Z37R617C
Z37R617D
Z37Rxx7C
Z37Rxx7D
Z40C0002Z
Z40D0002Z
Z40H0002Z
Z40H0002ZR
Z40L0002
Z40L1077A
Z40L152A
Z40L177A
Z40L427A
Z40L477A
Z40L777A
Z43L100I
Z43L100S
Z46C420S.E2

232, 234, 242


249
249
340, 342, 348
340, 342, 348
340, 342, 348
340, 342, 348
340, 342, 348
236, 238
236, 238
236, 238
236, 238
236, 238
236, 238
236, 238
236, 238
236, 238, 244
236, 238, 244
236, 238, 244
236, 238, 244
236, 238, 244
236, 238, 244
236, 238, 244
236, 238, 244
236, 238, 244
236, 238, 244
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
276, 278, 288, 294
280, 282, 290, 296
572
572
574
574
570, 572
570, 572, 574
570, 572, 574
570, 572, 574
570, 572, 574
570, 572, 574
570, 572, 574
570, 572
570, 572, 574
574

Z10NE020C

Z10NE020D

Z10NE020E

Z10NE020F

Z10NE020G

Z10NE020H

Z10NG000
Z10NG120

Z10T1143B
Z10T1170A
Z10T393Wxy
Z10T443Wxy
Z10T493Wxy
Z10T543Wxy
Z10T650AA
Z10T700AA
Z10T710AA
Z10T743Wxy
Z10T750AA
Z10T800AA
Z10T843Wxy
Z10T__3Wxy
Z10V100E.01

Z10ZC00A
Z30B000S.04
Z30BxxxS.6
Z30C000S
Z30CxxxS.6
Z30D000S
Z30D000SL
Z30D120S.6S
Z30DxxxS.6
Z30K000S
Z30KxxxS.6
Z30M000S.04
Z30M383S0W
Z30M389S0W
Z30M433S0W

Z30NxxxS.6
Z31A1081A
Z31L1036A
Z31L1036AN
Z36C0080
Z36D0080
Z36H367SE01
Z36H417SE01
Z36H467SE01
Z36H517SE01
Z36L002G.I
Z36L002G.S
Z37A417C
Z37A417D
Z37A467C
Z37A467D
Z37A517C
Z37A517D
Z37A617C
Z37A617D
Z37Axx7C
Z37Axx7D
Z37FxxxDx
Z37G1044D
Z37G1050D
Z37G144D
Z37G150D
Z37G210D
Z37G240D
Z37G244D
Z37G250D
Z37G290D
Z37G294D
Z37G300D
Z37G340D
Z37G344D
Z37G350D
Z37G390D
Z37G440D
Z37G444D
Z37G450D
Z37G490D
Z37G540D
Z37G590D
Z37G744D
Z37G750D

Catalogue 2013/2014

727

Information

Part No. Index

Information
General Information
Part No. Index
Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

Z46C470S.E2
Z46C520S.E2
Z46C570S.E2
Z46C620S.E2
Z46L420I
Z46L420S
Z46L470I
Z46L470S
Z46L520I
Z46L520S
Z46L570I
Z46L570S
Z46L620I
Z46L620S
Z48.27B0I6
Z48.27B0I7
Z48.27B0I8
Z48.27B0I9
Z48.30B0I4
Z48.30B0I6
Z48.30B0I7
Z48.30B0I8
Z48.30B0I9
Z49L242I
Z49L242S
Z49L272I
Z49L272S
Z49L322I
Z49L322S
Z49L372I
Z49L372S
Z49L422I
Z49L422S
Z49L472I
Z49L472S
Z49L522I
Z49L522S
Z49L572I
Z49L572S
Z49L622I
Z49L622S
Z55S1350E
Z55S1600E
Z55S1850E
Z55S2100E
Z55S2350E
Z55S2600E
Z55S2850E
Z55S3100E
Z55S3350E
Z55S3600E
Z55S3850E
Z55S4100E
Z55S4350E
Z70.0320

574
574
574
574
570, 572
570, 572
570, 572
570, 572
570, 572
570, 572
570, 572
570, 572
570, 572
570, 572
570, 572, 574
570, 572, 574
570, 572, 574
570, 572, 574
570, 572, 574
570, 572, 574
570, 572, 574
570, 572, 574
570, 572, 574
570
570
570
570
570
570
570
570
570
570
570
570
570
570
570
570
570
570
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
407
416, 418, 420, 422, 424, 426,
428, 447
251, 303, 353, 369, 385, 389,
393, 397, 407
418, 420, 422, 424, 426, 428,
432, 434, 436, 438, 440, 442

ZAA.3700

418, 420, 422, 424, 426, 428,


432, 434, 436, 438, 440, 442
593
593
593
584, 587, 588
584, 588
586, 587, 588
586, 588
586, 587, 588
587, 588
584, 588
587, 588
584, 588
584, 587, 588
584, 588
586, 587, 588
586, 588
586, 587, 588
587, 588
584, 588
587, 588
584, 588
584, 587, 588
584, 588
586, 587, 588
586, 588
586, 587, 588
587, 588
584, 588
587, 588
584, 588
418, 432
416, 430
420, 434
422, 436
322, 326
322, 326
334, 338, 342
326
322
274
270
330
334
338, 342
278
282, 286
230
230, 270, 274
230, 270, 274
234
238
624
625
647
647
647
647
641

ZML.0040
ZML.0050
ZML.0330
ZML.1090
ZML.1150.02
ZML.1290
ZML.1500
ZML.1510
ZML.3510
ZML.3580.01
ZML.3600
ZML.8000.02
ZML.8030
ZML.805S
ZMM.3350
ZMM.7350
ZOU.30U1I
ZRE.321S.ID
ZRE.363A.ID
ZRE.371S.ID
ZRE.413A.ID
ZRE.421S.ID
ZRE.443A.ID
ZRE.463A.ID
ZRE.471S.ID
ZRE.483A.ID
ZRE.513A.ID
ZRE.521S.ID
ZRE.543A.ID
ZRE.563A.ID
ZRE.613A.ID
ZRF.2200.01
ZRG.000R5F
ZRG.1046Z
ZRG.1094U

633
642
643
634
644
645
636
636
636
636
636
636
637
637
628
629
593
424, 426, 438, 440
465, 495
424, 426, 428, 438, 440, 442
465, 495
424, 426, 428, 438, 440, 442
465, 495
465, 495
424, 426, 428, 438, 440, 442
465, 495
465, 495
424, 426, 428, 438, 440, 442
465, 495
465, 495
465, 495
288, 290
288, 290
238, 278, 282, 286
334, 338, 342, 466, 497, 553,
575, 590
573
450, 451, 553
573
573
276, 278, 280, 282, 288, 290
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290
276, 278, 280, 282, 288, 290
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290
276, 278, 280, 282, 288, 290
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290
328, 330, 336, 338
276, 278, 280, 282, 288, 290
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290
328, 330, 332, 334, 336, 338
276, 278, 280, 282, 288, 290,
294, 296
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290, 294, 296
328, 330, 332, 334, 336, 338,
340, 342, 348

Information

Z96.10E1
ZAA.3500

728

ZFZ.30G0I
ZFZ.40G0I
ZFZ.45G0I
ZHI.387BI1
ZHI.387BI3
ZHI.387FI1
ZHI.387FI2
ZHI.387FI3
ZHI.387KI2
ZHI.387KI4
ZHI.387MI3
ZHI.387TI5
ZHI.437BI1
ZHI.437BI3
ZHI.437FI1
ZHI.437FI2
ZHI.437FI3
ZHI.437KI2
ZHI.437KI4
ZHI.437MI3
ZHI.437TI5
ZHI.487BI1
ZHI.487BI3
ZHI.487FI1
ZHI.487FI2
ZHI.487FI3
ZHI.487KI2
ZHI.487KI4
ZHI.487MI3
ZHI.487TI5
ZIF.3000
ZIF.3010
ZIF.3030
ZIF.3050
ZIF.7005
ZIF.7007
ZIF.7008
ZIF.70K0
ZIF.70M0
ZIF.71K0
ZIF.71M0
ZIF.72B0
ZIF.72C0
ZIF.73D0
ZIF.74C0
ZIF.74D0
ZIF.80M0.01
ZIF.80M5
ZIF.80M7
ZIF.81D0.01
ZIF.82D0.01
ZME.0710
ZME.0730
ZME.1600.01
ZME.1610
ZME.2700
ZME.5320
ZML.0010

Catalogue 2013/2014

ZRG.1104Q
ZRG.1104U
ZRG.179Q
ZRG.204Q
ZRG.207RIIC
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.237RIIC
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.287RIIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.296V.IC
ZRG.337RIIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.346V.IC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.396V.IC

Information
General Information

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

Part no.

Page

ZRG.437RIIC

276, 278, 280, 282, 288, 290,


294, 296
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290, 294, 296
328, 330, 332, 334, 336, 338,
340, 342, 348
573
276, 278, 280, 282, 288, 290,
294, 296
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290, 294, 296
328, 330, 332, 334, 336, 338,
340, 342, 348
573
276, 278, 280, 282, 288, 290,
294, 296
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290, 294, 296
328, 330, 332, 334, 336, 338,
340, 342, 348
276, 278, 280, 282, 288, 290,
294, 296
276, 278, 280, 282, 284, 286,
288, 290, 294, 296
328, 330, 332, 334, 336, 338,
340, 342, 348
573
354, 446
302
450, 451, 575, 590
450, 575, 590
573
451
573
460, 464
460, 464
460, 464
447
418, 420, 422, 424, 426, 428,
432, 434, 436, 438, 440, 442
418, 420, 422, 424, 426, 428,
432, 434, 436, 438, 440, 442
418, 420, 422, 424, 426, 428,
432, 434, 436, 438, 440, 442
416, 430
416, 430
418, 420, 422, 424, 426, 428,
432, 434, 436, 438, 440, 442
418, 420, 422, 424, 426, 428,
432, 434, 436, 438, 440, 442
226, 228, 266, 268, 272, 276,
280, 284, 288, 290, 294, 296,
318, 320, 324, 328, 332, 336,
340, 346, 348
226, 228, 266, 268, 272, 276,
280, 284, 294, 296, 318, 320,
324, 328, 332, 336, 340, 346,
348

ZSF.3902

226, 228, 266, 268, 272, 276,


280, 284, 294, 296, 318, 320,
324, 328, 332, 336, 340, 346,
348
232, 236, 242, 244
232, 236, 242, 244
569, 589
569, 589
569, 589
569, 589
569, 589
569, 589
563
563
563
563
563
564
564
564
564
564
563
563
563
563
563
565
565
565
565
565
562, 563, 564, 566, 568
563, 568
562, 563, 566, 568
564, 568
565, 566, 568
564, 565, 566, 568
562, 563, 566, 568
566, 568
562
562
562
562
562
562, 563, 564, 566, 568
562, 563, 566, 568
563, 568
564, 568
565, 566, 568
564, 565, 566, 568
562, 563, 566, 568
566, 568
562
562
562
562
562
562, 563, 564, 566, 568
562, 563, 566, 568

ZSI.550FI2N
ZSI.550FI3
ZSI.550KI3N
ZSI.550KI4
ZSI.550MI3
ZSI.55VEI4
ZSI.55VEI6
ZSI.55VEI7
ZSI.55VEI8
ZSI.55VEI9
ZSI.600BI1N
ZSI.600BI3
ZSI.600FI2N
ZSI.600FI3
ZSI.600KI3N
ZSI.600KI4
ZSI.600MI3
ZSI.60VEI4
ZSI.60VEI6
ZSI.60VEI7
ZSI.60VEI8
ZSI.60VEI9
ZSI.60VUI4
ZSI.60VUI6
ZSI.60VUI7
ZSI.60VUI8
ZSI.60VUI9
ZSI.650BI1N
ZSI.650BI3
ZSI.650FI2N
ZSI.650FI3
ZSI.650KI3N
ZSI.650KI4
ZSI.650MI3
ZSI.80VEI4
ZSI.80VEI6
ZSI.80VEI7
ZSI.80VEI8
ZSI.80VEI9
ZSI.80VUI4
ZSI.80VUI6
ZSI.80VUI7
ZSI.80VUI8
ZSI.80VUI9
ZSI.90VEI4
ZSI.90VEI6
ZSI.90VEI7
ZSI.90VEI8
ZSI.90VEI9
ZSI.90VUI4
ZSI.90VUI6
ZSI.90VUI7
ZSI.90VUI8
ZSI.90VUI9
ZST.1137W
ZST.410TT
ZST.410TV
ZST.450BA
ZST.450BB
ZST.450MH

564, 568
565, 568
564, 565, 566, 568
562, 563, 566, 568
566, 568
562
562
562
562
562
562, 563, 564, 566, 568
562, 563, 566, 568
564, 568
565, 568
564, 565, 566, 568
562, 563, 566, 568
566, 568
562
562
562
562
562
564
564
564
564
564
562, 563, 564, 566, 568
562, 563, 566, 568
564, 568
565, 568
564, 565, 566, 568
562, 563, 566, 568
566, 568
563
563
563
563
563
564
564
564
564
564
563
563
563
563
563
564
564
564
564
564
462
482, 490, 494
476, 486, 494
250, 303, 352
353
444

ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.454Q
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.504Q
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.587RIIC
ZRG.587RSIC
ZRG.596V.IC
ZRG.804Q
ZRM.5500
ZRR.5200
ZRU.00F0
ZRU.00Z0
ZRU.01E0
ZRU.10B1E
ZRU.11F0
ZS7.400MU
ZS7.600MU
ZS7.750MU
ZSD.1200S
ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E
ZSF.1510
ZSF.1610
ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800
ZSF.3502

ZSF.3602

ZSF.5220
ZSF.532E
ZSI.010Q
ZSI.010SI
ZSI.020Q
ZSI.020SI
ZSI.030SI
ZSI.040SI
ZSI.10VEI4
ZSI.10VEI6
ZSI.10VEI7
ZSI.10VEI8
ZSI.10VEI9
ZSI.10VUI4
ZSI.10VUI6
ZSI.10VUI7
ZSI.10VUI8
ZSI.10VUI9
ZSI.12VEI4
ZSI.12VEI6
ZSI.12VEI7
ZSI.12VEI8
ZSI.12VEI9
ZSI.12VUI4
ZSI.12VUI6
ZSI.12VUI7
ZSI.12VUI8
ZSI.12VUI9
ZSI.450BI1N
ZSI.450BI3E
ZSI.450BI3N
ZSI.450FI2N
ZSI.450FI3
ZSI.450KI3N
ZSI.450KI4N
ZSI.450MI3
ZSI.45VEI4
ZSI.45VEI6
ZSI.45VEI7
ZSI.45VEI8
ZSI.45VEI9
ZSI.500BI1N
ZSI.500BI3
ZSI.500BI3E
ZSI.500FI2N
ZSI.500FI3
ZSI.500KI3N
ZSI.500KI4
ZSI.500MI3
ZSI.50VEI4
ZSI.50VEI6
ZSI.50VEI7
ZSI.50VEI8
ZSI.50VEI9
ZSI.550BI1N
ZSI.550BI3

Catalogue 2013/2014

729

Information

Part No. Index

Information
General Information

Information

Part No. Index


Part no.

Page

ZST.500BA
ZST.500BB
ZST.500MH
ZST.550BA
ZST.550BB
ZST.550MH
ZST.600BA
ZST.600BB
ZST.600TV
ZST.650BA
ZST.650BB
ZST.650TT
ZST.750TV
ZSZ.01F0
ZSZ.02F0
ZSZ.02M0
ZTH.0350
ZTU.00D0
ZTU.00Z0

250, 303, 352


353
444
250, 303, 352
353
444
250, 303, 352
353
476, 486, 494
250, 303, 352
353
482, 490, 494
476, 494
569, 589, 593
569, 589, 593
569, 589, 593
593
466, 497, 552
466, 497, 552

730

Part no.

Page

Catalogue 2013/2014

Part no.

Page

Information

Catalogue 2013/2014

731

Information

General Information

Information

Information

732

Catalogue 2013/2014

Catalogue 2013/2014

733

Information

Information

Information

Information

734

Catalogue 2013/2014

Catalogue 2013/2014

735

Information

Information

Information

Information

736

Catalogue 2013/2014

Subject to technical modifications and changes to the range without notice.


All content is copyrighted by Blum.
KA-110/3EN-AL/09.13-1

Julius Blum GmbH


Furniture Fittings Mfg.
6973 Hoechst, Austria
Tel.: +43/5578/705-0
Fax: +43/5578/705-44
E-mail: info@blum.com
www.blum.com

Você também pode gostar